FAMILIARIZATION MANUAL:

.c_-'__ c_Gs COPY NO. _-

ASA

SATE

LLITE CAP SU L E_,"

_ocument d__ Laws,. ?tie ited 18_ _793 by law.

contains

information_onal the and.7?4,-l_._e nauthorized person-'Ts Espionage

"_ =_Oili##lil_L_&..
AIRCRAFT _?

__

.... .

NOV_

1961

............ ,_,-_: _

PAGE .... REPORT MODEL_ SEDR 10_ ST. LOUIS, 133 MISSOURI REVISED.. REVISED

INDEX

OF EFFECTIVE

PAGES

The pages of this Manual listed below in numerical Page No.

currently order.

in

effect

are

Issue Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic _'_ .... _,_ Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic

A B C i-i thru 2-i thru 3-i _-i 5-I 6-1 7-1 8-i 9-1 10-1 ii-i 12-1 13-i

1-29 2-28

thru 3-54 thru4-63 thruS-22 thru6-11 thru 7-5 thru8-10 thru 9-32 thrulO-35 thru ii-52 thru12-29 thru 13-76

.}

DATE REVISED REVISED

,1

November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE

....... .1_ 8'_R i0_

REPORT

MODm.

133

FOREWORD

The purpose of this document is to present a clear, operational description of the various capsule systems and major components. Two types of usage for the manual are visualized. The first is an orientation-indoctrination type document. The second use is as a reference document containing relatively detailed Information on all systems and components. The manual is divided by capsule systems. The first part of each section is devoted to the description and operation of "specification compliance capsule" system. Capsules numbered 18 and 19 are the specification compliance capsule. They are manned orbital capsules and are representative of the Mercury Program. Immedi&tely following the specification compliance system coverage is the Test Configuration Capsule Coverage. _his area compares the other capsules to the specification compliance capsule or to a prior capsule. The capsules are compared on a, "like specification compliance capsule except as follows" bases. The Test Configuration Capsules are compared to the specification compliance: capsule system or to any other preceding capsule depending on which reference causes the least duplication. The reader will not be required to refer to more than two prior capsules systeam including the specification system. Separate information is provided for each capsule test configuration, when the information is the same for each capsule it will not be repeated. All capsules will be covered in this manual for one revision after the particular capsule has been launched successfully. After that date they will be dropped from future issues. Capsules numbered 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 and 14are covered in the i February 1961 issue of SEX_ 104 revised I August 1961. Capsules numbered 12, 15, 17 and 20 have been assigned an eighteen orbit mission and will be covered in a latter publication. All capsule configurations are not finalized as of this printing, additional information will appear in subsequent revisions to th_s document, ::reflecting changes as they are incorporated in the capsule.

SECTION

INDEX

PAGE SECTION I
........ ...................................................................... 1-1

INTRODUCTION

SECTION
MAJOR

II
STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES .......................................................... 2-1

SECTION

II!
CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................................

ENVIRONMENTAL

3-1

SECTION

IV
CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................................... 4-1

STABILIZATION

SECTION

V
SYSTEM, LAUNCH THROUGH RETROGRADE OR ABORT .................. 5-1

SEQUENCE

SECTION SECTION

V!
JETTISON ROCKET SYSTEMS ............................................... 6-1

ESCAPE AND

VII
ROCKET SYSTEM ................................................................

POSIGRADE

7-1
8-1

SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION

COMMUN

VIII
ROCKET SYSTEM ..............................................................

RETROGRADE

IX
SYSTEM, LANDING THROUGH RECOVERY .................................

SEQUENCE

9-1

X
POWER AND INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS .............................. 10-1

ELECTRICAL

XI
ICATION SYSTEM ................................................................ 11-1

SECTION

Xll
AIDS ....................................................................... 12-1

NAVIGATIONAL

SECTION

XIII
SYSTEM ............................................................... 13-1

I NSTRUME NTATi ON

illillllil_i

IPIIIIIIpIL

lnPI

1-1

SECTION

INTRODUCTION

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE MISSION CAPSULE BOOSTER CAPSULE CREW DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION RECOVERY ........................ ........................ ........................ ............................

PAGE 1-3 1- 3 1-19 1-19 1-19 ..... 1-23

................................................... CAPSULES

TEST CONFIGURATION

+--.

":,::iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiii++i!!iiiiii
====================================

wv

m "1

5/Ll_l

I/ii

I-

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

1 -_2 DATE SEDR 133 REVISED ,, 104 ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REVISED 1 NOVEMBER 1961

SPIKE

ESCAPE

ROCKET_

PYLON

JETTISON

ROCKET_

PYLON

ANTENNA

CAPSULE

ADAPTER

(REF)

ET ROROCKET POSIGRADE

AND ROCKETS

:,}

FIGURE

1-1-CAPSULE P If"_l INI

--

PREL_AUNCH I=" I I_
o_m.l'w

CONFiGURATiON '

PM45.-2C

I_" m,. "_"

ial'_il_'_

DATE
RVISED REVISED

i November

1961

McDONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
_..... 1/" lu7 l'll f ,,

p_s" mm_omv

I-3, SEDR 104

,4oom.

133

I.
\

INTRODUCTION

TO

PROJECT

MER_

i-i.

MISSION The

DESCRIPTION of man "science but surely have well vesturing fiction" loosened to into to space has of to shifted quite recently Scientific and recent space

possibility fantasy has of

from

the

the man's

realm ties him man's Space

actuality. the earth,

progress

slowly

technological flight is

advances

promised the

release of and the

completely. capabilities.

Today,

considered by the

within

range

Initiated flight program of

National underway. Aircraft into

Aeronautics Through

Administration, design many will and

space

is now McDonnell

research, and their that

production

facilities an is _nerican Project

Corporation The

sub-contractors, put him there

will

venture

space.

program

Mercury. the mission of Project orbit the Mercury about is the safe the earth, return projection the of study the that and of of a man's and

Fundamentally, manned capsule in to into

a semi-permanent flight, and

capabilities its occupant while

space the

subsequent It is

capsule the

earth's stated, of

surface. is of

immediately scope and

obvious magnitude, The date

mis-

sion,

simply

tremeadous and

requires in

exceptional this and and

coordination succeeding

maupower will

facilities. detailed mission.

contained on the

sections to

provide that

information

equipment

procedures

utilized

accomplish

1-2. 1-3.

CAPSULE General See

DESCRIPTION

Figures

I-I,

1-2,

1-3

and

i-_.

The

Project

Mercury

capsule for

is basihuman The booster,

cally

a conical during the

structure launch, contains

containing orbit, and

a pressurized recovery for

area of

suitable the the

occupation "base" of

phases

mission. ATLAS

cone

provisions

attachment

to

PAGE REPORT MODEL

1-!4

Mc'DONNELL '
104 ......... ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED, REVISED

1 NOVEMBER ,

1961

$EDR 133

/ /

! !

FIGURE I-Z INTERIOR "CC,,;7;DZ;,;,

ARRANGEMENT i.-_r_

P_,_45-1A

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc, DONNE_
ST.LOUIS, '_" .

__
MISSOURI --

PA_E
REPORT MODEL

'-_
.SEDR 133 104

i 241.53 _272.48 ESCAPE _303.43 PYLON 7354.05 _358.05 E389.O5

Ty RX 12.00 L X12.00

RX

LX BY 8.75

, ZJ

I
752.69 ATLAS ADAPTER
1

_Y 7103.4.4. 5ECTI0kl A,_, PH4-s-I_.B

FIGL)I2E

I-3

_TATION5

E:IIAG2AM
I _1_1,,,,,, I

--"" _v

.; i....i i,,,/_-- NT"

""

PAGE REPORT MODEL

I-6 SEDR 104 133

Mc'DONNEL_L _
ST.LOUIS.

__

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI

i_

,J
!

]_,1,57

(OI2BtT

COi',d_'lC_._

-=

!_

"

F.

FIGUI_E

l-a,

C_,PSULE

E)INEN_[ON_

pH4S-t 5,_,

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER ....

1961

Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

1-7 SEDR ,133 104

Y +

NORMAL
/

ORBITAL

FLIGHT

ROLL Z

X PITCH
/--

Y YAW

PITCH
PITCHIS DEFINEDASTHE ANGLE IS PLANE. PITCH ROTATION ZERO USING OF THECAPSULEABOUTITS X-AXIS ROLL IS DEFINEDAS ROTATION THE

ROLL
ROTATION OF THE OF THE CAPSULE AS VIEWED ABOUT FROM ITS Z-AXIS. BEHIND POSITIVE HANDLE N THE (+). TO JET. THE

THE PITCH HORIZONTAL ENCE, FROM

DEGREES t0 ) WHEN THE THEASTRONAUTS RIGHT BY COUNTERCLOCKWISE THE RATE IN OF THE

Z-AXIS LiES IN A SIDE ASA REFERROTATION ROTATION SHOWN CONTROL + PITCI" IS

CLOCKWISE

CAPSULE,

POSITIVE THE ZERO

ISACHIEVED t0 ) AND PLANE. IS

ASTRONAUT, IS CALLED RIGHT ROLL AND THIS MOVEMENT IS INITIATED BY MOVING THE RIGHT THEREBY OF FIRING THE THE CAPSULE (0).. POSITIVE LiES IN

IS DEFINED AS THE CONTROL (+) A ROLL

DEGREE RATE

THIS

R EA C TIG

THE CAPSULE AS ARE HANDLE REACTION

PITCH

POSITIVE

DIRECTION IT. THE POSITIVE

WHEN ROLL

THE X-AXIS ANGLE

HORIZONTAL

PLANE,

THE CONTROL MOVEMENTS WHICH CAUSE MOVES TOWARD THE ASTRONAUT AND THE JET FIRES.

IS ZERO

DEGREES

ACCELEROMETER YAW
YAW IS DEFINED AS ROTATION OF THE CAPSULE ABOUT ITS Y-AXIS. WITH THE CAPSULE TOTHE +1 "G". IN PINDICULAR WILL READ

POLARITY
THE LAUNCH EARTH'SSURFACEAND

WITH
POSITION

RESPECT TO GRAVITy
THE Z-AXIS WILLBE PERTHE Z-AXISACCELEROMETER

CLOCKWISE ROTATION OF THE CAPSULE, THE ASTRONAUT, IS CALLED RJGHT YAW

WHEN VIEWED AND IS DEFINED

FROM ABOVE AS POSITIVE

(+).
THIS MOVEMENT HANDLE IS PRODUCED IS ROTATED AND THE BY POSITIVE CLOCKWISE POSITIVE CONTROL {AS t +) YAW (0 ) VIEWED REACTION WHEN THE MOTION. FROM THE ABOVE CONTROL THE YAW IN OF

WITH THE CAPSULE IN AN ATTITUDE SUCH THAT ARE PARALLEL TO THE EARTH*S SURFACE AND THE HEAD WITH IS FACE UP POSITION, THE AND Z AND WiTH THE Y-AXIS THE WiLL Y-AXIS IN RIGHT READ ACCELEROMETER PARALLEL THE

THE Z AND ASTRONAUT WILL TO READ +1

X-AXIS IS IN A "G". SUR-

ASTRONAUT) ANGLE NORMAL FLIGHT). THE

JET FIRES. CAPSULE

A PLANE SIDE +1 OF

THE UP,

EARTH'S THE

IS CONSIDERED ORBITAL WHEN ORBITAL

ZERO

DEGREES

ASTRONAUT

X-AXIS

POSiTiON (BLUNT END OF CAPSULE FACING LINE THE POSITIVE Z-AXIS OF THE CAPSULE IS DIRECTED FLIGHT THE PATH tRECOVERY IS 180% END OF CAPSULE FAC-

ACCELEROMETER

"G".

ALONG ING LINE

OF FLIGHT),

YAW

ANGLE

FIGURE1-5

CAPSULE

POLARITY

ORIENTATION

WITH

RESPECT

TO

ASTRONAUT PM45-233

_._t_

i_,,_.! r._-.Li.._l

_ ,

PAGE REPORT MODEL

i-8 _DR 133 iO_I.

i,

DATE ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

, . "

Novem1:_r

i C_l

REVISED REVISED,,,

through for would launch

use

of

special the

adapters. at to in the escape

The

"apex"

of of event

the

cone

contains end

the

devices which the

recovering allow phase. the

capsule

conclusion in the

a mission, of

equipment during regulate and capsule

astronaut Provided

an emergency which

the

capsule data

proper

are and

systems

environment, recovery. When is up.

flight

attitude,

recording

telemetering,

in place

on

the is

nose on his

of

the

booster, in a

the

s_all

end

of the During to

capsule launch and

The

Astronaut phase, the

back

sitting

position. with respect a specific and is

acceleration path. tude When and

the

Astronaut

faces

forward

capsule altitude, to the

flight atti-

booster-capsule they where separate. it its

combination The

reaches slows,

velocity, atmosphere

booster The

returns stablized

earth's then

is destroyed. yaw axis.

capsule the aft

momentarily, flight,
+

rotated

180 about

Throughout faces

remainder with

of the to

whether flight i-4. 1-5.

orbital path. Cabin Arrangement

or ballistic,

the

Astronaut

respect

capsule

The so that Astronaut consists display water

equipment all

within

the

capsule and

cabin

interior, provisions

Figure are

1-6,

is

arranged to the

operating in the

controls normal

emergency

accessible

when of an

restrained support aids, couch, flight

position.

Cabin

equil3nent

basically and and

Astronaut's navigational waste

a restraint and kit, abort cameras,

system, control and

instrument handles, food

panels, supply, to

container,

survival system.

electronic

equipment

required 1-6.

operate Couch

ccmmnunication

Support The

Astronaut body

support during the

couch

(Figure

i-7) is designed
re-entry and

to

firmly

support

the

Astronaut's

capsule

launch,

landing

phase_.

:;e LARGE BULKHEAD AMERA CLOCK COEI_ELkTtON

_
111 m o o PANEL CAMERA

EQUIPMENT INSTRUMENTATION

OBSERVER

SUPPORT

WATE R CONTAI N ER5 INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT

RESTRAINT HARNESS

FLIGHT CONTROL HANDLE

ABORT CONTROL HANDLE

0 c:

FOOD EONTAII_

COOLING Duct

-I
CONIMUN_CATIONS EQUIPMENT it ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

RATE DAMPER

FACE LENS SEAL SUPPLY BOTTLE

iii r" II -I

BAAX. ALT. SENSOR BATTERY ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEM EOUIPMENT

t/t m

FLOOD WINDOW

LIGHT POLE --_ ---ASTRONAUT5 WINDOW .OOD LIGHT rll i} -I

MAIN PANEL

FLOOD. "rl C_ rn LEFT

-r
C_

FUSE

am
OBSERVER CAMERA

CONTAINER.

rrI EZ) C "13 rri Z -i (.h -r1'11

RIGHT

CONSOLE E

HELIUN_ bOTTLES

o
\
ESCAPE HATCH ;o m < ;o m < D ), -i 5MALL PRESSURE 5ULKNEAD PERISCOPE DISPLAY ASTRONAUT ---v TOE GUARDS

TAPE RECORDER

DATE 1NOVEMBER 1961 REVISED REVISED

M_'DONNELL__" _ __
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

PAGE

,,,

1-1] SEDR 104 133

REPORT MODEL

"D"

SPECIAL

INSTRUMENTATION

,,'A////,li:T/G,
, ',_ ' I" f I." ,
"B" HOIST PRIMATE ASSEMBLY COUCH

,,'.._.////I_%. !
L 2_IIXIT

, _._;_////////j,._;/,, ,;.-_.

"V ; .'.

"---

"C*

ASTRONAUT.%

SUPPORT

COUCH

(CAPSULES " m ;:t s,,16,18 _:lq)

FIGUIRE

I-7

_S.IC

MlSSION

EQUIPMENT

P)A45- I_50

_.._.,_[.-

_;fr-I_ll

I/'_

IL

PAGE REPORT MODEl.

SE R
133

McDON E
ST. LOUIS, ,.__ MISSOURI __ couch also protects and the from Astronaut possible adjacent from injury to the loss at of acceleration is centrally of with capsule

REV,SED
REVISED

The

support peak couch is

consciousness impact.

during The

capsule support The

located

large

pressure bonded

bulkhead. to a Fiberto

couch

constructed and of a lined

a crushable, a comfort

honeycomb The to

material, support

glass shell, the contour

liner. body

couch

is molded body support

specific

Astronaut's The couch is

provide in

maximum to

during

capsule

flight. through System the

fabricated hatch.

sections

enable

couch

installation 1-7.

capsule

entrance

Restraint The

Astronaut's Astronaut system a laB or the

restrain in the

system support of

(See couch

Figure during and

1-8)

is

designed maximum leg

to

firmly

re-

strain The

the

capsule straps,

deceleration. straps, may be a adjusted located crotch and and toe

restrain
I

consists belt, the left the and

shoulder guards. by

chest

crotch to

strap,

toe

The

shoulder reel

straps control lap

restrain of firmly

release upper

Astronaut, side of the

a harness couch.

handle, belt and

forward strap

support lower

The the

support

Astronaut's the

torso, upper

and torso. feet.

chest leg

strap straps

shoulder guards and

straps firmly are near

restrains restrain the by

Astronaut's

The The

Astronaut's gripping support Figures and the

legs

and

Astronaut's

hands

arms

restrained the ends Panels

abort arm

and

flight

control

handles,

located 1-8.

of the (See

couch 1-9

rests.

Instrument The capsule

And are

1-10) located on a main panel By instrument is located Astronaut, so that panel,

instruments and a right

controls The

a left directly and the

console, in front

console.

main

instrument

of the the

Astronaut's

support

couch, The main

as viewed panel section is

the

is ettached periscope

to

periscope scope forms

housing. the lower

designed of the

display

control

instrument

-, -,- ,,, ,,, ,.,

C N F:D

iii,i

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNELL,
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE ,REPORT. MODEL

1-13 $EDR 104

133

\ \

DETAIL

/"

// /

>

\_LJ

FI_UP_E I-8

ASTRONAUTS
vv

I_ESTRAIIqT SYSTE.M

<CAP_ULES lO_I3,1G,!g_)) _._-_,0

"_"''":

D___'_-'

Jar

"

a_L

PAGE REPORT MODEL

1-1i4 SEDR 104

MIDONNE_
ST.LOUIS

_.__
o MISSOURI

DATE

....

1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

133"

ii_ i_i i
.I

""x

2:

_ =

-,_

II I:::eI"-:l e _e

.',
.:0

"

PAGE REPORT MODEL

1.15
SEDR 104 133

Mc, I)0NNELL_H._ __
ST.LOUIS, . . MISSOURI / L_

DATE.
REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

+-,. I / ' i ..... _ I

!
FIGURE 1-9 MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL,(CAPSULE 10, 13, 16/t8 & 19i) (SHEET20Fi2)
I[ l lpl I |"

It

1 NOVEMBER DATE REVISED REVISED

1961

Mc'DONNELL_L __ _ _
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

1-16 SEDR 104 133

_ 7-"'
HOT

@_

.._oo_o @
i

RIGHT

CONSOLE

PUSH ON

[D

CAPSULE

10,13,16, 13 ONLY

18&

i9

LEFT CONSOLE

[_[_> CAPSULE

FIGURE

1-10

RIGHT

AND

LEFT CONSOLE

(CAPSULE

9 10,13,16,18

& 19)

PM45-1G115

panel. of in and main and the the

Navigational main right panel. upper

instruments Environmental section system of the

are

located

in the

left and

and

center are

sections located indicators of the. panel

system main are is

indicators panel.

controls

Electrical in on the the lower left

switches, right side of

communication panel. is The

controls console

located located and console controls control

section the

left to

hand

main

arranged fully

provide

accessibility The and

visibility includes for and the

to the

Astronaut

when

in the and

restrained panel, and system,

position. indicators

a telelight capsule

sequence stabiright for the the

warning

autc_atic The controls and to in

lization hand the left fully 1-9.

control

environmental the system. enables capsule

landing

system.

console,

located

below

entrance pole,

hatch, located to

includes adjacent

environmental of observation

control window, suit. Aids is

A window the

Astronaut

actuate

controls

pressurized Navigational The capsule to

equipped

with

navigational relative to

aids his

and

instruments or landing. path

to

enable naviga-

the

Astronaut aids

compute of rate in

factors the

flight clock,

The

tional

consist angular

periscope, and

satellite the map on

earth All

indicator, aids are

altimeter, located panel. i-i0.

indicator of the

case. or

navigational to the main

directly

front

Astronaut,

adjacent

instrument

Controls Capsule controls escape escape are handle handle actuation lock. arm rest, The is located is forward of each of arm the the the rest support abort escape of the couch sequence. handle of the support left To couch. arm pre-

An

emergency The

located

forward to

rest. vent with couch

utilized of the

initiate system, handle,

inadvertent a manual right

escape

is provided the support in

manual

control to

located

forward of

is utilized

control

fligh t attitude

capsule

PAGE REPORT

1-18 ,q_.n_ 10h

Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

i November

1961

REVISED REVISED

MOOa_ 133
the i-Ii. event the automatic Water and system Waste will failed. Storage be provided with The is food and water This handle is also

normally

locked.

Food, All

manned

capsules (See

sufficient approximately flat on

for

the

particular 3,000 fitted of the

mission. The

Figure
water

1-6).
supply A waste

food

will

provide in two located

calories. with an

6 pound

contained is

bottles) interior

each

extendable hatch. Equipment kit (See :

tube.

container

the

entrance Survival

1-12.

The contains

survival the

Figure

1-11),

stowed

at the

left

side

of the

couch,

following Raft

1 Life

i Signal

Mirror SARAH Rescue Beacon

1 Desiring
2 Shark

Kit (for8 pts. )

Packages

i Ultra !

Repellant Markers Zinc Aid Soap Oxide Kit

Survival

Ration of Matches

3 Dye 1 Tube 1 First 1 Bar

i Container i Whistle

I
i Signal i Pocket

cord (ioft.)
Light Knife

3 Morl_hine and AntiSeasickness Injectors A knife, Figure tion 1-13. installed 1-6). window. Cameras One panel positioned panel for 16 ram. camera viewing above readings. the and These is mounted Astronaut's to the csmeras left in the head of operate the in a case, is is located

on the

entrance and to the

hatch left

interior. of the

(see

A flashlight

located

adjacent

observa-

lower

left

corner A couch during

of the second to

main

instrument camera is

and

shoulders.

16 _m.

Astronaut's continuously

record and

instrmnent descent,

launc_

=A_
R_ISED.

i November

1961

Me'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MI_URI

PAGZ, , mm_o_
MODEL

1-19 _nR i0_

REVISE:D.

........

13

and

at

programmed

intervals

during

orbit.

1-14.
_ _ /5 /

BOOSTER The launch

DESCRIPTION vehicle, or booster, "D" missile. used to project Capsule the Project replace Mercury capsule comes

into orbit

is the ATLAS

adapters

the nose

of the missiles. segmented are fired,

The capsule

"base" is them attached time, explosive

to the adapter bolts

with a ring

clamp ring. releasing

At the proper the capsule.

in the clamp

The adapter

remains

with the booster.

1-15.

CAPSULE A normal

RECOVERY mission is intended to terminate Under normal with the capsule circumstances, landing in a

predetermined copters

area of the ocean. standing

ships and helicapsule could and to aid damage

will be

by with provisions Considering

to pick up the buoyant

immediately

after landing.

the possibility devices,

that the capsule both electronic

land in other than the intended visual, are automatically the capsule.

area; numerous or deployed

energized Depending

at the time of lending possible capsule

in locating

upon the weather, etc.,

and the Astronaut's

physical

condition,

he may either

stay in the capsule, equipment.

or take to the life raft which

is provided

as part of the survival

1-16.
1-17.

CREW
Re%ulrement s The capsule crew consists of one man representing indoctrination. the peak of physical and

mental

acuity,

training

and mission

Much more will be required aircraft test pilot. system, in a

of the crewman The crewman but must new,

than is normally

required

of the modern and ca_nent

must

not only observe_ observe

control

upon the capsule while

scientifically environment.

and comment

upon his own reaction

strange

-_ 9:1;";

:, _.;,;7,AL

C13 SI A'=I _..I Q':I SIA31.1 31Q IIdROSSIIN ' Slno7"IS

CEL t'OL _a:_s

13aoP_

[96L

_l:lg W:IAONI.

DATE
REVISED REVISED

i November

1_@61

.M!DONN
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE

1-21

REPORT Moore.

SRI_R 10_ 133

1-18.

Selection

From relatively extensive possesses of this 1-19. An other provide a manner and be the held be

the

large

number has

of men been

who

volunteered Each has

for man

Project

Mercury, has that for

a undergone he a project

small testing the

group and

selected. which and

in the

group

examination stamina

proven

conclusively required

intelligence,

mental

stability

type. Training extensive training personnel descriptions trainee will program associated and is being with conducted Project of all the for the Astronauts The program in and will such

designated detailed that reasons so that of the aids the

Mercury. capsule function

operation

components of each

fully

understand

component will

for

selecting design

a particular decisions type, be

design. can be made

Supplementary known.

briefings training

current "group

Initial

will

discussion" will of

progressing to in be train all

to procedural the Astronauts and

trainers. to achieve

Training the

and

equipment degree

designed

highest

attainable The

proficiency will

normal : general

emergency

procedures. a. The and b.

following will

objectives be

sought in the

Astronaut plans be

indoctrinated program. familiar will be with placed

purpose

of the

space

He must

completely Emphasis are

all on

normal this

and Point,

emergency so that

procedures. normal c.
]

procedures be and the

performed as far

almost as

automatically. in the environ-

He must mental

indoctrinated physiological Astronaut most handle

possible

aspects has

of the the

mission. utility capsule_ the value he must and

d.

Since and be

himself

highest in the in

is the able to

flexible the

component work

normal

load

capsule

..... "DE

......

PAGE REPORT _

1-22 lOk.

McDONNE
_._,Ltguls _ M_SSOUm

DATE

1 November

i(:_i

REVISED REVISED

MODEL_. 133

still The of completion reliability of

function of an

as

an efficient training to crew

scientific program will and

observer. assure course, a far higher level the

adequate respect

with

function,

of

increase

probability 1-20.

a successful

mission.

Physiological To minimize the

Preparation possibility of of the Astronaut having to pass will body be waste maintained and placed

solids for

for

the

duration period in

a mission, prior to of and

strict

dietary This will

control allow

a considerable buildup

flight. the

a nutritional will same be

physical upon the

anticipation physical solid

stringent facilities, remain

demands and in the type

which at the

Astronaut's the type of

mental

time, elimina-

control tion for 1-21. It and

waste

which or

will

digestive food will

and be

systems. the

Finally,

low

residue

non-residue flight.

supplied

Astronaut's Aer_nedical is extremely during the

consumption Instrumentation important all phases mental to volume

during

that of

certain

bio-physical Such physical The and Leads through The site the

functions

be will

measured assist in

recorded

the acuity

mission. and research. tranducers reactions.

measurements fittness, blood the are suit. and pressure F2_ routed

monitoring contribute respiration to register

Astronaut's

will microphone, used the wiring be accomplished suit.

significantly rate the body to the facilities derived to the is and

aeremedicat 3 temperature physical which these the

pickups'are from

Astronaut's to teminals suit at at

Astronaut's will in The and attach laboratory data thus

extend

Capsule will

points. launching intermittently equipment.

instrumentation prior to to the donning capsule

the tape

pressure recorder

supplied telemetry

continuously

,,.
R=VlSED ST. LOUlS 3, Mmsoum nS_,ORT _DR iO_

.wls=o_

,_

,4oo_

133

1-22.

Astronaut' The

s Apparel apparel suitable the will consist of and a completely boots. The enveloping helmet face normal pressurized plate pro-

Astronaut's helmet, while be to

suit can

with be

undergarments, interior plate his to air

opened will and

capsule the face use of

is pressurized Each Oxygen, suit for be

although is

cedure fitted pressure For times.

keep

closed. suit. the

Astronaut regulated breathing to

specially temperatu/e,

trained

in the is

as to and the

and

humidity, comfort,

supplied

ventilation. suit at all

Astronaut

ventilating

should

supplied

1-23.

TEST The

CONFIGURATION contained Compliance CONFIGt_%ATION is made Compliance tO

CAPSULES in paragraphs Capsules. CAPSULES, I-i through 1-22 pertains data, to as the applicable through as the 1-39.

data

Specification to the TEST

Deviations is explained system

from

this

in paragraphs or item it

i-2_

If no

reference

a particular

is the

same

Specification

Capsule.

I-2_.

TEST Capsule

CONFIGbTJtTION No. Refer 8 is to

NO.

8 to

CAPSULE the specification structural capsule except in the follow-

similar Section

ing 1-25.

areas.

II for

differences.

Mission The flight

Description objectives orbit of Capsule the No. 8 combined with No. 8 with Re-entry will not an Atlas missile, at will

be set
: ' _s j

a single point equipped on

eliptical the with orbital a

around

earth, Capsule

initiated be manued_ the be

a prebut will

trajectory. simulator a degree, an extended to similar

be

cre_aan to

artifically to that This

contaminate which flight would will

capsule

environmental by an Astronaut

system during

experienced the

flight.

qualify

following systems:

_A_.mlII--

.m..

PAGE. REPORT MODEL

1._.,
SEDR 104 133

MCDONNELL_ _
ST.LOUIS, __ MISSOURI

D,+E ....
REVISED REVISED,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

ou

Q
:_
z u

@o

FIGURE

1-',12 MAIN

INSTRUMENT

PANEt/(CAPSULE

8)

PM45-11qC

WIll!

DATE REVISED REVISED

! NOVEMBER

1961

M 'DONNE
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

1-25 SEDR 133 104

EMER 41-EMER

O: -_NORM

RIGHT

CONSOLE

LEFT

CONSOLE

FIGURE.1_13

RIGHT

AND

LEFT CONSOLES

(ICAPSULES_ & I

8 )

P_J,4S- I _.OB

_""_'_''''_''_''1
I I Ii i llJli 1 J Ii'il

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

1-26 SE_ 133 10_

M 'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

i November

1961

REVISED REVISED

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. In a. addition

Capsule-booster Capsule and

separation. systems. system. system. recovery system. systems.

escape

Environmental Automatic Landing Posigrade Instrumentation the following the an

control

stabilization re-entry and and

Retrograde end

rockets

telemetry will

systems. be achieved: ground complex flight. to perform the to

objectives of the

Demonstrate initiate

ability

capsule after

and an

acceptable the ability

re-entry of ground

orbital stations during

b.

Demonstrate necessary

range

monitoring the adequacy

and of

control the

functions and

flight. procedures

c.

Establish associated

location

recovery

with the

re-entry. primary systems for exit and and re-entry flight.

d. e.

Qualify Determine rates

capsule capsule

the

full-scale

motions

afterbody

heating

during the

re-entry. capsule simulator. systems mission environment This test for a one orbit flight, the using

f.

Evaluate the

crewman

will for

determine human the

capsule's during phase.

environmental the 1-26. Crewman The package simulator strip support and is entire

capabilities, pre-launch

inhabitation post-landing

frcm

through

Simulator couch is not simulator structure and controls. installed are in Capsule No. 8. Instead, 1-7. ) tank, carbon an The instrument crewman tank,

a crewman a box-like valves

installed.

(See a carbon

Figure dioxide

containing This

water

heaters,

device

simulates

the

dioxide

--

__J

_J

A_

A"

AJ

A_

A_

_M

J4_

1No e be=
REVISZD.

Mc, DONNE ,
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURi REPOI:rr. S_DR 10_

output,

perspiration

output, prior

and oxygen to flight

consumption

of a human

being.

The when

simulator

is calibrated special

and is activated is energized.

automatically

the capsule 1-27.

instrumentation

package

Instrument Capsule

Panels panels are similar to the Specification No. 8 instrument Compliance configura.

No. 8 instrument 1-12

Capsules. tions. 1-28.

See Figures

and 1-13 for Capsule

panel

Food_ Water and Waste Capsule

Storage water and waste containers.

No. 8 will not contalnfood,

1-29.

Cameras The camera installation an Earth in Capsule No. 8 will consist and a Periscope of an Instrument Camera.

Observer
/.

Camera,

and Sky Camera Section XIII).

Observer's

(Refer to Instrumentation

1-30.

TEST CONFIGURATION Capsule

NO. 9 CAPSULE to the specification II for structural capsule except in the follow-

No. 9 is similar Refer to Section Description

ing areas. 1-31.

differences.

Mission Capsule

No. 9 Mission

will be an Atlas_

Three

Orbit

Flight.

The primary and

objective

of this flight behavior listed

will be aerQmedical

instrumentation This flight achieve

of the primate will further

the primate's the systems

in a space environment.

qualify

in Paragraph

1-25 and in addition

the following

objectives : a. Evaluate the effects on a primate and test the capsule period environment the

for satisfactory post landing b. Determine phases

conditions

during prelaunch

thr_h

phase

of the mission. the heating effects of the launch and re-entry

in detail

on capsule

environment.

_=

.--row

_--,L

w,.v,,1

PAGE REPORT MODEL_ _..T_ 133 104 .... ST, LOUIS, __=_]_ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED.

c.

Demonstrate shield and

the

integrity

of the for

capsule a normal

structure, re-entry

ablation from orbit. orbit.

afterbody the capsule

shingles motions

d. 1-32.

Determine Support

during

a normal

re-entry

fr_

Couch support couch utilized support The in Capsule No. 9 (See primate an Figure i-7) is

The designed during controls essentially supports panel, is bag an

primate to

contain,

sustain capsule

and

a medium-sized couch during aft contains capsule section section primate

(chimpanzee) panel unit and is that

unmanned to test

mission.

instrument This

the

primate's

reactions The the

flight. is the

a two-section and restrains and the

container. primate;

actual the

couch

forward The

contains couch,

instrument occupant,

controls, just

observation to capsule

window. launch.

including packed hoist

installed is

prior the

A Hoist

Assembly This

in a plastic assembly recovery and

attached to assist It

to

primate

couch the of,

support

structure. from the of

is used

in removing is located the aft

primate and

couch

capsule

during

operations. is accessible

to the opening.

right

the

prlmate's

couch

through

escape

hatch

1-33.

Instrument The instrument

Panels panels on Capsule Capsule. Waste have Storage food are and not water dispensers within the couch for the No. 9 are the 1-9,) same as used on the

Specification 1-34. Food; Capsule primate. 1-35. The Cameras

Compliance Water No. and 9 will

(See

Figure

waste

containers

installed.

Capsule Also an Earth earth

No. and and

9 has Sky

an

Instrument Camera the

Panel is

and

Primate

Observer will

Cameras photograph

installed. a portion

:. _j/

Observer

installed window.

which In

of the

sky through

observation

addition

a periscope

.,=

Aa.-_ll

JL JL_kJLa

DATE REVISED REVISED

November

1961 ST. LOUIS s, M,SSOURJ REPomr MOme. S_.oR lob 133

camera Refer

is installed

which will photograph Section XIII.

the view displayed

on the periscope.

to Instrumentation

1-36. TEST CONFIGURATION

Capsule unit. phases

CAPSULE

NO. i0 training simulator and altlt1._le chamber change during test

No. i0 is an orbital

The configuration

of the capsule therefore, When Capsule

is subject to this capsule

various

of the test program; in this manual.

cannot

be accurately to a flight revision mission or

described

No. lO is assigned during a subsequent

the final configuration reissue of this

will be included

publication.

1-37.

TEST Capsule

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

NO. 13 AND 16 Compliance Capsule.

No. 13 is the same as the Specification i-i thru 1-22).

(Refer to paragraphs

-L;.

CC ::-:D-;4T;AL

ll_

_'

_''

'_+_+q_

+_++,

+ ,-._

_ ._p_L.<._,ll_,,

SECTION I_
,/ i \i,

MAJOR

STR UCTURAL ASSEMBLIES

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE INTRODUCTION ....... . ........................... ...........................

PAGE 2-.3 2-4 2-5 2-7 2-9 2-11 2-14 2-16 2-:>0 :>-20 2-21 2-24 :>-26

CAPSULE FOREBODY

CAPSULE AFTERBODY ........................... ENTRANCE HATCH .............................. OBSERVATION RECOVERY ANTENNA WINDOW .................... ................

COMPARTMENT

FAIRING ............................. SYSTEM ...................

IMPACT LANDING

ESCAPE TOWER .................................... PYLON-CAPSULE

iii.

CLAMP

RING ...........

ATLAS MISSILE ADAPTER ..................... CAPSULE-ADAPTER CLAMP RING ......... .....................

TEST CONFIGURATION

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-2 SEDR 133 104 ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISE_ REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

HEAT SHIELD

AFTERB(W)Y Z_ ENTRANCE ATCH EXPLOSIVE RELEASE)

WINOOW/_

DOOR

VENT (42) FOI_EBODY AREA LARGE BULKHEAD

//_

LAN DIN_, SKI.RT

GROUND HANDLING FITTING(Z) SMALL PRESSURE BULKHEAD MAI N ANt RESERVE CHUTE$

/_

LOWER

WINDOW

NOTE
CAPSULE ABLATION SHIELD 8,9,10, 1_,I6,18,19 FIBERGLAS ATTACH

CAPSULE /_ CAPSULE

9tt Up 8 ONLY

NOZZLE5

//_

DE_STABILIZE_R _

SHIELD

FLAP

PERISCOPE _ uMBILICAL DOOR

DE-STABILIZER FLAP

FIGUPE

?.-I CAPSULE" ST_UCTUI_E

v _ . .= m ilmW,

(SPECIFICATION C.APSULE)
, ,, ,r , it:

PM 4.5 - ?-07C

,'" _ _v_, ," .""2.;_

DATE_

November

1@61

,Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi

PAGK

2-3

REVISED

IREVISIED

MOOL

133

II.

MAJOR

STRUCTURAL

ASSEMBLIF_S

2-1.

INTRODUCTION The Project Mercury capsule, Figure 2-1, is designed during capsule to contain an

Astronaut, flight, Section

primate,

or crewman

simulator

ballistic

or orbital 1-7,

Capsule I. )

payload

will depend

upon mission

purpose.

(See Figure

The capsule and equipment is basically During

will also contain necessary

recording

equipment,

environmental flight.

provisions, The capsule

to control

the capsule

durin_

of a conical flight, path.

configuration the capsule

consisting forebody

of a forebody with dishof is

and afterbody. respect shaped

orbital flight

is forward

to the capsule structure

The capsule area.

forebody

is the large, afterbody

forward

of the cabin

The capsule

consists

a conical

mid-section

attached to

a small cylindrical construction is designed utilizing to protect

section. titanium

The capsule

of a eonventional structure. excessive

semi-monocoque construction noise

for the primary cabin from

Capsule heating,

the internal

and meteorite cabin entry,

penetration. exterior

Provisions normal

are incorporated and emergency

in the capsule exit.

to permit

viewing,

Prior to capsule to the capsule

flight,

an escape

tower

and antenna The escape consists

fairing tower,

are attached designed framework structure The an escape to

afterbody

cylindrical

section.

aid in capsule-missile equipped with rockets. the capsule

emergency

separation, fairing

of a pylon

The antenna radio main during

is a cylindrical and transmitting launch phase

shaped

containing escape

receiving

antenna. or during

tower is Jettisoned

the capsule phase chute.

sequence.

During the capsule

landing main

the antenna

fairing

is ejected

and serves to deploy

the capsule

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-4 S_DR lq_ 10_

MCDONNE
_
_t'_

kouls ..M SSOU I

_" J.._, E _'_

REVISED REVISED

2-2.

FOREBODY The capsule forebody, that is Figure supported The 2-i, by mainly the consists pressure of a large, bulkhead blunt, and dish-

shaped the

structure

large

adjoins

afterbody the

conical forebody heat

section. from the that

large

pressure The to It heat

bulkhead

internally structure from extreme

separates is

afterbody. is designed flight. The is

forebody protect is also

dish-shaped the capsule to to

an ablation

shield during landing which

thermal capsule shield inner

conditions damage attach skin. upon ring, The of

re-entry impact. in turn attach to

designed

prevent the heat

shield to the

is attached capsule

riveted ring

conical

section for the

heat the

shield

incorporates and to

elongated allow and is for

holes, thermal

installation sion. The

heat shield

shield is

the

capsule to to ablate form

expanof

ablation shingles,

designed laminated to the

heat a by

constructed A

fiberglass package retrograde firing, The is of vented the

radially attached is

smooth means

contour. of three

retrograde The

assembly package which

is

heat the

shield capsule

straps.

Jettisoned capsule between through adjacent peroxide insulation, heat

from

following

retrograde

rocket

initiates area,

re-entry. the a large pressure of vents bulkhead located and and around the the heat shield,

forebody to

atmosphere forebody, hydrogen heat

series to the

periphery Two each fore-

capsule shaped wlth

forebody and six

afterbody control forebody system. The ring

Junction. nozzles, area. The

toroldal covered body impact impact shield, capsule

tanks are

reaction In the

Min-K

located

area

also is

houses also

the stored to

shield

release

pneumatic

A landing rubber-cloth and the heat a

skirt skirt, is

in the the

capsule heat

forebody shield shock to

area. attach

attached to land

capsule high

designed on

absorb or

energy and also

loads

encountered the capsule

during during

landing

water;

stabilize

Astronaut's landing impact

egress,

following

a capsule

landing

in water.

During

the capsule of the skirt

phase, skirt.

the heat shield Upon heat shield

is released, contact with

and extends land,

the full _length the impact skirt

air within

is forced

out through

a series of holes effect. shield

located

in the impact damage

wall which

in turn provides bulkhead large in pressure the

a cushion-like event the heat

To prevent the

to the large pressure during landing, the shield tank support bulkabout

strikes a reinforced

capsule laminated

bulkhead

incorporates shield

fiberglass

assembly. brackets.

The fiberglass Sandwiched

assembly

is attached

to the torus

between

the fiberglass Fabricated

shield and the large of stainless steel

pressure

head are sections the periphery

of honeycomb.

and located prevent

of the impact

landing

skirt, are 24 straps which high horizontal velocity

tearing

of the impact landing

/-,

skirt during

water

landings. to

Located

inside

the impact landing are 2A stainless in the event shingle heat

bag and alternately steel strap cables. failure The

located cables

in relation

the steel straps,

retain the heat The afterbody pressure

shield to the capsule conical bulkhead, between section

should occur. beyond

exterior

arrangement

extends

the large

to the forebody

shield,

and encloses

the equipment Located

located adjacent shield to attach

the large pressure forebody

bulkhead

and the heat shield. Juncture, During and bolted

the capsule

and afterbody attach ring.

to the heat

ring, is a fiberglass fiberglass a segmented the clamp shingles attach

capsule-adapter flange

installation, together

the with and

ring and the adapter Receptacles

attach

are clamped

clamp ring.

for the capsule connectors ring.

retro-package, under

adapter,

ring pneumatic adjacent

and electrical attach

are located

the forebody doors,

to fiberglass

Six spring loaded

access

for the receptacles

are incorporated

in the shingles.

2-3.

A_DY The capsule af_erbody conical mid-section mainly consists of a pressurised

'_-_ _--a_m

_'_

"_

..... | If'Li--

'_i=_i,Mil

REPORT MODEL_

8EDR 133

lO_

.... "ST. LOUIS, _z_'_-

MISSOURI "_

"

REVISED REVISED

cabin

that

is The

Supported cabin

between

a small wall and is

pressure with

bulkhead channeled points. titanium sealed The

and

the

large to

pressure

bulkhead. additional constructed together. of

interior strength

lined

frames The shell, pressure outer

provide is

structural of The

equipment inner to and form

attach outer small

mid-section seam panels conical welded

a conically outer high skin

formed is beaded and hat hat

capable skin is

withstanding with

pressures

structural

loads. A blanket the hat is outer

reinforced is bonded, Min-K shingle tion

longitudinal the also The

stringers. to the

of thermoflex (beaded) and to conical covered the end

insulation skin. with a

in between is

stringers, over

insulation

installed shingle system

sections similar forward The

arrangement. on the

arrangement compartment. heat section provide

shingle of the of

installaconical

used is

recovery to the skin,

The

section section and and

attached outer shingle

forebody the hat

shield.

combination

the

conical

beaded

reinforcements, the capsule with

thermoflex adequate

insulation, heat, noise

external meteorite Located

installation

protection. in the bottom of the conical section, door that as viewed encloses during the capsule lower

normal lens

flight flange

attitude, and the

is a retractable ground periscope

periscope The and

capsule to the

checkout housing,

umbilical

receptacle. opens hoist handling An

door, closes attached The

mechanically with to periscope and

linked

automatically auxiliary ground

extension side of

and the

retraction. capsule, to

Two provide

fittings, attach

left

right are

points. namely the

hoist the small This of

fittings snorkel

removed door, and from capsule

prior

capsule

launch. capsule

explosive shingles,

door, between

explosive bulkhead

is provided the the capsule capsule

in the

,_

pressure door

conical-cylindrical during capsule to be

sections The the

Juncture. exploding capsule

is exploded from the

landing. drawn into

the

door

enables

cool

air

_ILT

y"t

"lr_

l._,ks.L,

A" A.a._ 4_.Z,

_.A_

REVISED REVISED

ST. LOUIS -- _

3, MISSOURI

Ri_ORT MOO_L

SEDR l_'_

10,_

through 2-_.

the snorkel Hatch

valve

when the cabin

air inlet

valve

opens.

Entrance

An entrance body hatch conical

hatch, Figure as viewed similar (beaded)

2-2, is located from the capsule

on the right crew member

side of the afterstation. Entrance of

section

construction,

to the conical

section

construction,

consists

an inner and outer stringers. hatch. release

skin seam welded

together knife

and reinforced are attached

with hat to the to quickly

A waste container charge,

and th_ Astronaut's moulded in the hatch

An explosive

sill, is provided rapidly

the hatch and enable charge initiator, release

the Astronaut located control

to egress

from the capsule. of the hatch, launch, is

An explosive linked hatch

in the upper initiator.

aft corner

to an internal is bolted

Prior

to capsule

the

and _sealed

into position The bolts

with bolts, are inserted

and two corrugated through

shingles hatch

are installed

over the hatch.

the entrance

sill, which incorporates sill. hatch A magnesium is bolted

the explosive with inlaid

charge, rubber,

and threaded

into the capsule seal when the to the hatch (This charge. )

gasket,

forms the hatch are attached

into position

Two hatch

shingles

stringers, enables

but in no manner

are they

attached upon

to capsule

shingles.

the hatch to separate capsule impact,

cleanly,

ignition

of hatch

explosive

Following initiator, initiator explosive action

the Astronaut

removes

the initiator plunger. firing

cap from the the

and the safety pin from the initiator plunger, charge the inltiator's two

By depressing pins

spring-loaded

strike the This control

percussion

caps and detonate

the explosive An exterior

charge.

explodes

the hatch from the capsule. to enable ground personnel Hatch

hatch

release

is also provided the Astronaut

to explode

the hatch

in the event by pip plus, injury to

is unable

to do so.

retention

springs, hatch

secured

are incorporated ground personnel

ca the inner in the event

side of the entrance the initiator plunger

to prevent

is accidemtly

depressed.

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-8 SEDR 104 13 :_

Mc'DONNE
ST cLLOU IS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

WA_T CONTAINER

PRESSURE

VALVE

ENTRANCE

MATCH%

SEAL

EXPLOS|VE.

CHARGE.

/ .J

FIGUREZ-Z

CA_P 5ULE

ENTP, ANCE

HATCH

(EXPLOSIVE RELEASE)

REV'SED R_V,SE_ _

S-r. Louis s. MISSOUm

,_,om-. _oomu

S_I)R 304 133

Two pressure

valves,

located

in the hatch, ground

enables

pressurization

and purging

of the capsule, 2-5. Observation

during

capsule

checkout

operations.

Window window, Figure 2-3, located viewing. on the afterbody The window, conical section,

An observation provides main

the Astronaut panel, is made

with external consists of three

located

above the

instrument assembly pane.

of an inner glass panes

and outer

assembly. image

The inner suppression is

window filter

and a fourth

The three glass

panes

are sealed

in a titanium

frame that

attached

to the cabin wall. seal between (reflected) assembly

Each glass

pane is independently suppression

sealed to provide pane eliminates The that

a pressure secondary

the panes.

The image

filter

images. consists

The filter pane of a glass skin. pane

is not pressure sealed

sealed.

outer window is attached separately, outer window observation Astronaut window

in a titanium assembly

frame,

to the capsule from the inner conforms window

outer window

The outer

window

is sealed seal. The The

assembly,

to provide

a complete conical

to the curvature with light

of the capsule and door

section. the

is equipped external

filters

llds, enabling

to regulate

entering

the cabin.

The observation angle of

includes

a mirror

assembly

which

increases

the Astronaut's

observation. 2-6. Small Pressure Bulkhead bulkhead system internally separates the cabin pressurized supports the aft is

The small pressure area from the recovery conical

_, ._ -

compartment hatch,

and structurally Figure

section.

A sealed

escape

2-4, internally

actuated,

provided

in the small pressure landing.

bulkhead

to enable the Astronaut's hatch is constructed with

exit followof a beaded structural

ing capsule aluminum

The dish-shaped to an inner outer

escape

skin spotwelded

skin, that flanged

is reinforced

"Z" shaped members.

The hatch

edge fits into the small pressure

--..,.i

ii

iI--IrI--.i_I

i/-1I--,

P"_E
REPORT MODEL

_.1o
SEDR 104 133

Mc, DONNELL_,S_ __ _
ST.LOUIS, .... MISSOURI ,-

D,,TE
REVISED REVISED ,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

v//>>///////////,.,

SECTION

B-B

bOOR

HANbLE

GLA,._S PANE._ SECTION A-A

POLA, RO_I_ F',LT_R (IMAC_E

13 PPR, E $S i O1'_ )

FI&URE 2-3 CAPSULE OBSERVATION WINBOW

ph_4.5-14.5.,

C,-, L, _"''-'V I I | i _

:" T ;A_-

R=V,SE_,

sv. Louis 3, MisSou,_,

.SPORT

SEDR 104

.sv,sEo
bulkhead
tainer r_g

.oo=. ,, 133
sill and is held in place
by rals_ the hatch

with a retaining
wedges the

ring.
retainer

Expanding
ring

the rethe

hsoldle,

between

bulkhead

sill

and

the

hatch

flanged

edge

and

forces

the

hatch

f_e

aft

to

provide

a sealing

action.

The titanium

small pressure

bulkhead

is seam welded flanges.

to the conical 2-7.

section

inner

skin and bolted

to the conical

hat stringer

Large Pressure

Bulkhead bu3_khead supports the pressurized is constructed the forward cabin end of the conical heat section

The large pressure and internally separates

from the forebody inner

shield.

The large pressure titanium skin.

bulkhead

of a combined and seam welded channels

and outer skin. skin.

The outer

skin is beaded with horizontal

to the inner

The bulkhead The bulkhead located support board outer

is reinforced

installed

on the outer centrally

inner skin is provided that furnish shelves

with two vertical attach

channels,

and spaced, couch.

structural

point

for the Astronaut inner skin, out-

Honeycomb

are provided

on the bulkhead installation. inner ring. venting

of the two vertical flange

channels,

for equipment section attach

The bulkhead

ring is bolted

to the conical section inner

skin and the bulkhead Vents are provided

is also bolted

to the conical bulkhead

in the large pressure battery vapors

to enable control

overboard system

of the capsule

and environmental

exhaust

steam.

2-8.

RECOVERY

COMPARTM_qT afterbody, Figure 2-1, basically consists of the short cylinsection the laud-

The capsule drical section

and the truncated

cone shaped system

structure. compartment control

The cylindrical and contains

is referred

to as the capsule recovery aids,

recovery

ing parachutes, cone shaped

and the reaction

nozzles.

The truncated section, to the

structure,

referred cabin.

to as the capsule The recovery bulkhead.

afterbody

conical

encloses

the pressurized

compartment

is connected

pressurized

cabin by a small pressure

The recovery

system compartment

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-12 SEDR 104

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

.... gy:L_llS

:_M so UR+._ rs

REVISED REVISED

133

/
/

RETAIN

INg

RETAINING

r--t-lATCH

[,\I_[N_'-_

RING--'_

/--HAT

CH

RIN6 --_

,.j/

St'lA LL" -P I_-ESS E_'_ ut_ I_/LK H F__D-__

SHALL PRESS UFIE _ULKHEAD "_ RELEA%E HANDLE HATCH 5ECTIOM : (_" B CLO-_ED A_s_YPRING"_,,_/ --_ HATCH P,ELEASEI2

HATCH

P_ELF.ASED

FIGURE

2-4
I

CA_ULE

ESC_,PE

HATCH

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNEL_L _
ST.LOUIS,

__._
11"

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-13 SEDR 133 104

MISSOURI

CHUTE

POST

51LI?.ING FLAP

PM 45 .t&_P__""=_
Wl

L " "=''"=_'='='_
_1 l'_t i/l_ Ill

'"T'I
I RI /

i J'_

I
b

PAGE

2-14 lO_

MCDONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE i November REVISED REVISED

1961

REPORT SEDE MODEL_ 133

"_--CC,i'_[':D
formed and titanium with skin

_ Y:TI_
reinforced

is hat

a cylindrical stringers, of

structure,

with

longitudinal A the

covered

a corrugated is installed

beryllium between within hat the

shingle hat

arrangement. and

layer

thermoflex shingles are

insulation to prevent panels set of

stringers

external shingles thermal located

excessive bolted reaction

heating to the control

the

compartment. with allowances are

The for

individual A

sections

expansion. every

exhaust skin

nozzles and is the

internally shingle divided the The recovery right

90 , between The and recovery

the

compartment

inner

external

installation. into aids, section into can two be a left

system

compartment The compartment routed

interior left

structurally houses

right wiring

section. and

section

electrical of the

plumbing houses the

through

the

compartment. structurally The

compartment that the

a fiberglass main the and

container,

divided container to

sections by

contain Astronaut the

reserve

parachutes. capsule

removed egress

from

cabin

following

landing,

permit

through

recovery

compartment.

2-9.

ANTENNA The

FAIRING antenna pitch The with base and and fairing, roll Figure 2-5, is a cylindrical and the is main shaped receiving structure and trams-

capsule the

that

houses

horizon fairing shingles.

scanners, basic An

mitting and is

antenna. covered the

antenna

structure 8 inch as

of titanium assembly is

construction located the top

'%qene-_l" of the

window

around of the

outer

fairing The

and

acts

a dielectric consists In of

between a silicone with

fairing

capsule. vycor to

window and

assembly teflon

base, three

fiberglass teflon

insulation, and

glass the

strips.

line are

the

strips

attached The when located

antenna guides tower base of

fairing and is the

shingles, strips An

three

laminated damage to

fiberglass the horn antenna is

guides. fairing

fiberglass the at escape the

teflon

prevent aluminum An

jettisoned. antenna

bi-conical

internally

fairing.

electric

"-..._ v

-=.4"

= ..,,.a..i

.=._1'_

.K/"_

JLJ

IAI31SAS "3NIC]NV7
I_IWS 9NIONV_ 10Vd_11 _03SV3138 0131H_ _3H _31d3Q N011V819n711

310N
1_3H

ku_a3 a_u_n_

WNV1

\
181_S

HOVIlV lOVd_l

\
\ \ \

\
\\

9NIl113

H 3V11"V

_'131H5" 1'_3H (*'_ dX,)

(d3_

0N_ HgVliV $_;V'1983gl_.

t
f_Ol _O_S

7_OO_

M_ I

II !

" .......... l.liIN._[qul

I.,..]l SlNO-I'/S

INV4u#

"

O_SIA_ Q3SIA_

_m

I_lnOSSl_l

5L-Z:' t96t _38W3AON l

3.LVO

PAGE,, , 2-16 REPORT MODEL SEDR 104 ST. LOUIS, 133 MISSOURI

DATE,,.,t REVISED REVISED

November

1961

insulator ing

and

lockfoam, A pitch horizon

located horizon scanner scanner.

above scanner is The

the

bi-conical

horn, at the side of to A

aid top the the steel is

lu antenna of the

fair-

insulation. A roll pitch

is located lu is the

antenna In by line a in

fairing. with mortar the Three flange, flange. the 2-10. A ing, drogue the

located fairing

fairing, capsule post

horizon in

attached

gun

located of the pins

the

capsule is used support holes

recovery as

compartment. when the

located

center index

fairing and six

a guide in

fairing fairing

Jettisoned. matlng mating retain

clips, and six houses

the

antenna in

lower

align The

with antenna

three

brackets the when

recovery chute. is

compartment Three cables

fairing to

also the

drogue the

chute

risers

fairing

chute

deployed.

De-Stabilizer spring loaded the

Fla_ de-stabillzer horizon during up flap scanner. capsule is attached The abort to the top of antenna ensures faircapsule cap-

opposite

pitch attitude

de-stabilizer and re-entry separation, fairing cutters tower to

flap

correct sule

re-entry

phases. the by

During spring of

launching

phase, flap

and

to the

capsule-tower the flap antanna reeflmg escape

loaded a nylon the

de-stabillzer cord routed

is held two

flat

against

means

through

de-stablizing Jettisoning the lO,O00 capsule

contained actuates the

within the

antenna which When

fairing sever the

housing. cord

of the spring feet by

cutters position. is autogum.

releasing to the

loaded altitude, the

flap the

outboard fairing

the

capsule

descends from

antenna

matically

Jettisoned

firing

of the

fairing

mortar

2-11.

IMPACT The

LANDING impact

SYSTEM
.!. /

capsule loads

landing

system, during The

Figure landing; system

2-6, and

is designed also to

to

absorb the of shield

high capsule

energy

shock

encountered in water. heat

stabilize consists heat

following shield

a landing

impact

basically straps

a heat reten-

release

mechanism,

shield

retaining

(24),

MAC

2:_ICL

(27

APR

Sg)

_.JVJ._I_I.

AU4.aJ._I

Jl.

I_'l.

JLI

2-17

REVISED REVISED

ST.LOUIS " _

, MISSOURI

REPORT MODEL

SEDRI04 133

Z4V D-C 150L SQL_IB _U_

i i
MAIN gQUII3 _u5

I I

FIGURE

Z -7

IMPACT
_ _ i i

LANDI'NG
i . I I I II

SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
I I I

MH45

-.t._l C

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

.2-18 SEDR 104 133

MCDONNE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, _,._ MISSOURI . REVISED .

tion

cables

(24), The

a rubberized skirt phase, eject the is

cloth stored the

impact in the

skirt

and

a fiberglass forebody barostats in turn fairing directs delay area.

shield During the the main

assembly. capsule Main

impact landing to

capsule feet which antenna

normal

capsule

10,O00

energizes deploys closes the the

Deploy

Relay (See

antenna Ejection

fairing, of the

parachute. antenna electrical seconds the Bag to heat Relay. ignite

Figure

2-7. )

fairing power later, shield

separation to the the Main

sensing Inertia

switch, Switch #1

which Relay

in turn #l to also

2_ V D-C relay). Twelve power Landing power to

Main

(time direct to

Inertia system the

Relay limit

energizes and

electrical the

release

switches Relay

energize

Energizing the 2 heat of the shield

Landing release valves

Bag

directs squib psig

24 V d-c valves. nitrogen This action of

electrical

shield squib release

explosive allows 3,000

Ignition to the 2 heat

pressure moves the

to the

flow heat

mechanism

actuators. with the to

shield

from

the the

capsule. mechanism Relay. Landing piston lock the two will Landing The

Simultaneously 2 limit Energizing Bag fully pin. shield switches within switches the

actuation energize directs

release Bag power

mechanism, Extension to

close signal (green),

the

Landing

Signal the

relay,

electrical a safe

illuminate the

Telellght travels

indicating limit,

condition. is locked

When by a

actuator loaded event the

to

the

open

the

actuator

spring In the

heat limit

mechanism will

failed

to

actuate, and the

and Landing

release Bag

the Warnto to "MAN"

heat ing

shield, Light

remain s

open This

Relay the

energize Bag

2 seconds. (red), place to

in turn

directs

power

illuminate the

Telelight should switch which In

indicating the LANDING

an unsafe RAG SWITCH

condition to the

Astronaut.

Astronaut the landing Relay,

position. Emergency shield

Placing Landing

the

manual

position power squib to

energizes ignite will the

the 2 heat

Bag

turn

provides of

release

explosive

squib

valves.

Ignition

valves

actuate

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-1'9 SEDR 104

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI

133

DEF..STABILIZING

(CAPSULE

8 ONLY)

FIGUI::2E

2-t_

PAGE

2-20

Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

i November

1961

REPORT SEDR lob,. MODEL_ 133

REVISED REVISED

the

mechanism to

to

release the

the

heat

shield, (green).

and

in turn

the

limit

switches

will

close

illuminate

telelight

2-12.

ESCAPE The escape

TOWER tower (Figure of a pylon 2-8), designed to aid in Capsule-missile The emergency pylon is and

separation, a triangular a Jettison approximately bolted bolted rocket to to

consists shaped rocket. lO

framework

equipped to of of

"with rockets. support an escape steel

structure The pylon

that is

is designed

rocket and is

constructed The ring. pylon. base

4130

tubular

feet

in

length. attach of the

the

pylon

structural rocket

tubing casing escape

is is

a steel the top is

flanged (apex)

A four Bolted

foot to

escape bottom

the

of the

casing

a Jettison from the

rocket. rockets is

Electrical to connectors, with onto

wiring

is routed on the

through pylon

the attach Prior the

structural ring. to

tubing, tubular launch ring

located

Pylon

structure pylon the is

covered

heat the

protective by

material. clamping with

capsule attach

the to

installed recovery Explosive to

capsule, compartment

pylon shaped,

capsule ring.

system bolts

a chevron ring the segments pylon is

segmented The from to

clamp bolts the

connect clamp

the ring

clamp when the event

in tension. Jettisoned are fired

are

fired

separate capsule the

the

capsule. the

During from

normal

launch In the

escape the is

rockets capsule fired is to

separate

pylon

capsule. phase, and then

escape propel to

system the

is activated, away from

during the

launch missile

the the

escape

tower

capsule the

Jettison

rocket

fired

separate

pylon

from

capsule.
, - 77,,

2-13.

PYLON-CAPSULE The clamp ring ring to with

CLAMP consists the

RING of three chevron shaped segments that flange. ring clamp the

pylon

attach

capsule

recovery

system

compartment connect the

Three in

explosive

bolts,

dual

ignition

provisions,

segments

MAC

231G

(Rev

14

Oct.

55)

DATE

November

i_I

M DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGz ....

2 - 21

REVISED

REPORT _EDa 104 MOD_ 133

REVISED

tension. clamp ring

l

The clamp ring (Figure 2-11),

is basically

the same in design smaller

as the capsule-adapter The clamp bolts ring are fired is from is

but considerably until ring.

in size.

retains which

the pylon to the capsule separates a heat the clamp

the clamp

ring explosive

in turn with

The exterior

of the clamp

ring bolts

covered

shield to protect capsule

the clamp

ring and explosive

excessive bonded

heating

during

launch. shield.

A layer of thermoflex The heat shield

insulation

to the interior screws.

of the heat

is attached

to the heat

clamp ring with shield, straps,

An aerodynamic the capsule structure

stability during

wedge

attached

to pylon

aids in stabilizing bolted to the pylon separation bolts

the launch phase. ring stability ring segments

Six cable aid in when

and clamp the clamp

wedge,

capsule-pylon the explosive

by retaining

of the pylon

are fired.

+/ '-

2-14.

ATLAS MISSILE

ADAPTER adapter I Figure 2-9, is a slightly tapered, cylindrical missile. to

The Atlas missile shaped structure

that is designed

to mate

the capsule

with the Atlas

Upon adapter the missile

and capsule installation and the capsule construction

to the missile 3 the adapter to the adapter. 4 feet

is bolted is of

is attached

The adapter in height.

semi-monocoque basically

and is approximately corrugated

The adapter riveted and with

consists

of an outer

titanium

skin assembly,

Seam welded two titanium flanged flanged

to an inner titanium support

skin assembly between inner

and internally

reinforced

rings, riveted

the ends of the adapter. surface of the adapter.

A steel The

ring is riveted ring is provided

to the bottom, with holes Alignment Riveted

to enable marks

the attachment

of the adapter

to the missile adapter-missile is an aluminum forebody

with bolts. alignment. flanged ring.

are provided inner

on the ring for proper of the adapter with the capsule

to the top,

surface

The adapter during

aluminum

ring mates

fiberglass

attach

ring,

capsule

to adapter

installation.

............ _" VV| _1|"' JllmJll1|NI

1rill

A I_--

,o

uJ

:E
UA

_J00
w
<

co co
Ill W

- |_

m d_

b-

o
i

a
&aJ

l
}w <

o
bJ

DAT_

i November

1961

M!DONNELL -.- ..
--j_ ST. LOUIS S.M,SSOUm _ ring the BY axis enables ring is

p_l

2-2B 101;

R_vnsEo. Ra'VlS_D

REPOWr... SEDR MO_ iBB

An

alignment to

mark adapter. adequate the

on the The

adapter top of

proper slotted

alignment at

of

capsule to

alum lnum capsule to the

120 intervals, assembly attach

provide

clearance is every these

for

the

retrograde adapter.

rocket

straps, is

when

capsule

attached 120 , to striker

A metal When (open)

striker the the

bracket is

riveted to

internally, the adapter,

the

adapter

skin. depress the

capsule capsuleretrograde by

attached adapter rocket

brackets located on

separation assembly

sensing

switches, The

bottom to the

of the the mated

attach

straps. shaped,

capsule clamp and

is attached ring the over

adapter flanges

installing capsule A prevent Atlas that that

a chevron

segmented attach ring to

of the

forebody retainer the missile

fiberglass assembly,

adapter

upper

ring. is provided the structure, straps located the boilto

attached and tank. the

the

adapter bolt

interior fragments is by

skin, from a cup three

retro-package adapter the LOX

explosive The dome, with retainer and cable

striking shaped metal port,

assembly supported

fits are

over

retro-package to the adapter the

is

attached

assemblies. valve

A vent tube

in the

adapter of is the

skin, liquid an

receives oxygen

missile

boil-off

and

enables oxygen provides

relieving off port, to

from

the

missile.

Opposite The door

the

liquid

adapter

door and

installation. heat vent shield

installation on the

access glass shields upper missile cable skin, The

booster attached

Capsule the Two

area

while

pad. the

A fiberand

shield the section while

above tube. adapter, vertical

port

opening,

streamlines located supporting adapter the the

adapter at the

boil-off of the in the

stretch

fittings, a means of

180 apart

provide position fittings ring to

(stretching)

the Six corrugated

following spaced that

installation. adapter to outer the

assemblies, are cables attached retain

attached to the the

to

around

clamp ring

attaches

capsule

adapter.

clamp

the

adapter

following

capsule-adapter

separation.

_vi

ma

a_mi

ii

.m

REPORT MODEL_

_DR 1_3

lO b" J

ST. LOUIS, _.T_,A-_

MISSOURI ....... _

REVISED. REVISED

2-15.

CAPSULE-ADAPTER The capsule-adapter to the the adapter. capsule

CLAMP

RING ring, Figure 2-10, is provided capsule ring to is to attach the

clamp The

capsule throughout of The mate

clamp

ring

secures until the the

the

the

adapter by means

launching in turn of three forebody explosive

phase allows chevron

clamp to

separated from when adapter the

explosive clamp with

bolts,

which

capsule

separate that the

adapter.

ring the

consists capsule Three

shaped attach dual

segments, ring and

installed, upper connect 3 every the

fiberglass bolts, with

support the

ring.

ignition striker clamp

provisions, bracket ring is

3 clamp to the

ring

segments of the

in tension. clamp ring.

A metal When

is bolted installed,

120 , striker in the

inside

the

brackets outer

depress of

the the

capsule capsule ring

ring

separation

sensing

switches,

located

periphery

forebody. is covered with The a heat shield shield that protects of three three

The the

exterior bolts

of the from which

clamp

explosive

excessive are located which

heating. directly cover which The from the

heat the

consists bolts

fairing segmented clamp bolts and

assemblies fairing The a three bottom the is

over

explosive of the over

and

assemblies fairing piece pieces ring

remainder

capsule the

adapter

ring. are the

assemblies installation. are made

locate top

directly piece is These interior

explosive from aluminum are

fabricated fairing of the

two to

titanium. The three is

assemblies fairing

fastened assemblies are of

clamp

support

fittings. The

insulated

with

thermoflex. whose are

segmented

fairing

assemblies The

a titanium fairing bolted

construction assemblies to the

interior to the

insulated

with

thermoflex. Six cable in

segmented straps are

bolted adapter

adapter fitting. ring

clamp These to

ring. straps

capsule by An to

cable the

aid

capsule-adapter explosive the bolts is

separation, are fired.

retaining electrical of the

clamp

the

adapter the

when

the of

cable, clamp

clamped ring

around

interior to two

adapter,

connected

each

explosive

bolts,

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

/-

SECTION'(: -C" FIGUP, E 2 -I0 CAP5ULE ADAPTER

Inlml

CLAMP

P, ING
__

PM_5-

26

,_mip_lli'lllimllln_liali

REPORT BE.DR 101 MODEL 133

ST. LOUIS, ......... -_.4_,..I

J. 11 4L" JL.L_

MISSOURI T_nT.._ffm,.. .... JLr_W-'-.I=--._"'L"I_"

REVISED REVISED

receptacles A pneumatic quick

in the line is

capsule also

forebody connected

area to one

and end

to

two

receptacles explosive

on the bolt and

missile. to a

of the

disconnect

in the

capsule

forebody.

2-16.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

2-17.

TEST Capsule

CONFIGURATION 8 differs

CAPSULE from the

NO.

8 capsule in the following manner.

specification

2-18.

Forebod[ Capsule 8 does not contain to the an impact landing attach has clamp skirt. ring Instead, (See Figure frontal the heat

shield Capsule

is bolted 8 capsule to the

directly adapter

heat ring

shield heat

2-1). area in Capsule

clamp

shield

a large ring

comparison 8 does Capsule Figure 2-19. not

specification a large adapter

capsule pressure is the

adapter bulkhead same

heat

shield.

incorporate missile

fiberglass

shield

protector. capsule (See

8 Atlas 2-10). Afterbodz

as the

specification

Capsule hatch the to can attach the

8 does be

not

have

an

explosive

entrance removal

hatch is

(Figure

2-12). by is

The removing similar

only bolts

removed that

externally. the hatch

Hatch to the

accomplished Hatch sealing

secure capsule.

capsule.

specification with the

The

entrance when the

hatch hatch

stringers is bolted springs.

are in

interlocked place. Capsules

(bolted) 8 and 2-20. 12

capsule

stringers entrance

do not

contain

hatch

retention

Windows
. Y

Capsule window from the (Figure

8 contains 2-1). crew lower

two One

cabin

windows, is located to

but

does

not upper

contain left

an side

observation as viewed viewing. the

window

on the

capsule in the

member right

station, side of the

permit

Astronaut's is a window

exterior that

Located

capsule

enables

........ _,T "_"_Wr',_ -_'-'-''" _ r_ "__ ",_-""_

.... A .,.,. a.,_ ._a a,'t A A2"IkJ_

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

2-27 SEDR 104 133

HATCH

SHINGLE

INSULATION

INSULATION

HATCH

SEAL

PI_2-:ll.
_111

C_PSG_E
ill/r-----it

E_I'RAlqC_
l l]!_ I--

HEI"CH

PM,_, r_2A

REPORT MODEL-

_EDR 133

10[I _
,_r ,

ST. LOUIS,
, ii I i i

MISSOURI
II .... _

REVISED REVISED

photographing located window panes spaced The

of

the to

earth this

and

sky

during Each

capsule window

flight. consists

camera of an

is

internally and outer

adjacent assembly. sealed and in

window. inner frame sealed

cabin

inner of four

The

cabin

(main) attached

window to the

assembly cabin

consists wall. The

glass are

a titanium

glass the

panes panes.

independently cabin is of window attached the capsule door.

to

provide of

a pressure a glass skin. Capsule

seal pane

between in

outer that

assembly to the

consists capsule

sealed

a titanium conforms a to the

frame

outer

The

outer not

pane

curvature snorkel 2-21.

conical

section.

8 does

incorporate

explosive Antenna

Fairing fairing cover. destabilizing (See Figure flap 2-1). on Capsule 8 does not contain a

The horizon

antenna scanner

2-22.

TEST Capsules

CONFIGURATIONS 9, I0, 13 and

CAPSULES 16 major

9,

i0,

13

and

16 are basically the

structural

assemblies

same

as

that

of the

specification

capsule.

__;Y,,_--'_"

3-1

$CTK)N

Ig

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM

TABLE
/ ....

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE DESCRIPTION
eoeoeqsoeeeeoeeooeooeeoeeeeeeooooeeeeooeoeoe

PAGE 3-3 3-S 3-6 3-.7 3--8 3-8 3-9 3-29 3-53

CABIN ENVIRONMENTAL SUIT ENVIRONMENTAL

ii ii i'i ! i ii _-'-%-.-i_ _

CONTROL ......... CONTROL ............

SUIT EMERGENCY OXYGEN COOLING

CONTROL, .................... , ....................

SUPPLY ................

CIRCUIT .................................... .............................................

OPERATION

SYSTEM UNITS ......................................... TEST CONFIGURATION..., .......................

. _..J'

:. ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

'::_!::::::!::iii::::::iiiiiii!iiiiii_!ii!i_:

II_'ILI

lfmlim

3-2 PAGE 104 REPORT SEDR 133 MODEL

M,DONNELL
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED

REVISED

z
-?

l_O-

_d x 0

_0

o_
P'3_ rr

--.J

L_

[MaC

PIJ.

O_

_" k0 :I:

oeo
4p 0 -e-3

=_ '

og

_o

FIGURE

_-t

EMVIP, ONMENTAL

CONTROL

SYSTEM

Pi_A_-

_-7 D

REVmEO, .EV,SEO.

ST. -outs

3, MiSSOURi .

REPORT MO0_

_EDR 104 133

III.

ENVIRONMENTAL

CONTROL

SYSTEM

3-i.

DESCRIPTION The environmental control system Figure 3-!, provides the Capsule Cabin and

the Astronaut ventilation ventilation also

with

a 100 per cent oxyge n environment gas required during

to furnish the capsule

the breathing, orbital flight and

and pressurization for a 12-hour

post-landing manner:

phase.

The environmental odors, rate"

control

system from the

functions

in the following

Removes

CO 2 and moisture usage of oxygen cabin

Astronaut's event

suit circuit;

provides

an "emergency

in the and suit

suit circuit

pressure

drops below

4.0 + .1 psia; maintains

"3

temperature capability

at approximately and operates

80F; provides

an emergency

fire extinguishing System function-

in "weightless" controlled

or "high g" conditions. all phases manual of flight.

ing will be automatically the system automatic system operation. The environmental suit mode, mental cabin mode

during

In the event to insure

control

malfunctions,

controls

are provided

control

system

is designed

to be operated

in either

the

or emergency

mode.

The system primary

mode,

suit environin

control,

is normally

utilized

and enables

the Astronaut and emergency

to function

the closed conditions. mode

suit circuit

during

cabin pressurized

(depressurized) control control,

In the event one control to operate. survival

mode malfunctions, mode,

the remaining

will continue

The emergency

suit environmental

insures Astronaut control

in the event (see Figure

both the suit and cabin 3-2. ) a primary Primary oxygen

environmental

modes malfunction.

The environmental supply for both

control

system provides

and secondary

oxygen systems

the cabin and suit circuits. the secondary pressure.

and secondary

oxygen

are basically

the same, except oxygen

regulated

pressure

is lower circuit,

than the primary

regulated

A manually

controlled

cooling

_vz_li

il,d'l_lNI

1/_

I-"

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-4 SEDR 104

Mc'DONNELL '
....... -ST.LOU IS. MJ,SSQUR!,_.8

DATE

II1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

133

FLAPPER tVENTIL?TIONI _]L_RE CABIN CASIN AII;:I I INLET J VALVE J PRP-._UR R_.LI EF VALVE E _u L Kl.,.,t E.AD

I OuTFLOWI

I VALVE I

E
,i
CiI_CUIT SHUT-OFF %UI'T VALVE

hELl EF J PRESSLIRE VALVE

1
I COM pRE%C-_R _t SUIT COI, APRES_OR J

I I I
I I

l,,

FATE 1::_ CCX_LANT TANK

SUIT 1;::_, U LATOI:_ EG

CO_ AND ODOR ABSORBE_

,_LI I T H EAT F-XCHANGE_

)...

CABIN HEAT E_CHANGER

I'
I

I I
I

,,,,, ,

LEGENDOXYGEN WATER FLOW FLOW FLOW

I
I !

-"''--

"_'

STEAM

AE_I'UAT[N(_ F_E_URE CHECK VALVE

t
iNVERTER NEAT EXCNANG=I

(MAIN)

OXYGEN

PRIMARY OXYGEN BOTTLE

II

::._ y/

I
I tl

!
I !

BOTTLE

7-

LAFi_E

F::_._SMR,F..,.

_ULKH_:AD PH_S- _3_

FLOW

I:'IGU_E

3'_.

EI,qV_i2.0NI_ENTAL
.L_'i/'_ll.

CONT_0L
IFIIr_PL,_-

5"YSTE_
.

BLOCV.. OIA, GIZ/X, lv_

DATE
REVISED REVISED

i November

1961

Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE

3"5

REPORT

,q_l_

10_ ......

MOCk. ....... 13_

for suit and cabin systems, during

/

is provided

to control

suit and cabin temperatures control system components pressure are bulk-

capsule below

flight.

The capsule

environmental couch

located head

the Astronaut's

support

adjacent

to the large bulkhead

and also on the interior escape hatch. System

of the small pressure manual controls

adjacent

to the

capsule consoles; panel.

are located

on the left and right on the main instrument

system instruments

and warning

lights are located

3-2.

CABIN ENVIRONMENTAL During capsule normal

CONTROL orbital flight, the environmental control control system is

normally tion plate

/ \\

operated

in both the cabin mode

and suit environmental the Astronaut primary

mode.

Operafacesupply The de-

in the cabin control for short periods

permits

to open his helmet and secondary

of time.

The capsule

oxygen gas.

furnished

the cabin with pressurization, with automatic

breathing, controls

and ventilation for cabin

cabin is equipped compression, ventilation.

and manual

ventilation,

pressurization,

temperature

control,

landing

and post landing

The cabin is cleared is made available

of contaminants the cabin

and a lO0 per cent oxygen environment to launch. Tester. The purging During operation flight, The

by purging

prior

is accomplished cabin pressure cabin pressure and provides buildup

by utilizing

the Capsule controlled

Leakage

orbital

is automatically

by a cabin

pressure buildup

control within

valve.

relief valve prevents means

excessive

pressure

the cabin

a manual

of decompressing A water

the cabin

in the event

of a fire or cabin

of toxic contaminants.

coolant

supply tank, cooling.

common to both In addition water

and suit circuits cooling capability,

heat exchangers, the coolant

provides

cabin

to its

tank is a source of drinking by a manually entering

for the selector and

Astronaut. valve, which

Cabin temperature regulates

is controlled of water

controlled

the amount

the cabin

heat exchanger,

_v.

mm

m_al

|f_k

I--

3-6
REPORT MODEL_ R_,D_ 133 ].Oh

M ,DONNELL
ST. LOUIS, _ MISSOURI

oA,
REVISED REVISED

in turn located exchanger valves, "capsule

provides on the to

cabin inlet

cooling side of

by the

means heat and

of

water

evaporation. forces cabin air

The air

cabin through and during

fan, the outflow the

exchanger, ventilation. bulkhead,

provide on and

cabin the

cooling

Cabin

inlet

located landing

small

pressure phase.

provide

ventilation

post

landing

3-3.

SUIT During

ENVIRONMENTAL capsule oxygen If a normal

CONTROL orbital to flight, the the capsule cabin as common o_jgen supply control should

furnishes circuits. occur should suit at

simultaneously cabin when circuit the

suit

and such

environmental

malfunction, has his

cabin

decompression, the

a time

Astronaut his

faceplate the

removed, faceplate

Astronaut the suit

immediately environmental circuit. operating controls by

close control

faceplate. and

Closing the

initiates closed

mode

confines

Astronaut

to the

control While regulator oxygen The as a

in the the the suit

suit

environmental to

control

mode, 5 psia control

the and

suit

pressure

pressure

approximately suit by a

replenishes operation. system

consumed pressure of a

Astronaut, is the

duringnormal supplemented suit circuit.

circuit

suit

regulator oxygen to

constant circuit water

oxygen

bleed

supplier as

Suit the suit and

pressure tank,

is also in the circuit to by insure

utilized event the

secondary

means

of

pressurizing fails. The

coolant

coolant

quantity

system filters, Suit

environmental

control control

incorporates Astronaut's of water

compressors, maximum

absorbers circuit

a temperature is

comfort. A water moisture side

temperature utilizes circuit the

controlled oxygen A

means

evaporation. to on remove

separator from the

common

supply compressor, the suit

pressure, located circuit

suit

oxygen heat

supply.

the

upstream supply

of the the

suit

circuit

exchanger, suit

forces

oxygen

throughout

circuit,

providing

circuit

ventilation.

....

_.

=._=,

JL JL.-_-1L _ II,

DATE
REVISED

,1

November

l_l

--_M_DONN_,_k//_/_ "J_
ST. LOUIS

__
3, MISSOURI

PAG_
REPORT

3-7
_DR 104

R_,mSED

MOZ_.

133

During through
/ i'

the the

capsule cabin

landing air inlet

and

post to

landing provide

phase, suit

atmospheric circuit

air

is

drawn

in

valve

ventilation.

3-4.

SUIT While

EMERGENCY operating

CONTROL in the control + suit mode environmental automatically A control activates control the handle capsule mode when during suit orbital circuit to phase, cooling. valve flight, pressure enable the The actuate

the

suit

emergency below 4.0 of is

decreases manual

.1 psia

pressure. mode. activated valve

is provided landing

.3
selection mode the emergency During to

emergency

automatically oxygen the rate

increase suit

Astronaut's circuit the shutoff suit

environmental simultaneously control be either mode

system to to

and

the

switch suit

environmental control

system mode.

frum

environmental valves may

the

emergency

Actuation

of these

automatic

or manual. suit emergency of control mode, during orbital flow or landing the the

Operation phases, suit basically

in the

consists absorber, flow

eliminating exchanger the

suit and

circuit water

oxygen separator

through

CO 2 and phase, oxygen

odor

heat through

units. During

During

landing phase, of

oxygen flow

Compressor

is maintained. of the while to Compressor. operating the

orbital

is eliminated these

by

deactivation components, oxygen

Elimination in the Astronaut's a breathing suit

oxygen

flow

through mode,

accessory the

emergency generated source An indicates

/

control heat, the

reserves the

supply pressure

remove and

pressurize Astronaut. light,

Astronaut's

suit,

provide

for

0 2 EMERG when

located

on

the

main is

instrument operating

panel, in the is

and suit

a tone emergency on

generator mode. right

the

environmental to activate the

system suit

Manual console.

provision,

emergency

control,

located

the

_8

aA,.Jmm*A

as

*ram

Mc, DONN.ELLL z
REPORT MODEL. ,_ 133 ] Oh ST. LOUIS, " _ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED,

3-5.

OXYGEN The

SUPPLY system and is supplied oxygen oxygen with oxygen, are to from primary and secondary

environmental The primary that

bottles. by a supply

secondary a common

bottles supply

directly the valve, cabin and

interconnected pressure the suit control circuit shut-

line,

forms

valve, water off

suit

pressure The

regulator, primary

emergency and secondary pressure

oxygen oxygen

rate

separator. valves,

supply and in

lines check the

incorporate valves. The and to

pressure

transducers, transmit to a dual oxygen

reducers, present

pressure ary metry oxygen

transducers bottles, The oxygen to insure The

oxygen quantity bottle

pressure,

primary and

second-

indicator, pressure primary is

tape

recorder, to lO0

a telepsig, are reducer by being primary oxygen of a by

unit.

primary pressure oxygen

reduced

+ 10

a primary provided fails

reducer. pressure oxygen The oxygen during supply

Two

oxygen in the

pressure event one

reducers pressure to 80

reduction, bottle

closed.

secondary reducer.

pressure oxygen reduced

is

reduced reduced

psig

secondary greater oxygen supply oxygen, malfunct

pressure than the to

primary supply normal

supply

pressure, the

secondary be utilized The

pressure, with

permits the

supply in

conditions check valves

secondary the loss

reserve. event

oxygen the

line or

prevent

in the ion.

either

primary

secondary

oxygen

pressure

reducers

3-6.

COOLING normal the the

CIRCUIT capsule cabin cabin and and orbital the suit the suit flight, circuit the environmental provisions Water the cabin system for is cooling circuit con-

During furnishes trolling oxygen

with

independently supplied, suit heat off under

circuit

temperatures. water cooling circuit tank by to

pressure, which from

from

capsule provides and

and The

circuit

heat

exchangers absorb heat

in turn the

evaporation. oxygen and boil

exchangers as steam.

cabin

suit

it

CC_,_FIDELT_aL

DATE
REVISED, REVISD,

i November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

P^S_ mm:,OmT ..... Mo_m..

3-9, _I_R 133 10b, , ,

The cooling circuit contains

-_ an independent

oxygen bottle tank,

that

provides flo_ to pressure

pressure

necessary

to pressurize

the water

coolant

enabling

water

the heat exchangers. for the coolant circuit

The oxygen bottle indicator. tank

pressure

is used

as a reference between water

quantity

A llne,

interconnected llne,

the suit coolant tank

line and the coolant

pressurization quantity

insures

pressurization, The cooling ture control EXEESS

in the event the coolant basically consists

indicating tank, cabin

system malfunctioned and suit temperaquantity indipanel.

circuit valves,

of a water

heat exchangers,

and indicators.

A coolant

cator,

CABIN H20 and EXCESS valves

SUIT H20 lights on the right

are located console.

on the main

Temperature

control

are located

3-7.

OPERATION The environmental control system is designed to sequentially operate auto-

matically flight.

during the launch, The mode in which

orbit,

re-entry

and post-landing

phases

of capsule

the environmental within the cabin

system is operated and suit circuits. the capsule

is dependent

upon the existing

conditions

During the pre-launch supply are fully serviced through

phase

of operations,

oxygen

and water

and a capsule

preflight

is performed. the capsule

Refrigerated cabin and strucand an heat

air is ducted ture during external

the capsule

hatch to pre-cool

capsule

preflight.

The refrigerated is directed

air supply

is removed

supply of freon coolant through the umbilical, The oxygen

to the cabin pre-cooling shutoff

and suit circuit the capsule

exchangers,

to continue supply bottles

structure and

and cabin equipment. the Astronaut circuit

valves

are opened the

is connected leads

to the capsule

suit circuit

by attaching pressure

suit The suit an purge

personal

(flex hoses) to the Astronaut's

suit.

compressor external valve.

and cabin

fan are activated.

The suit circuit through

is purged

with

source of low pressure Following the purging

oxygen applied

the suit circuit leakage check

operation,

a suit circuit

Is per-

..

.m

am

am

s- o
REPORT MODEL. SED_ 1_ lO_

.MC, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS, _ MISSOURI _

DATE

i November

1961

REVISED REVISED

formed bolted with oxygen

with into oxygen.

the

Astronaut's and the

faceplate capsule

closed. cabin is

The then

capsule checked for

entrance for

hatch and launch

is purged purge

position The

leakage

suit

circuit

incorporates

provisions

obtaining

samples. Forty-five seconds supply prior to to launch, capsule the ground umbilical launch plug and is dlsconnectec the differ-

and cabin

freon

coolant

the

ceases. cabin

During at the

orbit, 5.5

pressure

relief

valve psia. the suit

maintains During circuit oxygen The is

pressure launch,

approximately suit circuit

ential regulator pressure. and

(cabin/ambient) maintains The and suit odor

capsule pressure kept

pressure to solids such cabin trap as

approximately of

equivalent by a

circuit absorber.

free

contaminants foreign

a CO2

solids

trap

removes

particles

food odors oxygen

particles, and is CO 2

nasal from the from

excretions, circulating the system deposits are rate

hair,

etc.

The

CO 2 and from

odor the The

absorber suit

filters

oxygen. by a the water

Moisture

circuit

removed water circuit the heat of and

separator. into

pneumatically tank. metering the cabin Cabin valves, and

activated and that suit suit

separator

moisture by water

a condensate operated tank where circuit cooling to the gas by

temperatures water flow

controlled from the

manually coolant

regulate circuit

exchangers. is lower circuit

Upon than

reaching the cabin

altitudes and suit provide

saturation temperatures, water evapo-

temperature the cabin

water suit

heat

exchangers

will

ration. Prior temperature altitude (Door 3000 the is of to capsule re-entry valves to from a COLD orbital setting. the At outflow flight, When the the Astronaut capsule positions descends is to the an

control

approximately on capsule air

21,0OO

feet,

snorkel an

explosive of

door

ejected. 17,0OO venting draws out-

located the the

exterior.) inlet and

altitude valves suit

approximately barometrically compressor

feet, to

cabin

open

cabin

atmosphere.

Operation

of the

circuit

CO_F_'DEL'TIAL

1 ovember
REVISED. REVISED

M!DONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT MOD_EL-

3-n
._R.T_R 1_3 1 04

side air into the suit circuit snorkel the

through

the ejected valve.

snorkel

door opening,

the through the

valve and the open cabin is relieved valve.

air inlet

The air, circulating flows

suit circuit,

into the cabin

and in turn

out through

cabin air outflow and outflow

Simultaneously,

with the opening

the cabin

air inlet to the

valves,

the environmental

system mode

of operation

switches

suit emergency

mode, but the suit compressor mode provides a greater

continues

to operate.

Switching

to the emergency When the capsule fairing ignite

cooling I0,000

capacity

for the Astronaut. the antenna power to valves is

descends

to approximately

feet altitude, directs air inlet

is ejected. explosive

Ejection

of the antenna

fairing

capsule

squibs,

and in turn open the cabin valves,

and outflow

(Opening ejected, capsule

of the cabin air inlet and outflow is provided low altitude valve to supply ventilation abort (below 17,000

when the antenna

fairing

air into the cabin feet) during flapper capsule

in the event launch.) valve

of a

An inlet located

air snorkel

and an outflow

air diaphragm

ventilation

on the unpressurized air inlet and outflow event the capsule relief valve,

side of the small pressure valves, prevent water

bulkhead

-- opposite

the cabin in the

from entering

into the cabin

submerges

after

landing

in a water between

environment. the cabin

A vacuum air inlet valve

located

in the flexible suit circuit

ductlng

and suit circuit, valve closes.

enables

ventilation phase,

whenever

the inlet

snorkel to The

During

the post-landing compressor draws

the Astronaut suit circuit

may continue ventilation.

operate

his suit circuit compressor

to provide

suit circuit

atmospheric

air into the

suit circuit,

through

the cabin air inlet valve.

3-8.

CABIN ENVIRONMENTAL Operation

CONTROL control system in the cabin has entered faceplate environmental flight to cabin

of the environmental (Figure 3-3), the Astronaut

control

mode,

after the capsule to open his helmet

the orbital

path; permits

and be exposed

.J.J'_/_k

IIPILI'_PIL

l'l'll

DATE REPORT MODEL. S]EDR 104. 133 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI .......... -- -,ovJ1z _" zJ_,.',-_ z *._ -"

i November

1961

REVISED REVISED

environment for

for

short and pressure 5.5 psia

periods.

The

cabin the

circuit cabin. psia. over In the valve

also The

provides

a manual relief

method valve tends will

decampressing cabin the

repressurizing in excess differential of

cabin

pressure cabin relief

relieves to exceed

5.5

In the

event the

pressure valve

(cabin

ambient), event will the sense allows the

open below open. suit sure,

to relieve 5 psla, Opening circuit. and

the the

excessive

pressure. control

cabin the

pressure

decrease_ drop and the

cabin

pressure

pressure to

of the The

cabin

pressure

control

valve will cabin.

oxygen increase the

flow in

into

suit excess

pressure pressure

regulator into the the

sense

suit

pres-

relieve

Routing

cabin

pressure purgiug to

control of the 5.1

valve suit

oxygen circuit.

supply Cabin

through pressure

suit

circuit, valve

provides

a constant cabin

control

maintains

pressures

+. "2 psia.

.3
During cabin cabin the turn the the and the trol. manually In the fan, gas cabin, is water cabin passes amount A orbital located through absorbs when flight, at the the the one cabin end of gas the is circulated heat The throughout The the cabin fan by the

cabin

exchanger. cabin gas

cabin

forces

cab_u heat gas

heat

exchanger. by the

circulating equipment

through and Water heat in from

generated passes

cabin

electronic heat and The

cooled tank gas

through the heat large heat heat

the

cabin

exchanger. absorbs the

circulates passing

through the the the control Astronaut or

exchanger

from

through through entering

exchanger. pressure exchanger located

heated steam cabin right

water vent.

evaporates Regulating conis

overboard of cabin water

bulkhead provides on the

temperature console,

temperature by of the

valve, to

operated the event may on

control of

cabin toxic by

temperature. within the is the cabin, "T" to cabin,

, j

a fire

a buildup the The

contaminants, actuating handle

Astronaut located

manually the left

decompress console. with

cabin

DECOMPRESS connected of the

handle, the cabin

decompression During

pressure

relief

valve

a cable.

decompression

DATE
REVISED, REVISED

1 November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PA6E
REPORT
MODEL

3-13
SEDR 133 104

the psia.

cabin

pressure

control fire

valve

closes or by

when the

cabin removal the "T"

pressure of

decreases

to

4.1 the and the

Following may the

extinguishment, the cabin

toxic

contaminants, "T" handle to

Astronaut actuating cabin to 5.0

repressurize REPRESS control the REPRESS due control the "T"

closing REPRESS

DECOMPRESS handle cabin closed, or excessive and psia.

handle. with handle

The

is connected has been in the cabin prevent Closing for the his

pressure psia,

valve "T" to

a cable. must be

When

the

repressurized event of a

manually

cabin the to

decompression, cabin pressure after

a metorite valve will

penetration close

leakage, oxygen of the the suit flo_

automatically to 4.1

the

cabin, pressure

cabin valve

pressure reserves enabling the

decreases the

cabin

control control

remaining Astronaut should structure suit cabin

oxygen to

supply continue that

environmental Prior faceplate ing the the cold to is cabin

circuit, re-entry, and

the

mission. helmet

capsule closed,

Astronaut cabin and

assure and

pre-cool control capsule

the valve

equipment control

by

positionto at 27,000 to open, and the

temperature During

temperature pressure is

valve

settings. 5 psia

descent, the cabin the

is maintained approximately begins

approximately feet. allowing external cabin Opening suit cabin

2;/.

pressure, altitude air When outflow air to

until the

cabin

altitude relief equalize +

At

27,000

feet

pressure and

valve capsule 3000

atmospheric pressures. inlet the and cabin Suit valve. 3000 the feet

enter

cabin reaches and

internal altitude, operation. for through to

the

capsule

17,000 the cabin

feet

air of

valves valve

open

fan air

ceases

inlet air

provides vented inlet

outside to and the

ventilation and out fail

the the

circuit. outflow + open and

circuit If the

is then air

cabin

cabin the

outflow

valves the to

open pull cabin feet

at

17,000 to

altitude, In the

Astronaut the

should

actuate fails

SNORKEL the

ring air when

valves.

event valves

Astronaut open

open at

inlet the

outflow

valves, is

the

will

automatically antenna

lO,000

antenna

fairing

ejected.

Ejection

of the

fairing

directs

-T_9_ .... _-::T:AL b

PAGE, REPORT MODEL

3-14 SEDR 133 104

M,_DONN_L/z_ __ _ _
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

DATE

...... 1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

....

lge_

_j

t.d

a.>

,,/j _-0 Z _

I I_>:1

5S -d

_ F.--o

FIC_URE

S-3

CA_I_

ENVIRONMENTAL

CONTR.OL

REVlSEO. REVISED

ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

_: "

R_ORT Moore.

S_R 133

104

electrical squibs,

power to ignite

the cabin

air inlet

and outlet valves

explosive provided ventiprevent

which

in turn mechanically

open the valves.

A snorkel valve, flapper

on the inlet side of the cabin air inlet valve lation water valve provided from entering landing, on the outlet

and a diaphragm

side of the cabin lands

air outflow in the water.

valve,

the cabin

when the capsule may operate and a cabin

Following

capsule

the Astronaut indicator panel

suit compressor temperature

for ventilation. are provided A

A cabin pressure on the_ main humidity

indicator

instrument

to indicate

cabin pressures

and t_ratures.

indicator,

with an incorporated panel to indicate

sensor and amplifier, relative humidity

is also provided of the cabin indi-

on the main gas.

instrument

content

A CABIN PRESS light cabin pressure

and tone generator, has decreased below

located

on the main panel,

cate when

_.0 psia pressure.

3-9.

SUIT ENVIRONMENTAL The suit environmental

CONTROL control circuit, Figure 3-_, is supplied oxygen from and

the environmental the cabin pressure

system oxygen control helmet

supply,

through

the suit pressure launch

regulator

valve.

During

capsule

and re-entry

phases,

when the Astronaut's utilizes

faceplate

is closed,

the suit pressure suit circuit

regulator pressure. closed): CO2

cabin pressure

as a reference

to control the control flows water In the 3.5 the inches pressure the

While operating oxygen and suit, pressure the suit to 2.5 odor and from the

in the suit environmental suit pressure suit circuit (more regulator into the inches control suit heat regulator exchanger, trap. 2.5 to sense to of is cabin guarded

mode, the

(helmet faceplate suit compressor,

through separator, event of

absorber, the suit

Astronaut's the suit below and circuit cabin

pressure oxygen pressure)_

solids than will circuit

decreases, pressure flow to

water drop suit

open,

allowing pressure

oxygen within suit

maintain pressure.

circuit in

3.5

- water system

When not contamination

operation, by

the

environmental

against

a neoprene

Q3SIA3_I O3SIABtl alyO

=/4T_;,;-:
I _'II_OSStlN

C: J.%' C _
' SI nO'l"IS t_Ot

Cl;l 11133S

"13Q01_ 1}40d3_

L96L 11]SW_IAON

9l'

PAGE REVISED REVISED w . _ ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT MODEL.

3 -17 SEDR 104 |33

txm.os_v,_

. -_..(, -"_ _l_ _ ti E#I

_..

_pL._

SUPI_LY

t'_---.J)

\ I _-

I I

':"

_"_II

II

PI

oxYG.:l,l

,
REGUL_ A I_ c D TO!_ GIOUND TEST

,
Si_pttl I IilMD _u _,. OlllT PI[I_ | . 171 "rE_I O_IFIC

7-_L/! __
"d-

:
--

.-

,,.-,I
i15 v Ac

-I
)_ el

--

T
I i L _ I t I III III I I I 7 o lii l_ t - I " " IF" I

-I I I I.Li_ I"_" I I I ] I I I I I I I I _*l,T<.

:.Eoo ......
,"'I'I I iT ._ L--c.... to,,_ i --------o_._
"

............. ._._t _o,

_--""

-i

[tt I,T

P_O_G_A_B_

/ I

_. i

i,,

....

:<i_,..

I.,_$P"'-I

'

, UAt__A_

CJ%

,#

"'%'2..'._2."--I

--

.fd

_t_I ....

Illlllllllll

.......

___x_'x_'x._.i_li_:

............
No, z FtC_UR_. _-5

t_
%UI_ Etv_,r_C_t CON'I_OL

ft J)
_i

o_,15 300

PAGE REPORT

3-18 _ lO4 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI n_'_T_Irlr_nnlr T._ REVISED REVISED

'__
coated the

133
nylon closure coupling. control

The system

closure inlet

coupling and outlet

is

attached ducts. are #I

to

the

ends

of

suit The

environmental suit other. the circuit During suit

incorporates normal suit the

two

compressors operation suit

that the

installed suit

parallel

to

each

circuit pressure

compressor the outlet suit duct-

circulates circuit. ing or #1 of the fails suit to

oxygen

from pressure

outlet, to #I the

throughout inlet and

A differential #I suit

switch In the

is vented event the

compressor. the and is

suit the

compressor pressure the #2 to passes

malfunctions, across compressor. selection the that the

operate,

differential in turn on directs the

switch power main from is

senses to

drop suit enable

compressor, FAN switch compressor. odor absorber.

operate panel,

A SUIT of CO2 either and

provided Oxygen The

instrument the

flowing absorber

compressors into individual

through sections and carbon

divided hydroxide

contain dioxide incorporated entering

activated from the in the Suit suit

charcoal oxygen, the to

and

lithium any

removing to lithium the

odors Astronaut. hydroxide

prevent remove

disccmfor_ or

Filters, dust from

absorber, circuit

charcoal

oxygen. is circuit is controlled oxygen by a suit heat exchanger, the heat that

circuit from the on

temperature the heat the suit

removes Waterflow valve, utilized oxygen Suit suit SUIT and

heat to

flowing by a

through suit oxygen the event

exchanger. control is also quantity

exchanger right the

controlled Suit

temperature pressure the

located to

console. water

circuit in

pressurize normally and

coolant to

tank

coolant

bottle, pressure circuit ENVIRO_

utilized

pressurize located to the on the

the in SUIT

water the

tank,

malfunctioned. transmit The

temperature and

sensors,

suit

circuit,

pressure

temperature located SUIT

ERVIRON_ is

indicator. a dual is face

indicator, SUIT PRESS and

main

panel,

indicator

indicates

TEMP.

The

water

separator

a filter-type

sponge,

that

collects

moisture

from

the

suit

circuit

oxygen

flOWlZ_

through

the

':....._

C2NFID=NTIA,

--

l ove ber
REVISED REVISED.

Mc, DONNELL
ST. _<"_ LOUIS "" '

C , ,ffi
REPORT .... MODEL

3-19
_R 133 10_

3, MISSOURI

separator. the water storage

At timed intervals, from it.

the

sponge

is pneumatically is drained

compressed

to remove

Water removed adjacent

from the sponge

into a condensate is compressed provalve for to

tank,

located

to the water

separator.

The sponge

by a piston rides

that

is actuated

by oxygen

pressure.

The capsule separator valve,

programmer solenoid

24V D-C electrical every

power

to energize Energizing

the water

30 seconds

30 minutes.

the solenoid the water

opens

the valve The

allow oxygen water

pressure piston

(lOO psi) to actuate incorporates before

separator

piston.

separator

two magnets. and after

The magnets

aid in determining flowing through

the position the water

of the piston

actuation.

Oxygen,

separator,

flows to the closed suit. Oxygen,

emergency

oxygen

rate valve suit, then matter oxygen

and through passes such as food supply. of

the Astronaut's through

i _" _ "*"iI

pressure

from the pressure to remove

a solids trap, that

is provided etc.,

any foreign

particles,

hair, nasal excretions,

from the suit circuit to prevent

The solids trap incorporates foreign located tion matter blocking

a relief

feature, flow.

the possibility shutoff

suit circuit

The suit circuit locked mode.

valve,

downstream

of the solids trap,

is mechanically control

in the open posi-

during During

operation capsule

in the suit environmental phase, the

pre-launch

suit circuit source.

is purged

and saturated is also suit

with

oxygen

from an external

low pressure

Suit heat exchanger

supplied circui during

with

a freon coolant,

from an external oxygen mode

ground

supply, to provide

cooling.

The suit circuit

circulates operation.

throughout During

the suit circuit, capsule flight the 5

the suit environmental within

control is

pressure

the suit circuit regulator.

autamatlcally

maintained phase,

at approximately the capsule 21,000 21,000

psia by the pressure feet barostats of the 21,000

During

the landing

close at a capsule feet barostats

altitude

of approximately

feet.

Closing the to

directs

24V D-C electrical

power

to energize power

inlet air door relay.

Energizing

the inlet

air doo_ relay directs

/
PAGE REPORT MODEl 3-20 .c_,DR lo4 133

McDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

' 1 NoVember , ,

l_l

REVISED

F!
explosive on + The ejected squib, capsule 3000 suit snorkel In the may which in turn ) ejects When air the the snorkel

REVISED,

ignite (Door

an

explosive descends valves the the valves the open

door. to open circuit cabin to pull an

is located of 17,0OO

exterior. feet, the

capsule and

cabin outflow air into and

altitude

cabin draws

inlet

barometrically. through air open, ring, the

compressor door

atmospheric the snorkel inlet by and

suit open

opening, cabin the

valve

inlet the

valve. Astronaut

event manually

the

air

outflow

fail

open

valves

actuating does not

SNORKEL the

located the

on the valves

left will

console. open

If the

Astronaut at I0,000

valves

manually, fairing ignite

automatically of the outflow Opening mode antenna valves of the of

feet directs

when

the

antenna power in turn to

is ejected. the cabin open air the

Ejection inlet and

fairing

electrical which valve

explosive cabin air to to valve turn

squibs, inlet the

mechanically switches but the the suit

valves.

automatically mode,

environmental circuit Also, suit

system

operation to air which operate inlet in

suit

emergency suit

compressor opening of

continues the cabin valve, provides

provide directs

circuit power the O2 to

ventilation. to close the

electrical opens

circuit rate valve

shutoff and

mechanically to is

emergency EMER light

oxygen and the

electrical Electrical which squib of

power power in turn eject

illuminate

the

operate

a tone air

generator. door

also/_rovided electrical

energize power door. the suit turn to

emergency the

inlet

relay, door

directs the

ignite

snorkel

explosive the

and

s_orkel

explosive

j
(This event the provision door insures ejection at 21,OOO the snorkel Air explosive circulating to the door, through cabin, During the air suit inlet and in the in

failed

to eject the

feet. )

circuit is vented

is vented out of

through the phase,

suit through

pressure the

regulator outflow by

capsule

cabin

valve.

the circuit valve sub-

capsule

post-landlng which cabin

ventilation draws cabin outside outflow

is provided air

operating the cabin

compressor, and vents

in turn out

in through

air

the

valve.

In the

event

the

capsule

ll-i ,_l&T I'_ lr n ..... _-.

m---_-A_A,

. A lz_klJ

RI:_VISED.

ST.

LOUIS

3. MISSOURI

REPORT

_.'_R

I0_

R=v,sED.
merges momentarily, following

_ .....................
a water flapper landing, valves the ball

_oo=L
float

133
air

in the cabin valve

inlet valve and the diaphragm will seat. Seating

in the cabin

air outflow prevents cabin

of the valves

(snorkel and flapper), through

water

from and valve

entering outflow

into the suit circuit valves. Operation a vacuum

and cabin,

the open

air inlet snorkel

of the suit circuit in the flexible

compressor

with the between

closed will

create

ducting,

located

the cabin in the and

air inlet valve flexible flexible allows

and the suit circuit. will

The vacuum

relief

valve,

located

ducting, ducting

open when the pressure of water.

differential

between

the cabin relief

is 10-15 inches to enter

Opening

of the vacuum flexible

valve ducting, valve

cabin pressure

into the suit circuit valve ball float,

air inlet

and unseat

the air inlet This

snorkel action

if the capsule

snorkel

is above the water. suit circuit entering the

in turn allows During provides

outside

air to enter

into the air

to continue open vacuum

ventilation. relief valve

capsule suit

submersion,

cabin

circuit

ventilation,

3-i0.

SUIT E_GENCY

CONTROL control, Figure 3-5, is provided to insure Astronaut's circuits malof

The suit emergency survival function. opening than

in the event the cabin Operation

and suit environmental control

control

in the suit emergency oxygen rate valve, to

mode basically

consists

the emergency

supply oxygen shutoff

at a rate greater which in turn removing 02 in the

normal;

and closing

of the suit circuit the temperature light

valve,

eliminates units.

oxygen

flow through

control

and impurity

!S_luminatiom of the 02 EMERG position, mode. the the is suit

and the movement

of the EMERG

rate handle to EMERG suit emergency

indicates

environmental

system operation

control in

When operating normal circuit orbital shutoff flight, valve

environmental oxygen compressors

control rate valve are

mode, is

during closed, and

capsule the the suit suit

emergency open, suit

operative,

_T_'7

'_--.._'T'.;L

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

3-22 b-'_DR 10/4

MCDONNE
. ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI "

DATE 1 November REVISED ..... REVISED

1961

133

circuit emergency remains sure

pressure oxygen at

regulator rate valve

is

controlling closed

oxygen as

flow as

to

the

suit

circuit. pressure circuit to

The

remains

long

suit the

circuit suit

approximately to and 4.0

5 psia the from The switch

pressure. rate the valve oxygen

In the

event

presoffseat valve low the

drops

+. .1 psia, .J oxygen

internal supply to rate

anerlod flow valve

extends, through aneriod, power to the

a poppet, and into

allows suit

rate to

the

circuit. a limit valve

extension that and

of

the

due

pressure, suit

actuates shutoff

provides the suit

electrical fan cut-off

energize illuminate

circuit

solenoid

relay,

the off

0 2 E_RG relay

light,

and the

operate A-C of

a tone

generator. power feet, to

Energizing operate cabin the air

the

suit

fan

cutcomwill

removes (At an

llSV

electrical +. 3000

suit inlet

circuit relay cutoff suit within to be

pressor. open. relay. cuit

altitude

17,000 air

the

Opening The

of the

cabin

inlet

relay

de-energizes routes

the power

suit to the

fan #1

de-energized If the fan

suit #1

fan

cutoff circuit will

relay

cir12

compressor. the suit suit fan the

suit

compressor energize the #_ the

fails and suit

to

operate power

seconds, to the

selector relay valve EMERG

relay and then

allow

directed

cutoff shutoff the

on to

circuit valve the

compressor.) shaft arm, and

Energizing mechanically Movement oxygen to of rate

solenoid 0 2 handle, moves

releases right a cable,

shutoff to

moves the valve the and

console, that is

EMERG to

position. the emergency valve rate

EMERG

0 2 handle arm, and

connected the the oxygen through

shaft rate

mechanically open

actuates With

emergency emergency from the the

rate oxygen

maintain open

valve

in the

position. valve is

valve supply

the

suit the

circuit

shutoff suit and

closed,

oxygen pressure

flows

into

pressure

discharged

suit

regulator

relief

valve. the E_ERG the 02 handle to the NORM rate position valve to resets the the close shutoff position, valve

Actuating to the open

position,

emergency

oxygen

starts

suit

compressor

operation,

extinguishes

the

0 2 EMERG

light,

and

in turn

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT

10_

REV,sz.
switches the suit circuit mode operation

MOOE.
to the suit environmental selected durin_

133
mode. The

control

suit emergency

is also automatically

capsule

landing

phase,

when the capsule + 3000 valve

has descended

to an altitude valve opens.

of 17,000 + 3000 feet. Opening of the cabin power

At 17,000

feet the cabin air inlet actuates a limit

air inlet the suit opens

switch that provides the shutoff

electrical which

to operate

circuit

compressor

and close

valve, power

in turn mechanically located

the emergency instrument environment

oxygen

rate valve.

An inlet

switch,

on the main in the in the prematurel_ deactiopens

panel to the right control system. control 3-_).

of the

satellite power

clock,

is incorporated operation

The inlet mode

switch allows the cabin

suit environmental opens (See Figure

in the event opening

air inlet valve air inlet valve valve which

Premature

of the cabin shutoff

vates the cabin fan and closes the emergency emergency oxygen

the suit circuit

in turn in the

rate valve.

The suit circuit

is now operating

mode.

To initiate

transition

back to the suit environmental in the BY-PASS the cabin position.

control

mode, the inlet power power

switch is placed position, valve

With the inlet (See Figure right 3-3)

switch in the BY-PASS suit circuit shutoff

fan is activated

and the hand

is deactivated. position;

The E_BR 02 handle, placing valve of the EM_ which

console,

is now placed

in the NORM

02 handle closes

to the NORM position the e_ergency i_

opens the suit circuit valve.

shutoff

in turn

oxygen rate

The environmental mode.

control

system

is now operatseparation air

in the suit envi_ntal opening

control

To prevent

snorkel

door

upon premature door

/

of the cabin

air inlet valve, fairing

the emergency separation

inlet

relay is interconnected After opening

to the antenna

relay

during

descent. power

of the cabin in the NORMAL

air inlet and outflow position.

valves,

the inlet

switch is placed

3-ii.

OXYGEN During

SUPPLY pre-launch phase and prior to installation of the capsule

the capsule

C9::-:------_:

.--:AL

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

_-24 ,_EDR 104

Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED

1 November

1961

133

REVISED,,,

entrance ground ary sure

hatch, crewmen, supply

the to

capsule activate

oxygen the valves,

supply

shutoff

valves Opening

are of

manually primary to oxygen the

opened, and cabin

by

oxygen Figure

supply. 3-6,

the

second pres-

oxygen control

shutoff suit

provides suit

oxygen

valve,

pressure routes

regulator, oxygen

emergency to the

rate

valve, inlet

constant duct and

bleed the

orifice suit

which

directly solenoid

suit

circuit

circuit

water the to

separator primary near

valve. pressure primary the drops oxygen below supply; supply Two the

During approximately secondary line oxygen located transition Junction The oxygen

operation, 200 psig, supply

when due line

oxygen

bottle of the

depletion will the

oxygen and

pressure supply

override

primary system supply

oxygen with llne

pressure flow in

continue one

to

environmental primary oxygen

oxygen. and one

sensors, the from

located oxygen oxygen flow located

in the supply supply

secondary primary oxygen

llne, to is

detect

environmental oxygen flow supply. switch panel and zero d-c to

control Used in

system con3-6). of the the

secondary an oxygen

with

the

sensors on the

(See the

Figure right When per to

flow clock,

switch, is supply oxygen and

main

instrument "SEC"

satellite primary at 80 the on to 02 the the

a two flow

position rate

switch to

marked

"PRIM". pounds signal light, to

oxygen psig, QUAN main the

drops

approximately direct a

minute illuminate @ located

flow operate panel, the be

sensor the and

will tone the

24 volt The 02

light

generator. tone generator supply "SEC" signal gage, oxygen enable

QUAN

instrument that now

are

provided

indicate The G2 the 02

Astronaut should to

secondary positioned the 24

oxygen to volt the

is being position. from

utilized. Positioning 02 QUAN

flow flow tone ment

switch switch

"SEC"

removes A to

d-c

the

light main

and

generator panel, and is

circuits. provided

quantity indicate are

indicator remaining

located supply.

on the Two

instru-

transducers, of oxygen

primary quantity

secondary

supply,

provided

to

telemetering

remaining.

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

Mc, DONNELL_H_ ,__

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-25 SEDR 104 133

F LOW

,b

*':,

OxVGE_

IN_RUN_ENI_ SW" I

QUA_T_\
I N D (MAIN _CATOI;_ I:_ANF.L_ \_ N_

t_-_.

Y
OXYGEN SUPPLY

FIGURE

3"_,

PP-.IMAR'Y AND SECONDAR_

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3 -26 _!_ID_ !C'/I. 133

MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, ........ ............ CIRCUIT circuit, temperature exchangers, circuit. cabin, Figure control coolant During suit 3-7, basically cabin consists and suit of MISSOURI . " _. _

oA,
REVISED. REVISED

3-12.

COOLING The cooling suit heat

a water

coolanttank,

cabin

and

valves, quantity

heat

exchangers, and an excessive hatch by th_ from has

inverter water been ing suit and the Freon the

indication

circuit, the is

warning installed, freon and suit

capsule and

pre-launch, inverter

after cooling connector

entrance achieved into heat

circuit capsule

supplycabin, the cabin

(F-f14) inverter air

through heat

the

umbilical The freon

and

exchangers. the

coolant and

absorbs boils large and

flowing

through

heat

exchangers, located exchangers

overboard pressure

through bulkhead. heat from

environmental metered inverters to in

system three the

steam inverter

vents, heat as

in the

absorbs and the suit

dissipates heat

same

manner to

the

cabin

circuit coolant feet

exchangers. is disinthat quantity

Forty-five continued. verter, occurs

seconds When cabin and the

prior the

capsule reaches

launching,

freon 115,0OO by

supply altitude,

capsule circuit

approximately is achieved cabin heat

suit

cooling and

water

evaporation, The coolant

within

inverter, pressure decreases and in

suit relief to turn

exchangers. open, during The

indicating until at to 5.9 the

system pressure

valve

remains

capsule relief

launch, valve closes system

approximately enables the

5-9

psia.

psia

pressure

coolant

quantity

indicating

operate. Water from the water coolant tank valves, is to supplied, the main suit and under and a 5-5 psia pressure,

through Water

the

temperature supplied Oxygen,

control and stored

cabin

heat

exchangers. heat quantity

is also

me'cereal to the under to a 5OO

standby in

inverter the coolant

exchangers. oxygen bottle,

psig the supply

presmxre water 500 valve

is utilized the

pressurize oxygen

coolant psig

tank. to

A pressure 5.5 psia

regulator pressure.

decreases A cooling

coolant

pressure

circuit

pressure

relief

relieves

cooling

circuit

C2NI'ID

Li',;_-ta,_

.......

RL='VISED

ST.

LOUIS

S, MISSOURI

REPORT

SEDR

10_

.
pressures coolant supply control in excess of approximately 6 psia. Oxygen which

MOO=. ....
pressure in turn within

.
the water

tank tends to move the tank diaphragm, out of the tank at a rate dependent valves. In the event oxygen, the water the coolant

forces the water of the temperature should deplete will continue control cabin and

upon the position quantity from the oxygen

supply

or malfunction, to pressurize the amount

at 5 psla pressure coolant tank.

suit circuit, control

The temperature

valves

of water entering

the heat exchangers,

and in turn controls absorbs heat

suit temperatures. and suit oxygen,

Water within flowing through

the heat exchangers the heat exchangers;

from the cabin water evaporates

The heated

and flows out through Water metered the inverters

\ J

the steam vents, inverter heat

located

in the large absorbs

pressure

bulkhead. heat from

to three

exchangers

and dissipates heat

in the same manner heat generated

as the cabin

and suit circuit is drawn

exchangers.

In addition, exchangers instrument exchangers vents. thermal either EXCESS thus

by the Inverters fan.

into the cabin heat are provided on the main

by means

of the cabin

Indicator

lights

panel to indicate exhaust ducts,

extreme

cold conditions freeze

in the cabin

and suit heat steam a of

which

could possibly exhe_st ducts

and plug overboard drop below close.

If the heat exchangers switch, thermal located

temperatures ducts

42F,

in each of the exhaust 24V D-C electrical SUIT H20 light, of extreme

actuates

Closing either

switch directs

power

to illuminate

the

CABIN H20 or the EXCESS to the Astronaut ducts.

and operate

the tone generator; in the heat the cabin or suit

indicating

cold temperatures then position in order

exchangers temperature of water

exhaust control

The Astronaut

must

valve to a warmer duct.

setting,

to reduce

the possibility

freezing

in the exhaust indicator,

A coolant the quantity operates

quantity

main

instrument

panel,

is provided tank.

to indicate

of water

coolant

remaining

in the water

coolant

The indicator quantity

in direct

relationship

to the oxygen

remaining

in the coolant

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-28 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNEL
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

......

1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

_,_
_W _4v DC

TE.ST
iTCH

0
DIM._ NI BRT,

E NVI_ON CONTROL 24V DC

MENTAL

WARNING LI6NT SWITCH COOLANT WATER TANK

WATER VALVE.

CHECK

CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE

COOLANT OXYC_ ORIFICE PREON VALVE CHECK N QUANTITY BOTTLE

H
H VALVE [1 METERING (FREON) 'VALVE

(5ooPSi)
FREON VALVE CHECK

METERING (WATER)

FREON VALVE

CHEC}K

I I

TNERMAL

SW_TCH

I SWITCH
ORIFICE TO PRESSL RE

THERMAL

['

SUIT CIRCUIT FLOW HEAT EXCHANGER _IIN 250 INVERTER HEAT E_CHANGER (5TBY INVERTER HEAT EXCHANGER MAtH INVERTER

SUIT HEAT EXCHANGER

_A.)

Zso_A_

150_A.)

'I
LARGE BULKHEAD PRESSURL

I
NOTE
SCHEMATIC CIRCUIT NORMAL DEPICTS OPERATION CAPSULE COOLING OURIN_ FLIGHT

CAPSUCE UMBILEALPLU6

I' {'FREONSUPPLIEDDURING "_ _,GROUNDOPERATION ONLYJ

FIGURE
P/"_ .......

3-7
I_1E"

COOLING
I f"_ P" " " - .,.,_1 I

CIRCUIT
" I/all, l[--

PM4.5

-36B

,.oo ....
REVISED R_'VISED ST. LOUIS , 3, MISSOURI . ,i, MI_ORT. MODEl.. _D_ 133 10_.

oxygen

bottle,

through

a pressure bottle As the

transducer is full, coolant

and instrumentation (500 psi),

package. quantity

When

the coolant indicator a result decrease

quantity

oxygen

the coolant pressure indicator

will read 100%. of water being accordingly.

oxygen bottle quantity

decreases, reading

as

utilized,

the coolant

will

3-13.

SYSTEM

UNITS

3-i_.

PRIMARY

AND SECONDARY

OXYGEN

BOTTLES shaped oxygen bottles to the capsule are located conical section oxygen,

The primary beneath

and secondary support

spherical couch

the Astronaut's

adjacent

and large pressure stored under

bulkhead.

Each bottle

has a capacity

of 4 pounds Reduction

a 7500 psig pressure

at 70F temperature. control

of pressure with pressure the secondary

for utilization reducers. oxygen bottles

in the environmental

system is accomplished I00 psig;

The primary

supply is reduced to approximately through a quick

to approximately 80 psig. disconnect

supply

is reduced

Servicing filler

of the oxygen

is accomplished

coupling.

3-15.

SUIT CIRCUIT

PRESSURE

REGULATOR regulator, Figure 3-8, is provided suit circuit to regulate oxygen consumed leakage. suit

The suit circuit oxygen pressure

pressure

to the suit circuit absorbed

and to replenish

by the Astronaut, The regulator circuit tained system sensed

by moisture

or carbon dioxide operated

or lost through that controls

is a demand

type diaphragm

regulator

pressure

in reference

to cabin pressure. of water

Suit circuit

pressure

is mainnormal is

approximately operation,

2.5 - 3.5 inches ideal

below

cabin pressure

during

under

(no cabin

leakage) control

conditions. diaphragm

Cabin pressure and suit circuit

on the upper

side of the regulator

pressure tains

is sensed on the lower type diaphragm

side of the diaphragm. that is used to relieve

The regulator excessive

also con-

a resilient

suit circuit

PAGE REPORT

3-30 SEDR 104

Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS,

__ MISSOURI

DATE !" November REVISED REVISED,,

l_l

MODEL_ I_
pressures. the event Two cabin not to anerolds pressure are provided to shut 4.6 + off cabin vent

port

of

regulator of cabin valve from

in

decreases below cabin valve 4.0 +

below

.2 psla. cabin

In the pressure Make circuit At up

event control oxygen and

leakage, will cabin the open

decreasing replenish control

.2 psia, to 5.1

the + -

pressure will relief cabin the flow

.2 psia. ,i the suit the to

the

pressure suit

through sad

out

through suit (suit valve. will

pressure pressures

regulator will exceed to

valve

into due

cabin. pressure

this

time,

circuit above The

pressures circuit the

differential relief

cabin) cabin the During

required rate

open

suit

pressure the

regulator circuit

leakage cabin normal

will

determine

amount

suit

pressures

exceed

pressures. capsule relieves During ascent, suit capsule cabin pressure to decreases, within the and the regulator _0 above

relief cabin will crease allow cabin

diaphragm pressure. regulate in suit cabin

circuit normal in

pressure orbital

2 - 9 inches control

flight, to to 2.5

diaphragm An valve H20 inand

suit

circuit

pressure will to act

relationship diaphragm to within

cabin offseat - 3.5 below

pressure. a poppet inches 4.6 + of

pressure

on the

Circuit

pressure In the

increase cabin off

below the

pressure. will

event close

pressure cabin vent valve

decreases port to of

.2 psla, 60

aneroids bleed control aneroids event of the

extend then sad

sad

regulator. cabin to 4.6 sensing +

Two

cc/min of the Two in th_

ports

will

bypass regulate ports either same

the

poppet

the

side

diaphragm and two

suit are

circuit to

pressure insure to

.2 psia. operation, Descent during

bleed or

provided port increase

regulator function. pressure

either

aneroid

bleed as an

fails in

operation capsule

regulator orbital

is the flight.

cabin

,<.

normal

3-16.

SUIT The

CIRCUIT circuit

SHUTOFF shutoff

VALVE valve, Figure 3-9, is designed to shut off oxygen

suit

CCNFIDE-

_;Tia,.

IN_

"I3QOIN t, Ol llQ_l$ J._lO,:t_ld lttFIOSSiiN ' SI FIO-I'.LS

a3Sl^31:l Q3SIA31:i _.LVCI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-32 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNELL '
ST,LOUIS,
_%../I_II IL'/L'-i_i

DATE REVISED, REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI
I I/-'ti=' _

SUIT

CIRCUIT

5HUTOFP

VALVE

FI(_URE

5-9.

SUIT

CIRCUIT

SHUTOFF

.VALVE PIA45-152 A

pl_Llkl .._ v

P ". I

I I

_ I._

P I..

IL -i 1 i-'i

rt

"

-I..

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3. MISSOURI

REPORT

_DR

].04

aEvlsED

........

MOD_',' .........133

flow to the suit environmental circuit is operating

circuit

accessory mode.

components,

whenever

the suit shutoff suit.

in the emergency oxygen

Closing

of the suit circuit pressure

valve reserves The shutoff position position A micro

the remaining

supply

for the Astronaut's position, Valve

valve,

spring loaded

to the close operation.

is latched is maintained

in the open in the open spoon circuit arm. when

during

normal

suit circuit controlled

by a solenoid switch,

detent

pin engaged completes

into the valve the solenoid oxygen

depressed open.

by the valve Opening directs

arm,

the valve

is latched

of either

the emergency

rate valve the shut-

or the cabin air inlet valve off valve the valve solenoid.

an electrical

signal to energize the detent

Energizing

the solenoid

retracts

pin and allows Closing of

spring to rotate

the valve circuit cable. located

spoon to the close position. and opens The shutoff in capsule. the emergency valve

the valve opens the solenoid through the EMER connected closes, an inter-connecting 02 control handle,

oxygen

rate valve, opened by

is mechanically valve

The shutoff

is interrate valve

to the emergency shutoff

rate valve,

so that when

the emergency

the

valve opens.

3-17.

EMERGENCY The emergency

OXYGEN RATE oxygen of oxygen occurs

VALVE Figure 3-10, is provided to supply a

rate valve, directly

regulated

amount

into the Astronaut's operation. provisions

pressure

suit, in the is

event malfunction designed

in the

suit circuit

The rate valve for manual contains

to operate closed

automatically normal

and contains suit circuit

operation. that

The valve, senses

during

operation,

an aneroid

suit circuit

pressure. extends

Whenever

suit circuit

pressure

drops below and allow

4.0 oxygen

+ .i psia, the aneroid

to offseat chamber.

a spring loaded The pressure

poppet

.3
pressure increases Astronaut's to enter the diaphragm and fully strokes suit at a fixed in the diaphragm to flow into the Simultaneously with the chamber

the poppet,

allowing

oxygen

flow of .049 to

.051 #/_Lin.

_Im,_mLL

irmml

imll,

l,,mL

|,mira

At

11

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-34 SEDR 133 104 '

McDO __
ST.LOUIS,

__
MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

/
//

----E.ME.R_F_.NO..Y f_ATE O_

VALVE

F_O_

CAPSULE

,_ ..... .

,/--MANUAL

CONTROL

POPPET-__

CONTROL

SWITCH

_o_

-_

FIGURE

5-10 EMERGENCY

O_ RATE

VALVE
_h_45-i53

MCDONNE ,
REVISED REVISED of ST. . LOUIS 3, MISSOURI ' REPORT., MODEL

3-35
_DR 133 10_

offseatlng and directs

of the poppet, electrical light,

a control

switch is actuated suit circuit compressor

through shutoff

a lever valve, during

mechanism, illuminate capsule

power

to close the

the 02 EMERG orbital oxygen oxygen inlet. chamber. Emergency trol switch

and stop suit circuit shutoff closing

operation

flight.

Suit circuit Therefore,

valve

is interconnected shutoff valve off oxygen

with emergency actuates the emergency poppet

rate valve.

of the

rate valve manual Oxygen then

control

shaft to close

flow to valve the valve

flows directly

into suit circuit

through

aneroid

rate valve control EMERG

shaft

actuation handle

actuates

a pin to depress to EMERG

con-

and also moves Emergency oxygen

02 control

(right console) manually by

position. position am

rate valve may be opened handle. Operation

selecting

EMER shaft

with EMERG

02 control above.

will be

same as control handle

operation,

described

Whenever valve

the EMER 02 control and emergency

is moved

to NORM, the suit circuit

close s.

shutoff

opens

oxygen

rate valve

3-18.

SUIT CIRCUIT

COMPRESSORS environmental centrifugal control compressors within system utilizes (See Figure two electric motor

The suit circuit driven, single-stage,

3-4).

One compressor the other If the difconnecflight is a

is for the normal standby normal compressor compressor

circulation used

of gases

the suit circuit; compressor

in the event

of normal compressor to the

failure.

fails, the standby power

is activated

by a pressure electrical orbital

ferential tions. when When below

switch which directs

standby

compressor

The only time the suit compressor is utilizing oxygen oxygen

is inoperative

is during oxygen

the Astronaut supplementary 20,000

from the emergency oxygen will

rate valve. used to

from the emergency compressor

rate valve continue

is being

feet, the suit circuit

to operate

circulate

ambient

air to the Astronaut.

3-36
REPORT _ MODEL_ 13_ 3-19. I011"

Mc, DONNE, .
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI L, vJ.,,_. , .... , ,

DA, Uow= r
REVISED REVISED

CO 2 AND ODOR ABSORBER The CO 2 and odor absorber, Figure 3-I1, is provided to remove Astronaut The absorber section is baslcontains oxygen. The

emitted cally

odors and carbon dioxide cannister that divided removes

frun the suit circuit. into two sections. obJectlonal odors

a metal

The inlet from the removes

activated Lithium outlet

charcoal

suit circuit carbon

hydroxide, section dust

located

in the center filter, the

sections

dioxide.

is an exit

provided

to prevent oxygen

charcoal flow.

and lithium and

hydroxide lithium absorber absorber

frem entering granules

suit circuit

The charcoal

hydroxide

are compressed

by a spring force. 31 hours, prior

The CO 2 and odor proper

has an operating operation

life of approximately

and to insure to capsule

the absorber

should be replaced

mls sion.

3-20.

SUIT CIRCUIT The

HEAT EXEHA_ER heat exchanger fins, double (Figure 3-12) is of a plate fin construction side and

suit circuit

with

rectangular single

offset

sandwich, side.

one pass on the oxygen The function

two pass,

sandwich

on the water

of the heat exchanger Water from the at which of the felt

is to cool the gases circulating water point cooling tank

throughout

the suit circuit.

is routed to the inlet to a high density the water it comes

side of the heat exchanger felt pad. The function

it is directed

woven through

pad is to evenly passes through

distribute

the heat exchanger.

As water sur-

the felt pad,

into contact

with the heat transfer then absorbs

faces on the water from the circulating overboard.

side of the heat

exchanger.

The water

the heat

gases and the water

is then boiled

off as steam

and dumped

3-21.

WATER SEPARATOR The water separator, Figure 3-13, is provided operation, to remove moisture, condensed The

as a result

of suit heat exchanger

from the suit circuit

oxygen.

CO _,'FID Z_A'A,A L

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNELjL -__
ST,LOUIS,

__

PAGE REPORT, MODEL.

3-37 $EDR 133 104

MISSOURI

i I

i /

II

FiGUP,E.5"I[.

CO_ AND

ODOR

AIBSORBEP,

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-38 SEDR 104 133

Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE ........ REVISED REVISED ,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

_UIT HEAT

EXCHA_C_ER

OX",f C_E N INLET

F----Jx, x

[_.

ox'_ C_ __N
OUTLET

FELT

PA,

(
SECTION SHOWIN_' OPERATION EY, CHAN_EP, ! !'
PM45_._G

FI_,

E. ON

_N LE.T

_'TE AIv_ _ OUTLET FIGURE ' 'q,.*v 3-12 %BIT m,_ m HEAT

l ov er
R_ISED

M,DONNE ,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT.

3-39
_:_ 10t

REVISE=) separator oxygen is basically through

_ a filter it. type sponge that collects

MOOre. moisture

133 from the removes During the

passing

The sponge,

pneumatically

compressed, tank.

condensate circuit

from the sponge and deposits the sponge filters

it into a storage

suit through

operation,

moisture

from the oxygen

flowing

the sponge. programmer valve. oxygen piston

Once every 30 minutes, supplies electrical the normally the primary power

for a duration to energize

of 30 seconds,

the capsule solenoid and directs

the water opens

separator the valve

Energizing from either

closed

solenoid valve

or secondary

supply to the piston

stem and the

plate chambers. in area, on each oxygen side of piston, the piston raises the

Due to the difference the

sponge out of the suit circuit housing plate. Water

flow and is compressed out of the sponge drains

against

separator densate

squeezed

into the conthe water Oxygen

tank.

Following valve

the termination is de-energized is vented

of squeezing

(30 seconds), valve

separator below the valve.

solenoid separator

and the solenoid through

closes.

piston

to cabin

the separator valve,

solenoid

Oxygen

above the piston, the sponge

entrapped into

by a check

forces the piston Suit circuit

down, thus pressure

returning

suit circuit

oxygen

flow.

is also

supplied located

to top of separator on top of separator, water backflow depletion operation

to _aid in forcing prevent water

the sponge down. the A check

Two check valves, suit circuit valve

from entering

and also prevents to prevent During

into the top of separator. in the event suit circuit separator oxygen

is supplied a leak.

oxygen

mechanisms not by

developed

squeezing continue

flow will occupied

be affected, the sponge.

as oxygen The water

will

to flow through incorporates before

area normally two magnets. and after

separator

piston

The magnets

aid in determining

the position

of the piston

actuation.

3-22.

SOLIDS TRAP The suit circuit solids trap, Figure 3-14, is located in the pilot's suit

PAGE

3-4_0

M_'DONNELL_' ____ _
104 ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

1 NOVEMBER DATE

1961

REPORT MODEL.

SEDR 133

REVISED REVISED

........

SPONGE

VRLVE

I I

I
FROM OXY&EM ,_UPPLY

OXYGEN

SUPPLY

FIGUP.E
C _

_-IR
I_1 !_"

W/kTE_
I I"_ l" _ "--

"3EPAtZATOD.
PM,_5-157B -

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

M_'DONNE_ "4_ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL ......

3-41

SEDR 104 133

----

PRIMARY 5ECONDARY

FLOW FLOW

.,

.FIQIjRE
--Will Ii./r-:-il

SOLIDS
I

TRAP

pM 4_j-

Z'_lh

lnL

..o.
REPORT, MODEL

SEDR ]33 10,4

M_,DONNE_ _...... __
ST.LOUIS, r m-_J__ l_ MISSOURI PL i -P_L.td _ REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

7 j/,'

W^$HERS

I.,

NLI

"
CALVIN HEAT

CAP: WE_ EXCHANGEP-, AND

_
FAN
PM_,S-Z_TA

FIGURE

5-15

CC"

REVISED.

"

ST. LOUIS

3o MISSOURI

REPORT

SEDR

10)4

REVmEO
!D "

_
' ' '

MOOEL mesh

l_,

oxygen

outlet

duct.

The trap consists bypass

of a 40 micron operation

screen filter

which

incorporates become choked

an integral

to insure

in the event

the trap would

with collected

solids.

3-23.

CABIN

HEAT EXEHANGER (Figure 3-15), cools the cabin gas in the same employs

The cabin heat exchanger manner as the suit circuit driven motor

heat exchanger

except

the cabin heat exchanger cabin gas.

an electric structure

fan to draw in and reclrculate heat exchanger.

Internal

is the same as the suit circuit

3-24.

CAPSULE

WATER TANK water tank is a pressurized Water is displaced compartmented cylindrical shaped

The capsule container bladder (Figure

3-15).

from the tank by means Quantity valves

of a rubber bottle. the

which

is activated

by oxygen

from the Coolant control

Oxygen

Water from the tank water

is directed

to two manual and cabin

which

control

supply to the suit circuit the Astronaut

heat exchangers. of drinking

The capsule water.

water

tank also provides

with a source

3-25.

CABIN

PRESSURE

CONTROL

VALVE valve, Figure 3-17, valve drops is provided contains below to maintain that the in

The cabin pressure cabin pressure

control

to 5.1 + .3 psla. Whenever

The control cabin pressure the

two aneroids

sense cabin pressure. aneroids turn partially oxygen

5.1 + .3 psia, pins,

expand

and unseat

spring loaded metering

which

permit

to flow into the in pressure,

suit circuit.

The suit pressure pressure

regulator to the cabin. of suit

senses the increase Directing circuit. allowing oxygen

and relieves

suit circuit provides

flow through

the suit circuit increases

constant

purging

When cabin pressure the metering

to 5.1 +- .3 psia the aneroids flow.

contract,

pins to seat and shut off the oxygen or whenever cabin pressure drops

In the event

of cabin deccmpression,

below

_.0 + .2 psia,
.i

.......

"_ "I"i

#i I

PAGE, REPORT MODEL

3-44 SEDR 133

qlmJ_.Jl_lli Ii._tJl_l i IX-_t.,.

DATE 104 REVISED REVISED ,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

_ST,,LC_U_S, M_SSOURI

TANK

F IGURF.

'3-16

CAPSULE

WkTE.P,

T_NK

_M 4-5- Z58

CC.;r;GF_J_i

J IAL

3-4_5

REVISED REVISED

ST.LOUIS, _

MISSOURI

REPORT MODEL,

SEDR 104 133

CABIN PRESSURE VALVE

CONTROL

SPRING POPPET

- LOA)ED

FIGURE 3-17 CABIN 9RESSURE

_vl111

CONTROL. VALVE
II,,,,/bl"ll i I.r'l.l,,,,_

pM4s-158

REPORT Sg'DR 10_ MODEL. 133 the flow, supply operation vided manually a spring cabin. zation, to aneroids through for the in the fully the suit expand cabin and pressure

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

REVISED REVISED

seat

against control

the valve, are fails.

inlet and

port. reserves in

This the the

prevents remaining valve is to also

oxTgen o_ger insure prowas offaeats into the

circuit. that

Two aneroids one aneroid

provided A manual event cabin

event cabin

control

enable selected. loaded

repressurlzation Actuation of the the

in

the

depressurization in the cabin, directly E cabin

REPRESS "T" handle, and allows be pushed valve oxygen in, to

poppet

in

valve

flow

REPRESS "T" to enable

handle

should

then control

followin

repressuri-

cabin

pressure

automatic

operation.

3-26.

CABIN PRESSURE RELIEY VALVE The cabin relative In the water from the pressure to event entering cabin. relief ambient of valve, pressure Figure 3-18, automatically orbit, incorporates features valve control cabin valves a manual poppet valves, controls re-entry and cabin landing to

pressure phases. keep

durin 6 launch, the valve valve also relief valve and

a water the The cabin.

landin6, The

provisions means for of The chambers

manually a calicalibrated separated sprin6s.

deconpressing brated spring by The valve, diap_ After existing crease, pressure relief spring control

cabin

pressure

consists section.

control section dtaphra_,

section

and e. poppet ambient loaded

incorporates spring chamber spring

seusing and

a sensing poppet

metering

calibrated am,

valve stem

control orifices,

incorporates loaded

control poppet

a check

poppet and the ambient the

chamber

poppet cabin

chambers. pur_m 6 operation, During relief launch, valve will reaches pressure cabin as pressure ambient relieve 5-5 build psia. up in will pressure cabin be the same to until pressure of 5-5 ps:l.a as de ._::/

the

pressure. pressure

begins

cabin

pressure The cabin

the

differential valve will then

(cabin/ambient) prevent cabin

excess

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

McDONNELL__ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

3-47 .............. SEDR 133 104

REVISED REVISED

CABIN

P_F-SSU_E

_F.L_EFVALVE

l
f..' -

I
'.N C

F_'Y_"
"CABIN . DIAI:_RA_M "CHAMBER'-'__ / I_1 _._ _ 21_1 L_I

//////////////_ _V///////////////px _'_""--------cH,_B_R /

I I '_. _ _ ' _ I I _ r_l _" , I _ Y_I _ M _MANUAL _CoNTROL _ _RM

_EEP_F0"_ _,_
/

o_PFPI_Z . F/J I_I' Y//J ,_/_" '11 _ _ _""---CHECKVALVE

STEM

CAISIH

_-_'_'/_

________._

__ __

CABIN.

F_C)PPET _

_'-

POPPET

_'_

....... ,;_:/_ _2_ ........................v,_v_

FIGURE _-i8 CABIN
t_'_Jlt_lllt. _111_ "II1_ l

P_ES_J_E
Jlllllltllllil|llllll ]1 l I II/ i111 |

._ELIEF
i I I J--'_ IIII

VALVE

PM45- _

PAGE REPORT MODEL. _T_R 104

McDONNELL z
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

throughout vented, pressure sensing the

the through will

orbit, the also

re-entry poppet stem

and

landing

phases. into cabin the air

Cabin poppet

pressure valve

will

be Cabin

orifices, the be

chamber. the

be

vented,

through

filters, via the are psi

into ambient

cabin into to When sensing springs allowing port.

chamber. sensing

Ambient

pressure The

will

vented, springs

port, to

ambient

chamber.

calibrated of

designed

respond

differential the pressure

pressures differential

in excess between 5-5 valves excess

approximately cabin sensing

5.5

(cabin/ambient). and ambient

the psla

chamber the from

chamber will

exceeds

approximately The metering in

(cabin/amblent), then psia the be to lifted escape

calibrated their the seats,

retract.

will of 5.5

differential Due tion to the

pressures ambient of the port

through stem

ambient the poppet

being

larger

than

poppet pressure the be

orifices, the

dissipavalve This valve dia-

rate

excessive the the

differential rate of buildup pressure

cabin in to

(inside valve than against will

chambers) will

will

exceed cause The the

poppet greater

chambers. the poppet cabin aid

momentarily pressure. unseating of

cabin

chamber phragm, relieving

greater poppet

cabin valves.

pressure The

_-ill act valves If the acts as an

the then

poppet

in the a manual valve

excessive of the

differential cabin, the

pressure. valve

Astronaut exhaust

executes for poppet

decompression chamber

check

pressure. orbit, excess 5-5 the the cabin pressure 5.5 relief psia. to 15 to valve Cabin the will prevent cabin pressure of Upon than recabin
.,j

During buildup in

of approximately psia will be

pressure

in excess

approximately entry, when

exhausted becomes commence

outside of

atmosphere. water greater ambient similar the 15

ambient

pressure will

inches open will

pressure, enter ing will the launch. not

the

poppet

valves

allowing then be

pressure to those

to dur-

cabin.

Valve event water

relieving the

operations makes

In the until

capsule

a water cabin

landing, by

poppet inches

valves of water.

open

pressure

exceeds

pressure

k.,IV_.'t,l.

Jl. Jl.Jrl:,{'l-_'_l.''_._-_

REVISED

ST.''f 7"-_LOUIS 3, MISSOURI ------_---

REPORT

_..DR

10_

REV,S_O

-"

"

.....

Moo_

133

A manual closes
valve.

control

located valves

on the left hand to prevent water

console

and marked

"PRESS MEG" manually the

the poppet

frQm entering

the cabin through

3-27.

SNORKEL

AND DIAPHRAGM

FLAPPER

VALVES and the cabin During outflow diaphragm flapper phases

The cabin inlet air snorkel

valve

valve act as water check type valves. (often reaching circulated the valves a pressure altitude

the landing

and post

landing

of approximately

17,0OO parts

ft.) ambient were under

air is water,

through would

the valves.

In the event water

the valve

seat and prevent

from entering

the cabin.

3-28.

CABIN AIR INLET VALVE The cabin air inlet valve, Figure 3-19, provides capsule landing ventilation and post and cooling phases.

for the
/

suit circuit loaded

and cabin during close,

landing

It is a spring

spoon type valve is manually

and is barometrically latched closed diameter

controlled. one

Prior to capsule mechanism plunger valve spring

launch,

the valve

so that

loaded detent

pin rides

on the large

of the aneroid and the

(maximum allowable

pull to set detent pin is five link, which is engaged

(5) pounds); by the

arm is engaged locking pin.

by the release During capsule

spring loaded

aneroid

launch

the aneroid down.

expands

due to decreasing mechanism detent

cabin pressure, pin then

and forces

the aneroid large

plunger

The valve

slips off the plunger capsule landing

diameter

onto the plunger descends

small diameter.

During

phase,

when the capsule

to an altitude

of approximately increases.

17,000 +. 3,000

feet, the aneroid moves

retracts

as cabin pressure upward, engaging

Retraction

of the aneroid the plunger

the aneroid

plunger

the detent pin against the aneroid locking

larger

diameter, raises

which

in turn compresses pin from release to valve

pin spring.

This action

the locking

llnk and allows

spring loaded

valve to open.

The valve

arm is attached

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

3-50 SEDR 104 i33

MCDONNELL

'_ ST.LOUIS.

_//_ MISSOURI

DATE,, REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

--

vv

|w

:.Z.Y

EIC-I.URE

_>r:19

_CABIIq

AIR

INLET

VALVE
'PM 4.5-/$4 I_,

CC;;.;GZN,

_A,

o mber
REVISED REVISED

Mc, DONNE , ,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI Rli_OR'i" . t-' MODEL

3-51
_-_)R 10)4 133

shaft and moves of micro-switches the suit circuit valve. valve A manual

with

closing,

thereby

disengaging power to

micro-switches.

Disengagement and close rate

directs shutoff control

electrical valve, which

stop cabin

fan operation

in turn opens to enable

the emergency valve opening

oxygen in

arm is provided

the event control pin from arm,

failed to open at specified contacts the locking valve

altitude. pin

Actuation

of the manual locking

mechanically, release abort,

spring and disengages In the event

link, allowing an explosive

to open.

of a capsule

low altitude valve opening.

squib will force reset to close

the locking position.

pin up, to enable Opening

Valve must be manually suit ccmpressor

of the valve

enables

to draw ambient

air into suit circuit

to provide

suit circuit

and cabin ventilation. The cabin air outlet valve functions in the same manner is basically of the same construction valve. and

as the cabin

air inlet

3-29.

VACUUM

RELIEF

VALVE Figure 3-20, is designed to provide to open at a pressure ventilation is

The vacuum differential whenever located circuit

relief valve,

of lO to 15 inches of water, snorkel valve closes between

suit circuit seats).

the inlet

(ball float the cabin

The relief valve

in the flexible inlet duct. the

ducting,

air inlet valve momentarily,

and the suit following

In the event

the capsule ball

submerges

a water landing, water

snorkel valves

floats will and cabin. snorkel

seat

(close) and prevent of the suit a vacuum

from entering compressor

into the suit circuit and the closed air inlet duct

The operation valve

circuit

air inlet (flexible

will create

in the suit circuit exceeds

ducting).

When cabin pressure the vacuum relief poppet

the flex duct pressure, open. As the valve

by lO - 15 inches of water, opens, cabin pressure acting

valve will surface ential

on the valve

will be great enough (between

to hold the valve is approximately

open until 2 inches

the pressure of water

differSuit

cabin and duct)

or less.

via

.u

Ita,,Ji-..INI

l_b'IL t-.-*

PAGE REPORT MODEL

_'_
SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS, C,_T_-_ i _ I,,_,,_ _[_

C__

DATE
REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI

VACUUM

RELIEF"

VAL'_..

'_OU NT _G _OLT F SEAL

5_ama-x

/
AnD %P P_C _._ VALX/E DUCT m-FLEX, BL_

i_

TO C_BIN A_N _NLET 'VA L'4

|
L J

I r---%_%,_
_ CIRCUIT

FIGURE 3-20 _/ACUUM

AA _

RELIEF
I =

VAWE

mATE
REVISED REVISED,

1 November

1961
ST. LOUIS a, MISSOURI REPORT SE_R 10_

MOOEL
ventilation whenever of the the relief ball is provided snorkel removes unseat by the valve the cabin ball vacuum air, entering float is the opened

133
vacuum Also, the above reli_f the

circuit valve, opening snorkel water.

inlet valve

seated flex

(closed). duct to valve enable is

in the the

valve

float

to

(open)

whenever

snorkel

3-30. 3-31.

TEST TEST

CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION

CAPSIK_S CAPSULE NO. 8

Capsule capsule

8 environmental following

control

system

differs

from

the

specification

in the

manner. control system is the same as Capsule 2 and 3

Capsule

8 environmental

except ing

for

the but

following: this warning

Capsule light

8 will will system not to

incorporate be

a cabin with

02

pressure

warn-

light

supplemented 02 in

a tone

generator

circuit. Capsule

There 8 will

is no

indicating

reflect to aid

emergency cooling open 2 and

operation. the at 3. special 17,000 Capsule .+ 8 nor valve

incorporate package.

a circulation The air inlet is the to cool

fan and

instrumentation 3,000 does does poppet feet. not it The

outlet as main the

valves Capsule and cabin

air heat manual

outlet

valve

ssme the

contain contain

exchangers provisions

standby

inverters, relief

for

closing

pressure

valves.

3-32.

TEST Capsules

CONFIGURATION 9, I0 and 13

CAPSULES

NO.

9,

!0 AND control

13 systems Capsule exchangers are basically trap the water Capsule the is main tank 9 same

environmental except not as

as the designed and

specification for

capsule

follows: heat is

9 solids to and

a primate; inverters; as

it does the water of

contain

cool the

standby

separator

deactivated; for the

is not

utilized

a source

drinking

water

Astronaut.

suit

circuit

does

not

incorporate

suit

02

partial

pressure

system;

and

the

-__D;.F;D=;4T;AL

PAGE , REPORT MODEL_

3-5_
SEDR 104 133

Mc, DONNELL
._T..Aou!s,.
-_v,, ..... _

__

MmSOUm

DATE 1 REVISED REVISED

November

l_l

suit

circuit

does

not

incorporate

a constant

bleed

oxygen

system.

3-33.

TEST Capsule

CONFIGURATION 16

CAPSULE

NO.

16 system is basically the same as the

environmental

control

specification

capsule.

4-1

SECTION IV

STABILIZATION CONTROL SYSTEMS

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE AUTOMATIC STABILIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ....................... SYSTEM OPERATION .......................... SYSTEM UNITS .................................. RATE STABILIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...................... SYSTEM OPERATION ......................... SYSTEM UNITS .................................. REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM ...................... ........................ SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM UNITS HORIZON
i I i)
,.;'j'

PAGE
III ii

/,

,.

4-- 3 4-12 4-19

4"-24 4-25 4-25 4-2'7 4-29 4-36 4-40 4- 41 4-55

................................. SYSTEM ...................... ........................ CAPSULES ........

SCANNER

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OPERATION TEST CONFIGURATION

'_Vlll

IlJl_i|

IPI_I,,

ID, ROLL

RkTE

TR_.NSbUCER PITCH
s

[ ) RATE TRA_SbUCER<I} 11

;_ I!1

"0 > m

-t YAW RATE GYRO(i] NOTE5 A$CS CON_ PONENT

I])VEI2TICAL

PITCH RATE GyRO<ZI

/ /

IDYAW

RATE TRJ

'm c:

RSC5 AND TELEI',_ET_,Y COlViPON ENT -CALIBRATOR <]] 4_

.u}

/i
I I

(j, ....< .--.i

cA

in \
/

ITI _

). m

GYRO

_,,.

R_,_ POTENTIOMETEI_ [I_OLL') '

_yscs
,_W) SCS PO'TENTION_ETF.R _ITCH) RSCS RATE-DAMgER BOX HORIZON SCANNER (PITCH)

\,

=Arm, I November
REVISED,

i_61
El'. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE

_"-3

Rli_PORT.

_EDR 104

REV'ISE:D

MOC,_L..... ,133

IV.

STABILIZATION

CONTROL

SYSTEMS

4-1.

GENERAL Stabilization of the capsule System in space is accomplished by the Automatic the Horizon and maintain Attitude

Stabilization Scanners a stable Hold

Control

in conjunction System. automatic

with two sub-systems, These systems establish

and the Reaction platform with

Control

four basic

modes;

Damper,

Orientation,

and Re-entry. System

A redundant

rate

"back-up"

system,

the Rate Stabilization the Astronaut with

Control

(RSCS), is also provided. of controlling

The RSCS provides with

an emergency of a failure indication 4-2 through for the

method

the capsule

a "rate-stick" System.

in the event a visual

in the Automatic

Stabilization attitude

Control

In addition,

of yaw,

roll, and pitch describe

is provided. systems

The following and functions

paragraphs involved

4'56 briefly

the individual capsule.

specification

compliance

AUTOMATIC SYSTEM

STABILIZATION

CONTROL

SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION Stabilization Gyro, Control System (ASCS) is composed switch, of a (yaw, of

The Autcmatic Directional

Gyro, Vertical

.05g accelercmeter and an Amplifier the capsule

Rate Gyros Unit.

roll and pitch), the individual weight

a rate damper, within

Calibrator

Location Total

components

is shown

in Figure

4-i.

of the ASCS switches COMD

is approximately are provided

59 pounds. with the ASCS. switch The GYRO switch

Three AD_O/RATE
z

in conjunction DAMP-FBW

switch,

and the NORM-AUX

are located

on the posiin a In the is

Astronaut's

left console. COMD

With the NORM-AUX switch in AUTO, requiring

DAMP-FBW

switch

in the NORMAL

tion and the AUTO-RATE completely FLY-BY-WIRE automatic position,

stabilization

is accomplished

manner,

no assistance

from the Astronaut. and 24 V d-c power

the automatic
_ '

feature
_T r_ ,r, mll, j

is disabled
L ,i

REPORT MODEL.

SEDR 10_ 13_3

..... ST:..LOUI$,.. MISSOURI f,_ __n_____.4

REVISED REVISED

connected In this

to

the

Fly-By-Wire stabilization Figure Low and 4-9) high

limit is by

switches accomplished

on the

Astronaut's an

control

stick.

position (See

through

electro-mechanical control stick 30% AUX in the and 75%

arrangement desired of full

movement

of the

Astronaut's at or

plane. travel,

thrust

actuation yaw,

occur pitch,

approximately roll. The

i.e., both the

3.9 and automatic feature.

9.8 for and The NORMAL

DAMP rate

posi-

tion

disables as a

fly-by-wire GYRO switch

function, is a three CAGE

permitting position position function the Horizon the switch

damping

singular a CAGE,

switch the is

inAttitude dis-

corporating gyros abled. slaving gyros are

FREE,

and

position. Horizon

In the Scanner are

mechanically FREE

caged position

and

the

slaving uncaged;

In the function and

theAttitude The

gyros NORMAL The

Scanner

remains Horizon

disabled. Scanner the gyros the

positlon AUT0/RATE systems circuits Figure

uncages COMD

attitude provides In the RATE

permits of

slaving. RSCS and

a method COMD they 4-4.

energizing the used

either

or ASCS slaving

as

desired.

position, are not

attitude to control

remain 4-12. )

energized

although

capsule.

(See

ASCS The

Sequencing paragraphs, and should modes abort be of 4-5 and 4-9, describe 4-2, the 4-3 ASCS and with sequential 4-4 the are opera-

following normal and

tion for Lug 4-5.

under clarity the

conditions. followed closely

Figures in

provided concern-

conjunction

text

various

operation.

Normal In Figure

Sequencing 4-2, the progress of a normal following prior except to orbital mission is shown divided

into

eight The

phases ASCS are is

appropriate in the "ready" all

to the status circuits is

discussion. separation final the 12 of the escape relays switch tower, are being

its

gyros

running RSCS

and

the by gyro

output

fully in the

energized. AUTO

operation Phase (A),

prevented

AUTO/RAT_ to the

COMD

position.

involving

slaving

Horizon

Scanner

CCr 2IDZ

II_

I_11N3-]_9NIWrI(] (]NOO3_ _]d .Zl 01.01 -10::llV_t 10_! ]NVONId_VO 7 ( _11'_t H

,,,J C

_
< o.

o _
w n,

i
i

_EO" 711Nn JGnlllIV 1_1N3-]_ (]IOH 9

+o
3al.40_l13tl9Nlari(]3(]nllllV 0_13_ <37o1-1 3 NOIlY_3_O _3N_35 1N_ISN03 G_V 3GO_ II_0 ]

5
ILl

_I ,,.v 0 Z

3_flII11_
Z

0_i3_

01 NOIiViO_

_NV 3QOV_ NOIi_IN]I_O

"D
l",,,,l

l.l.l
r_._

_3NNV3g NOZl_OR01 SO_XOHDlld

ON_ 7]0_

]ARTS "V
j ( ',

NOIL_YO l_,

_IS_ IO_LNO3 N OII_ZHI_IS OIIY_OI_V

/
I I i I f

++

Z Q hi IQ e e Q ILl

*"+-"-_.,c.+_/ _ _:++L
II_I0 +..

..........

2i

.... '

,.

/"

PAGE REPORT, MODEL-

4-6 _DR 1,_3 104

M ,DONNELL
REVISED ST. LOUIS,
_ _;""_2_2J"

MiSSOURi _""._ "

_ _ rr_ ,

""_

_'" _:
J, _l

_, .._ _._' " to

REVISED

pitch

and

roll while (B) the

outputs the starts to

during capsule after provide

ascent is being capsule rate at the

s is

minimize

_o

errors

which

may

accumulate Phase commands Phase The ASCS

boosted. separation when stop of a brief, tendency seconds around flve-second to tumble. damping. counterto the to signal

ASCS is

damping

to

any five

(C)

initiated in the is

completion mode, and

of rate (180

is placed Yaw

orientation accomplished, 30

capsule the Pitch, (C)

turn

clockwise retrograde the Horizon

Rotation) angle is

capsule roll and prior

is pitched-down and yaw gyro

firing

within provided

seconds. during

slaving 4_ minutes

Scanners yield

phase

for to

the

first

of phase In (small The on, trol

(D) to phase end

a good capsule

yaw-angle is in the the

reference An is

settling attitude an

down of

in -34

orbit.

(D) the

orbit. capsule Horizon (D).

orbit ready

pitch for at the

down) gyros

is held are off,

so that slaved to

immediate of 8.5

abort. minutes con-

attitude

Scanner During as

a cycle orbit Rate of the

9-1.5 minutes and

throughout control control By See Another mode. may

phase be

phase

manual

fly-by-wlre under and manual RCS

utilized by

desired.

damping ASCS

becomes SELECT by

optional switches either

conditions switch Paragraph feature If the

positioning rate gyro

MDDE

controls. or RSCS. (D).

manipulation, 4-3. utilized capsule sector + Rate

damping run-up (D) (from is

is provided continued automatic attitude) return to

the

ASCS phase the

throughout return beyond to the

in Phase drifts

is an orbit

orientation of will the

limits mode

retro-interlock at +

switches, 30 yaw mode and by

automatic roll. The

orientation can also

occur back

12 pitch,

Astronaut of the

place COMD

the

ASCS

in the

orientation

manipulation

AUTO/RATE

switch. (E) of Figure 4-2, prior at rate to gyro run-up is automatically Horizon reference assured Scanner prior by slaving to

In phase relay switching

lO minutes constant

retrograde time to

attitude. a good

operation

becomes

this

obtain

t_

,._o"ld'=t0:JIA,DNWV',I

(2-vm_-_'_) S_VNd NOI C_S I_

V -.,---i-,

_,

o
ILl

t
..,J i1_ C _I
N O I/_

k _,_aU l u_-"

ld n

I.I1

o
I11 n,

c_

.I

"Zl_l d'O

S rJorl

NJ.LNO:)

.LN-]::_-")NI21ha NO A'HVI1NI

dn:Nn_l 9_1

J Ix. 0
0

o
(/)

(3_40"Nt_ _'IZ' NO'HIll _'9) S)100] :)lq01_3d _100'3 ISV'3

H31 Id '_ _Vk 110_ 8]_V3S NOZI_IOH 01 :_AVS 1 "OlnV

E
E

9
If)

g :_ cj-,.'.L. _vA L (]NVI_NO3 3dOIN llg_10 $ 301_1.tA0 H3ild o_, _-o'l,_-'L 3' qqo_l o_ _ =o J (]-IOH 3O_IIJ.V 1gElO llg_lo # 'ONWWHO3 3001_ llC_O S3(]1_13^0 ,,,. X___________,
t_ .o
! m "7 _ _

"I_o_ _

_<Inli..u.y

N
tD
la_

0U13_ =JOt'llI.LJ._ GIOH O_ll]_J

,,=, '3
C_qNO33S S-_ --

o
8.:I,
,,,
I-., < 0

_]d_VO

_
> Id 0_

__
> Iii n,

/
/

REPORT MODEL

SEDR 104 133 retro-attitude.

.......

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURi ....... '

REVISED REVISED any one or all three the space reference plane of the plane

achieving capsule

The Astronaut

may change

attitudes

maintained

by the ASCS by changing To maintain must be

or planes

of the attitude Scanner

gyros.

the new reference stopped by placing

or planes, switch

the Horizon

slaving

cc_mand

the gyro

in the Free position. while the ASCS

New reference

planes may be established the gyro

by the Astronaut

is in operation off the ASCS

by placing

switch in the Free position, utilizing the gyros. axes slav-

manually manual

turning

fuel in the axis or axes affected, and then caging automatic slaving.

control

to position

the capsulej to fully Scanner

and uncaglng

The ASCS may then be returned with the exception ing, the capsule and the gyro The ASCS grade Thirty attitude seconds of Horizon attitudes

operation

in all three Horizon range

To utilize

Scanner

must be within placed

the observation position.

of the scanners

switch must be receives

in the Normal

Tr signal and maintains Horizon Scanner

capsule

in high torque

retro-

(phase F).

slaving

is discontinued the retro rockets

at this time. are fired.

after retrograde of retrograde

attitude

command,

During the period

rocket firing one degree

the ASCS utilizes

h_gh torque Retrograde simultaneously command is

action to hold the capsule rocket Rocket firing firing command

within

of the ideal angles. command occur

and ASCS high torque in 20 seconds

switching

is completed

and the high torque

switching

held for 23 seconds. Upon completion of retro package Jettison, the ASCS automatically pitches for reoperation

the capsule entry drag.

to the post-retro The ASCS maintain when returns

fire attitude to orientation attitude.

(phase G) in preparation mode with constant

scanner

to accurately Finally, eighth

the re-entry

re-entry

is sensed by the .05g accelerometer

switch,

the off

and last phase

(H) of the ASCS performance During this period

starts with the turning the ASCS initiates

of the attitude

gyro power.

and maintains

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3. MISSOURI

REPORT,,,,I.,

_F_R

104

.Ev,s_o a constant Rate roll rate of i0*%o

_ 12 pe_ second to minimize the re-entry deployment,

MOrnS. ,,, touchdown

133 dispersion.

damping phase

is provided continues

to stabilize until

trajectory. at which

ASCS operation time all ASCS

in this power

main chute

is removed. Pilot-overrlde provisions fly-by-wlre permit interruptions of the preceding control "normal" and. is

sequence

by manual,

or RSCS

stick-steering

manipulation

return to the "normal" the intelligent augmentation are intended

ASCS MODE.

Thus to a significant Full utilization caging and other

degree the Astronaut of this switching reliability features

"back-up"

for the ASCS,

principle

has led to gyro

which

to make the capsule and control

manually

controllable.

The following

table modes

lists the switch of control obtained

r'

positions

necessary

to achieve

the four basic modes can be

after attaining

orbit.

Variations

of the various detailed

by further

switch manipulation. is contained

A more

discussion

of the con= M_nual.

trol modes available

in SEDR 109, Capsule

Flight

Operations

CONTROL

MSEE

Auto/Rate

SWITCH POSITION Cored Norm-Aux

Damp-FBW

RCS "T" HAttDLE POSITION Auto Fuel M_nual Fuel

sys.
AUTOMATIC FLY BY WIRE RATE-STICK DIRECT (With Rate AUTO AUTO RATE AUTO COMD NORMAL FLY BY WIRE NORMAL AUX. DAMP PUSH ON PUSH ON PULL OFF PUSH ON

Sys.
RATE COMD RATE COMD RATE COMD DIRECT

4.6.

Abort Sequencing In general, abort sequencing (See Figure 4-4) is programmed abort to correspond can be

to the safest procedures divided into three types, is required;

at all times. namely

The possible before tower

situations separation

(I) abort, after

tower

when ASCS the paragraphs,

rate damping trajectory

(2) abort and

separation

but before

is truly

orbital;

(3) abort

fr_a orbit.

The following

'_-,

.a

il./r--i_l

I/_i.

Mc, DONNELL
REPORT MODEL $EDR 133 104 --_ ST.LOUIS. _'_ _ MISSOURI _ e._i.._ " _ P T _J-'_" REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

FIGU_E4-

.ASCS EMEI_GENCY
_llP v i _ll Illi#

OPEI2/kTION

DI44_" 39

DATE

N_z_bel

4 1_1 ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI

PAGE_

4-11

REVmED RSV,SED 4-7 4-7.

i, :

R_oxr eOO_

SEDR 104 133 conditions.

_ 4-9_ Before abort dlscuss Tower mission _CS sequencing in each of the

through Abort If an

abort

Separation Is started the ASCS durln 6 the perto_ when the booster only and susthe

talner

eng/nes

are burnlngj operations and sustainer

Is utilized

for rate damping

after

following (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Upon

external Booster Capsule Escape Retro Timed

have been achieved. engines from firing. from capsule. peak from of trajectory. adapter. cut-off.

separation tower rocket arrival rocket

separation at

approximate tower

Separation

of escape

capsule. the ASCS is coezuu_led to provide energized roll rate of of the dur'l]_g 10 to main the rate normal

completion using and is Abort The flrst "abort

of the latter the rate gyros

operation, which flight. are

dampinS, ascent second 4-8.

continuously A constant

trajectory" Rate Tower

12 per chute.

employed. After

dsmping Separation is engine firing,

ceases

upon

deployment

operation posl_de

cut-ofT. and the

This

is

followed mission dsmplng

immediately post-separation of any

by

capsule signal

separatlon_ sequence

normal

tO the ASCS. After

The effect

Is i_nedlate damping, angle of

capsule sequence either Upon

tendency co,ands the

to tumble. capsule

5 seconds

of rate

the automatic 34 degrees. sequencing. rather wide

turn around or Ground

an an attitude initiate yaw

Then

Astronaut the

Command must pitch and

retrograde within enables

achievSug bounds rocket

proper

roll_

an61es

"permission" retro

(See _ph _

_-Sj Page 4-6)_

the ASCS

rapid-sequence

to proceed. NOTE

ASCS

"permission

interlock"

during

retro

flre can be over-

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

_-12 _. _R _0_ 1_

McIDONN_

_4_

DATE ! REVISED REVISED

__ovember

l_l

.....Slr. LOUIS, MISSOURI _---'_--JCI_T 1C_ T_ ]_ T

ridden the

at

any

time may time

by

the

Astronaut. to the Rate

It

is

also

noted

that

Astronaut at any

switch should

Stabilization occur in

Control the Automatic

System

a malfunction

Stabilization After normal time 4-9. retrograde mission and

Control the

System. abort sequence mission (except in this for case proceeds as in the

operation, post-retrograde intervals). Orbit abort from will

the

difference

in trajectory

distance From an

Abort Whenever

orbit apply. period

is

initiated,

the

normal

automatic

or manual are

retrograde utilized ("last

operations the

However, of gyro

if manual slaving

retrograde Horizon

operations Scanners

pre-retrograde will be

to the

look")

eliminated.

4-10.

SYSTEM Overall

OPERATION system operation inputs sad is best sensors Control mode Yaw, explained on the devices switching Roll and by left on Figure side the and Pitch 4-5. of the The page The Amplifier and generate basic Data

Calibrator outputs to

receives Display are

from

Reaction

right. torque channels are

four

operations flow in and

slaving, to 4-7 the sad

repeating, individual 4-8.

switching.

pertaining _-6, no is Pitch phase

is illustrated straightforward Directional

Figures require

In general, However, the

these method

diagrams utilized the

explanation. unique gimbal of the to

in deriving discussion. during

information The orbital reference principles follows:

a degree

and gyro)

warrants

following continuously

(vertical normal

is processed so that each (yaw) the

the "_

mission, during

capsule cycle. to roll

"local The be

vertical gyro

revolves which After

360 permit initial

degrees

orbital information of

slaving are as the

Directional slaving and

derived pitch

settling

the

sad

loops,

IL._VZ'I

i'

AU..I_.L_t

JLzeLJLJ

', _j"

SENSORS

AND.COMMANDS
HORIZON SCANNER ROLL"

CALl BRATOR

DISPLAY' AND RESPONSE

g g _

rI

..........

IIORIZOH 3CANNER "PITCH" (_-c) "IGNORE" ROLL AND/OR -q PITCH COMMANDS

_IRoL, I _i ,,,w I
_L_ .......

6_
C rn 4:=

)-)

ATTITUDE

DISPL_-Y--

L.
cn t_ Ln ED F0 7_ E_
i

PACKAGE

"B"

HzOt FUEL

0 C

YAW YA_ MODE ,SWITCHING TORQUE SWITCHING I

I ROLL _

m 0

j> o_

ROLL PITCH

I J PITCH

Ill

"o > m

!
#,

RATE GYRO YAW

lil
cE cE

,
J

RATE

GYRO

p,T_ I_I
RATE G, RO Y ROLL

HIGH fiElD LOW 14Ee;_TiVE TORQUE CHRI,,ABER5 SHOWN FOR YAW RY.i3 ARE TYPI po._iTIV TORQUE _,kl'D ROLL "PITCH P,_E3 #li2.E 3IMILRR.

;o m ,<_EQ_JE.t-aC.E._ I_AA,STEI_ E] DEVICES 10 -i PITCH TORQUE SW)TCHIN_ LOgiC ANb OUTPUT RELA_(S

-o >

EC_ E.L E [20MErE SWlTC_ 71 C K] ill

DrT-cI.4

_. !

J p,,=_

_Y_ao

d_
0

t!
_C

_T,_,_ I s_-ro,_

_ORI"ZON <]3 SC/_NNER x Or) OJ r" 0 C) "lr_ORt" P_'rc_ S_G.----- 1 ,,_ . ,--_IIL._, ! I_ pow_

[3 }>

I I

1
%

,,j
_I"T'CH
L-E_N3

!
I
I

i
I
m <: "7 FIRST PITCH REPE#,TER l m < :> .-I

I '
I I I E> NOT PART 09" A$CS

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc, I)ONNE_LLj_.___
ST.LOUIS, = : MISSOURI

PA_E
REPORT MODEL

4-15 SEDR 133 104

i _

T
og _u_

' i T
IM

!
I
J

< )0

$
0
J

I
I _ b---

ge

oi
J d J J

6o

?
iii i

t_

_dO "tit I

-Z_l

_1
I .-.-.1

FIGU__E

4-7

YAW

AXIS

BLOCK-..

IDIA, G_AM

PAGE REPORT MODEL

4-16 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNEL.__.LC-_,,_,_ _j_
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

IIIC_

u_

o_
I

Q_IL

I
.J ,,

L1
F

_z
oc

o
:i

:2d

,_I
_I
BLOCK
t

DI A&I2A
_A

.....

; C,_";4

___

R_xsEo

st. Louis

s, Mmsoumx

ms_oRv

SEDR 104

._,sEo_
_SCS controls the capsule to the command pitch and to attitude,

Mo_.. ..... 133

and to level some roll yaw error Since of due to

attitude.
/

Initially, as

after may

separation exist due

capsule directional inner

turn-around, drift

(as great the the the Roll

I0 degrees) of the the

during

boost.

gimbal

vertical Roll

gyro

is the to

gimbal, an

yaw error

misalignment component of the

capsule constant and gimbal

causes orbital vertical

glmbal angular

output rate.

contain Thus

_itch) gyro

a comparison provide which an

Roll

Horizon

Scanner a roll yaw

roll

indications This yaw torquing gimbal

will rate of the

error

signal

producing of

torquing to

rate. slave the

is a direct gyro.

function

error

is used area output ASCS

directional of torque

Another the modes thrust of

that

warrants Reaction

discussion Control

is that System in

switching, with the

i.e., various

of the

conjunction

operation. serves as an introduction of at to the torque the switching behavior behavior varies of

Figure the Ing of ASCS. to the

_-i0 For ASCS rate

maximum mode vs.

conservation appropriate

control

fuel, A right

accordplot

a given in the

time. lower

so-called corner mode. about Scanner's of

"phase-plane" Figure Current the nominal 4-i0 ASCS

angular to

angle Pitch or

is

shown

adjacent design

a typical a plus

time-history three

for

the

"Orbit"

permits which

minus is

degree to the

oscillation Horizon

orbital

attitude, The pitch

in turn is

referenced

sensed torque having a

"Horizontal". program;

oscillation rate is a

non-simusoidal wave, of 240 and

because pitch

of the a

discontinuous both

square period

angle

sawtooth, on the

characteristic mode oscillation relative

seconds. drift to from

Portrayed -3 degrees

Phase-plane, pitch

the angle

"Orbit" to +3

is a gentle pitch for (-S_

relative

degrees This error from

-Sl degrees,

referenced of two the

to true minutes.

horizontal). When to the reverse

drift

lasts +S

approximately a low where

one-half-period torque the pulse second causes

becomes _2 to _

degrees,

angular is

rate

deg/sec.,

upon

half-period

spent

drifting

_"

-_|r'%r"lh

.m.

PAGE REPORT MODEL ....

4-18! SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNELLL '
.,_J,_.U IS_, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1NOVEMBER1961

/ / / / /
/

,SCS

AMP-

CAL

O_TPUT

RELAYS

NOTES
ONLY AND THE YAW MICRO SWI"T'CH_ ASSOCIATED _0LL CIRCUITRY' AN{:) PITCH

A_E _i40WN, ARE _I_ILA_

[E)_V_/ITCHE_ NEUTRAL TORQUE FIRST

[_ RELAYS P_W

SktO'cc'N IN %"riCK POSiTiON LOW 5WITCHES CLO_E

,DEF_OC_l"riON

ENERGIZED

I kl

" CHAMBER

UST GYP.')

FIGUI2E

4-9

ASCS

FLY-BY-

WII2E

CONTI_'OL

PH,HS-_o_

OAT_

NoVember

I C_l
ST. L,OUIS 3. MISSOURI RE:PORT_ ,,,_--'_[ 104"

REVISED.
elMmem_,_, ,,,

Moo=,

133

slowly As

through another

zero

to

-3 degrees
of ASCS

error. torque-switching, Figure 4-10 shows case were gyro define to the

example torque

"Retrograde-Hold" nozzles control switches boundaries motion capsule high are the and

logic

phase-plane of the

diagram. nozzles of are

In this which

high-torque adequate repeater step-like illustrate When the the to sector

utilized gentle

instead orbit

low-torque A series

oscillation. sector

attitude used is to

rate-gyro the from results torque the is

pickoff

switches A typical

within

phase-plane. a large in

contour while the

shown

resulting motion

disturbance rate until

torque value

in this

mode.

a pitch

above

right-hand

stair

step_ and

negative into

applied

the The

capsule inverse force

attains occurs the

a negative if the into

rate

rotates thrust calling is to

"no-torque" or other

region.

retro-rocket a situation logic of shown

eccentricity for positive rapid

disturbances The net

capsule

thrust. and

effect

of the the

torque-switching important

maintain

reliable

control

during

operation

retrograde Other and lized is as "Rate to

firing. modes Damper". rotate applied for lines the of operation During capsule rate requiring torque mode switching high and Both gyro logic low are "Orientation" is uti-

orientation to new

both

torquing and low are

preset mode

attitudes. but only rate

high

torque needed are

also

during switching on the

damper

signals

a basis

logic.

In this

case 3 torque

switching

boundaries

horizontal

phase-plane.

_-Ii.
_-12.

SYSTEM

UNITS
Calibrator Calibrator functional unit sections can be "functionally" slaving, divided mode into four

Amplifier The Amplifier These switching.

sections. and torque

are

repeating,

switching

PAG E . REPORT MODEl.

4-20 SEDR 133 104

MCDONNELL_ _,_ __d#

ST.LOUiS, MISSOURI

/o

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

" "_ _ I_-_, L.,-,-, _.i r.. __L..,--

_5.5 =
I I0.0 ......... _q .....

(=,.0

2.0 rJ LLJ O_ LLI LLI

LLJ

c_ 2.0

IO.O I I

A e DEG#EES ORBIT
(I_TCli A.,YIS EXAMPLE') 8 *C *.b

-"

TYPICAL T_ME H,_'roR'YC_rr_) -_

DURIkTION 0.2. 0.17 0.252 0.437

rv

+h
+l *;" *Y ,_,._,Z_*_.5" *"

+_

-_A

*-

0.755

FIGUI_E 4-10 TO_'QUE

L0454C PN/_SE PLANE

PH4S- S_,,A

pC .,,,..,. ,,-..- ..-.

-.

l ove ber l l,
RL-VlSEO ._v,s_ .... 4-13. Attitude This
_ -, i

MqDONNELL
s'r. Louis _ s, M1ssoum . R_,OR_r Moo_.

-21
_R 133 _0_.

Gyro

Slaving amplifiers anm summing Scanners netvorks which accept roll

section

contains

and pitch

information gyros.

from the Horizon Thus,

and generate

currents timing

to torquers the in,

in the attitude Gyros'

upon command

frcm an external with

device, directions

Roll, Pitch

and Yaw gimbals

are aligned

corresponding

or perpendicular _-l_. Repeater

to the orbit plane. Section section is a group

(Ref. Para.

4-10. )

The repeater including received

of servo-mechanlsms Attitude or

(four in present which

design,

two for pitch angle at the calibrator shafts which

repeating).

gyro outputs, form,

are and

in proportional serve as roll, and external

"analog"

are amplified sources

used to drive internal

i

pitch

and yaw signal

for both The

(torque

switching) control

(display and telemetry) makes it desirable

purposes.

on-off ductlve

reaction sectors

of the Mercury of three

Capsule

to use conserve as

on the shafts references

of the repeaters.

The sectors

attltude-level 4-15. Mode This torque

for torque

switching.

Switching

Section establishes signals the proper corresponding attitude angle bias,

section

of the Calibrator status,

switching

and interlock

to the ASCS mode

commanded

by external

devices. NOTE

The sum of all such external purposes a 'Smaster sequencer"

devices which

is, for ASCS design coordinates all automatic

functions. The mode-switching though these section uses contain compact, solid-state switching circuits. Al-

circuits

many transistors,

diodes,

and other dependent

electrical upon reference

components, voltage

they are of a class that levels.

i8 not critically

or temperature

_'/_ T_'T!DE;'T.

:_

Mc, DONNELL z
REPORT MODEL. 4-16. _DR lOLl.

!33
Torque Switching Section

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI * ' _

REVISED REVISED

The torque to those

switching

section

contains

transistor

and diode

circuits

similar the

in the mode-switchlng outputs

section.

Torque

switching

circuits

receive

step-functlon rate gyros. usual

of the attitude (rate) signals

gyro

repeaters,

plus the outputs switches

of the the of defin-

The latter

come from Using

sector

replacing

proportional

rate gyro pickoffs.

these

step-wlse

indications output in

attitude

and rate conditions,

along with the mode "decisions" Control

switching

section

ing the current energizing 4-17.

phase of the mission, Reaction

are made which

result

of the appropriate Switch switch

valves.

Accelerc_eter The acceleration

is a hermetically located mass

sealed instrument. supported

The basic spring.

mechanism The mass Switch ation base,

consists is damped

of a centrally by the viscous

by a cantilever which

shear action

of the fluid of the mass

fills the case. An Acceler-

actuation force of

is caused by the displacement .05g, in the axis normal to close the circuit. and to protect

element.

to and in the direction

away from the to re-

is required

M._chanical stops are provided damage when subjected

strain the mechanism acceleration. _-18. Attitude G_ros

against

to excessive

The function attitude augles

of the attitude

gyros

(vertical

and directional) capsule

is to determinq and the referwith the capabil-

between

a set of fixed

axes in the moving plane but which

ence ax_s which are fixed in the orbital local vertical. ity. A means Both attitude is incorporated gyros

are moving with

are "free" gyroscopes and for obtaining of the gyros

slaving

for caging

electrical with respect

signal to two mechanical in the inner

(synchros) mutually freedom

outputs

which define axes.

the attitude

perpendicular

The attitude

gyros possess

unrestricted freedom

in the outer axis and + 83 (minimum)

of mechanical

REVISED. REVISED.

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT. MODEL

SF.LDR lB3

lO_

axis.

It is noted that the degree permissible in the Horizon Calibrator, However,

of gyro freedom

does not necessarily in orbit. section

reflect Due to

the attitudes
!

by manually Scanner

steering the capsule and the repeater

limitations Amplifier

system

of the to + 30 limits it

manual barring

control

of the capsule malfunction,

should be limited exceeding limits these

in all axes.

equipment

will not prejudice is recommended power

the success

of a mission.

If these

are exceeded, Input

that the gyro

switch be placed

in the FREE position. (gyro motor),

requirements

are 115 volt

400 cps single phase

and 26 volt,

400 cps 4-19.

(synchro and torque Attitude and Rate

motor).

Indicator Indicator is mounted visual on the upper indications portion of the Main Rate and

The Attitude Instrument Attitude panel.

and Rate

The indicator

provides

of Capsule

in the Yaw, Pitch gyro

and Roll outputs

planes.

The attitude

indicators

are driven The a range

by the attitude attitude

synchro

(through the Amplifier capsule

Calibrator). within

indicators

are calibrated

to indicate

attitude

of + 180 except direction. transducers Stabilization

for Yaw which

shall indicate

0, 80 , and 270 In a clockwise is driven by the miniature elements rate

The rate portion (See Para. Control

of the indicator also

4-26) which System.

serve as sensing

for the Rate

The range

of rate indication

is O to + 6/sec. capability

for all three indicators. of being re-entry 4-20. _ The rate gyros rates of angular perform externally roll rate.
0

The roll rate indicator to a range

has the additional

switched

of 0 to 15/sec.

in order to monitor

Rate Gyros electrical circuit switching functions at specific

velocity

about

an axis perpendicular Rate gyros are used

to the base of each unit, in the pitch, speed roll and

referred yaw m_es,

to as the

"input axis".

respectively.

Each rate gyro

consists

of a high

rotor, mounted

u. 4
REPORT _DR MODEL- l_ lO_

MC, DONNEL L .
REVISED
"_;ST. '_OUIs _ MI$SOURL,.

_u-',..=.

.......

REVISED

in

a gimbal (the output moving by

ring, output signals across ll5

in axis)

such

a manner

that

it

is

free to

to

process spin axis

about

one

axis

only The ring, are

which

is perpendicular by of the motion

the

of the to

rotor. the gimbal

are the

generated contacts cps.

of wipers,

attached power

sector

switches.

Input

requirements

met

volts,

_OO

4-P_l. _-22.

RATE SYSTEM The

STABILIZATION DESCRIPrION Stabilization control It the

CONTROL

SYSTEM

Rate

Control in the

System event shown of by

provides failure flight by

an in

excellent the

alternate

means

of

capsule Control

attitude System. that be

Automatic studies Rate error the and

Stabilizaof the manual

tion

has

been

simulation the

control Control the

problem System,

Astronaut to

should,

utilizing

Stabilization performance of

able

approximate Control

retrograde System. redundant

attitude

Automatic System

Stabilization provides

In addition, rate-damper

Rate

Stabilization roll

Control rate

a completely

programmed

during The

re-entry. Stabilization (signal in pickup) a 300 the Control System consists three one of three miniature of six rate (rate control

Rate

gyros, damper) valves, Figure weight

three

potentiometers, cubic inch box,

channels and and within

electronics solenoid

contained which 4-1 of

switch, fuel

utilize the

manual

reaction major

control

thrust the

chambers. capsule. 25 pounds. met the by 24 Total

shows the

location

of the

components System is

Rate

Stabilization for 400 the cycle

Control Rate a-c. COMD

approximately Control System directly left

Power volt damper d-c

requirements and ll5 volt, the

Stabilization Power switch is

are to

connected

rate See

box

through

AUTO/RATE

mounted

on the

console.

Figure

4-12.

REVISED.

ST.

LOUIS

3,

MISSOURI

REPORT

SEDR

10_

REVISED.

....

MOOE..

_.33

4-23.

SYST_q Figure

OPERATION is a functional channel block d/agram of the Rate Stabilization the Rate Stabilization Control Control

4-ii

System. System

A typical provides

is shown.

In general,

the Astronaut The outputs

with a redundant

rate damping

and "rate-stlck" stick netpreset

steering

feature.

of the rate transducers networks. and,

and the control The summation exceed

potentlomenters works compare

are combined the capsule,s

in the summation angular

rate errors

if errors

dea_-zomes, off-on

2 de_sec

in Roll and 3 de_sec is commanded System. System

in Pitch

and Yaw, the appropriate solenoid stick control valves in

corrective

torque

by energlzimg

the Mamua_

Reaction

Control Control

With the control operational)

at zero deflection three constant axis rate-

(Rate Stabilization damper when is achieved,

an autcmatic

including

an automatic

7.7 + 2 de_sec of the control proportional

roll rate

re-entry

is sensed.

By manipulation

stick,

steady-state deflection) acceleramalfunction

angular

rate____s other than

zero (approximately This remains

to stick

may be attained tion (Torque) in the Rate

if desired. which

is in contrast as an

to the proportional in event of

response

alternative

Stabilization

Control

System.

4-24. 4-25.

SYSTEM Rate

UNITS Box box provides three channels of transistorized electronic Control and demodulator, seven The rateone for are a in

Damper

The rate damper unit System. caaprlslng Each

the rate-damper contains

portion

of the Rate Stabilization network, preamplifier

channel

a summation

and two trigger pounds damper capsule 2 de_sec

circuits. below

The 5 x 6 x 9 in. box weighs an_ immediately electrical dead band

approximately stick.

and is mounted box mounts two

aft of the control one which a 1.5 for are

AN type The in pitch

connectors, adjustments axis and

GSE and provided to

lnterconnectlon. to 4 deg/see

and yaw

de_sec

3 de_sec

_,,,, ^

,k,

I--I 11_ Plk

I"!"

1 A !

PAGE. REPORT MODEL SEDR 104 133

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI

.REVISED REVISED

'w.,_./l r

,L./'-:--;T_IIn L

.
I

_ i_

_I
l

I
I

CONTROL
CONTROL

STICK POTENTIOMETER
5TtC'_ DEFLECTION FOP., l

T,,_
I
.....

_ -- #)))l_" J i_

i'
i

_ATE

_TICK"

CAI_AIS_LI'rY.

TWO

V/A'/ 5ELECTOR

I_

I - --o_.oT_ M_:.A.,CA,CO.._CT,O.I I --_.oT_ _EcT_iCA_ CO_._c_,oN I

"_-----#_ L:_F YP-_t - .... _

'
EEl> PITCH AND ADJUSTED YAWCHANNELS _'0R A DEAD ARE ZONE OF APPROgI@!ATELY3 OES./SEC.

"

]I
I I J I

L E=_--J 1 F _r

J l

...............
SUMMATION

I__T_.J' ' ZI NETWORK J_l "-TI

L,_ PLACES CAP'3ULE INCONSTANT 7 ole/5_.. ROLL RATE TO MINt,_IqZE TOL_CI-IOOWN
E)ISPEASION.

I-I ........... I ............... I _ l' I I I F--q_'-F-:T'_"'_ L.-.

TRANSISTOR PRE.-AMP AND DEMoOuLAT(::_L, OE_DLIL.ATOR OPERA't'E._ ONE. Of: THE. TWO ELECTRONIC 5WITCHES, DEPENOIN_ UPON Tt._E POLARITY OF THE ERROR 51GNAL INTO THE AMPL) FI ER..

11[: L---=

, I

SUM5 INPUTS AN_LICON COMPUTE'5 CAPSULE ANGULAR RATE ERROR. J OJT_PUT IF INPUT EXCEEDI 5 i:LESET DEAD ZONE _F AFPROX MATELY _- ,_
I l'('/"'lC" _

I 5WITCH I , ] --IIF J I I I J % TRAM,SI,STORIZED -,L lif " TRIGGER CI]_CU IT JTO 50LENOID !_ PI_0VIDE$ POSITIVE FONTROLVALVE, ,$W!TCHIN& ACTION {-EETYPICA_...p',_
OF 50LEMOID CONTROL VA,LVE J CONFIGUgATION_ 5 L

_'"-'m

RATE

DAMPEI_ I_X

(HONEYWELL

BG 17/A-I) ........

_,,_,.vo.,
u.j _ PR_._IMPACT

I A _LC_N

__

_,

IOW RELAY

INSTIE_IJM F..MT PANEL

LEFT

IAuT \\\\\
COk_SOLE_'.

_
_'F _

t
k

,j

_ATE

TRANSDUCEIQ

_,_,YRo,,

I::)I::_VIOE5 OUTPUT I::_:_)PORTIONAL TO CAD.SLJLE. AN_ULAR RATE _,OR DISPLAY, R5C5 AND T_.LEMET_.Y.

VPROVIDF,.S ATT}TLtD_-

/ATTITUDE

RATE INDICATOR :
VISUAL DISPLAY 011:" C._Pc, ULP,. AND AN_UI..A_ !:_ATF...

" F[t_Lr_E4L-ll

_SCS _iNr
,,llmilllllll_'l_ " ;L

IBLOCK aur"
-'"t_'7-T_: C '

OIA_RAM I_1 i I_L--

PM 4:5-. I_lIB

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT

_EDR

104

R_m=o. the roll axis. Signals

_ from the rate transducers the two signals

MOO_ .... 133 and stick potentic_eters are summed together are

sent to the rate damper box where an error followed signal. The error

forming

signal is sent to a two stage voltage demodulator. In accordance

amplifier

by a double

ring diode

with the magnitude

and phase of the error operated noid 4-26. relays

signal the demodulator a 24 volt

will

select one of two transistor signal to appropriate sole-

which applies

d-c output torque

control

valve

such that corrective Transducers

is applied.

Miniature Each

Rate

of the miniature

rate transducers These components

consists function

of a gyroscope, together

an amplian a-c rate

fier, and a demodulator. output signal proportional are identical indexing feature

to produce

to input except

rate of change of attitude.

All three

transducers A special

for gyro orientation installation

in the transducer location. a-c.

base. Input

prevents

in the wrong 400 cycle

power utilized 4-27. Control

by the rate transducers Stick Potentiometers

is ll5 volts,

The three identical manual control

1000 ohm 120 turn potentiometers in such a manner that output

are connected signals

to the

stick linkage

are produced Active

proportional sector without

to stick deflection

in the yaw, roll,

and pitch

planes.

is equal to 40 degrees electrical

with a minimum

of lO degrees

of over-travel

discontinulty.

4-28. 4-29.

REACTION SYSTEM

COB"I_OL SYSTEM

_ESCRIPTION Control System is used for capsule catalyst yaw, pitch and roll control.
J

The Reaction

The system is a pressure angle thrust (H202). control chambers

fed monopropellant,

bed design.

The right peroxide

obtain thrust

by decomposition

of 90% hydrogen systems;

The system is divided

into two individual control (control

one for automatic The auto-

(ASCS), and one for manual

stick and RSCS).

P_E
REPORT MODEL

_'_
SEDR 104 133

Mc'DONNELL,_ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

D_T_
REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

P5 M

A_CS

CAL

ATTITIJDF GYRO _LAVF- COMD.

___GYRO CAGE COMD.

V LOGIC DC

I I
0 P AFT G'Yr_O PWR

I
J _.OG|C AC _EFORE

J
A_
o l
I
HSVAC AFTER I

_I R/G

START

i I
H_' AC PWR

r_ sus

I I --_'

BF.FOR_-

* GNAT*

GYROS

1
o
MAIN _4 V PC PR_,- |k4PACT B_JS.

%::

N
,,2J

DC PWR

_ Sc ,,_ CAL

FI GURE4-

I_, .POWER DISTRI _LITION

DIAGRAM

PM 4,5-159

C C t'; -; F_.,.F_T i,kLN

DATE REVISED REVISED

November

1961

Mc'DONNELL .
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAeE_
REPORT,

4-29
SED_ I0_

MODEL

133

matic

system consists

of a pressurization system,

system,

an "electrically" chambers.

controlled

solenoid system thrust trolled solenoid ents

fuel distribution

and twelve

thrust that

The manual of only six con-

is similar chambers.

to the automatic The manual

system except

it consists

system also utilizes in addition

proportional

"manually" operated

fuel distribution control valves.

valves Figure

to the electrically

4-13 shows the location

of all system compon-

within the capsule.

4-30.

SYSTEM

OPERATION paragraphs, 4-31 through Figure 4-35, briefly describe the operation

The following of the automatic closely 4-31.

and manual

systems.

4'18 and 4-19

should be followed

in conjunction Automatic System

with the following

text.

The automatic thrust chambers

system

consists

of twelve

hydrogen

peroxide

monopropellant lines, H202

of fixed thrust regulator

levels

and their

associated

valves,

tank, pressure automatic

and pressurization divided

bottle. into three units.

(See Figure sections;

4-14.)

The

system

can be essentially distribution, peroxide

pressurization is unin

and fuel supply, stable hydrogen turn

and propulsion

The fuel supply bladder

(H202) contained tank.

inside

a flexible

which

is contained

in a half toroidal 32 pounds

The flexible

bladder

has a fuel pressure, agent.

capacity surrounds

of approximately the bladder helium

of liquid H202.

Helium,

under

containing

the H202 and acts as the pressurization to 2250 psi, has a capacity

The Spherical inches.

tank, pre-servlced

of 265 cubic

The following Assume the bladder Upon

sequence

of events

occurs

in producing

a thrust

output. to is

is serviced

with H202

and the helium manual

sphere pressurized valve, helium

2250 psi. allowed

opening

the helium the filter,

regulator regulator,

shutoff

to pass through

checkvalve,

and finally

surrounds

_Z;;;-;D--;gY;AL

"0 CI4EC_ HzOz RELiEr VALVE (=/a',)

r"

HELIUM RELIEF VALVES

/

t_ANUAL P_B-PULL SHUT OFF VALVE

FlU-DRAIN 5HUT-OF_" VALVE

OLL SOLENOID VALVES

G:: p1
/ /

THRUST CHAt_BERS -PRES;URE TRAN,_I)_W:E R -HELIUM REGULATORS ELIUM MANUAL SHUT OFF VALVES TRAN_DUCEI? MANUAL VENT VALVE_

/
/
iI I r

-HELIUM (Hz)TANK 0,1ANUAL') (Hz) TANK ('AUTO) MANUAL PUSH-PULL OF F VALVE MANUAL PUSI4-PULL SHUT OFF VALVE C_ECK V_LVE_ SOLE|NIOID VALVES )ITCH THRUST CHAMBER (o TO 24 LBS.) THRUST CHAMBER (_ANO2# LBS.)

_ -

C:HAMBEI_ (oTo ?.._, LBS)

///I

// /

/
i/

;o

;0

i / /

THRUST CNAMBER . (i ANP ?4.LB_{,) YA_N SOLENOID _ALVE_

YDROGEN PEROXIDE NUALSYSTEM) PRESSURE _WI HELIUMFILTER

R5C5 ,-SOLEta, D Ot VENT VALVES YAW -_0LENO|D YAW THROTTLING PITCH R,_Cfi 5OLENOIDI. CONTROL VALVE YAW THRUST (!A_P 24 LBS,) YAW THRUST. {0 TO Zar LBS) PITCH SOLE VALVEo ITCH THRUST CHAMBER To 24 L_)

PITCH THRUST CHAMBERS f AND 24 LBS)

1;

l November
REVISED

Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _ 10t

REVISEO. the bladder pressurizing through

_ it to 480 psi. the perforated push-pull solenoid The helium transfer shutoff shutoff control valve

MO0_ pressure

133

forces the H202

out of the bladder lines. at the By opening

tube and into the down-stream the H202 becomes Upon receiving available a 24V solenoid

the manual operated

valves valves. system,

"electrically"

d-c signal

from the ASCS or fly-by-wlre H202 enters the solenoid

the appropriate

valve opens. filtration decomposed System of a thrust provides present

through

an integral thrust

165 micron where it is

screen and passes and produces components output

into the corresponding thrust. associated

chamber

the desired not directly

See Figure

_-20. explanation transducer of H202 (external pressure

with the preceding The helium pressure

are explained

as follows. (by proper

a means

of monitoring

calibration)

the percentage tank

in the bladder. is used

The perforated to prevent

tube

in the propellant of trapping

of the bladder) while _-32. servicing _snual

the possibility

helium

the H202 bladder.

System system (See Figures 4-15 and _-16) as those consists of six thrust

The manual chambers portional trolled control selector

of the same configuration thrust output added.

in the automatic

system with prosystem may be conthe proportional A two position selected.

The fuel flow in the manual (1) by manually solenoid controlling

in either valves, valve or

of two ways:

(2) by electrical

control

valves.

is provided

such that the method control valves

of control

may be

See Figure inch

4-19.

The manual neutral

have a dead band

of + 1/16 of an

from theoretical neutral

and a total

stroke of 3/8 of an inch from The throttle control valve arm assemblies to

theoretical or bellcranks

for each thrust these

chamber.

which rotate

proportional effort

valves

are designed system.

shear at less than Figure _-29.

full Astronaut

on the manual control valve

control

See

In the event

a proportional

should Jam and immobilize

ROEL S SHUT

MANUAL OFF

FUH-PULL VALVE " ",/_,LV FILL E DR_,IN %HUT-OFf "V_,L'VE

0 o 4

HELIUM RELIEF

LOW PRESSURE--_ VALVE r /

RELIEF SOLENOID

IVALVE

(_'a')

VALVES

-n

0%
C _3 rn
! HYDRO6EN TANK PEROXIDE O.h.O,-)

RUST

CHAMBERS

0 AND

i_ LBS_

TRANSDUCER

HELIUM REGULATOR I_AANUAL SHUT-OFF VALVE

HELIUM MANUAL VENT VALVE

,/-

HELIUM

FILTER MANUAL PUSHOFF VALVE MANUAL SHUT OFF VALVE PULL

)> C

SHUT

o
7> --!

/
I I # #

PUSH-PULL

E_

"VALV

E_

C_ U} Z Cn )> rt-

/
I # VALVES

SOLENOID

(_ 0
SOLENO|D VALVES

E
CHAMBE_

0LB)
/ / I

Ili <

Ill (:

)_ -I

_
0
CHAMBER (24- LB.1

i-IELiUl_ RLL VENT VALVE

AND YAW VALVE 50LENOID 5 CHAMBER PITCH VALVES ( SOLENOID.

THRUST

": )

'

),

I <
fll 0

<
I'll 0

-_

/
/ l l

./
I

//
/ i !

/
/l R_C5 CONT SOLENOID RO L VAt YAW T_4 VALV HYDROgeN ( N?_OZ. ) I:)E ROX_ DE TANK I_OTTLm

;_

"U

In

>

_lTCt-t VALVE

PAGE .REPORT MODEL

4-34 SEDR ...... 133 104

M_'DONNF__f __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

\
/ / / //

/ /

/ /' \
/

FIGURE

4-16 RC5 ,CONTP, OL L%NKAGE

PM45-SZ C

D,TE _NO_._.,
REVISED

MCDONNELL_ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

P,_E.
REPORT .....

4-35 SEDRI04 133

REVISED

MODEL

!,

"1
_-_AFET_' \ i \\ \ \

\
(

PITONCONTROL
LINKA6F.

YAW

FIGUI_E

4-17
__.all_ _li.

TI-I_EE
IL I _

AXIS
I II1_ IIIm Ik

HAND
I i

CONTROLLEI_

DATE REPORT SEDR 104 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

I November

1961

REVISED

MODEL_
the

133
control in the system bellcrank for system

-,_,,.,""7_';DETUTIAL
in one and axis, the increased system. system

....... ..
Astronaut The manual

REVISED
effort control switch See to for would break the

manual pin be

shear then manual 4-11. system

free

system

could
/ f.,

utilized control The

automatic "rate of the

control

fly-by-wire deflection. is

operation Figures

or 4-9 and

stick" manual

potentiometer control which is system 23,_

remainder for

similar of H202

the the

automatic manual system.

except

fuel

capacity,

lbs.

4-33.

SYSTEM
Due to

UNITS
simple nature of the two system items components, (thrust a discussion and of each is fuel)

the

considered do warrant

unnecessary. brief

However,

chambers

propellant

explanations. Fue ! (H202) is a clear, which releases contained solution of gas. colorless are miscible vapor, liquid with soluble water. gas, in all proportions peroxide H202 in when deusable

4-34.

Propellant Hydrogen

peroxide

water

and

most

substances decomposed

Hydrogen and

catalytically composition thrust. One

water and

oxygen is

heat. of

when

properly of H202

controlled when

capable

producing will

pound 60

(90%)

properly peroxide

decomposed (90%) freezes

produce

approximately and boils at

cubic

feet

Hydrogen

at ll.3F,

286F. Chamber chamber assemblies a metering a nozzle. The an screen (See orifice, The Figure _-20) consist disc a of a stainless by a steel

_-35.

Thrust The thrust that bed screen is

chamber catalyst nickel screen 1% The gold open

contains and then

a distribution bed contains common

followed stack of

catalyst

removable The and

wafers. with drexite)

gauge

resembles

household of 99_

screen. silver

covered

electrolytically that enhances bed the and

deposited catalytic the right

coating properties angle

(called area

of the forms

nickel. a short

between

the

catalyst

nozzle

|1

DATE REVISED REVISED ,,

I NOVEMBER ,

1961

MCDONNELL_ __ I_
ST.LOUIS. .............. MISSOURI "

PA_E ....
REPORT. MODEL

_-_
$EDR 104 133

":'_';

PAGE REPORT MODEL

4-381
s

MCDONNELL __ _
_/_Z ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

1 NOVEMBER DATE REVISED

1961

SEDR 133

104

____

REVISED

/
I_o_

SCI-.IEMA'r:I
, _mZ. .....

C . OlAGI:::2AM

REVISED REVISED .....

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI ., . -v

REPORT MODEL.

SEDR 133

104

DREXITE

COATED NICKEL SC2EEN_/-/

PO;ZOUS STAINLESS STEEL DISTRIBUTION PLATE

FLOW -- _ILTEI_ VILTERS /,MLET CAP

V/////////////////////./////2_/(//7

c,7"y'_

_(,.\"q1---"><--_lL"i76_

W/

_ NEAT BAR_(ER

50LEMOID

iNLET VALVE

ILB./_ND

6 LB. TIq_UST

DII,_EXITE

COATED

NICKEL

SCREENS-

/--_LO#OU_STS_I_UNLIE# _ #LTEAIE L

/FILTERS

/'-_"L'TEI_.

c_LWS_ cups _

,/

SCREEN

_1 ,ll,_!_, ,,,I/,, I!,g ii1,,,

I I It, L_ HEAT BARRIER

c _,"

24 LB. T_I_UST

FIGUI_E 4-20 12EACTION CONTIL:k3L TN_UST

CHAMBER

PP14_-giB

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

b,.-Jl.O .q_._ !_3 1 Oh

Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS, ...... MISSOURI _._,

DATE

November

l_l

REVISED REVISED

plenum

chamber H202 enters

to

smooth the

out

the

flow

prior

to

reaching

the

nozzle upon

throat. actuation the the flow

thrust The

chamber stainless with

through steel

a metering porous input. takes plate

orifice

of the and

solenoid the

valve. catalyst

distributes entering

presents of the

bed

a uniform reaction

Upon place.

first gases

stage rush the takes 1400F to

catalyst the

bed,

a violent of the

Expanding in a thrust (and most of

through right place can

remainder nozzle. the

catalyst

bed

resulting

output violent)

in

angle

The first in

majority two

of the

decomposition Temperatures of the

within be

catalyst The

cups.

approximately cups form are of

expected

this

area.

remainder and to

catalyst any liquid

assure from

a complete reaching

decomposition the nozzle.

process

prevent

H202

_-36. 4-37.

HORIZON SYSTEM The

SCANNER DESCRIPTION Scanner Horizon

SYSTEM

Horizon of the

System Scanner of the

incorporates system normal is to

two

identical a roll

scanning and pitch produce upon

units.

The

purpose during signal from 4-38. an

provide The the

reference an output

the that

orbital slaves

phase the

mission. gyros to

scanners angles

ASCS

attitude

proper

command
/

external Basic

programmer.

Construction 4-21 is a photograph mounted prism of from a Horizon the large Scanner circular infrared and cover. Unit. plate _ll and major include components the

Figure

and "subassemblies scanning synchronous flange outside the prism

are

assembly,

drive

system,

detector, The

electronics, plate the is space and

switches, so that vehicle.

electrical the

connector prism

circular into

mounted of the

scanning

compartment system is on

projects

The

elctronics are

completely separate

transistorized printed circuit

various

functional

sections

fabricated

_v ,_vJ.'t.a.

_-q T le_ m-_ Am.IJL_I

.ILJ"Ik.JL'r

_'*'_"

:M 'DONNE
REVISED_ s'r. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT. _J_DR 104.

RSvisEo boards. housing Three

_--_ of these printed to the circular circuit plate. boards

MOm_ are enclosed

133

in the shielded are fastened to the four

fastened

The remaining plate.

boards

the four posts mounted posts boards 4-39. with attached

on the circular

For rapid

servicing

boards

can be replaced

as a single

unit,

or individual

can be replaced S_ecial Features

as required.

The Horizon size

Scanner

has a number

of special over-all)

features.

It is compact

in

(6 5/32" long x 5 7/8" diameter is equipped

and light - activated

in weight shutter.

(3.02 lbs). The shutter in

The scanner prevents probable Another signals of the error

with a centrifugally from dwelling periods circuit

solar radiation damage feature during

upon the detector scanning

and resulting

those

when the which

prism

is not rotating. the error

is a special

can be used to disconnect during those periods result

from the vehicle

reaction

devices

when the presence in erroneous

sun in the scan path or the loss of horizon signals. The final feature of significance

would is that

only a single power to operate the entire

source providing system.

llO volts,

400 cycles, power

3.2 va is required

The highly

regulated

supply in the system eliminates to bias the infrared

the need

for the bulky batteries

usually

required

detector.

4-40.

SYSTEM OPeration

OPERATION of the Horizon Scanners depend s upon infrared radiation received These at the

from the earth as compared differences horizon.

:.C._ /

to the essentially provide

zero radiation

from space.

in radiation The Scanner

levels

a sharp radiation discontinuity

discontinuity

system uses this

for both

day and night is

vertical present

reference

sensing.

When the capsule there will

is oriented

so that the earth the

in its scanning path, the earth's

in general

be two points where

scan intersects the thermal

i

horizon or change

(See Figure

4-22).

The scanner detects the earth and

discontinuity,

in radiation
|I
JL Adr-ka_

level, between

.............
v_._.s_a a/md,b.d_ql

PAGE REPORT MODEL

4-42 SEDR 104 133

Mc'DONNEL_L __ H'_
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

....

I NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

'i

.-

.,

FIGURE

4-211

WIDE

ANGLE

HORIZON

SCANNER PM4_-___8 A

'_vi',illl

=idliil

I_

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc, DONNEL_L H._

ST.LOUIS,

__

PA_E
REPORT MODEL

4-43 SEDR 133 104

MISSOURI

SCAN

\ / ',1 /I

\ \ \ I I / /

s-

.=

/ I
\ \

FIG. 4-2.2

I-IOP,J ZON

SENGOI:E...

SC.$wN

PATTIZP,,I_

PAGE
vREPORT 7-

b_DR i_

104

ST. LOUIS', __='--_

MISSOURi _

REVISED REVISED

MODEL_

space from that

at

the

two to

horizon Horizon

points. points, in the between error

The

Scanner

then the

bisects

the of

included bisector

angle with

itself of a

the

compares capsule the and

direction

the

fixed to

reference the angle these

generates and and the

linear fixed are

error

signals As the

proportional previously ASCS

bisector (roll

reference. used to slave

stated, gyros. 4-23

signals

pitch)

attitude Figure

shows

simple

block

diagram explanation

of

the of

Horizon the

Scanner.

The of each

following block 4-41. as

discussion related to

entails the

a brief

functioning

over-all At

operation.

Radiation There is across is

Gradient

Horizon in the radiation and the which upper the detector receives as

a large the

difference

it

scans

boundary

between equal to

space that

atmosphere at 0.003 and 0K

(troposphere) and 200K. 2 -

This

change

approximately and the radiance

from black

bodies

respectively, steradian. larger 4-42. than

difference gradient be

is approximately is sharply during

watts/cm it

The any

location others For

of this that can

defined, the scan

is much

encountered Radiation because

cycle.

Correction Sharp

Reflected gradients

Solar do

radiation are and

exist edges, line the

of

reflected

solar

radiation. on the radiation one that of 2.0 is

Such

gradients surface can by be the

found the

at

cloud

topographical between horizon can night

irregularities and day. is the These only

earth's changes detected the

terminator out so that

filtered system.

gradient be

Selective falls emitted The of

filtering in the by the

accomplished region between

since 0.2 is

most and

reflected while longer and off field all

solar the than lens

radiation radiation 5 microns. in front

spectral earth is

microns, lengths prism cuts

and

troposphere by

at wave-

filtering detector. shorter

accomplished As a filter, 1.8 microns

a germanium sharply transmitting

the

germanium while

radiation

at wavelengths

than

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT

_DR

10t

R_VlSED

MO_EL

133

very uniformly over 90 percent

radiation

from 1.8 to 20 microns. solar radiation. effects.

The use of this Signal clipping

filter

remove_

of the reflected remove

techniques

in the electronics _-_B. Scanning Details infrared

any residual Detection prism

and Radiation

of the scanning

assembly

can be seen in Figure plate

4-21.

The of

detector

is fixed to the_center the circular opening

of the circular in the center

and its field

view extends The detector

through

of the scanning of the scanning

assemblyo prism of

field of view of deflecting is llO.

is 2 by 8 and the presence it 55 "from the normal. In operation 3 the drive

has the effect the scanning

Thus the apex angle system rotates the

cone

scanning pattem_ during

prism

and the detector previously. of the

field

scans the field of view through amounts of radiation

the conical

described various changes system 4-_.

Different

strike the detector of the detector

portions

scan cycle:

and the amplitude output

output

accordingly. and the error Synchronizing

The detector

signal is processed

by the electronics connector.

signal produced Generator

is available

at the electrical

Closely generator. of 30 cycles detector

associated The output per

with the prism of this

drive

system

is the reference

signal

generator

Is a square wave

signal at a frequency against which the by the The

second. signals

This signal are compared. pickup

is the fixed

reference

horizon

The reference

signal Is triggered steel vane.

interaction

between

a magnetic

coil and a semi-clrcular surface

vane is imbedded gear. to the A pickup surface

in a slot cut into the is mounted

of the scanning prism

assembly close

so that the end of its magnetized As the scanning prism assembly

core comes turns,

of the vane.

the ends of the I

the vane reference locked

pass by the end of the magnetized pulse. A subsequent square wave. electronic

pickup coil core, generating network converts the pulse

to a phase later[

30 cycle

The use of this

signal will be considered

-=::;:-;7.,:;;TIAL

PAGE REPORT MODEL.,

_-4_ SEDR 133 10_REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REVISED

in this 4-45.

section. Sun Shutter shutter transverse When two mirror the the consists slots of a pair of spring tube loaded of metal the slides scanning spring which mirror fit

The into

sun

opposed

through mirror and

the

section

assembly. pulls the

scanning together

assembly the detector

is not field on

rotating is the

tension When the

slides

obstructed. slides is

scanning to open

is turning,

the

centrifugal

force

sufficient

shutter. Arrangement radiation electrical is frcm signal a thermistor the field is of view strikes by its the the infrared detector system. immersed and The in

_-46.

Infrared Infrared

produces infrared the

the

which

processed with

electronics element

detector

bolometer

active

germanium The active

lens. element is a rectangular with flakes a similar flake of thermistor flake and By material which is and is con-

nected from nected element be

in

a bridge

circuit The two of

compensating biased follows. lens the

shielded is con-

radiation. to the

are

oppositely which

their

Junction the

input rear a

the

preamplifier of the about

immersing

active can the

in the by of

surface of

germanium 3-5 over

over-all

detectivity having

increased field

factor The

an unimmersed flake the

detector has

same

view.

material of

in the

thermistor That is,

a high

negative of the of the resistance bridge charactertemperatu_ of their

_emperature material thermistor is are decreased. at the is

coefficient raised, flake the

resistance. resistance it is Since are the absorbs

when

temperature the surface and its

flake

decreases. impinging both flakes Gradual equal

Since

is blackened, the shutter

radiation in the the same in the

When same

closed, both same. by

flakes have

detector linear ambient voltage

temperature.

istics, change

their the

resistances of

variations amounts and

resistances

both

flakes

l ember
REVISED REVISED

MCDONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR

104

...............

MODEL_

13._

Junction focused

remains

the same.

When the shutter

opens,

incoming

radiation

is

on the active

element;

the compensating of the active

element element

is shielded is changed, element.

from outand its As a and this turns and

side radiation. resistance result, change causes

The temperature different

becomes

from that

of the compensating

there

is a voltage

change

at the Junction system.

of the two flakes

is connected the detector

to the electronics

As the scanning there

prism

field of view to cross the horizon, striking the detector.

is a sharp change

in the radiation changes wave during

level

The result

of the radiation square-

a complete

scan cycle

is the generation second.

of an approximate

signal

at a frequency

of 30 cycles per

Electronics parts are located eight major cases,

system is physically close to each other. located

arranged

so that functionally

related into

The electronics printed

system is divided

circuits,

on individual

circuit boards.

In some

the requirements

of compact being signal

and economical located centering

construction Thus,

have resulted the functionally

in two or three related booster

sub-circuits amplifier,

on one board. circuit

and phase

inverter-limiter shows as divided circults

are located by dotted

on one board which Although related

the block

diagram

(Figure 4-23)

lines.

the power

supply and reference they are both located

generator

are not closely circuit board.

in function

on the same printed

The paragraphs and sub-sections reference in Figure circuits _-47.

that

follow describe

the functions

of the major sections is made with are shown

of the electronics generated

system.

The description operation,

to the waveforms 4-24. Functional

by system

and these

description shown

will be made diagram

at the level Figure 4-23.

of the major

and sub-clrcuits Detector falling

in the block

Immersed

The radiation

upon the detector

determines

the waveshape

of the

REPORT

ISEDR lOLl .S_!" LOUIS, MISSOURI

REVISED

detector radiation ously, shows abrupt The

output

signal

which are the

is to

be

processed by the

by

the

electronics cycle

system.

The previ-

characteristics are earth from shown as

determined

scanning of

described The

and that

first is

_aveform, than other

WF-1, space

Figure

4-24. and that

waveform is an

radiation one level

higher

radiation detector to take for

there the

shift in is

to the

as

the

scans place a

across because

horizon

change

radiation finite across

requires size, the and entire take

200 this

microseconds time is of one

the of

detector radiation cycles of _F-2 changes with The the reason

of

required the

complete Thirty

shift complete

level

surface place in signal

detector.

radiation shows the place

change detector at the the that to signal and of the The

second. results from the the radiation radiation signal

output detector. shift

which signal two

taking

This

resembles levels

exception for this

that is

between

the

takes is

a longer for

time. the

approximately the an

2 milliseconds of in its now

required

active The

detector

flake

reach has Booster two

half-level amplitude

stabilized of

output.

detector

output

the

order

2 millivolts.

4-48.

Pre-Am_llfier The Junction

Amplifier

_ircuits is direct-coupled gain of 400 to at to the input of

thermistor

flakes has

the per

pre-amplifier. second.

pre-amplifier is to used

a voltage

30 cycles provide good

Direct-coupllng response pre_Ifier loop and to

between phase

l_m-ampllfier shift. and to

stages

low-frequency _-Ithin the the

prevent

Negative the RC

feedback coupling for The at

is used network the long time halfof The 5 at of in

provide

stable

gain, boost

feedback time

provides

a high-frequency WF-3 shows to the

compensate boost.

detector the level 30

constant. has The been

effect

of 350 an

this

rise the gain

waveform point. per

reduced

approximately provides the output order

microseconds

booster

amplifier shows is

additional booster

voltage

cycles

second. signal

WF-4 amplitude

of the of

amplifier.

peak-to-peak

in the

5 volts.

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNEL L
ST, LOUIS , MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

4-49 ..... SEDR 133 104

II / II II II /

,,oR,'.S'M

/--/.4.H_'[,,qS"[Z) /_)TCTOR

" ------

Z)ETE'CT/OI_ C,'_CZJIT"

8oo, s'7-_,R AMP

_/GNAL CENTER CIRCUIT

/_c_R iz<3_v

PI-,/AS /N IIE.R TC_ L IMI r1_

I-IMI _'_D ._:_w I/O V R /N/_,l_r ,d<30 _

,..',_lV, dL.

t
_u_-

p_" _',RROR _/_N.4t.. ._//_/. /F/E..q

G_Nr_4TOR

R_'F'_'.REA/C_ <3/T.=_Ur

5",_A/AIL

FIG

4-_3

_O_.LZO_

_CAh.lhdE.g:_...

I_LOC;_

DIA(_g_vl

PAGE REPORT MODEL

4-50 SEDR 104

Mc'DONNELL
ST.LOUIS, -_Vl_lr
il./r--I_l

DATE REVISED REVISED

I i ....

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI

133

WF I-RADIATION

ON

DETECTOR

WF 7-PHASE

INVERTED

LIMITED

OUTPUT

._IGNAL

50-150 WF 8IMPUT_ _RCE AT R 801 _V TO

_ PHASE

_EC. DETECTOR ARH NO,7 AT_-SOURCE -_-

WF 2 - DETECTOR

OUTPUT

VIBRATING

AT

80Z LOAD

_OURCE

5O% WF 5PREAMPUF!ER OUTPUT

WF

9-CHOPPER I--

INPUT LOAD "--'F"

(AT

K!O.I

CONTACT)

5CURCE--I

KIOI

_--_20V I-.-_0uRCE--I.-I LOAD----I

WF4-

BOOSTER AMPLIFIER

OUTPUT ( 0" HORIZON)

V.

KID&

WF I0- CHOPpEP, OUTPUTS WF4ABOOSTER AMPLIFIER OUTPUT (2,5" DROPPED HORIZON] I--LO4D---p

(AT

NO. 7 CONTACT)

SOURCEH -_sv

__#_
WF 5SIGNAL CENTERING

/-_A ---4_- _/2-_v.

KI02

CIRCUIT

OUTPUT

WF &- LIMITER

AMPLIFIER

OUTPUT

INTERNAL

SIGNAL

WAVEFORM5

o,

NO

HORIZON

a. NORMAL

APPROX. 36 _ SEC_

B_ 15 VIX: 0

t__j_

I_'E

5"8V

P/P

|
/I-ayocl,.g_l
..... ,i _--__J/THAN

'
tjJITTER
5 o RESPECT

_.

LOW ALTITUDE

HdRIZON

MUST aE L-_S
U 6EC WITH TO LEADING EDGE

_. MOTOR ._TOPPED(LOSS
I

OF M.,,E-.Nr'T_CF'_CKUPREFERENCE PUL.S,E)

I t _) INSUFFICIENT 'GAIN OR

I i PARTIAL

I _ SIGNAL -0

VOLTS

C, PARTIAL FAILURE OF SWITCHING

I) DE_c_IVE r_,_ _,,._

TRANSISTOR
. 14. v NORMAL

LOSS 0

J I ,

_ I t ] I I

_ --i i I

jIF i

VOLT_ - 0

_') DEFECTIVE Q 305

-'' I J--

I I

+ I4 V

NORMAL

c_ NORMAL

_IPM_IAL DROPPEDHORIZON

rtoy==R= 3vi:x-., _ _n',_;

,I-7,
_, I "

,F-l,
I _.LJ

IF "_
U _0 VOLT.5 _. TYPICAL

J%P-L__J-LLOCKOUT SIGNAL

I L L

I L___,

i raT'p _,-'I I M
'_" SUNIN II)_N AT SCaN I'-IJ1

I
CAUE'ED BY "SUN

'>
PUL'_E j I LOCK-0UT T0 GROUND

ir_____[]_.i I'-INCREASED i-'--?'0 VIDI"H

MORIZ.0N

_ _ _----_

I
NORMAL H0mZON
PUI.._E ' -4,,tI-,--.$UN . I

I vo.Ts
, _------d, -O

, (:;
:i':U

D_SCONTINUrFY
, I _

_')

li
U

II
LJ L_

c
KOUT TO +14 V

2.)BUN

IN

_ I

_J

_i_

O T OT AT
CC,;;";,..,_,,,
l Ii_

_L----J

_00LTG

e.,. IMPERFECT

_YNCHRONISM

LIMITED

SIGNAL

OUTPUT

AT P-IOtA

FIG-,4-24.

HORIZON SCANNER WAVE

.m-

FORM._
--

PM_-Z20 A

, ,,-,,-

OAVE
REVISED REVlSL=ID

I November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MI_URI

RmPORT Moo,,,

_DR 133

i0_

4-49.

Signal In the

Centerin_

Circuit considered previously signal. there has been this no particular average is that the

signal processing level

interest signal error

in the voltage

of the average

However,

level is important signal must

in system operation.

The reason angle

for this

be determined

only by the phase

between

the horizon in the signal

and the fixed reference should have no effect. in earth temperature amplitude detector variations there

in the vehicle, Amplitude

and amplitude

variations

variations parts

will take place

because

of changes When these of the

at different are combined

of the trajectory

or orbit.

with the rise-time between Error

characteristic portions

is a difference

in phase signal.

different signals

of the lead-

Lug edge and the fixed reference by amplitude Limiting changes

would

also be affected

due to changes

in amplifier

gain and supply voltage. variations variation. but the limiting These variations Using areas an RC of the de-

can be used to eliminate at a point

the amplitude phase

slice must be taken are greatest circuit

of minimum

at the peaks

of the wave and least

at the center. balance equal

to couple the

signal to the llmiter ground.

would

signal waveform pression centering would

above and below cause a shift

Changes

in the angle

of horizon Hence,

in the d-c level before

of the signal. to assure

a signal

circuit

is employed for phase

the limlters

that the same center

slice is sampled circuit diodes consists conduct

shift under

all conditions. back-to-back

The signal centering as d-c restorers. capacitors are then The

of two diodes

connected

on opposite peaks

and thus permit

the associated

to charge
_ IIL/

up to opposite

peak values

of the signal.

The two levels

summed

in a resistive

divided

network,

and half the sum is sampled by tapping follower couples this signal which is

the divider

at its midpoint.

An emitter circuit.

shown in WF-5 to the llmiter

DATE REPORT SEDR lOLl MODEL. 133 St. LOUIS, MISSOURI

1 November

1961

REVISED REVISED

.............

4-50.

Limiting The signal

and next acts

Phase enters a

S_litting the

Circuits of a pair of cascaded The feedback amplifiers, consists an of emitter the section level. of

first and

each

of which

as

limiter which ratio swing

phase

inverter. phase and each the

amplifier s and gain fixed

a grounded follower. is about A low is in

emitter The 30.

stage

performs is about is lO

the 50:1

inversion over-all of the when

feedback The output

the side time

volts during

lO-volt

output cutoff directly is

impedance by feeding through fed by the

is maintained the a signal

the

emitter grounded

follower emitter

from

the The

collector first

of the

stage

shunt signal and

diode. centering in

section Its of as of

of the output signal first, output dual

feedback is the fed to

amplifier "limited another goes a

circuit. Part same image

signal is where of signal the

signal limited second The While

output" amplifier inversion output of

sho_u

WF-6. the

this the the the

substantially to the become limlter carries useful

it underfirst in the

a mirror section the in

section. _F-8. image in the 4-51.

is thus

shown of

either will be

signal found

signal

information out

s the

presence ripple

signal

cancelling

undesirable

components

rectified Phase

signal.

Detector of the symmetrical detector the s limited derives reference signals signal and enter which the the detector section to (WF-8). the phase interor

A pair From these

a d-c pulse

is proportional of SPDT the two

difference cepts. choppers, nated full KlO1 wave The

between phase

midpoint of two

horizon relayss are

sensitive in phase

rectifier opposition The use low

consists by the

polarized These the

driven and

reference choppers

signal. provides

desigof
._j/

Kl02

(WFg).

of two ripple.

advantages

rectifications the

notably action of

To understand know the relative

of the the drive

synchronous and horizon

rectifier, signals.

it

is

essential the two

to

phasing

Since

_bul_

r l_l_

A A.ak L -

,,oo
REVISED ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _DR 10_

REV,SEO choppers are driven

_ 180 out of phase,

MOOEL the arm of one connects connects sector its capacitor

133

its capacitor to the load. crosses the

to the source while the arm of the other Swltch-over vertical takes place when mark the radial

of the scanning beam back occurs

reference

of the sensor and switching to the source each pulse.

180 later. receives part positively the to

Thus, when

it is connected

storage

capacitor

of the sky pulse during

and part of the earth in portion

The capacitor

is charged during

the svltched in portion

of the earth

pulse

and negatively horizontal

switched

of the sky pulse.

If the sensor charged is zero. capacitor

is parallel

the horizon, tive charge.

eachcapacitor Therefore,

is negatively the net charge

an amount

equal to the posiwith re=

If the sensor tilts charges positively

spect to the horizon equal to the amount longer zero.

the amount it charges

that each negatively.

is not no

The net charge

is, therefore,

The net tilt

signal at the input of the d-c amplifier sensor (cw as viewed from the

is thus positive the scan indi-

for a positive

of the

sensor along

axis) and negative cate 4-52. respectively

for a tilt the voltage

in the opposite of each chopper

direction. and the

WF-9 and WF-IO output.

uncombined

D-C Amplifier The output of the phase detector is combined and filtered in an R-C netvaries

work at the input of the d-c amplifier. approximately The amplifier i00 mv per degree input is at high three, of tilt impedance the output polarity

The signal at this point and the average to maintain level

is - O.15 volts. factor. With

a low ripple

a gain of approximately tilt of the sensor, fed back minimizes 4-53.

of the amplifier

is 286 mv per degree is

reversing

at zero tilt.

Part of the output circuit

to the emitter

of the input

stage.

The balanced fluctuations.

configuration

the output drift

vith temperature

SP-HL Detection

Circuit under vhich unwanted error signals are generated,

There are two conditions

-"-C._'Y:ZZ_:T'AL

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

4-54 SEDR 133 104

Mc, DONNE
REVISED _-, -_'r._',-.'- -,_?_W_ REVISED,,

namely, produced output SP-HL the the into be The and

when under that

the

sun

appears

in

the

scan

and

when

the

horizon which (hence the is an

is

lost.

Signals by its
./

these sun

conditions is present output system. 4-24. the the

trigger or the

a logic horizon to of is

circuit lost

indicates the

the

designation output from in

circuit).

This

can The

be

used

disconnect sun presence

d-c

error

vehicle waveforms the

guidance of

effect

shown

graphically

Figure

The

sun pulse

introduces

unsymmetrical from it is

element likely to

signal The

train 3 and presence is of

horizon sun's of times

information radiation greater is

derived perceived that a sun with of

false. sun other of to

at the the

detector. The the stars second of an from

.... /

radiation bodies the four When

hundreds

than When

earth. occurs,

produce

negligible puts pulse out

signals. a negative the

pulse

stage three output. the The pulse of

pre-amplifier volts. a horizon This

pulse

a peak

amplitude to produce

causes

Void

Signal a

Circuit signal circuit the same of

is present

in a normal to keep is

scan the lost

5 of

6 volts shut as a

signal absence -it

centering of the

circuit signal the of

suffices the

void has

amplifier effect

off.

when

horizon to less.

sun

causes a load

void 2000

amplifier ohms or

conduct

with

a consequent

output

current

4 ma

into

4-54.

Phase A phase

Reference reference its

Sisnal signal

Circuit is produced with by the to It each scanning the system The whenever reference spaced it

passes signal pulses, system. section

through is

highest in the and

point

respect

Sensor.

generated positive pulses

scanning negative, the the

system. for

consists revolution

of two of The of Figure

equally

one

one

the

scanning detector

These is in under

trigger with

bistable scan

multivibrator. The is output in

two-level the

synchronism various

cycle.

reference

generator

operating

conditions

shown

4-24.

4-55.

Power Su_l
the power

7
required to operate the sensor is derived from the llO volt,

All

DATE
REVISED, REVISED.

,1,,November 1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PA_
REPORV

L55
SEDR 104

MOI_ZL .....I_

400 cps llne by a built-in transformer.

/"

power

supply.

Input to the supply is through is tapped

the

The primary low voltage

of this transformer

like an auto-transformer The transformer d-c

to provide secondary

a-c to operate

the scanning to produce,

motor.

output

is full wave

rectified

-30, +30 and +16 volts

with respect

to ground.

The +30 and -30 v01t generator,

outputs

are fed to the Regulator. circuits. to produce output Part of

The +16 supplies the transformer power

the reference secondary

and void

signal

voltage

is rectified

separately

unregulated current

for use in the reference

generator

and the void

signal

amplifier. _-56. Power Regulator The Regulator regulated voltages and super Regulator convert Circuits of the power supply into

circuits

the outputs

for use in the

sensor.

Most of the voltages constant

are regulated voltage across

by cascaded their

zener diodes which by an effect also contains

maintain

a substantially

terminals

similar

to break-down

in a gas discharge of transistors

regulator. connected

The regulator as emitter

a symmetrical

arrangement

followers.

Since the base voltage

potential

of each transistor regulated with

is fixed by low

zener action, noise. circuit This

the output output

is accordingly and further

reasonably

is filtered the highly

regulated

in the Super Regulator by the detector content circuits is are 1/4 and

to provide

regulated

voltage

required

pre-smpllfler. essentially

This voltage noise.

is extremely

stable and its noise used in these

transistor

The zener diodes 5%.

watt units which

regulate

within

4-57.
4-5@.

TEST CONFIGURATION CAPSULES

TEST CONFIGURATION The Automatic NO. 8 CAPSULE Control capsule System for Capsule No. 8 is identical noted in the follow-

Stabilization Compliance

to the Specification Ing Paragraphs

with the exceptions

4-59 through

4-62.

--1

i&

iIiiiwllli

_1

i/-lIJImm

: f

!11

> m

NOTE
DUMtt Y I_ISTALLATION HELIUM LOW PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
/

_ .4

MANUAL PITH- PULL SHUT OFF VALVE

m

"T !
C R] HYDROGEM PEROXIDE TA_K (AUTOMATIC SYSTEM) z /

m
4_
I

p.} Lrl

i i

_B Pl

_B Pl

0 ),

'
[_ HYOROGEN PEROXIDE{HzOz) (MANUAL SYSTEM)

HELIUM FILL AND VENT VALVE S t-b.Oz3TTISOIq V4LVE SQUIg ACTUATED /

__AW

S_OLENO_D VALV YAW THRUST CHAMBERS J (I AND 24 LBS,') PITCH SOLEHOIIP J

VALVES

I z

HELIUM FILTERS

I;

:;0
ROLL SHUT MANUAL FU_;H-PULI., OFF VALVE RELIEF FILL HELIUM RELIEF LOW VALVE / .J -ROLL SOLENOID VALVES PRESSUREWLVE (Y,_) IDL_-.. VALVE (_}

OR_.IN RELIEF

-THRUST

CHAMBERS

(I AND

6 LB '_')

-n

G_ C
X3

TRANSDUCER HYDROGEN PEROXIDE (HzOt) REGULATOR MANUAL TANK / IJELIUM MANUAL SHUT-OFF VENT VALVE VALVE

rn .p
I

ra
o/I

,'
' / /

- HELIUM

FILTER

SHUT /

OFF

VALVE PUSHOFF VALVE PUSH-PULL PULL

c:

MANUAL SHUT

_0

-PITCH Hz_ RELIEF VALVE

MANUAL

'

YAW

H=Oz

RELIEF

VALVE

P* ii /

PITC P. SOLENOID VALVES

/
i

-1

CHAmB_ (..B.)
@w SOLENOID
VALVES

"-"
_. _ /

(I LB)
CHA_BE_

13

cn rn

'
C1 r11 -t

E,

"

" "

"

-"

{24- LB.) m

.//_.
/ CHECK VALVE HELIUM (H_ TANH --/ / MELIUh_ VENT FILL VALVE YAW SOLENOI VALVES HEAT CIr. THQUST (I LB.) CHAMBER _ARRIEP, PLACES) AND /

e_,._BER
u1

4_

THRUST ' "_

CHAI_BER PITCH VALVES

(ILB) SOLENOID

4-58
REPORT MODEL S_EDR 104 133

McDONNE
ST. LOUIS, _ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED .......

4-59. In to

Automatic general 8.

Stabilization the Two discussion exceptions of

Control contained are the roll antenna System with 4-27

System in Paragraphs of a yaw 4-2 through 4-20 applies

\

Capsule

addition and yaw

data

converter signals,

to and

permit the

telemetry removal 4-60.

monitoring of ASCS power

vertical the

torquer has

command been

after

fairing

separated.

Rate Capsule

Stabilization No. 8 is not 4-21

Control equipped through

a Rate do not

Stabilization apply.

Control

System,

therefore 4-61.

Paragraphs

Reaction Capsule No. tank

Control 8 is which

System not has equipped been with a Manual and text RCS System to with the the exception RCS through

of

the

fuel to

installed All

connected contained with

Automatic 4-28 of

System 4-35

provide to

additional the

fuel.

in Paragraphs the exception

pertaining For and

automatic system Additional include

system component

applies

component see

location. Figure 4-25

automatic 4-26.

location

and

tubing Capsule

configuration, No. 8 and and No. thrust 8 is

differences helium

between

Specification chamber psi. in

Compliance

regulator output

output for

pressure Capsule and

composition, Capsule 4-20. Scanner No.

helium 8 thrust

regulator chambers do

pressure contain the

460

not

filter

screen

shown

Figure

4-62.

Horizon Same as

Specification

Compliance.

Refer

to

Paragraphs

4-37

through

4-56.

4-63.

TEST The

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULE

NO.

9 System with the for Capsule No. noted 9 is the in the same
. j

Automatic

Stabilization Compliance through 4-67.

Control capsule

as ing

the

Specification 4-64

exceptions

follow-

Paragraphs

0 m < Ii1 < m o

r__
ROLL 5HLJT-OFF VALVE.('AUTO

m o

.<
|

!_
r_

=;

ROLL RSC5 50LE_Ot D CONTROL

C VALVE5 ;0 m II -t
I

"0 >

TO PtTCH AI'_D YAW THROTTLE VALVE5

_B,C_PITC_ VALV rr-S CMAN) EAAI4UAL RC_ HYDROGEN PErOXiDE (H=O_ TANK

AND YAW

(MAN)

_OL_Om CONT_O_

==

_E
REPORT MODEL

,-6o
SEDR 104 133

M_,DONNE_
ST.LOUIS. ="_..ti"lt =L,,,tI.,,

__
MISSOURI "Ti = ,_,_

D_TE,
REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

AUTOMATIC

RC_

HYDF_OCtEN

PE.P.,O'Y, IDE. (,H'z.Oz,")T,kNK.

,_.:j

MANIJAL FI_LIRE _.Z8 INTERCONNECTION

RC._SHYbP.OC1EN PEP.OXIDE (HzOz) AND

_LI I Ii,,/L--i_II i I:PI r---:

TANK SCHEMATIC (CAPSULE 9)

OF AUTOMATICi

MANUAL

P-,CS FUEL

SUPPLY

OATE
REVISED REVISED

1 November

1961

M DONNE
ST, LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT

4-61 SEDR 104

4-64. In
r

Automatic general, Some different refer

Stabilization Capsule slight No.

Control 9 ASCS do

System is the in the same area as of Specification normal Complianc_ due

system exist For through

Capsule. to the

differences involved. 4-5

sequencing of ASCS

missions to

a detailed 4-9.

description

normal

sequencing, Normal quate ing been the for

Paragraph described two ASCS to

sequencing Capsule

in the

foregoing ASCS

referenced

paragraph at

is

adefairhas by

9 with the

exceptions. power permit Control is

operation Also the

ceases data

antenna

separation added to

when the

removed.

a yaw command

converter

system

telemetering System. System

signals

generated

Automatic Rate Same as

Stabilization Stabilization the

Refer

to

Paragraph

13-145.

4-65.

Control

Specification

Compliance

Capsule.

Refer

to

Paragraphs

4-21

through 4-66.

4-27. Reaction Control Control capsule Reaction Reaction System System with on Capsule No. 9 is the control same as the is specificainstalled connected supply for

The tion and to the 4-28 4-67.

Reaction

compliance the Manual Automatic

two exceptions. System System Figures hydrogen to

The

stick fuel

not is fuel

Control Control

peroxide an

tank

the

provide 4-27 and

additional Refer

automatic through Horizon Same as

control 4-35. Scanner

system.

See

4-28.

to

paragraphs

System compliance capsule. Refer to Paragraphs 4-36 through

specification

4-56.

4-68.

TEST The

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULE

NO.

13 Systems 4-56 for which Capsule apply to 13 are identical to

Automatic in

Stabilization Paragraphs 4-2

Control through

those

discussed

the

Specification

Compliance

Capsule.

_A_

,-',_r'h|_', A,

PAGE, REPORT MODEL.

4-62 _DR 1_3 lO_

Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

i November ,

1961

REVISED REVISED

4-69.

Automatic Same as

Stabilization

Control

System Refer to Paragraphs 4-2 through 4-20.

Specification Control

Compliance. System Compliance.

4-70.

Reaction Same as

Specification Scanner

Refer

to

Paragraphs

4-28

through

4-35.

4-71.

Horizon Same as

System Compliance. Refer to Paragraphs 4-37 through 4-56.

Specification

4-72.

TEST The

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

NO. Control

IOAND System

16 in Capsules Refer to No. i0 and No. 4-1 16 is

Automatic as the

Stabilization

the

same

Specification

Compliance

Capsule.

Paragraphs

throu_

4-56.
4-73. Automatic Same 4-74. as Stabilization Control System Refer to Paragraphs 4-2 through 4-20.

Specification Control

Compliance. System Compliance.

Reaction Same as

Specification Scanner

Refer

to

Paragraphs

4-28

through

4-35.

4-75.

Horizon Same as

System Compliance. Refer to Paragraphs

Specification

4-37 through

4-56.

,umMp_4m=-_

DATE REVISED REVISED

, I NOVEMBER

1961

M DONN
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE.. REPORT MODEL

4-63 $EDR 133 104

THROTTLE

VALVE

FIGURE

4-Z9

MANUAL

RC5

THROTTLE

VALVE.

AND

BF.LLCPh_NK

PM45-

7.70

vv

_.A:;

IIN/r--I1

.......

I/_

t-

S_CTION v

m
SEQUENCE SYSTEM, LAUNCH ROUGH RETROGRADE OR ABORT

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE NORMAL MISSION SEQUENCE ...............

PAGE _.___. 5-3 5-11 5-18

ESCAPE SYSTEM ..................................... TEST CONFIGURATION CAPSULES ........

C_.;&:----m
Ill'liB

Ilmlliill

-.

(_) 1"1 C_/ _.(-_ \ -_ (_ (_) (_ (_ _ "-"

fIRE

BOOSTERAND 3USTAdNER ENGINE,_.

BOOSTER EN6tNE CUTS OFF AND _EPARATES UPON GROUNDCOMMAND. TWE_T_ _ELO_b_.kTTE.R E,OOSTER.CUTOFF, FIRE TOWER Rim SEPARATIONBOLTS.

AFTER SENSING TOWER RI_

SEPARATION. SCAPEROCKETS E

FIRE, PARACHUTE L,kNOIN6 SYSTEM IS kRMEB

_-

(_) CAPSULE ADAPTER 5EPARATIONBOLT5 FIREAFIER THRUS'I I)ECA_' .OZC_ TO A,_O i SEt... TINGE DELAX

_> f'-_I

. (_) CA"UIY ROTATES 180 AND A'SL_ES "_'_- OV"_IT ATTITU DE

_LI V Z m_ _"_ \'_ ,_ _ _,. _ _ _

(_

(_ (_

WHEN SIXTY

'I'_' PP"O_I'P" A_TT'Tt_DE' A_b kFTEP" _O _EC" T'IvIEDELKY' RETRO ROCKET'_ F' REE SECONDS AFTER RETP,.OROCKETS HAVE FIRED s RET_O ROC..KET P/_,CK_kR IS CJkP._ULEA._S_),AE_AND _AINTA,IN_ RE-E_TP-.Y _,TTITUI)E CHUTE IS DEPLO'YEb t_kIN .

JETTISONED (_ (_

UPOI'_ DE_CENT

TO ZI,O00 FEET, DROGUE

AT I0,000 FEET, I)ROf_ttE CHbTE,,AIITEHNA CHUTE DF.PLO'YEb

FA_P.._,_ IS JETTISOhEb

I_

UPQ_ IMPACT,Mk_N CB_TE IS bI_,CONNEC..TE|) PILOT &Hb KESERVL CHUTE

EJECTED,

RECO_/ERY ._,tbS DEPLO_ED

pA(; ..... :5-3

RE'VISED REVISED ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _ I0_

Mo_

133

V.

SS_

SYSTEM, _

THROUGH _

OR ABORT

i/_- -.. \..

NORMAL MISSION 5-2. 5-3.

SEO_:E

LAUNCH T_R(XJGH ST._IIEr _IPTION The launch

through remains separates, time

sCs_l.n8 inactlve resulting

sequence matll in _. the

establishes At escape rockets the la_iaE

'baLl.c sta_L_ bolts

references the -_satle's

at time

of

la_ch booster a twenty tower

and

then

engine seccmds

tower are

be_m_

fired after

after

delay. and

The escape subsequently

fired system

i_edate_7 becomes armed.

bolt

detonation

The sequence vhlch zero Orbit switch the occur reference relay is box provided These st

system

is a_er

Initiated lx'toff a T_e the the are s_aal time _sslle

by tvo (See _ Zero

28 V d-c 5-2). relay

slgnsls This in the

from ls

the

atsslle as time and

2 inches and

know:

ener_zes within the

latching

No.

3 Launch back-up do not

located in

capsule. 28 V sl_ls sent the _

_.n Astronaut from to the the _ Altitude the occur loss this Time o_ ti_e

ocutro].led _ssLle

event sl_aols The of

reach Sensor

cap_tle. Satellite

same Clock.

also to

Altitude Sensor an abort the power rel_ After Sel_ar_lu_ Delay Main the a_

and the e_l/shi_ At &_tel_

results _ay occur.

in

the

functlc_ 1,35 seconds

lift-off sta_n_ will rely. 20 cause

versus will the

whereby capsule

_eeh_ncal to the power the 20

separation Booster be second Power

of E_lne appled t_e

the

booster

engine Sensor Tower will

Sel_ratlc_ to the power Tower Bolts the

_awa_h Second to

de-ener_zed Delay the rely. Tower _ the

Jettlson be _plied

delay_ and Sel_ttun bus throu_ the

ener_L_e Llsht

Bolts

relay

Jettlson Power _

Warni_ rely7 ls

2 Second by both ener_zed,

relay. Isolated _lu_b

The To_er _-e s_ub

ar_ed _en

ARM switch.

Isolated

PAGE REPORT MODEL

5i- 4 SEDR 104

Mc, DONNELjL__ __
-_-'. ST, LOUIS P P_w, MISSOURI !"_ =_I_=Ne_F_
'r

DATE
REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

133

%'-/_TEM

5T_ql
TWO. W_,

NG
_- ETT. L_RT _EPA_'/_T%O_I-_ I REL P<' I INTEP, LCX:.K _ FIRE H RQCKE.T JETTISON

W_,RN. LT. _E L/_"_ L_O S_aT,D.')

I I I

_lN_

LIMIT

P-OCKE_

_///////////////////_
[ aOq"_'F''{l"

%V_/ITC.,,_

FiRE

_.E.Lk'-([

f l

I
I I

i_OLTS TW_ 5E_

-I I

_OLT5 TOWE_.

///////////////////'/_

eOOsTaa I
E._GmE I ^

I
I

BOOSTER E.Nr=. SE.P.

NOTF_.%
/_ /_ z_ USE IF ATLP,% FAIL% TO PRODUCE. LIFT-OFF 51C.,,_L LO_ OF ?.B VOLT POWER IF ESCAPE P.OCKE%'5 FA_L TO F_P.E ANO T_R_T bE.CkW5 TO ,_0 q.

LIFT- OFF

AT L/_% _B VOLT_ AT

H
I --

%._-,T E.LLI-?

TIME

7-E_,O

_t

TIME

ZERO

_w_TC.H

MA_MUM ALTITUDE

FIGURE 5- ?_. AUNCN THROUG_ 5"T/kQ_,NG L (._LOC D I R/_'Ni_ K A,G

#M'45-? _,5

bus three

pover of

flres the the sJ.lov squlb Eaergency both rite

tvo

of squibs

the

flve

squibs

(2 boZts) As the three

and

squib

bus

power

flzes

(3 bolts) Claap Msln ring squlb

se_ented return

Tower to the

Clamp norasl posiThe rela_ p(r_er relaT. are rocket Rocket both squibs

sepazstes_ tim and

three Iso_ted bus

Tover and

1t:tt bus the re/_y, relay

svitches pover

through

their

contacts. Rocket squib Rocket Fire Fire bus Fire relays _ettlsaa Escape fire the Capsule the f_m two

Isolated and the

pover Jettison

enerElses Rocket Rocket

both Flre Fire JettAs_

Emergency vhtle snd and the the

Escape )_Ln

energizes s the

the of paza_el, different

Escape the

Jettlsc= Rocket s_Llbs Escape and to _

contacts In two

Eaers_acy either power

Jettison both

ecanected rcm Fire of the the relays

relay sources.

vl_

fire

Of the and

The Emergency same :anner Power routed of and this are _ light sepezste_ pover De].a,y Rel_rs. to the

are

cc_ected _

:In the both

Identical pover sources. is

escape and Ttae

rocket Jettison Delay the

energlze the delay rover

Eaergency Separation Tower the electrical Clap capsule

Jettison 1 Seecad

Rocket relay. Escape

Flre _s the

felly result flre _en cspsule relays.

throv_h 1 second the

sel_rates_ vlth the Jettison

Rockets unfired.

separates ls

Rockets the

s_ccmpllabed, and

disconnects the three

between Tower Seuor

tower

s_t

sepaz_ted the on

reaove

power No. panel No.

fr_ 1 Tower

Separaticm rels_ the tower

Sensor green and

de-energized the the teleltght No. 1 and the

Sel_mtion l_mLinstes. 8el_mtlc_ 2 _

JETT TOga the _ _ foot two ca_mxle

When the Relays are

2 Tower

de-energlsed_

energize A_er

No.

1 mad No. 1;he 2 are de-

Chute Chute

S_stea a:l

Arm 2 Second the 21_000 After v111 21,000 Sectlc_

2 seconds Nstn C_te

deist, Delay

Rela_rs Dela_ power

barosvttches seconds st these at the tvo

and the IO,(XX) polnts ttae foot

i_ii _

Second armed. seeads is

Tlae _e

relays. clrcult the to

_mritebes the _ capsule

ho_ foot

watll the

down through Refer

range, thls

which

sequence

tattlated.

IX of

amnu_.

PAGE REPORT

5-6 _ 10_.

Mc, DONNE
REVISED _TLT'J'_U| _!_S_ S'O_ RI U REVISED

MODEL..1.33

5-5. 5-6.

SECOND__ _n_io_
i

Second capsule three

staging bolts

is

initiated are fired and bolts sensed orientation the are and

by

sus_J_er

engine acceleration electrical result seconds capsule

cutoff has

at

which to

time .20g. are

the The fired

adapter posl_ade after separation by into a

providing four

decayed disconnects

rockets the is orbit 3_

explosive and five the

lnmediately Capsule is followed

detonated _uitiates in which

in

capsule of rate

separation. damping 180 degrees which and

rotates

Settles

orbit

attitude.

5-1'.

OPm_TION
At approximately 5-3)Sustainer in the At thie 285 tJ_e Cutoff Cutoff 1 Second to seconds a 28 Relay. Sensor Time energize 2 Second Main suppled and after volt d-c _en closes. Delay the Time Xsolated the Sequence clamp close Rocket and to fire The Isolated the and launch, signal the second fran thrust Power _ta_er is the drops then Engine Separation relays. fire the Light on the staging missile below suppl_ed Cutoff Bolts Through Capsule Time Lef_ it to will occur (See

Figure the switch Capsule the 1

_-1_1 -_)E,

energize the ._0_ the after and the

Engine Thrust

through Relays Po_er the

Separation Second Time

delay Warning from the is

Capsule Delay bus

Capsule contacts, Also l]._te the Capsule grade connect energized Cap_e Main

Separation power bus the

energized Bolts. to

Separation Delay Hand relay Console. the the Adapter power and create through the

power Red

through

Warning Light ring

CapsuZe

Separation

Tri-se_ented Adapter Ring l_re, Fire

Capm_le-to-Adapter Limit Emergency relays. of these Switch to

separates power and the

a3_lows

supply_z_ Fire

energize

PosiDisthe

Rocket Squib

Pos_rade The relays Disconnects, Main

Capsule supp_ Rockets

busses Pos_Erade

contacts Adapter

four

Explosive

Posi_pmde

Rockets

sufficient

LT_ LT_L T_VlT_TT.L

_F_------

--

DATI_ REVISED RE_ISi[D

November

ig61

M ,DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
L --

__
REPORT _ 1(_

Mo=_. This to the the allows the

133 three to end Red Capsule close. actiCapsule

thrust

to

separate Limit the #1

the switches Isolated

capsule which squib

e

from are bus

the

adapter.

Separation Power rates from the

attached

retrograde closed extinguishes Light. Power

straps contacts the also DeWing

flows Sensor

through relay the

Capsule

Separation Light and Sensor of the

which Green 5 Second

Separation the relay. relay Capsule

Warning Separation

illuminates relay to Signal (blunt the

flows Slgnal

Time Delay the

Activation bringing the

Dsmping to

relay end

actuates up) orbit

orbit

orientation

capsule

a 3_

attitude.

5-8. 5-9.
In sequence touchdown
\

SC IPTZ0a
order must point. of may for my the be a also for be the initiated The method Retrograde activated calculated be pre-set started by capsule to impact at a designated nautical re-entry the into at area, miles the re-entry of is by the the The to The

approximately Of initiating Signal run-out time. Astronaut by

3000

up range sequence

normal switch of _ time

closing switch launch time The

Firing the

within pre-set starts

Satellite the clock

Clock. prior

re-entry by the

booster

lift-off. when necessary.

or by Ground using Ground is for

Co,and

sequence Co,and the the of 30 end

may be

directly The final the

Command transmitters the Astronaut The last starts the the fire switch Time retro Delay to

and manually

the

Capsule start by-pass closing Fire tude apart.

Receivers. by pressing clock.

method Retro

sequence satellite the

Sequence of the

h_tton. sequence

two with Retro

methods the Sequence atti-

A brief Firing relay. Signal After out, fire

res_e switch, the

Retrograde Time time Delay

which

energizes has attained will

Second the _en

capsule Retro

proper

delay Retro

has Rockets

run

the end

three the Auto

Rockets Jettison Second the

5 seconds is in the is is

the the at

Retro 60

"ARM" position enerEtzed end

Retro the

Rocket of

Asselbly the 60

Jettison second time

Relay

run-out

delay

package

..........

""f

ff

R!

PAGE REPORT MODEL

5-8 SEDR 104

Mc, DONNE__
ST.LOUIS.
_ilT i I I

P
MiSSO0'Rr "_'_

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

133

C,-,-,,-:_ _,_

I
I

_o
__////////////////////

_.A

Zo_/// /// (3.

I
DJ Z 0

ir

_r

'JI

/// ///

'//i

.4,._

__

I
I
!

z _o_
0_.
J

_n,O

bj O-JO

,Po_q o
(j c_ _ N {Z :"

t---I

z_
O..J

_o

oj
zo
r',,, _ o

I
_Zq

"i

F-O. ,_,v uJ

FICIURE_-3 SECOND ,STAGIE_ (._LOC_K D(A_I_,M)

C'C._:V :='.--, _,, T_-

DAV_
RE_/ISED

i November

1@61
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

.'AGE .",'O.V

5-9 S_m ]._>_,

R_ISED

Jettisoned. tion of the

The three

retro retro

package package

separation electrical

is

sensed

and

results

in

the

separa-

umbilicals.

5-10.

OPER_ION The satellite the in the Capsule

(See

Figure Retro

5-4) Fire relay and the the the switch (See Retro Retro same is Figure Fire armed 5.-4). switch by Main With closed Sequence Retro Squib the by Fire Sequence Indicator supplied the pressing the followed. power No. position on and when the 1 to and for the flow No. Retro Retro has 2 30 bus Retro any 30 power Delay of the

clock

through switch three Time Relay the

Separation

"NORM" position mentioned Is energized. illuminating switch Attitude may on Relay in Retro manually the lef_ and the Fire when Retro 30 the allow ASCS No. in the

previously Delay is Retro of relay activated Delay the

methods, At the "INST"

Rocket time the

Second

Indicator light. With to delay. the

Green position Relay

Retro

Sequence power is

directly second the Retro

contact The
B//_ , \

Permission start hand the the

No.

1 by-passing sequence by

Astronaut switch Sequence switch

Retro

Sequence Retro Interlock the

console nodal

which

will

energize to be

Emergency The Retro

sequence closes

Calibrator 1 Relay capsule is telelight time attitude. Per_sslon delay and in

allowing the

through Attitude Rocket Rocket not

Emergency

energize the is is proper switched depleted

PeDaisslon firing. Sequence attained

Relays The Fire the Red

Attitude second

Relay_ proper the

capsule

re-entry Attitude the Fire Retro 1)

Normally, telelight, and routed first Rocket Latch the Retro through the and Relay, Left 5

Relay light Power and from

exti_u/shes energizing the to the time Rocket. energize Isolated Retro dell7 the

the

Red

Retro Signal bus in is turn

Attitude Latch nov f_ri_ 2)

illuminatil_ Rocket the (No. seconds a circuit

Green Relays.

Retro Squib Rockets the

Rocket Rocket, the be

Fire after Right ccRpleted

Relays a 5

second 3) to

Bottom the Fire Retro

(No. Sisal

later will

(No.

Through the Retro

Signal

vvl_a

allu_aw

a,lr-Sahm

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

5-1Q _ l_ l(_

Disengage
Signal

23 Second

Time

Delay

Relay. the

The

power to be

to

the

coil to

of the the

Retro

Fire

Disengage

Relay

allows RCS 3

circuit

completed

ASCS will

Calibrator last for

resulting

in hi-torque which is

operation. more holds of

This than the 23 the

high-torque duration in the the Retro power signal. the Retro

operation of total

23 seconds,
firing. rockets The are

seconds mode the

retro

rocket while the

high-torque firing. Delay and thus At relay

capsule

3_ O attitude Fire from With Fire Signal the the

end will

seconds, removing

Disengage Fire switch

23 Second
Slgnal in the No. Relay With Fire the No.

Time relay "AUTO"

energize the

Retro

removlng the

high-torque may press

Attitude

position

Astronaut Fire relay

switch to

energizing energize Permission attitude. the Retro

J

1 Emergency

Retro

allowing contacts the capsule "BY-PASS"

Isolated on the assumes

bus No.

power

the

2 Emergency firing the Retro the

Retro Retro Attitude

relay Rockets

powering when

2 Attitude the proper and

switch the

in the

position, By-Pass the is

pressing the _en to

switch will Latch Rocket Light the

which be

energizes fired is

Attitude of the

Permission attitude bus of

relay,

Retro the Retro the

Rockets Signal Retro Warning run 2_0 the Fire Jettison Retro gize Light Jettison out ft./see, RePro

regardless energized, Jettison Time 60 Delay Telelight sensor Relay, and

capsule. supplied and second the time

relay

Main Second

Squib

Power

energize Fire has

Assembly 20 Red the Rocket telelight Second Fire

Time

Delay the

relay 20

Retro delay

relay. is supplies

After illuminated. pre-impact, the rela_

Retro

When Main removing light. With the relay the time 60

velocity bus power

decreases to energize the Red Retro delay to ener-

to

velocity Fired

activating the at Second

Power the second

from Automatic time power

Retro

illuminating "ARM" position, 60

Green the Time relay end

switch Rocket the 2 Retro Second Retro

in Assembly Rocket Time

the

of

the

Jettison Assembly Delay is relay.

Delay and

allows

Jettison As the

Jettison delay is

Retro expired the Red

second The _etro

telelight

illuminated.

Rocket

AsseRbly

Jettison

DAT REVISED.

NoveE_er

i_i ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAG REPORT

_-ii _E]_ I0_

_zvlsEo. relay Assembly of the shield from (single Retro Assembly three the directs Jettison capsule and Main and Bolt. 2 being Isolated

_ bus power to the two and squibs the

MO_. of the

133 Retro drop heat assembly _nsors the Rocket free

The bolt assisted Asse_ly. by

will

fracture spring dropping Retro to

package between retro

will the

a coil T_

installed of the Asse_7

Retro

package will

package Separation

capsule pole limit

allow the to

three return re_7. relay to

Rocket their

switches) Separation

normal will allow firing the

position the the

energizing Retro six Rocket of

Rocket

Assembly

This energize, and

Umbilical Retro Rocket after Separation and is At for 1 and .O_g the

Separation package dropping Relay illuminates energized, end bus 2.0Sg Telelight involved in of the

squibs

the pluEs Assembly

tm_ilicals of is the retro

Jettison pack_e. it removes light. the time

electrical Retro from Retro the

umbilical Rocket

milliseconds Umbilical Retro

/--.

When the power When the Accelercmeter delay_ the the .05g .O_g

activated_ the it Green activates 5 second _lch

Red Jettison Rocket Assembly Time suppl_o

telelig_t relay

Separation Delay lng of relay. a ground the No. and and

Arm 5 Second functions

relay relays.

Main No.

power Retro

operates Drop, rele_s

The energizi_E Assembly from the Sequence various the

Sequence Drop Retro

Jettison po_er

Drop, relays Retro

Retro

Power the

removes as well

switches s.

Sequence

as extin_tishi_

telellEht

5-11.

ESCAPE SYS_

The escape wide grade a safe rocket means

system of

primarily abort escapes operation between may

consists prelm_ch still be orbit. a with

of

a tower and

&ssembly

desiEned

to the

propostand of a

sta_inE. after to_er

By utilizing booster staging consists to the

system, sustainer

initiated The

throughout 10 foot, tapered

until with ring

assembly rocket bolts

tubular end.

steel

structure clamp

_ foot

escape

mounted secures

_ts t_e of

A segmented

3 _xplostwe

SEre REPORT MODEL_ the rocket tower under I_B tower

104 ..... .ST. L.OUiS ,. MISSOURI _; to the recovery plate the con_artment is escape a Jettison rocket the engine has _i __,_ _j T_.._ upper flange. rocket been rockets which fired are ' Attached is for

REVISED REVISED to used an to abort; to the escape the

nozzle assembly normal

adapter after launch at time

Jettison however,

conditions of booster

escape

fired

accomplish

tower

separation

separation.

5-13.

ESCAPE Only one

BEFORE ground

LIFTOFF

_EFORE

UMBILICAL will

DISCONNECT energize abort the the Mayday relays. the This missile on

controlled hardline relays. missile which from

signal the

signal to the there abort Ground Through to the the

is

a direct

blockhouse event to that

switch capsule the

through must be

capsule pad

Mayday and the

In the is

aborted

launch

unable be

transmit

hardline pins the _

abort and

signal, 45 are

is one wired

other and

method

may

selected. the

Umbilical to and Bus

transmit Abort

28 V power Latching capsule

from

blockhouse energizing

capsule's in the relay.

Command this pole this

Signal relay

relay, 28 V

locking

energized of the

Squib relay;

Arm

power power only

is transmitted will way not continue may

Ground until

Test the

Umbilical is

however, The

through be is

relay

relay the be _ower

de-energized.

the

relay

de-energized required select to

is by be used Abort the

ejecting it would switch

umbilical. necessary to pins

Therefore, for _ the and

if this

abort

method to

blockhouse 45) and then

conductor

first

the eject

milliseconds

thereafter

umbilical.

5-1_-

ESCAPE During

LIFTOFF there eject three abort receiver

AFTER will and be time

UMBILICAL approximately zero,

DLSCOKIECT 50 is to 90 inches (1) The seconds liftoff. blockhouse (2) These three between time During to

countdown umbilical the

of this

capsule period,

which of abort in the

two are: previous

available signal abort as

methods explained (3)

missile Ground

hardline cc_Aud

paragraph; handle.

signal;

Astronaut's

Abort

REVISED
REVISED

ST. LOUTSs, MISSOUR;

REPORT
MOI:_L-

_R1:_ 104
133

methods

all result

in energizing

the Mayday

relays.

5-15.

ESCAPE After

AFTER LY__FF

_EFC_E

TO_R

SEPARATION are three methods by which signal an abort and may

liftoff,

(Time Zero),

there

be

initiated.

They are: both

(I) Ground of which

command

receiver methods system. due

abort

(2) Astro_ paragraph, has

naut

Abort handle,

were possible Detection

in the previous This third

(3) The Booster been being

Catastrophic

Failure

method

non-effective de-energized.

in the two previous However, the Time

paragraphs Zero relay

to the Time Zero

relay after Failure

is energized

two inches

liftoff Detection 5-16.

and completes relay

a circuit

to the M_ay by loss

relays

if the Catastrophic

is de-energized

of power

from the missile.

Operation When the Mayday relays are energized, The ABORT Bolts relay the abort light sequence (See Figures console 5-5 will

and 5-6) will illuminate, Separation 20 Second Relay

occur as follows:

on the left hand is energized,

the Capsule Warning

Separation Delay

Power

relay

the Capsule Jettison the Abort Sensor pressure will limit

Light Time

is energized, After

and the Tower

Time Delay Relay

is energized. Sensor

20 seconds The M_ to reach

have elapsed Altitude a safe dynsmic bolts

in the Maxim,-- Altitude

is energized.

computes hefore

the time delay required the escape

for the capsule The capsule clamp

Jettisoning releasing

tower.

separation

squibs

be fired, switches Rocket connect

the capsule-adapter

ring and allowlng energizing and the

the three

to return to their normal relay, the Escape Rocket

positions Fire

the Emergency Capsule Adapter

Escape Disadapter rill and

Fire

relay

Squib Fire disconnect

relay,

firing the escape The e_cape

rocket

and the four capsule 56,000 pounds

explosive separate

squibs.

rocket's

of thrust

the capsule

from the missile

and carry sensor turns

it away from the sustainer limit on the switches Green

at a small angle. the Capsule Separation

The capsule Sensor

separation relays, which

also energize capsule Separation

PAGE REPORT MODEL

5-!14 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNE
_VI11 I_IJlIJIil I Ig'_ iI-

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

BY qRo_% P_E-SET

_T RO C_RA,E D ' SATELL_.TE CLOCK I S_G_KL S\N _TCH _ RETROREL!k'Y SEqUEnCE

,,,,,

CAP%OLK SE.P _,RATIO_ AS"T P,ON/_T PP.,E-SET _'f F RLA'Y

LcIR (3osEc T.b.)

REL _,'Y I

R _

RETRO
ATTITUDE

t
PEE-SET BEFORE AUTOMAR_C 7..4-V D.C. _U Mh_N S j

IASCS CALIBRATOR I "--"P1R,TP-,O E I_TERLOCK l-'-l _W'Tr"H I

P E.P,M ,l_'x R,T__ t_S_ON L ' lI

RE'fRO

R.OCKETe,, LI

R.ETRO FIRE

ROCKET R.EL&'YS

T
VELOCITY SENSOR, ASSE_BL'X" SE_APRATiON R.ET IKO ROCKET RF.LA,y

NOTES
[D AFTER _o SEC.T.D _CORR_-CT _,TTI'TL_D_ IS A_X_I_D AFT_._. SO g_C..T.D. ATTKR _,0 _EC.T.D, AFTEIK ZO SEC..T,_). PWR RKt, OVED AFT_.R2q_ Sr..C. A ATTEIK ?_ SEC.,T.D. RETRO W_ _EL _,Y F_RE L_HT

I
R ET_,O g iQ_,IA, L L A,TC_, _.EL k'f RETRO FIEE

[_D [_

I
I_ ]

S_C_N_L b_SE_C_AC_EL..__. (.5o SECT.b) R ELik_l"

1,
P-,ETRO ROCK_.T L_I_ILICAL _EPA, R_T Io_ IK_-LAy I SEP,_RAT_OI_ _ P-,ETRO ROCKET SENSOP., _SSEMBLY I RETRO ROtKET ,T E.TT_SOl, P,E i LK'( _ R_.T RO IKOCKET S E PAP-,A,T i iot, RETP,BOLT O ROCKET __ ,IETTI SO R, ETR.O LIMBIL_C&L b I_CO_',II_ET C

R,ETRO ROCKET ASS EMILY 3"ETTI _o_,i

l I_-I -

!: " i

WARN _NC_ L IC_HT _'_.TT_ SON _TRO

(z sEcT.b)
RELLY

FIgUrE

5-4-

NORMAL
.....

P-,E-EI'4TRY SQL_ENCE
. I I I _ I I

PM_5-Z3BA

i" C_ _, _", ,", _" '_' "" "_ ._

_
m o 111 o

(_

'_Y

-/
/

z 0 <
m m

/
! /

UPON RECEIPT OF ABORT SIGNAL... _ _2_ (_ _._ SHUT OFF BOOSTER, SUSTAINERENGINES. FIRE CAPSULE ADAPTER BOLTS FIREESCAPE ROCKET SENSE CAPSULEADAPTER SEPARATION, JETTISONRZTRO-PACKABEND JETTISON RETRO-ROCKET UMBILJCAL_ A MAXIMUM ALTITUDE 3ENSO_ RUN3 OOT FiRE TOWER 3EPAI_AT/ON BOLT3
I ,w

SENSE TOWER RING SEPARATION, FIRE TOWER _

JETTISON ROCK_.T m I I >

SENSE TOWER SEPARATION THROUGR ELECTRICALDISCONNECT COMMAND _'ATE DAMPING, 3' 5E.C. TIME DELAY EJECT ANTENNA FAIRINr_ ANI) DEPLOY MAIN CHUTERATE PAMI_IN6 .STOP3 AT CHUTE PEPLOYMENT

P N

REPORT MODEL-]

_I_ 33

10_

ST. LOUIS, _
_f .....

MISSOURI _

REVISED REVISED

telelight, relay. relay the The through two

and

also

energizes interlock

the relay

Tower energizes of the assembly free shield

Separation the Astronaut's jettison of and the

Abort Retro

Interlock

Latching Jettison and will by for in relay tower return Rocket the this MAX ALT firing clamp to Fire their rebus be to capsule a coil fires

abort

Rocket Auto bolt. being Retro

Assembly switch bolt

the"ARM" of the the package between the capsule and the three

position retro will the rocket drop heat reaches the

squibs and installed When will close As

The

fracture spring purpose. SENSOR the ring: normal lays. power _ettisoned electrical the This main start foot Tower relay chute the and bolts.

capsule, retro altitude, Bolts the package

assisted assembly

a maximum Tower are tower

contacts Power se_nented to

energize tower the the and

Separation fractured, ring Jettison limit and contacts rocket. separating

bolts three

separates position Through will fire clear

allowing energizing these the of relays two the

switches Jettison Main The the

Emergency their of the

parallel Jettison in of energizing

and tower two will

Isolated will tower

squibs capsule The

resulting separation relays to the

disconnects. Separation will send Sensor a

either the cosmmuding Tower

disconnect Abort rate Rate

de-energize relay. until will arm time also the 21,000 of

Duping

signal

A_CS the

damping relays

deployment. two i0,000 2 second foot

De-energizing timers in the

Separation sequence which

recovery 2

will

baroswltches

after

seconds.

5-17.

ESCAPE The

A_ of

TO_ER

SEPARATION an after Abort three abort after and (3) will of these staging are: Booster energize relays are identical to the receiver DeThe the

methods named for

initiating escape

methods abort tection sequence

the

liftoff handle; methods

(I) Ground Catastrophic the is

command

signal; system. which

(2) Astronaut Any occurs of by the the

Failure relays. in

Mayday described

energizing

d-I

f'l,

"_T

1"_ T T_

T_

"ILl' rr,

"
1

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

,,,

5-17

SED, R 10,4 133

),

MAY'DAY RELAY5

BLOCK HOu 5E

COMM, CAPSULE UMBILICAL H A_ORT SIGNAL GROUND RELAy, (ENERG.)

GROUND TEST UMBILICAL RELAY DE-ENERG.)

CAPSULE SEPARATION BOLTS

POWER
IRELAY ,i

MAXIMUM ALT%TUDE 5ENSO_

TO'WE CAPSULE. 5EPAP_TtON TgLELIGHT ABORT LIGHT

JETTI SON ?-0 .SEE. TIME DELAY

CAPSULE SEPARATION WARNINO LIGHT TIME DELAY RELAY

CAPSULE SEPARATION BOLTS

J---. .__J _ /

CAPSULE

" ,.SEARATIGN P I SENSOR I RELAYS

' H
L
_@_LAM

CAPSULE SEPARATION SENSOR LIMIT SWITCHES

ESCAPE ESCARE ROCKET ROCKET FIRE RELAYS

CAPSULE ADAPTER CLAMP RING LIMIT

SWITCH

TOWER, _EPARATION ABORT .s-f,,, _NT_LOCK TOWER RELAY._ JE[TISON WN. LIOBT TIME DELAY RELAY

4 CAPSULE. ADAPTER EXPLOSIVE DISCONNECT

CAPSULE ADAPTER DISCONNECT SQUIB FIRE RELAY JETTISON ROCKET FIP.E RELAYS

V
JE'ITt._3N RETRO WARNING LIGHT 2,0 SEE. TIME. bELAY 5EFARATION BOLTS POWER RELAY TOWER RINC9 BOLTS

ill

Tow H H
RELAY

F
TOIVER R II,,IG uMIT 5_)ITCHES

REIRO JETTISON SWITCH (ARM POSITION)

H
L

ROCKET ASSEMBLY JETTISON

H
i J

ROCKET ASGEMP_Y JETTtSON E::)LT

l

PACKAC_ ASSEMBLY LIMIT 5Wi TCHES RETKO

ROCKET ASSEMgLY SEPARATION RELAYS RETR0

RETRO LANDINO SYSTEM Z SE.C.

JETTISON

TELELICq-IT

I R I G I-R iRATE PAMPItJG RELAY SEPARATION AB3K[" tNTE.R- LOCK RELAY

I I _ J l J I

I
I _

_T_o
C K E T

I
"
I

TIME 0ELAY RELAY

If' "

I
I
I

" _

"l

RETRO
ROCKET

/
/

_ [ /
/
g

I I I
I
I

ASSEMBLY I ,
UMBILICAL SYSTEM

RELAY

I I

I
i

I_,

I
ASCS RATE

PACK_

uM_,_A_

,.

SW,TCH AI
ANTENNA FAIRING EJECTOR

J
; I
_ //_

EJgg,_L

L
/
_Y UMSIUC.I_CUIT TO E)_OOOFt

RELAY _ DAMPING

/
/
--

SEPARATION I.
RELAYS
-

I "
I MUST _E ENEREdZE0 CAL RELEASE FOR GET THRU, SWITCH CLO_ED

_LOW

FIGUI2E5:-G.

ESC.-A.PE

BEFOI_E

STA61N(5

BLOCK

DIA, roI2AAA

P_,;s-_;B

PAGE REPORT MODEL

5-18 _]_ 1 33 paragraph. 104

MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

REVISED REVISED

following 5-18.

O_eration The signal which energizes the Mayd_7 engine relays also is transmitted 5-7 and 5-8). is contacts contacts completed of the to the

missile contacts

to shut down the sustainer of the energized main armed. Mayday instrument As thrust

(See Figure a power and to the .206 circuit .20g the

Through to the

relays, panel decays

ABORT light cutoff energize bolts sensor

on the are

thrust and separation follow-

close

the Capsule

Separation

Bolts

Power

relay

firing

five capsule

squibs

and separating

the capsule

adapter

clamp

ring.

The sequence

in6 clamp 5-7)-

ring separation

is the same as the normal

sequence

(Refer to Paragraph procedures (i.e., is

Re-entry

may be acccmplished initiated).

by any of the emergency to Paragraph

Astronaut initiated flight

or ground before

Refer also

5-9.

If the abort for orbital

the capsule

has obtained

the correct

velocity

and it is not desired manually. velocity

to fire the retro

rockets,

the retro package

must

be Jettisoned attain of retro orbital

It should be noted the quickest

that even

if the capsule is by emergency

does not firing

way for re-entry

rockets.

5-19. 5-20. 5-21.

TEST CORFIGURATION TEST CORFIGURATION General Capsule No. 8 is that the the takes

CAPSULES CAPSULE NO. 8

same

as

Specification however, panels the differ

Compliance circuitry in the

Capsule of the

in Launch

the

seOrbit

quence and

of

events and

place; Relay

Escape

Retrograde

following

manner.

5-22.

Launch Throughsecond
Same as Specification Tower bolts_ the Compliance Tower Ring Capsule, limit except that spring immediately to their upon actuated

firing

the

switches

P,G'f, YIr_, ;'..N

=:

O > -I Ill

"11

c
111

--4
I

iO E

(I) 0

!
., f 0
UPON Q Q RECEIPT SHUT SF-NSE OF AISoR'r SIGNAL... OFF 5USTAINER DECAY ENGINE TO .?.DO AND FiRE CAPSULE ADAPTER I_OLT5 EXPLOSIVE RATE DAMPINQ, D rtl r"

T_RUST

m zl "4

'1 > Q Iii

O (_ Q Q

SENSE CLAMP .DISCONNECT5

RiNG RELEASE, i:iRE CAI_SULE TO ADAPTER AND File I:IO_IGIRADE I:I.OCKET_. START 5 5EC

SENSE CAPSULE-ADAPTE._ SEPARATION. AND JETTISON RETRO-PACKA_E, ]_PTER S .SEC. GATE DAMPlN6 CAPSULE

TURN,_

AROUND.
/1 fln

OR C_ROUNO COMMAND ABTRONAUT _NiTIAT'..5 EMEP,6E_CY URE5 TO PERFORM RE-ENTRY AT 34" ATTITUDE,

PROCEED4_

?
",4

PAGE REPORT MODEL

5-2'0 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

AROI_T

LIGHT

GROUND

P,EC EIV_.

CAPSULE SEPARA_]0N BOLTS POWER. R.ELAY

CAPSULE SPARATI_ _OLTS

ABORT NANDLE

CAPSULE SEPARATION WARNIN& UONT I .SEC. T,D.RELAY

CAPSULE ADAPTER 5I_PARATION P, IN(a LIMIT 5WITCMES

MISf:JLF_ CATASTROPHIC DETECTOR CAPSULE 4 CAPSULE ADAPTER DISCONNECT SQUIB FIRE RELAY

i
POSIG_R/C)E ROCKETS FiRE RELAYS ADAPTER EXPLOS_VE DIBCONNEC/5 L_ CAPSULE SEPARATION CAPSULE SEPARATION SENr-_R, P,ELAYS

,(.___

CAPSULE SEPARATION SENSOR LIMIT 5WITCHES

'

POSIGRADE ROCKETS

DAMP(NG

51C-NAL SSEE. T.D._LAY Z_

//_

REMOVED

AFTER

5 SE.C.

//_

APPLIED

AFTER

5C.

FIGURE

5-8

ESCAPE

SYSTE.N,1

AFTER

TOWER

SF..PAP,ATION(BLOCIX,DIA_P.AM)
,I

PM4s-c,s o

DATE
R_'iSEID, REVISED,

! November

I_i

_
ST. LOUIS

__A_
3. MISSOURI

PAGE
REPORT

_-21 _ 10_

.............. and relays four are complete and relays fired to the which and the a circuit Emergency are to the

.,
L

MOD_
,

133 Jettison relays. circuit, Rocket _ough the

position Fire these rockets _-23.

Emergency and in Escape

Jettison Rocket for the each

and Fire

Escape

connected

parallel from

rocket

tower

separates

capsule.

Re-_atz 7 The stone three switches Telelight as Specification pressure energize and switches, three illuminate Capsule one Retro the except on each that Retro Gone Retro the velocity Rocket. Relays Telelight. sensor Closing which of is these the re-

placed pressure

by

Rocket green

extinguish

Red Retro

5-24.

TEST

CONF_ION

CAPSULE

NO. 9

uener
Capsule
/

No.

9 is the that in

same take

as

the

Specification however, manner: the

Con_liance circuitry in

Capsule the

in

the

sequence Relay 5-26.

of events panels Re-Entry differ

place; following

Retrograde

the

The Retro and Right telelights light which illuminates (No. 3) are

Rocket the Retro

Fired Green Rocket

Relay light in is place

which

extinguishes

the

Red Retro switch All the

Fire located the

telelight on the

energized of the

by a pressure Velocity of relays Sensor. except

Retro Jettison

extinguished on.

through

a series

Retro

remains

5-27.

TEST CCMFIGURATION

CAPSOLE NO. 13

e,e r.Z
< _'_

Capsule sequence relay of panels

No. 13 is the _ events differ that in take the

as the Specification place; however, manner: the

Compllance in the

Capsule

in the

circuitry

Retrograde

following

Mc, DONNE
REPORT MODEL ._1_ 1(_ .o_TJ.OUI$_MIS$OURI

DATE REVISED

November

1961

3.33

REVISED.

5-_.

_-Entr,/
The Retro Retro light telelights Telellght remains on. are Power extinguished Drop relay is through not in a series the circuit of relays and the except Retro that

the Jettlson

.05g

5-30.

TEST Capsules

COBF_RATION No. IO and

CAPSULES 16 are the

NO.

iO

AND

16 Capsules.

same

as Specification

6-I-

SCTION
/'4_- _,

V_

ESCAPE AND JETTISON SYSTEMS

ROCKET

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OPERATION

ABORT
::::::'_--_.._

PAGE .........................
eeee.ee.eoeoeoeeee.eeeeeee.

6-3 6 3
6-3

HANDLE ROCKET

.0.

...............................

ESCAPE

.......

, .........

..............

6-S

JETTISON

ROCKET. .............................. .......................

6-7 6-11

TEST CONFIGURATION

'::_ii_iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiii_'":

_ALIIPlRPILIqI_N n_ m li 8 IkllP n I I I

,il, I/_1_

I b

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

6-2 SEDR 104 133

MCDONNEL_L __ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE ... REVISED REVISED ... .

1 NOVEMBER

1961

uJ v'3

.,%

,.oh"

,._

--

',O

Q LY Z

o_, i-.. c_
'-_ IJJ .P_O

,J3

FIGUPE o'1 ESCAPE

SYSTE_
.,,,_-_

(SI-IEE_I'I OF;?..)
il"i,L

l o ember
REVISED

Mc, DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI RI_ORT

6-3
_ 10_1

VI.

ESCAPE

AND

JETTISON

ROCKET

SYSTEM

6-1.

SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

The Jettison These events an

escape rocket. are

system The not

consists system

of

the

capsule

pylon,

escape

rocket

and

pylon 6-1. of where same escape

also

utilizes

items

illustrated assist

on Figure in the

items to

part the

of the

escape

system, During

but

sequence

complete is but never in

escape

function. all of the

normal

flight

conditions their of" the V.

abort

initiated,

associated a written

items

perform

function system

different of the

sequences. items under

For

description refer to

and

diagrams

discussion,

Section

6-2.

SYSTEM

OPERATION

The
i_/'

capsule removed. the

electrical When escape an

system abort

provides is

for

an the

abort

any

time adapter

after clamp to an

the ring

gantry

is

initiated, and At is the

capsule is

is released, altitude sensor, ignited, the drogue of the and

rocket 2500 clamp

ignited, feet. ring

capsule

carried of the

approximately capsule the tower

this

time,

by means tower after chute

altitude rocket jettisoning, the the

released, Two after

the

Jettison tower

escape

tower

Jettisoned. Two Twelve seconds seconds the

seconds drogue

chute

is deployed. is released.

deployment, release,

antenna heat

fairing is

after

antenna skirt. escape

fairing During rocket

shield where the

released, the escape tower

extending system from

landing utilized,

impact the

a normal is used to

mission separate

is not the

escape

capsule.

6-3.

ABORT The

HANDLE handle's used primary as of function is to handle initiate during the abort sequence. of the For

abort

The abort

handle handle

is also is

a restraint the

launch. couch left

Location arm rest.

forward

Astronaut's

support

0 r" -CAP3ULE TO ADAPTER SEPARATION RIN_ SENSIN6 SWITCH

m -t

> Pl

!
ESCAPE AND JETTISON ROCKET -,_ _[Z.

RECOVERY--_ COMPARTMENT CAPSDLE

-- CAPSULESEPARATION SENSIN6 SWITCH

"----STRIKER (LOCATED IN ADAPTER)

ADAPTER

RING SEPARATION

m
o
C

Z
_

3ENSOR AND CAPSULE-ADAPTER SEPARATION SENSOR

u)
rn

H
CLAMP RING

;o
I11 <: rrl El SEHSING SWITCH _

_o
Ill < I11 0

o
), ,-.I

0
v

-rl r_

CAPSU LEITO ADAPTER. SE PARATIOIq RIN6

CAPSULE R ECOVERY_ COMPARTMENT

rl

"D
J>. i

TOWER SEPARATION RING SENSING SWITCH-

DATE
RUrVlSED

1 November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

pA_,,
REPORT

6-5
SRDR l0 b,

._,sEo

_omm.

133
, , J,

an Astronaut handle must moved which

initiated

abort, the release allowing

button

located

in the top of the outboard. When

be depressed,

the handle

to be rotated switch

to the abort

(outboard)

position,

an electrical clamp

is actuated, The escape dis(See

acts to detonate is then

the capsule-to-adapter providing release,

ring bolts.

sequence

initiated, umbilical

that the main umbilical the abort handle

has been

connected.

Before

is inoperative.

6-2. )
6-b,. ESCAPE ROCKET rocket consists of an electrically nozzle assembly, actuated igniter assembly, a

The escape

I inch b,130 steel case, rocket propellant 70 inches. weight (See Figure 6-b,).

plenum

chamber rocket

and a solid

fuel

The length

of the escape

is approximately 15 inches. The

The diameter

of the rocket

case

is approximately

of the motor stability,

prior to firing ballast

is approximately

350 pounds.

For aero(See Figure 6-1

dynamical Sheet cones.

is added

to the top of the rocket three equally

i of 2). The exit

The nozzle

assembly

incorporates

spaced exit of rocket case

cones are canted cones

at 19 degrees

from centerline

to centerline frQm the tower boss which Jettison mirror.

of exit

so as to direct The plenum

the rocket blast incorporates

outward

and away motor The

and capsule.

chamber

a Jettison

facilitates

for the installation

of the Jettison

rocket motor.

motor

boss also provides sighting

for the attachment thrust

of the thrust vector

alignment

The optical

of the resultant

is accomplished will obtain

by the thrust a maximum

alignment

mirror.

For off the pad escapes 2500 feet.

the rocket

capsule

altitude

of approximately

The escape tion

rocket propellant used

is a polysulfide industry.

ammonium

perchlorate States

formulaof

which is widely classifies

in the rocket

The United

Bureau

Explosives

the propellant and a spark

as a "Class B Explosive". or flame may easily ignite

The propellant it. The

is sensitive

to pressure

left1

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

6-6 SEDR 133

Me'DONNELL__ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

104

-b

REVISED

\
\

DAVE
REVISED. REVISED.

I November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

pA_z
Rm,ORV

6-7
SEDR i0_

.om,_
grain is an internal to the case. burning nine point star which

1_3

propellant

is cast directly the possibility alignment axial between at

into and bonded of thrust

With the nlne-polnted This

port design,

mlsalignment

is reduced.

is due to the improved The nominal resultant

the star ports 70 degrees

and the exhaust pounds

nozzles.

thrust

F is 52,000

for 0.78 of a second;

it then drops

off uniformly at a

to 5000 pounds reduced rate to

in the next zero.

0.6 of a second. impulse second.

The thrust

will then diminish at sea level, is

The total pounds -

of the motor,

approximately

56,500

The escape independent

rocket

igniter systems

is a head mounted to each unit.

dual unit with two completely initiation system to igniter This

initiation

The dual

each unit has independent is cylindrical

'<

circuitry

from different dynaflow

batteries. type

This

in shape, and is a central a miniature

of long duration.

igniter pellant

is essentially grain which

rocket motor. by either

It incorporates

a small proby tube

can be ignited pellets.

of two squibs this

surrounded

boronpotasslum filled with squibs.

nitrate

Surrounding in which

is an annular

plastic

a metal-oxidant

mixture

are located the igniter.

two sets of fourEach igniter has some

Either

set is capable systems, either

of initiating of which

two initiation

can start

the igniter

in the event

of the squibs are inoperatlve.

The igniter

is a Class

A Explosive.

6-5.

JETTISON

ROCKET rocket is a qualified Thor retro unit and is manufactured of an electrically (See Figure 6-5). The by

The Jettison the Atlantic actuated nozzle's

Research

Corporation.

The rocket

consists assembly

igniter, cones

a motor

case and a tri-nozzle at a 30 degree angle

are canted

(from canterline

of motor

case

to centerline a diameter

of exit nozzle).

It weights

19.5 pounds,

has a length

of 18 inches, at

of 5.5 inches,

and produces

785 pounds successfully

of thrust fired

for 1.4 seconds

70 F. in vacuum.

The rocket has been

from -7_ O F. to 175 F.,

PAGE REPORT MODEL ,

6-!8 SEDR 104 ST.LOUIS, 133 MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

I_OC

ESCAPE KET

"METAL CONDUIT

_TI. _ L,;

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

' Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS

_,,_
, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

, 6,;9 SEDR 133 104

SGNITER I-4 E_, D

FLIGI4

PROPELLANT

PAGE REPORT MODEL

6!-1 O: SEDR 133 10:4

Mc'DONNEL_L C__ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

P OT T IN C-i

SQUIB I_N\TION PKLLE-TS _

/i

IGNITER

F_E

Iv_ _LW,

/J

__

\I

W/-

_ov_,.,

L,_

C E DEbFJ

j-L, NEa

'b"mN6 _...
NOT..ZLE TNSE_IT J (_"_,_J _/_ "-_" N 0 ZT. L _: A, f) EM,_LY

'Ai << c_

,A,I_I ,'61

ELECTRICAL

DIAG, RAM

FIGUI:2E

6-5

JETTISON

_OCI,F_TI"

pM4s-_7-

DATE

_vemb_r

l_

PAGE

6roll

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3. MISSOURI

REPORT

._,nR

IO).l.

REV'SED

"
J

"

MOC_.

133

and from sea level to vacuum. The Jettison capabilities. threads 7 grams rocket igniter is a head mounted unit with dual ignition head and

This unit

is cylindrical

in shape with

a hexagonal contains

into the top of the jettison of USF-2D ignition pellets circuitry

rocket.

The igniter

approximately squibs.

which from

are ignited a different

by either power

of four

Each pair palr

has independent

source aud either

is capable

of igniting

the pellets.

6-6.

TEST CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

6-7.

TEST CONFIGURATION The above capsules

CAPSULES differ

NO. 8, i0 AND 16 capsule in the following from the

from the specification the escape tower

manner. capsule

For a normal

launch,

will be Jettisoned and jettison

by the simultaneous

firing

of the escape

rockets.

64.

EST CONFIGURATION Same as specification

CAPSULES

NO. 9 AND 13

capsule.

j___7"

7-1

-"............................................. "_ $CTJON

VB_

m
POSIGRADE ROCKET SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. .......................

PAGE 7-3 7-.3 7-3 7-5

SYSTEM OPERATION POSIGRADE

............................

ROCKET ............................ ......................

TEST CONFIGURATION

.-::::.

.::::::"

-A _V|l|

AIIIPllll_lPLl_lel |flJimll

A Io"_b_

PAGE REPORT MODEL

7-2 SEDR 133 104

MCDONNEL_L__" __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

t NOVEMBER

1961

\
\

.FIGURE -7-I

POSIG_ADE

I_OCKET

SYSTEM

DATZ
REVISED REVISED

I November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

._oR'r

._.I_

104

MOO_ .... 1_

VII.

POSIGRADE

ROC_

SYSTEM

7-i.

SYSTEM

_ESCRIPTION rocket system consists primarily of the three poslgrade wiring

The poslgrade rockets necessary

and igniters

mounted

in the retrograde at the proper

package time.

and the associated (See Figures

to ignite the rockets

7-1 and 7-2. )

7-2.

SYSTEM

OPERATION of the poslgrade rockets is to accomplish separation between velocity an

The purpose the capsule has been abort

and booster

at a rate of 15 feet per second the same separation rockets

when orbital function

achieved.

They also perform separation.

during

after tower should

The three

are fired unit would

simultaneously; successfully affect

however,

two of them

fail, the remaining

separatlon.

7-3.

POSIGRADE

ROCKET rocket primarily and an electrically approximately consists actuated of a nozzle igniter. assembly and case, a

The poslgrade solid propellant device measuring

It is a cylindrical 2.8 inches in diameter an Atlas has

14.7 inches

in length, rocket

and weighing retro-rocket been gained

approximately with minor

5.24 pounds.

This

is basically

changes

for increased

reliability. of the igniter

Reliability

by two methods;

(a) Dual ignition

squibs from two to accomplish rockets, in the

different successful

buses,

(b) only one of the three

rockets

is necessary range

separation. control

Due to the wide temperature system is not required. provides

of these

a temperature posigrade

The propellant an average

utilized

rocket

is Arcite

377 which

thrust

of 370 pounds

for one second

in a vacuum.

..... _,_1

11

"_ n"_ I WIm,*l

l"Jl" ,

I AI .....

PAGE REPORT MODEL

7-4 SEDR 104 _

Mc'DONNEL__
ST.LOUIS,

__

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI

133

"1"0 POSIGI_,DE 2 AND "_

ROCKET_

I
I I

I
ii

r
A,
I (0 A PO,StGR_,DE ROCKE"r _ BUS I 1 I

.+

FA:
I

,&j

I I EM ERGEMP..Y PQSIGRAOE ROCK ET5 BUS

I 4

,IPOCJ, JGRADE FIRE

_I_

; ROCKET LAY

EM ERGI_t_.Y POSIC_RADE _OCKE'r FIRE RELAY "

,,lie

)--.-

-} +
CAI_uI.Pt..Ik,t J"r AD_P'I'ER 5wr'I'CH _,."TO G=ROuMI_ RELay ALARM

Rt_I_

ES

,&

TEST UM_,iLIC,e,.L AND _lAy DAY RELAYed.

F'IGURE

7-_

POSlGRAOE

ROCKET

IGNITION

5Y'STEM

_CHEMA'I'IC

PM4S'G6A

.......

_='m

|4f-t.

L--,

OAT_
REVISE:D

i November

I_i

VONNE
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI
i

PAGE
REPOnT

T-5
SEDR 104

RE[VISED
i

.o_
Rocket Igniter rocket igniter is a head mounted

133

7-4..

The posigrade
r

unit with dual ignition a hexagonal 7-1). head for

capabilities. threading contains

The igniter

is cylindrical

in shape with rocket

it into the top of the posigrade approximately 3 grams of ignition

(see Figure

This unit by either

pellets which

are ignited

of two pairs of squibs. power source and either

Each pair pair

has independent of igniting

circuitry

from a different

is capable

the pellets.

7-5.

TEST CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

7-6.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

NO. 8, 9, i0, 13 AND 16

Ssme as specification

capsule.

L_

r:,

8"1

S[CTION

VJl_

RETROGRADE

ROCKET SYSTEM

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE SYSTEM ROCKET DESCRIPTION MOUNTING ..........................

oeeeeeleeoeleeleeeee

PAGE 8-3
eeeee.

8-3 8-3 8-6 8-8 8-9

RETRO PACKAGE SYSTEM RETROGRADE

ELECTRICAL ...................

WIRING. .........

OPERATION

ROCKET

........................ .......................

TEST CONFIGURATION

_..I _Vlll

i.

l.k

I..

.i_'i I ini--

_'_

.............

_ ....

l_ll

PAGE REPORT MODEl,

8- 2 SEDR 104

Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS,

__
MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

133

ADAPTEP.

BLANPCET P, EC F-PTA C LE5

FIGUI_E

8-1

P, ETI_,OGI_ADE

ROCKET

SYSTEM

_M4.5-65A

DATE,, REVISED.

No'ulCer

1_

__#_, ---7----'-ST, --_--_- MISSOURI -,.,_LOUIS 3,

PAGE REPORT

8-? _]_ 10_"

REv,sEo

...........

Moron.

133

VIII.

REZRCORAIZ

ROCKET

SYSTEM

8-1.

SYSTEM The retie

IESCRIPTION
Q

rocket i_tere, are

system

consists associated the

primarily wiring

of

the

three for

retro-rockets, rocket _tlon. with

their The

pyrogen retro-rockets

and the housed in

necessary retrograde

Je_tlsonable

packa_

along

the
8-2.

ro ts.
ROCKET MDURTIm The retro-rockets to the by capsule are mounted of

8-i.)

in

the

retro-package straps seconds _oined follovi_

which, at the

in

turn,

Is center firing e_ects from end. of the the of

mounted the

by means bolt.

three Sixty

bottom

package

an explosive detonates, fr_ each the

retrograde

signal 2 the bolt the package away

the straps are released, To protect a metal blast the grawlty at cover time the over of

and a toll spring particularS7 exposed nozzle

capsule. has

rockets, its

micro-meteorites, The cower rockets capsule's Is is blown

rocket by as

off

rocket to direct of

light-off. thrust of vector

Mount_n6 towards

so designed predetermined

resultant st time

center

firiug.

8-3.

REPRO PACKAGE _CAL The retro l_ckage Is that from the the to the the slotted

WlRI_ supplied are electrical power through around the they for the face the three enter retro the three electrical

explosive Electrical retenslon rubber and retro explosive

disconnects wire straps grc_mts. are bun_les

equally

positioned follov where

base

of the capsule package through sensors each and

the retro

dtsccanecte package, all of

retrograde this unlt

down to Within routed

packase outside metal

wiring the

rockets, into wiring

heaters rocket

package

end then rocket

through virin8

shield. package.

Postgrade (See

bolt

remain

within

the

Figure

8-_.)

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

8-4 SEDR 104 133

Me' NE D ON L_L.L.L.L.L.L.L.L__ L __._

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

REVISED REVISED

Pg, E- 5T BY GROUND RETROG, R_DE I J R G 9, j RE-i RO SEQUENCE _ P.ET_O %EQL_E./',_E

COMMAND

%A-I'ELL\TE

CLOP.3<I

_I_
CAPSULE _,EPAR AT_ON _.ELK'f

(_o _Ec T.o.')

RE L/kY

t
AUTOMATIC P RE - %ET t_E_QRE LA.UN C_ KAAIN _ _'I"'T E_.'Y ---l_j IA_cs CAUBR_GOR l AT'TITOOE

I _'T_

P-.E'_RO _TU2LOCY_ r

P, L,k.'_ 5

F_RE RE-fRO _.OCKET

NOTES
E_ AFTEr. _.TTITuDE A_'TER _Q &EC.'T.O._ _ A-CCA_EQ %EC.,T._. " CQ_I_,ECT [_ 30

WA_,_ _l'tC_ LI C_NT

[E> [:E>

A_'fE_ 6o SEC.q.D. AFI"_._ _0 5EC.T.b. PWI_ REMO'VEO AE'I'EI_, %0. %EC. AFTE._, 2 _EC.'T.D.

(20 sEc.T.b._

LATC_ [ P.ETgO

R EL K'Y \G.NAL

A%S_.MBLY _,L _,_'

I RL_RO TI_E I SIG, NAL O_5_N_AC_E L.,

C_ostc-_.bh
RE L/_"Y

[_
J

_E-T_,O _.OCKET UM_)ILICAL ._I_2ETRO t_SGR OCY-,f.."T I 5E 3"ETTI SON RF_L _'Y I I I A%% Mf_L'Y 5ET-flSON

:; E-TT_SON _L'T _,O UMBiLiCAL I RE-T_D ROCKET D ISCDNI'_EGT %EPA_ATION, I_OLT RETRO ROCKET T RE'TRO 3ETT/_ON _NK_NINC_ L_.C_HT

(.Z. Ec"T.OJ s
RE L &"

FIGURE 6-2

RETROGRADE

ROCKET AUTOMATIC FIRING 5YST'_

PM45-_4-

J," r'l N ',=! m E ._:T. _-=-

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNELL H
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE. REPORT MODEL

8-5
SEDR 133 104

SELECTIOM

A_I

AN_

r_ECOVE_..Y

_,

IKIO.

rZELAY

_.. ;=AIUJ_. CLOCK

r-

OF

SATELLITE

T"ro I:::U_C.,TI_,K._

C..LOCl.

_..U _-_ OUT.

_'_----'_

TO _i'_o POCKET _ _";;..o _6L,_,Y

F:J_E 2[LAY(30SEC.T._.)

g r-" -"
ISOLkT_D _ATT.

_.THE'_._.T{'J.0 OOE_ _(_T

_TTITUOE' ILLUMtkL_Tt _E0_ _JT Ik.iOlC/kT_. IM {2ETIZO

LIGl.IT 0t_

ILLtJN_INATF-_ VIBU_-L AIDS CAPSULE IS

-n3_
-ROOr._.T h "JET'ClSOt4 I_T_O * LIGHT

SE

P_,_.ATIO_

_0TES
I501._TI;D e_,TT_I_y EE> _I_EEN i.t@l-IT OMI.,.V.

tP" TWF..'_F..T12.0 i_c)_TO Q_TRO QETT]S_4 ASSEMBLY _OLT Pil2_ t.lGl-I'T

A'_

LI_NT

ILLUI,_II4/_'IT.tt

ASSK_.V
LEFT NAIAD CONSOL_

iFi

'

,so_,T_o _TT_Y

FIGUIKE 8-3 RE.TROR,OCKF.TOVERRIDE FIRING SYSTEM

........ |ITI i

SCHEMATIC

pM45qlB

PAGE REPORT

8-6 SEDR 104

McDONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE _. 1 November REVISED REVISED

I_i

MODEL_ 1_ 8-4. SYST_4 The re-entry. which defined sequence attained, attitude the at clock rockets fire. is above the as OPERATION of the firing is retrograde of the rocket is system preceded Is to by slow a

purpose Actual capsule

the

capsule period

prior during Is

to

rockets to the

30-second "Retro" Yaw. The limits

positioned 34

"retro" 00

attitude. or

attitude firing have the

follows: not will after may

+ 12.5 Pitch, nor_Llly, until

+ 30 Roll "retro" should Should Firing by any of

will and 1/mits ltmits

begin, be

the

attitude the the of the the capsule need

been

temporarily the be sequence manually can be

interrupted has begun.

exceed arise

3 however, which (i) occurs

overridden. initiated (3) re-entry for retro

rockets,

five-second runout; wall Sixty Jettisoned.

intervals (2) effect seconds Astronaut a

following: Any the one

Satellite the fail to

selection;

Ground in fire, the

command. e#ent the

of two

satisfactory after slgnal

other

entire

retrograde

p_ckage

8-5.

ROCK_
All three No.

FIRING
rocket 3 rocket the of flre fire relays relays receive have table time a 2_ fiveV d-c and _hen siemltaneous_7; ten-second each Note rocket that the time however, delay, its the respecflre

No.

2 and

tlve_y. signal cares

Therefore, and time the of No. No. length firing. 1 R_ 2

following burning

shows

receives asterisk

thereafter.

lndi-

Left Bottom

e RK_

+ +

Right

_o.

3 R_ 123k 5 6 7 8 910 ll1213141516171819 20.

SECOImS
The retro rockets are fired sequentis_ to avoid the Inei_ectlve results

DATI_

REV,S_O

--

"'_rr. oum"_'a"MiSSOUm "_" L s,

R_'OnT.

10_

133
from a failure failed
\ /

of either

of the first disrupt power

two rockets. the retro

Consequently,

if No. 1 roc_t the ASCS relay and auto-

to a degree interlock

which would would remove

attitude

position,

attitude

from the attitude could

permission

also the No. 2 rocket matically rocket or manually

fire relay. by the RCS, receive

The capsule

then be reposltloned

end upon regaining and fire.

the 34 position s the No. 2 would occur

fire

relay would 2 rocket

po_er

The same sequence 8-2. )

if the No.

were to fail.

(See Figure

8-6.

RETRO ROCKET There

EMERGERCY

OVERRIIE on the Astronaut's one is RETRO left console which concern

are four telellghts system.

the retrograde light. by

The first illmninate

SEQ. and is a green sequence

function either of

This light will

when the retro adjacent

is started,

the satellite

clock or by the button re-entry prior

to the light. clock

The purpose

the button

is to initiate

to satellite

runout

or failure

of

(see n re
The next two For light as

8-3.)
in flight, always be reaches the the the in retrograde sequence are switch REdO adjacent light will ATE. to and the

telelights a normal should the

FIRE RETRO. RETRO ATT. green mately the _ as

RETRO ATTITUDE AUTO. the

The RETRO ATT. attitude should must correct then and should was

illum_te Approxigreen. If

soon

capsule later

34 retro telelight the

position. illmninate check retro the also the fire Astrcnaut push

forty

seconds ATT. telelf_ht to

FIRE REdO red, the the the the

411,--tn-tes determine to be if in in

Astronaut is in

capsule Position. should the FIRE green. correct posi-

attitude If the

in capsule the button. if

order is

capsule correct

found

attitude,

position REdO

RETRO ATT. Ten the seconds

switch later

BY PASS Position, FIRE REdO that the light capsule

illuminate in the

However,

Astronaut

determined system

not

Position s the fly-by-wlre tion the capsule in the

should be employed (See Section

in order IV. )

to correctly is

34 attitude.

When this

accem-

.....

''"_"_I

_ I

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

8-8 _ 133 104

MCl DONI_.h_._ _T_TT

__ I"9

DATE REVISED

1 November

1961

_ _'_--_" "_ ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _I * .......

REVISED,,

pllshed If

the the

RETRO EETR0 red, RETRO

ATT. ATT. the

telellght telelight

should

illuminate green, FIRE

green. but the FIRE EETRO should telelight be pushe_

illuminates to the

illuminates leaving The green event supply cannot sometime explosive 60 this an be the

button switch is

adjacent in the the

RETRO

telelight

A_T.

AUTO

position. This FIRE button telellght RETRO will illuminate In the to package

fourth seconds light

telelight after the

JETT.

RETRO. of the

illumination red, the to

telelight. be

illuminates source by the

adjacent the or

should bolt.

selected retro be

alternate Jettisoned during bolt

of power automatic the

Jettison

If the it will will coil

override heat to

method,

ejected the eject

re-entry or burn

when the

extreme straps

encountered allow the

detonate to

retention

spring

the package.

8-7.

RETBO The

ROCEET

HEA2ERS rockets only. and are equipped vlth type blanket thermostat moisture type heaters operated heater by

retrograde ground power

means ture

of

A resistor 95 + 5F

maintains from

temperaon the

between

75 + nozzle

5F

preventlmg

collecting

retro-rocket

closures.

8-8.

RETROGRAnE
The retrograde of the

ROCKET
rocket, Model manufactured Leading inches, by Thiokol Chemical are : ]2 Corporation, weight is a approxi-

variation mately have thrust of has the

TE-236. length of 15.4

particulars diameter pound action

Total

69.55 a total of 992

pounds, impulse pounds

inches.

These providing to the

rockets an average

approximately for to 13.2

13,000 seconds

seconds, time. Due

each

importance firing from system separate and are

retrograde employed. sources.

system Dual

the

overall to all

mission, igniters to motor

a redundant has case been and

rocket provided

been

ignition are

electrical

Heaters

bonded

nozzle

closure

MAC

23TCL

(27

APR

59)

DAT_ RVISED IR%rISD

November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

P^G_

8-9

MOm_ controlled.

133

thermostatically

.4--'-,

8-9. 8-10.

TEST T_ST

CO_FIELTATION COIFIGURATION listed

CAPSUI_S C_ NO. 8, i0, 13 AND 16 are basically the same as the speclficatlon

The above capsule.

capsules

_A_E
REPORT, MODEL..

'-,0
SEDR 104 133

MC, DONNELL __.__

ST.LOUIS,

I NOVEMBER _ DATE REVISED

1961

_'_j,'ez._ t, MISSOURI

__F:_

S".'T :_ L

REVISED

F_URE

8-,4--RE-FRO PACKAQE
; _ ,,_,

EL.EC-rRICAL INS,TALLATION
: :

pH45-'13

.t_kll=..ll_lm.li.,-r-

_lm_.

a_.:.,p. ,._,,.,m,_ _

SCTJON

JX

SEQUENCE SYSTEM LANDING THROUG RECOVERY

TABLE
\

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY EMERGENCY SYSTEM SEQUENCE SEQUENCE SEQUENCE SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION OPERATION DESCRIPTION... OPERATION ....................... CAPSULES

PAGE .. 9-3 .... 9-3 9-6 ... 9-6 9-11 9-27

COMPONENTS.,

TEST CONFIGURATION

........

_^ilPII'_IP|I'TI tv i 11 i IBw bl 1 I

A Idr_ll

I_1315A5

,K_I'_AOD3_I (3blW _bllq_IW70IIW_OIOW

I-b

SB_I3

.; ii:

03SLASH

IHROSSIIN

'SlOOl'/s

_ol

llOlq

/HOd'ai:l

lg6l _I_RW:IAON l

DATE
REVISED REVISED

i November

i_i

Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

p^_E
REPORT MODEL

9-3
SEDR 104 I_

IX.

SEQUENCE

SYSTEM

LANDING

THROUGH

RECOVERY

9-I.

AUTOMATIC The landing

SEQUENCE

DESCRIPTION sequence safely system provides after in the an abort automatic electrical and to

and recovery

sequencing initiate

to land the capsule

or a/_er

re-entry,

locating

aids for assistance system

subsequent

recovery. used

The primary initially and a

(completely

automatic)

incorporates

a drogue

parachute, phase

to decelerate main parachute

and stabilize which further

the capsule decelerates

in the initial the capsule. which

of recovery landing is

Capsule

accomplished

by a 63 foot diameter chute

parachute

is deployed

at I0,000 chute

feet.

In the event of a main deployed

failure, manual

a 63 foot diameter Both main

reserve

may be

by the Astronaut's to limit shock

selection.

and reserve

chutes the reefing fully,

are reefed

loads

at initial time

opening. delay

Automatically,

line is severed lowering

after a predetermined at the prescribed

an_ the chute

will open

the capsule

landing

speed.

After main

chute deployeffect for the disnormally

merit, the landing landing connected taking aids. impact.

impact bag is extended, Immediately'after impact,

providing the main

a cushioning chute

is autcma_ically

and the reserve

chute ejected. kit which

The Astronaut

will then egress

with him the survival

contains

a life raft and other

survival

9-2.

AUTOMATIC On tower

SEQUENCE separation,

OPERATION power is removed from the Tower Time Delay delay Separation to be Relays energized flows through relays

allowing

the Main 9-I).

Chute System Arm 2 Second After the 2 second time energizing a 2 second the Main delay

relays

(See Figure the closed which in

has run out power 2 Second ft.

contacts after

C_ute the

Delay 10_000

Time Delay

turn

arms

Baroswitch.

The 21,000 System Arm

ft. Baroswitch

is armed through

the closed contacts

of the Main Chute

PAGE REPORT

9-_ _I_R 1OZ_ ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI I REVISED REVISED

MODEL_ l_
2 Second switch Mortar, Drogue finely be ft. is Time Delay relays. energizing the Drogue and that Upon the descent Drogue

to

9_I,0OO

ft.

the firing

_1,000 the

ft.

]_oChute The disperses that can I0,000 in the

actuated, deploying

Deploy and the ejecting

relay, the the

Drogue

Parachute, decelerates provides hundred actuates and firing Warning an

chaff chaff

package. package area

Chute cut

stabilizes _etal foil search ft.

capsule; radar

enlarged of miles the of Main

reflection At relay of Time

picked the

up I0,000 of

by

planes

distant. Deploy squibs

approximately resulting the Antenna relay

Baroswitch circuits

removal Ejector. actuated,

ground Also, and at The closed

all Light

four

Fairing is is

the the

Main end

Deploy of

2 Second Red

Delay

2 seconds

delay

the

Main Arm

Deploy relays

Telelight are

illuminated. through Fairing The Fairing Fairing The Four Main the

Antenna contacts Sensor

Fairing of the

Separation Main Deploy

Sensor relays

energized Antenna

arming

the

two

Separation firing to to of

Switches. Antenna capsule. the Fairing Ejector Squibs connected frca the to line causes from chute the the Antenna Antenna

the

four the

separate the Main opens after charge

from Chute,

A lanyard, Main Chute

extracts

compartment. shock loads. by to a open

chute

initially chute

in the

reefed the cutters

condition reefing

limit is

seconds

the

is deployed line

severed parachute

pyrotechnic

in the

reefing

allowing

the

fully.
The Separator to the the the Main energize squibs _ separation Sensor the fire, Chute of the fairing to from the capsule the Main the of is from allows the Antenna power Fairing

Switches Main they cc_r_ent

function. Relay a firing

Through the

switches, Ejector Bag B_

is routed When bottom same the is of time Green also

Ejector generate

Squibs. at At the the

gas, the

filling ejection

Ejector the chute.

aiding Separation and

Antenna Deploy

Fairing Telelight

Signal'relay power

energized, the Red

illuminating Power

removin6

Telelight.

CC_!FIDENTIA,.

directed Inertia the

through Switch

the Arm contacts 12

Antenna Second allow Bag Warning

Fairing Time power Light Limit relay

Separation Delay to 2 be relays. supplied

Sensors After to Time and squibs impact Light

to the energize

energize 12 second the as

the time Landing well The Ba_ As the the Bag Unlock

Main delay Be_ as closed Valve 2 second Red Signal to _ag power

energized and

Extend to the

Landi_ Bag Landing heat out

Second Switch

Delay Tnertia of

relays switch. the

Landing of

Unlock Bag

Signal Extend and

contacts releasing time Landing Limit energize Telelight operates wades contacts System power 1 Second a delay

fire

the the

La_iing ba_.

the runs

shield, the

extending Bag heat through Si_ Red in to power light. turn the is

landing relay the

Landing Upon and

Warning shield its

illuminates T_na4nZ power the of impact is Green on Switch Through the T_na_nZ the of circuit relay Capsule the is is and time and of PoSt Post

Bag switch the

telelAght. is actuated _k_

separation closed relay

contacts illuminating

directed Landing landing which the

Landing extinguishi_ Inertia for the

Extend the

and the ground of Relay. is

The energizes Impact supplied

force the relay to

Switch power flo_ relay, the to relays.

and

Electric coil.

pro-

closed

Impact Through

energize Post and

Landing Relay,

activated the Through Flashing When Bag At

contacts Impact the

of Signal,

the

System

transmitted Time Delay the light Deploy is relay relays relay, to the be

energize

Stabilization Landing

closed Recovery

contacts Light Signal are

System setting Green Aids

relay the Main Telelight

self-powered in and operation. Landing

con_leted energized the Red the the Rescue Capsule DisDismain Chute

the

_pact

Telelights the end of the the squibs Disconnect

extinguished 1 Second Disconnect contacts fired, fire

illuminated. is activated energized. Chute The

the Main

delay

Stabilization connect connect chute f_

allowing Through Disconnect Reserve

Reserve Main the

energized are

Main

releasi_ the

the

capsule.

Relays

Reserve

Disconnect

Squibs

releasin_

the

Reserve

Chute

and

energizes

the

Reserve

Deploy

REPORT MODEL_

,SEDR lOLl 133

ST. LOUIS, '

MISSOURI ' "*

REVISED REVISED

relay. ploying Chute in and the are the

The the Ejector

Reserve Pilot Bag time

Deploy Chute squibs and

relay the

fires Reserve the the

the

Reserve

Chute Bag which

Deploy squibs. has the in

Gum

Squibs The

de-

Chute gas

Ejector

Reserve delay

activates inflating the

generator bag

a one

second

ignition the dye

before

ejector Aids

expelling is placed System

Reserve "MAN" Drop

Chute position, relays from

marker. Aids Switch The Aids Drop Delay is

When

Rescue and Rescue and

switch

the

Rescue

Signal,

the

Post

Landing

Power

Hold power

energized. Red Rescue Power Time relay

energized Telelight relay At

Aids

Switch the

Signal Green

relay light. System time

removes The Power the

illuminates the of the

Post-Landlng Drop Whip 30 Antenna the When a

/

System Second Extend gas the

Hold relay.

energizes the end the

Post-Landing 30 second

delay

energized

firing the active

Whip

Antenna of on

Extend to power

Squibs its is

activating length. from

cartridge Post of

extending System

element

antenna impac%

full

Landing

Relay

is energized circuit. After

removed the Post

number System

components Drop except which

in the relay the

a 30

second from the

delay the

Landing of the

Power

is energized Whip Antenna Green

removing Extend Rescue

power and

remainder Aids

components, Signal relay

relay Aids

Rescue

Switch

leaves

the

Telelight

illuminated.

9-3-

EMERGENCY The Emergency operated pull-ring, system Chutes,

SEQUENCE

DESCRIPTION of the landing system by the basically Astronaut. Left Hand of rescue the consists The of

provisions back-up and

manually button, emergency Reserve

systems

initiated are located initiate Bag, and

appropriate The Main and

switches

on the

Console. Drogue,

controls extend the

manually Landing

deployment initiate

aids.

9-4.

F._R_ENCT SEQUENCE OPERATION (See Figure 9-3)

On descending to 21,000 ft. and Drogue Chute failure is detected by lack

of

opening

shock

and

by

a visual

check

through

the

window,

depress

the

Drogue

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNELL__ _ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-7 SEDR 104

133

\
\

F PILOT

WHIP

ANTENNA

i
CHUTE LANYARD

TO

TOPOF

PILOT

CHUTE

i,i '

EtGU!_E

9-2, _MAIN AND 12ESEI_VE PAI2ACI4UTE

SYSTEM(SHEET

I OF

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-_8 SEDR 104 133

MCDONNELL
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

\\

. .,

',\
\

'\ I)I_.o _'J E -._

SO_k_ _o_,_

_/

"_--__

__--__ _-_ _RK_ _

__

FIGUP.E g-2 MAIN AND 12ESEI2VE PAP..ACHU'ITESYSTEM(_SN, EET Z OF Z)

PM,_s--7_,_

DAT REVISED

.......MCDONNELL
ST._" _'_'LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT .... x MODEL

9-9
_D_:_ i(_ 1BB

REVISED

button. energized Chute and

Depressing and the

the Drogue the of

button Chute chaff. Main

allows Mortar If

the

Emergency to be

Drogue fired Deploy be of

Deploy deploying telelight

relay the

to

be

squibs the Green

Drogue to of

dispersing failure

Main

fails a lack Upon Pull

illuminate, opening ing that

the

Chute no

deployment decrease in

may rate

detected descent.
\

by

shock, the the

a visual Main Chute

check has Main

and

determinRing

not

deployed, relay, and

operating firing deploying Main

the the the

Main

Deploy Fairing Chute

energizes Squibs, normal and the

Emergency the

Deploy Fairing When the 32 or

Antenna Main

Ejector the

ejecting automatic rate of

Antenna

through is

sequence. descent chute is

Green feet did

Deploy

telelight check the the the the

illuminated visually Deploy confor

above

per not

second, deploy, relay.

chute

damage. Pull tacts, ing the Ring

If the which is

is damaged the to the

actuate Through firing the

Reserve energized squibs Chute

energizes applied the

Reserve _ At Pilot

Deploy Chute the

power chute are are

Disconnect same time, and the

disconnectDeploy Gun Bag

from

capsule. the

Reserve

Squibs squibs bag

fired fired aids in

deploying generating deploying after

Chute, a

Reserve delay

Chute

Ejector the

a gas the the

after

i second

inflating

ejector

which Twelve

Reserve Chute

Chute. is deployed does not the come Green on, Landing the Ba 6 tele_-d_ng relay, and Aids Rescue Chute Deploy was Switch Aids DisGun, and in Bag

seconds be

Main

light switch firing extending By-Pass switch connect the the

should in the the

illuminated. position, Landing landing

If the

light

place Bag heat the

"MAN"

energizing Bag bag. When Valve Ten

the Squibs, minutes

Emergency releasing after the power relay to

Landing the

Extend shield

Emergency the impact is

impact

Rescue the Main

relay and

energized. the

activated, supply for as the

by-passes fire the

energizes as

relays

that squibs

squibs Bag

well

as the same

Reserve, be done

Disconnect, if the switch

Ejector "MAN"

in the

manner

would

placed

position.

C_::y:___:'T'

AL

PAGE REPORT MODEL

' 9-10, SEDR 104 133

Mc'DONNELLj
ST.LOUIS,
_ ,,p_ m- I]P"

DATE REVISED
.

1 NOVEMBER ,, ,

1961

MISSOURI
II_" L I "_l"

REVISED

EMERGENCY DROGUE RELAY DEPLOY MORTAP. _CtUI B-_ !

DP.OGU

CHUTE

CH_.FF

__

_ER_ENCX DEPLOY RELAY

MM_

ncE

._J

E)I5CONNE.CT MAIN SQ_I C_UTE, B._

J
l,,t

_EPLOY R_VE RELAYS F __

0 _:I_LOY _E._E_NE 5QLIIB5

GU

CHUTe.

PILOT
MAIN EJ CNUT "TO DF.PLOY DAN1/kG&O _ FAIL5 C,R 15 ____ _E._E ECTOR I:l.Nt E CHUTE

CHUTE

J --"-_

ELECTRICAL

SI6klAL

MOVEMENT

II

_.MER_ENCy BAG

EM

E R _ENC"(' _,,_C_

._._.J_LAND_NG

L._N_INC_

I
.FAIL ' TO r=."_TEt,4D

"IEXTENO

RELAY

VALVE

%q_IBS

LANI_ING

BAG,

r--IN _sco_c'r

_',,_ c_,u_-_ I
I

_---_

- _ONN_.CT

J
IT
, . ,

s_,_
DEPLOY Gu_

I
k\\\\\_ .>

RF..SCUr= A_05 sw. Nor _N "MA_"PO'_TION

EaECTOR FIGURE 9-5 LANDING AND P, ECOVERY EMERGENCY SYSTEM

_AG iSLOCK PM45-z6o_

DATE REVISED REVISED,

_ove_er

l_61

PAG _" ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT MODEL

9-11

9-5.

SYSTEM COMPOHE_TS
, , ,

9-6.

PARACHUTE
The drogue parachute with and assembly integral drogue having nylon (See Figure drogue cover. of lines of 6.0 the 2-inch of 9-5) consists deployment The drogue wide, 1,O00-lb. feet by bag, of a conical drogue ribbon-

type sabot, conical ribbons

drogue chaff

canopy packet,

r_ser, mortar 8 gores

mortar, canopy ts a

parachute 460-lb. tensile end tensile

ribbon

parachute

strength each. reefed bands. reefing) The

and 8 tubular is to total

suspension to

strength

The parachute (restricted) constructed is 36.3%. tensile

/ ",

constructed an effective porosity is

a diameter of and

6.85 feet

permanently of pocket (through layers

diameter 27._

means porosity

effective is made

The SO-ft.

long integral

riser

from three

of 3,000-Ib. parawithout deduring

strength

low-elongation and decelerates the

hot-stretched the 30-ft. of capsule. Dacron

Dacron webbin 6. The riser. canopy weighs

The drogue 2.9 lbs. parachute parachute

chute riser ployment

stabilizes and 5.9 lbs,

includi_

The drogue the drogue

bag serves and

a dual function means

(i) protecting deployment

ejection

(2) providing

for orderly sateen

of the drogue with nylon

parachute. webbing and

The bag is manufactured covered weighted the of bag the

of cotton

fabric

reinforced of glass which and is riser

at the upper end with a heat insulator

cloth. assists

The bag is in stripping Inside packing is closed in with

at the upper end with a 0.5 lb. lead disc from the are canopy _ cotton orderly cord. at tapes riser the completion to which the of line

stretchout. during the bag

bag to

riser

secured of

order

provide

deployment.

The mouth

a light cotton
"LI.J

9-7.

m0uuE

CN_E M_a
parachute with forces.

A_D _
ejection sufficient The drogue mortar energy parachute is a device to overcome is packed for positively local in pressure a protective deploying gradients bag

The drogue the and drogue

parachute

gravitational

-C_ _":".":Z;_T; A:. D

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-12 SEDR 133 104

McDONNELL
ST.LOUIS, _ I_ I_r'__ ! _ MISSOURI I1_' _._..r_!"_P Lz.__.., REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

I, 2. 5. 4. 5. 6.

ANTENNA PILOTCHUTE PILO-r _OFAR SEA SHARK

FAIRING

EJE'CTOR

CBUN FdJN

fl.

5EQuENCE

CONTROLLER KIT ANO (4) _AG

BOES(,Z)

/ I I I

D_PLOYMP-N'T CHUTE

12. c'_JRVIVAL f3. MAIN CHUTE 14. t5. 16. EIAROSWITCHE3 ANTENNA CHAFF

E_4_ MARKER REPELLANT

( 2 )

LANYARD PACKET LIGHT OlSCONNEC'r_(2) I MORTAR

I
I I I ! I_

7. RF_ERVE
8. 9. I0. EJECTION GAB INERTIA

CHUTE
BAG_ (2)

ANO
L2)

BA_
,

t7. I& 19. 20.

RECOVERY WHIP ANTENNA PARACHUTE. DROGUE

G_NERATO_S %WITCH

II

NOTE
t CAPSULE 8 ONLY

FIGURE

9-4

LANDING

AND

RECOVERY
-

SYSTEM
--L

INSTALLATION
PM45-74C

pj_l_llpIlitpIl--vi I

In

il_ll_I1

I_

DATE,, REVISED REVISED

,1NOVEMBER1961

Mc'DONNELL_'J_._ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL .....

9-1'3 SEDR 104 133

FIGURE 9- 5

DROGUE

PARACHUTE

"_

L ' e"s r'_P"_'i"PI

A |

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

9-I_ S_I_ 133 i04 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI ._,,_,T.T_ _._Tr_Z_JL,=-REVISED _ REVISED

and The below

stowed sabot by

in the functions

mortar as

tube a piston from

on

top to

of

a lightweight the parachute charge. volume,

sabot

(See

Figure

9-6).
from is

eject

pack 2 when The to and

pressured charge

ga se s generated fired into

a pyrotechnic chamber of a this is derived are _ot

propellant produce into loads the are

initially which at is

a breach vented pressures.

small

high main kept

pressure chamber to a

subsequently lower the of Two mortar "0" the is (Rene ring

through In

small

orifice

relatively since quality the base. in the the with pack metal housing. routing to also of

manner_ expended from an in sabot of the

reaction

minimum, sealing near trapped operation, in contact

pressure the sabot

energy is

instantaneously. "0" ring "0" t ring installed groove

The in to For which is The mortar surface of can. negative its the tube of

pressure

a groove vent proper always drogue by the cover, air

small tube

holes

located the wall

the on

underneath the are in its which inner

installation. mortar tube_

and ring,

"0" retained "_1) Three

lubricated stowed is

before position

installation. within the upper the sides chute against loose from the screw required

parachute a thin

cover cut-out steel the

attached provided into its to the

to

the in drogue

antenna permit is tions the such slotted chute ignition powder_ ignition cuitry

sections, risers in forces of out the from

of

the

cable chute

The

cover

designed end time that

constrain to require

compartment break pack attaching energy high

deceleraat deflect a drogue by of the ciris

minimal Pressure

attachments cover to

deployment. tabs for

!

chute under The frcm

causes

attachment hole designed its of a

pull this is charge.

heads to expel

through the

purpose. provided The can in and an

from

compartment pyrotechnic in and of two a

pressure is to a loaded steel

gasest with body

generated 66 which grains houses

cartridge attached electrical

contained wiring, consists

propellant

teminates separate

connector. bridges, either

The of

ignition which

individual

capable

of

igniting

the Lxr_der charge

upon

application

of

the

proper

current.

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-i5 SEDR 104 133

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

['O"

RING

',SABOT ICHAFF PACKAGE

INSULATION ICOVER ',C_TRIDGE [CHAMBER

FIGURE

9-6

DROGUE

CHUTE

MORTAR

ASSEMBLY

PAGE,, REPORT MODEL.

9-16
_ I_B I0_.

MCDONNELL
ST. LOUIS,
_'_ Ik.Jck,_l 41,

i November REVISED REVISED .....

1961

MISSOURI
A

,ILU.IL,4J._I

9-8.

CHAFF The

PACKET packet metal is a locating having are S-_ aid radar capable Land which performs its function The by distribut. strips of

chaff divided

ing act 600 is

fine

foil

reflecting of

capability. an average

foil

as miniature square ejected feet, on

antennae covering

and the

providing radar The

echo The packed

area

C-band

frequencies. chaff is

package in a 5

deployment of

of the

drogue shape

parachute. with

cardboard inches. perses

package When

rectangular into the

dimensions the package

approximately spills open

i x 3 x and dis-

Jettisoned

airstreem,

its

contents.

9-9.

_._
The

P_,_Jl_l_.
main bag, parachute and assembly parachute ringsail the per of ringslot square _50-pound bag The which bag and yard consists disconnect. type. The parachute. nylon of: The ringsail The parachute strength. a low snatch from upper along Main main parachute parachute parachute parachute cloth The is into main force cotton end its is canopy, canopy a is slotted riser, a 63
J

deployment foot similar 2.25nc_inal in and suspension packed merit in (See a

diameter design 1.1-ounce lines deployment 9-7)to

canopy from with is deployreand of from

fabricated _ gores

tensile provides is

parachute and sateen orderly

Figure with

manufactured at the

fabric,

inforced glass

nylon

webbing

covered the bag,

with

Thermoflex

cloth

insulation. locking flaps.

Inside Their the

midway is to to

length, the canopy

is a pair fabric

transverse possible canopy

function and

separate full

entanglement deployment.

with

lines

cause

time

stretch-out

before

9-10.

PARACHUTE Both main to

DISCORRECT and reserve the parachutes loads are attached tO the and capsule to by a device the

designed

sustain

parachute

during

descent

disconnect

_L'VtSEO

ST. LOUTS a, M,SSOUm

nZPORV

10_

Ev,s=o
parachute on ground impact (See Figure or damage 9-8).

Moo .
The disconnect

133
is necesafter

function winds

sary to prevent touchdown. structure looped piston. it.

capsule

upset

by dragging

in surface

The assembly which

consists

of 5 separate

details

installed

in a mounting riser is the

is an integral

part

of the capsule.

The parachute

around

the arm which

transmits

the load to the structure from any motion

through

The shear pin restrains impact, causing

the piston impulse

tending switch

to displace reaches forces the

On ground

an electrical it to fire.

from the inertia

squib cartridge the piston

The gas pressure, cutting parachute pin.

thus generated,

forward

into the arm recess, of the piston removes

the shear pin in the process. load transmission to structure, riser

Full displacement allowing

the arm to rotate

around

the pivot

The loop of the parachute The lead buffer of the piston

slips off the arm and the disconnect serves to absorb back energy of moving

function

is complete.

piston

and prevents

rebound

into the locked

position.

9-ii.

RESERVE

PARACHUTE parachute assembly consists of: The pilot canopy, chute deployment gun

The reserve and lanyard, ment bag,

pilot parachute, parachute

reserve

parachute

reserve

parachute

deploy-

and reserve

disconnect.

The reserve

parachute

deployment of flaps

bag is similar at the upper parachute

to the main parachute

deployment

bag with the addition pilot chute.

end of the bag to contain is identical canopy

the packed

The reserve

disconnect parachute

to that used to disconnect to the main

the main parachute. canopy.

The reserve

is identical

Parachute

9-12.

PILOT

PARACI_ is a flat, circular type, 72 inches in diameter with a

The pilot parachute 30 ft. bridle. canopy

It is manufactured fabric

of 3.5-ounce

per square yard fabric

in the

and 2.25-ounce

in the vanes.

PAGE REPORT, MODEL

9-1S SEDR 104 133

Mc, DONNF, LLLL

DATE REVISED,, REVISED ,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

.FIGURE

9-'7

MAIN

PARACHUTE

AND

PACKINGBOX

SHORTING ',31 SQUIB

WIRE CARTRIDGE

6. 7.

PISTON LEAD BUFFER

. s_UCTUR_ BUSHING
MAIN AND

s.s._R S. ARM
RESERVE

PIN .
DISCONNECT

FIGURE

9-8

CHUTE

DAT _" REVISED. REVISED

November

1961 ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT MODEL _ 133 lO_

9-13.

PILOT The pilot

CHUTE

_PLOYMEBT deployment

GUN gun (See Figure 9-9) initiates gas the first step

chute of

\,

in the

sequence

reserve will

parachute the the out or the gun

deployment. to fire,

Either thus

pressure

or an prochute sequence provided delay capsule is prois

electrical Jectile inflates Whether between permits to avoid to

impulse which in

cause

expelling pilot chute, chute.

a 12-ounce The pilot the is This from The and the gun the which

is attached turn pulls

reserve reserve

parachute landing a

and fired

ccmpleti_ time delay

electrically of the parachute with body The

pneumatically, and detonation and

one-second of the main to be

receipt the main

Impulse (if the which

charge.

deployed reserve contains

damaged) to

separate deployed. cartridge

entanglement a tubular assembly. when the

parachute the main is The is

basically Jectile sheared the gas

firing in

projectile

assembly

held main fired

place

by

a pin which

projectile to eject

is expelled. the projectile, (supplied cap a

cartridge, as follows:

generates pressure,

pressure the gas

(i) Gas is

through drives initiating A minimum electric side of of All the the Fail of

flrln 6 mechanism pin into the train,

when

RESERVE-PULL-RIX} base of the detonation pneumatic installed fires Firing Current circuit _tzzle 2.5 main

operated),

a firing a time of 750

primer causing is the

at the

cartridge, of the charge. (2) An the the wall

delay psi is gas

subsequent for

pressure at

required time delay, it delay the

operation. through through

impulse the main igniter Current bridges is gun. cartridge

received a and

igniter igniter

After

one-second detonates are as follows

instantaneously. : The All Fire

characteristics emps per of bridge, two of the

cartridge 0.5 amps

per

bridge. in a _-pin

ignition receptacle.

consists velocity

individual projectile

terminating ft/sec.

2r)o-_X)

9-i_.

PARACHUTE

EMPTOR

The

ejector

bags

are

inflatable

air

cells

made

of

lightweight

rubberized

vva_a

I_a_a

Jd'TKJhne

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-201 SEDR 104 133

M 'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED, ,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

II FIGURE 9-9 PILOT CHUTE DEPLOYMENT GUN

FIGURE 9-10

PARACHUTE

EJECTOR BAG

DAVE REVISED REVISED.

I November

19_i

nylon

fabric

(See Figure

9-10).

The design

inflated

shape is that of a cylinder 3 The upper end of pack

ii inches

in diameter

and approximately

35 inches

in height.

the bag is slanted overboard

at full inflation impact.

to promote

Jettison

of the parachute

on landing

9-15.

PARACH_ This

EJECTOR

GAS GEaR a rapid and sufficient (See Figure volume 9-11). of gas to inflate The reserve except

is a device to provide and reserve parachute

the main parachute

ejector

bags

gas generator feature

is similar

to that used

for the main parachute time.

the additional functions pellant

of one second delay

in ignition slow burning

The generator pro-

to produce

gas by the relatively chamber.

of a solid powder chamber

in the main bags as to

The gas is directed

from the main

into

the ejector serves values lugs for also prior

through

a 3/8 in. diameter to reduce bag.

stainless

steel tube. to within body

The tube tolerable

a heat entry to are

exchanger into the as the

temperatures The with Current

ejector

generator four 2.5 bolts. amps,

is

equipped circuit Current

with

mounting

parachute follows: All

container Fire

Ignition All Fail

characteristics 0.5 ups.

9-16.

SOFAS
A post-landin_ recovery aid. SOFAR is an abbreviated performs form for "sound fixing when it waves ships

and ranging" (See Figure detonates from the or shore of capsule; by hydrostatic explosion bases the and Mercury one set

9-12).

This component

its function depth.

pressure

at a predetermined by sound on the is at 3000 _ detection capsule miles. feet is

water

Shock

are received a position fix

devices sboanl picket thus made. are set The carried for 3500

range the

SOFAR bombs to detonate

Two Bombs depth and one

aboard feet.

The b_b

weighs

approximately

2 pounds.

One 3500

foot bomb

is tossed

over-

Ii

!11

....

1 November REPORT MODEL _ 10_ -.4;T_LOUI$ ,_, MISSOURI .... REVISED. ,.,v,,.-.,.uL_,, REVISED

1961

133
at only the main serves water's ) chute to deployment. notify surface the to

board and below for

The search render it

second party

SOFAR that the

bomb

remains is (See

with

the

capsule

capsule

sufficiently Figure 9-13

non-recoverable.

Operation.

CAUTION The bombs are relatively that sense they safe are to high handle, explosive should be but it devices practiced. should and

be remembered hence common

precautions

9-17.

DYE The

MARKER marker its

PACKET packet function patch. bag, (See by Figure dissolving 9-14) is a post landing recovery aid

dye

which visible into

performs yellow

in water, 1 pound is packed

thus of

producing

a highly dye is packed conreserve is

green plastic entire The

Approximately which assembly dye feet in turn

fluorescein an outer

a soluble The

into

aluminum time of

tainer. chute visible day.

packet

is ejected forms high a at

overboard, spot on the

at the ocean of

ejection. from an

fluorescein i0,000

surface on

which a clear

airplane

a distance

i0 miles

CAUTION The place dye marker not package be exposed should to be water stored in any in a dry way.

and

9-18.
To light such an

_ECO_
aid in

LIGHT
the visual in be the location recovery in The of the capsule al_er The for is landing, a flashing of the miles 15 light and up is to

is that

installed it will of

compartment. darkness rate

intensity _O nautical

visible feet.

normal

altitude

12,000

flashim_

approximately

flashes

per

minute.

Powered

by

self

contained,

dry

cell
_ A_ ------J. ,

batteries,

the

light's

circuit

will

f_ _

g'a v

w.v J. ,

r,_,','_ A A A.F

._A.

JL

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

M*,DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-23 SEDR 104 133

4.

TUBE

FITTING

2. I 1. 3.

MAIN

CHAMBER CONNECTOR CAP

5.

ATTACHMENT

LUGS

ELECTRICAI_ PROI_ECTIVE

6.

SHORT!NG

PLUG

FIGURE 9-11

MAIN

AND RESERVE CHUTE GAS GENERATOR

FIGURE 9-112 SOFAR BOMB

(,..m._ ......
VVIll iJb/Vllllll

_"1
ia

A !
'l.I

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-2_4 $EDR 104

McDONNELL
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
,. ,_,eat#l

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

13 3

SHEFIR PIN

OPERIqTIO_q
SURFACE DETONRTION OFTHE UAIN CHARGE 15RCCOMPLISHED IN TWO ST/::IGE,5: WATER PRE.%_URE ON .SURFACE ",q' CREATES /_ FORCE 3UFFICIENT TO BREAK SHEAR PIN',q" PERI_IITTING THE INTERRUPTER BLOCI_ TO .t_OVE UPW/_RD /_GRIk/_TTHE 3TOPPING SHOULDER. WHEN IN THIS POSITION_ THE PRIMEg CHRRGE 13 IN LINE WITH THE FIRING PIN.
B. _J

DETON _TO R

LERD

IN

W/_TER PRE53URE ON SURFACE 'B' CREATES FORCE TO BREAK SHEAR PIN 'B' AND DRIVE THE FIRING PtN INTO THE PRIMER CHRRGE. THE PIPIMER CHRRGE BLASTS INTO THE BOOSTER CHFIRGE VIR THE LERD IN ORIFICE_ fiND THE I_OoSTER CHARGE CRUSE3 THE MPdN CHRRGE TO DETONATE, STRENGTH OF SHEAR PIN "B' IS PREDETERMINED FOR DESIRED DETONFITION DEPTH. STRENGTH OF 5HERR PIN "R' I_ SUCH THRT IT _IILL SHEAR RT A DEPTH OF RPPROXIMATELY ONE H/:ILF THE DEPTH REQUIRED TO 5HERR Plkl "B'.

BOO3TER

MAIN CHRRGE (O.? LB. HBX

_J

FIGURE. 9-1.5 SOFRR BOMB

/n_/_ILIPiii_IpI,

5CHE_FITIC
PM45-16;
I'q_u-=

R_VIS_D R_VlSED

s'r. -ou,s

-_.MISSOUR, _

nm=ORV. MODe.

_DR 133

10_

be is
, f::\,

closed

through by relay.

an the

energized closing of

contact the

of

the

Post

Landing on impact

System and

Relay energizing

which

activated Impact

Inertia operate

switch for

the

The

light

will

approximately

28 hours.

9-19.
To beacon,

WHIP A_rE_mA
provide a Whip operation Antenna of the HF The voice active and by receiver-transmitter element when is stowed is and in HF recovery

is used.

a collapsed 16 when the place

condition feet the Whip long.

in the The

recovez-j antenna System

compartment

extended

approximately is activated

is extended Power Drop it

a gas

cartridge Time Delay

which relay

Post-Landing Antenna the

30 Second is

energizes takes

Extend segments

relay. of the

When active

extending holding

a galling it rigid

action in the

between position.

element

extended

9-20.

BAROSWITCHES

There 9-16)' minimize One at pair 10,600 are In

are

two

pair

of

Baroswitches an over-center and

used

in

the is to

recovery included prevent and the the

system in the contact other is

(See design

Figure to

these

switches during is

spring shock and

chatter of

vibration set The to

oscillation. set to close where air

switches feet. to four

close at 21j000 are located The ports

feet in

+ 750

switches

recovery

compartment ambient the recovery

they pressure

connected through outer

a plenum static

chamber. pressure

plenum equally

chamber located

collects around

compartments

surface.

9-21.

INERTIA The inertia

SWITCH switch A landing of switch two is is essentially shock electrical used in of 7.5 a plus contacts, conjunction spri_ or device zLtnus thus with actuated 1.13g's completing a latching _ an relay by mass will electrical which receives (See produce

Figure momentary circuit.

9-17). closing This

_it_llwa

m Ii

! P'_ aml,Na

Im'lk

|_lp, 11

| I! ia ._r--=--.

PAGE. REPORT MODEl,.

9 -26 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS,
--_ L. a. :--_, I it1,

DATE REVISED
!. ,i_jm_

,,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI
ir, k ! ,,I-

REVISED

FIGURE9-14 DYE MARKER PACKET

P_ 4-5-i?O a,.._ a,._ _. v,._-i"li p. ..... aL/r---I_l --I A I/_L.,.

_AT_
REVISED REVISED

1 November

1961
sT. Loum 3,MlSSOUm

PAGRZPORT

9-27
_ IC_

__C__ _!V_

MOnm.

133

an

electrical

pulse continuity.

and,

by The

latching inertia

into switches masses,

latched used

position, consist in a of

provides four Selmrate case.

continuous snap-

electrical action

switches

and

two

separate

all

housed

common

9-22. 9-23.

TEST TEST The

CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION mission

CAPSULES CAPSULE _equence NO. and 8 escape as sequence described for in Capsule the No. following 8 differs para-

normal

from graphs.

the

Specification

Compliance

Capsule

The pack after marker the and main sn_nna will main

reserve be

parachute to the

is

replaced main

with

a in

flotation such of the

pack. a manner main which the as

This to

flotation act as a buoy dye to chute

attached

parachute recovery antenna, assist

chute are

disconnect installed These markers

to in

enable the will

parachute. remains floating

Three attached main

packets chute.

fairing, in locating

fairi_.

9-2_.

Operation
The capsule's landing Both de-energized the No. and orbit 2 de-energized and relay 3o. 3 tower box, units complete will power orbit, and be circuit at the an to system isolated impact No. is and relay 2 armed main No. and No. by battery 1 located 3 orbit 28 volt power in d-c power circuits the No. 1 relays located relays time four in delay in at are time of escape

tower throu6h box,

separation. the through

applied relay the No. in relays The ft., de3

recovery and the

attitude relays

energized launch sequence are

separation the two B. 3 After

sensor second the

time 3 to being

delay

located both

controllers, and contacts the from

A and two open

second the

energized

separate due will to stop

circuits altitude at of the 21,000

baroswitches. of of two and the 21,000

Baroswitch and Upon therefore

excess

open

contacts the

switches. ft. baro-

re-entry are

altitude

feet

21,000 a chaff

switches

actuated

drogue

parachute

is deployed

package

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-28 SEDR 104

Mc'DONNEL_L __._ _
....ST.LOUlS o MISSOUR,/

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

,133

FIGURE 9-15

BAROSWITCH

FIGURE 9-16_ INERTIA

SWITCH

DATE

1 November

l_l

_'

MCDONNELL,, '...7_
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI
i

PAG_
REI=ORT.

9-29
_ 10_

Moola. is ejected. The disperses ft. level, drogue finely chute cut stabilizes metal foil. and decelerates the descent close

133
,,

capsule; passes causing

the throu_

chaff the

package
! r

As capsule will

I0,000 through

the two remaining bulkhead

baroswltches disconnects a main

dual circuits

the small pressure

to the system A and B sequence squib short (auto) relay within

controllers. each squibs that

These two circuits unit, resulting fairing relays,

energize

controller of the

in the removal At applied the to

of ground same the time,

circuits and by

for all four the same l_wer of the As

antenna the

ejector. power is

energized

pre-grounded main

circuits

four antenna the circuits applied

fairing

squibs through

the de-energized squibs,

over-ride

relay. are

are completed

to the four fairing

two other branch sensor limit

circuits

to the two antenna

separation housing housing

switches.

The firing A

of the four squibs lanyard, main connected

causes the antenna frcm the antenna chute

to separate to the main

fr_a the capsule. chute, extracts the

chute from the main allows

c_npartment. fairing

The separation

of the housing switches to

from spring

the capsule to their switches, controllers signal fairing tion Main entering

two antenna position.

separation

sensor limit pole,

actuated three

Through

these

two double

actuated

limit

signals

are returned,

two entering

the system A and B sequence relays, energizes 3 antenna is is and the third the fairing completed also applied to the fire eject as of sa-maing the four antenna separato the

where they start the No. relays. the No.

two 12 second time delay relay the relay the 3 antenna box where it No.

1 recovery Through 1 recovery illu_tuating

separation relay, Deploy the in

energized box, light fairing of a 28

V si_ml Power

telelight, contacts E_ector inflated being of

Green.

through two
"_j

the Bag end

No. Squibs.

separation the squibs eject lanyard. coils are the

relay allow main At the

Main to be

Chute gas is

The firing

bag the the

therefore, by delay the

simultaneously antenna the fairing relay

chute run-out and

chute

extracted time

two twelve

second

relays,

energized

, _=
wwa.,

lli,==llT=_
alllvL--i_l

.......
! I'_ill.-.

PAGE REPORT MODEL

9-30 _E_R 1"_:_ 104 REVISED

---t_r..muls,..Mlssg.uR_,[._,
REVISED

the will slave two

contacts sense

of the

the impact relays

inertia and

switch. complete in in

At two

the 28 V

time

of

landing to the

the two

inertia inertia

switch switch These

signals B

latching relays In when their

located will

system turn

A and energize

sequence the boxes. two

controllers. reserve The and

energized respective relays the

main

Jettison

relays and

sequence will fire

controller the two the main

energized chute

reserve disconnect disconnect energized slave I a dual

main

Jettison releasing be A fired

squibs capsule. battery

of the The power

main reserve circuit

thereby will the relay not

main

chute time.

from The

chute that

at this and

system

reserve continued box. is

main of

Jettison the system first

relays A time

through

the

inertia to

switch the No.

is now relay

out This not

sequence in the

controller overall to

recovery redundant relay box

is the provided. this

sequence the No.

that

circuit passes passes relay to the

This box

28 V to the

circuit No.

i recovery box where No. 2

through through box after

relay

2 recovery relay One and

relay out

it again recovery directly the the No.

the

de-energized into aids

air two

shutoff circuits. and the

of the is

branching rescue box where

circuit is

applied to Through circuit power

Astronaut's relay i impact the two the

switch

the

other

returned relays. light

I recovery No.

it energizes self-powered to operate.

four

impact

energized

relay

the light time

recovery Through and a the

flashing this Main same

is closed is removed go

starting frcB the

flashing 3 second rescue relay

relay,

delay

relays clo_ed,

Deploy is

telelight

will to the and

out. No.

With

aids box

switch

28 V circuit the time rescue delay aid

completed Through energized distwo

the

1 recovery relay

where

it energizes 5 second two squibs

relay. is

energized starts

the

Torus

Bag

Deflate to the

relay

timing. and also to

Power the chute the

circuits two squibs eject reserve

of the chute

reserve gun

chute and the eject

connect, squibs chute is of

of the

reserve

deploy

the

the

reserve

"bag are-cc_rpleted. pilot chute is

Simultaneously_ and the

reserve bag be-

discounected_

deployed

....

_ : , -.: _.

_-_

_-2L _-

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

PAGE ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT MODEL,

9- 3_1 SEDR 104 133

FIGURE 9-117 SEQUENCE

CONTROLLER

SYSTEM A AND B

REPORT MODEL.

_:_ 133

1011"

El'. LOUIS,

MISSOURI _ out. Antenna squib.

REVISED REVISED

neath Torus

the Bag

reserve Deflate allowing extends

chute

is

inflated Time Delay to

forcing relay whip

the the

chute Whip

After Extend The

the

runout is

of

5 Second power the to

relay

energized Cartridge 9-25. 9-26.

flow

the its

antenna length.

energized

Gas

active

element

full

Emergency Description The landing

Sequence

and

recovery

manually Capsule

operated but Capsule

emergency No. 8 is

system

is

the

same

as

the

Specification Components Sequence There are

Compliance

unmanned.

9-27. 9-28.

Controller two landing

Assembly and recovery of the system capsule relay systems fuses_ sequence (See boxes with Figure accomplish initial and timers controllers 9-18). all connnands. needed to located These the sequence

within controllers sequencing controller deployment

the

pressurized in and conjunction provide

section with other contains

three

system The sequenc_

capsule the

assembly of the

relays_ sequence.

accomplish

chutes

in

proper
;

9-29.

TEST

CONFIGURATION the same as

CAPSULES

NO.

9 AND 13 Compliance Capsule.

Basically

Specification

9-30.

TEST Same as

CONFIGURATION Specification

CAPSULES

NO.

i0 AND Capsule.

16

Compliance

i J

10-I

SECTION

ELECTRICAL

POWER AND INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SYSTEM

_ .................. ............... ....... ...........

PAGE POWER SYSTEM ..................... ...................... 10-3 10-5 10-11 10-12 10-27 10- 27 10-30

DESCRIPTION OPERATION UNITS

SYSTEM

............................... CAPSULES.

iiiiii!iiii_iiiiiiiiiiii_jN
i_[i!_i_ii!_i!ii!iiii!gi_i[i[![g;_i
iiffiffffffff!ffiffffffiffffL--'_ff,

TEST CONFIGURATION INTERIOR SYSTEM LIGHTING

............................ ..................... CAPSULES.

DESCRIPTION

._iiiiiiiii!i!!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!ii_iiiiiii_iii_
==============================================================

TEST CONFIGURATION

iiiii!iiiiiiiiiii!i!iiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiii!ii!iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiii_
==============================================================================

.iiii_ii!iiiii!iiiiiiiiiiii_iii_!iiiii!iiiiiii_i!iiii_iii!!iiiiiiii_iii_iiii_.

_ _li_

A V

i I I

Illll_ll'lZlllWll_l ! I liz_ lira I 1 i IN_l

I lira

---

1500 WAT T HOUR BATTERY

\
X BATTERY ON*OFF 5',N ITCH REMOTE

7 I

7\

DETAIL'A"
BATTEP._' ZSO ON'O.CF YA 5WITCH _N_/ERTER5 PAklEL

A
\\

OETAIL'C I_ELAY5

5NUNT

(MAIN "" / / t i __ ELF_CTRICAL

IN_'t'RCJMF-.NT DE.TAIL'B'

_AI4EL)

POWEI_

CONTROL

'SECTION

I / "_ DE.Th, I I. _'C"

I _

i:U _I DIODE POW|

5E HO"H"_DEI:_'(TOP P,E.'I'ROGRADE

TO

BOTTOM) CSA) 1 ' /

/ /

_P.ECO_ERY

[1_ C,t_PSULE 16 NAS I_00 WATt- HOUP_ 15 _,TT E P..IE5 IN THESE LDCATIOI4 S
5WITCH FOSE PANEL

COMMUk_CATION5

(SA)

\-

LAUNCH,

0_T

_' ESCAPE (_0 _ ZS/_I (_A)

(SA) 05_, ACCELEg, OMETEli:I

--

MISCELLANEOLI5 tv_L5 C E LL A NEOLI'5

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT

104

RSVISED

MOO,=.

133

X.

ELECTRICAL

POWER

AND

INTERIOR

LIGHTING

SYSTEMS

I0-I. 10-2.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

POWER

SYSTEM

_ESCRIPTION

The batteries through is

capsule and control one

power

supply

consists which d-c

of

three supply

main 6,

batteries, 18 and

two

standby d-c

isolated

battery to the

12,

24 volts

circuitry through switched

power and

distribution low priority power. (See

busses. busses. External Figures

Distribution Low d-c I0-i priority power and is )

accomplished may be

high off to

priority conserve prior

busses supplied The

battery to launch. bus

through

a diode

panel to

10-2. is when

capsule

ammeter Capsule

is used bus voltage

indicate may is be

current

when

capsule d-c

power

applied. external The Control d-c

read

on the the through in for

capsule busses. fuses, of

voltmeter

power d-c which

or

battery

power loads

supplying supplied conductor

electrical incorporates utilize permits two

are

except a fuse. with or power

the

"Abort" of the

a solid fuses

place

Some a two the

circuits which 2)

in parallel in the normal

redundancy,

position emergency an

switch (No.

operation In addition conductor the

(No. possible

i) Position loss of a of fuse

Position. a solid of

s to prevent is installed circuits. Control

during

emergency, (No.

in place

in the

emergency

2) position (a) (b) (c) (d) Emerg. Tower Emerg. Retro.

following Separation Control

Capsule Separation Main Jett.

Chute Control

Deploy

(e)
(f) (g)

Retd.
Reserve Emerg.

Manual control
Chute Reserve Deploy Chute Deploy

....

....

---_a

1row

PAGE REPORT MODEL ,

10-4 SEDR 104 133

,0
DATE _" REVISED REVISED MISS_UR|

M 'DONNELL: ,l
" _'_ST_LOUIS.
"lmm_V a I

1 NOVEMBER

1961

F " ="
u Jb,r _ r.._u _ _ _ ................

RELAY PANEL RECOVERY NO. 2

I 24V MAIN PRE-IMPAET + I0 M. l

I I_ELAY PANEL NO. 1I

I ,-T'_E ._s _;IiS'_E " ', _"__ I AF "_ t I sQutts_ I RELAY _ --I1=. ARM
L

I I I I i O I

981

981
_40"T E E> t5oo w. _, _ C.APS. _G 4.1 i S4, i 94-1 qq _

imo_

UI_glLIChL DISCONNECT

IS01

ISOL

_us "I

II,,
24I_ *b ;ISOLATED IcjO0 _ATT EEY W-H

FIOURE I0-2

D-C

POWER CONTROL
i_,,i p ...... ili.i IE.

SCHEM_IE
i _ _ _= I = IJ"=ll, IL-

(CAPSULES

IG,I_

19)
PM45-_ F

1 i,,,,,I p .,_=,..=

The

a-c

loads

are

not

fused

because

of

Luherent

overload

protection

in the

imverters.

The inverter a-c. tion The

a-c to

power

is

obtained battery is fed

by

using to

two I15

main volt,

imverters 400

and

one single a-c

standby phase

transform voltage

voltage through

cycle, to the

a-c

control

circuitry

distribu-

busses.

10-3. 10-4.

SYSTEM D-C

OPERATION CONTROL

POWER

The batteries. circuit

main

24 volt (See Figure

d-c

power

supply Each the

consists battery is

of

three

3000

watt-hour to the diode volt

10-2). on

connected

in parallel reverse current The power 24 volt inputs. capsule for the 24

by

an

ON-OFF

switch discharge three

battery. a faulty or d-c volt are act

Individual or low the

protection d-c prior is power to

prevents from launch, the is

through batteries, to 250 the and

battery. external main filter in the power

main

from bus.

source d-c bus

supplied to the

main 150

The

connected Two 1500

directly watt

inverter installed as standby reverse switches

hour

standby voltage

batteries and to

to main

supply system. and are

communications The standby to

bus

batteries the circuit

incorporate through

diode ON-OFF

current located

protection on the

connected

batteries.

Standby-battery various power by system through busses. the

taps,

through to

diodes, launch

supply

6,

12 and are

18

volts

d-c by

to

the

Prior

these and is This

circuits

energized diode the

external Stand-

umbilical d-c power

disconnect application panel. the through

external

power by be

package. BATT. OFF power

battery on

24 volt the main

controlled switch may

STDBY

switch ON to

instrument OFF

placed

in the

or

position. the capsule

In the

position, systems

main the

batteries main bus.

supply

24 V d-c "ON"

electrical

In the

position,

T__ ._:.": D -";.T

:A L

REPORT _R1_ MODEL the 1_3 standby

104

"'t'IP._'tOUt$_'MI$$QURL._ _"" _T_TL-" E _T _I_dIL_I_ _...

REVISED REVISED

24

V d-c power

bus to

is

connected capsule

directly in event

to

the

main

bus (See

and Figure is

both

battery

groups An

supply

the

systems in

parallel. a HOLD and

10-2). after

emergency

hold

circuit To the

is

utilized cabin

command

initiated

umbilical through essential extend The of

separation. the periscope and

reduce

heating circuit to

provide

external power from

observation the and as nonto the

emergency applies

hold power

removes cabin is

circuits of the

also

the

vent

squibs

motor

periscope. the booster

Circuit is

switching through solenoid applied

accomplished normally closed

follows: contacts hold open 3 of

hold the

signal

from test from

applied to is the

ground Power of

umbilical the main

relay d-c hold bus

of

the

No.

1 emergency normally No.

relay. contacts emergency the same hold

then to

through of

the No.

No.

1 emergency relays.

relay of

the

solenoid

2 and

hold

Actuation and

these

relays_ the impact

removes sensor

power relay.

from

some

nan-essential time, relays A 1500 squib the power to

circuits, is extend applied the

energizes the and is supply

At the emergency

through periscope,

normally fire the

open

contacts vent provide voltages The to

of the squibs.

cabin to

watt-hour firing main and

Isolated voltages standby current

battery and to

installed emergency depleted. is

emergency to other

audio circuits also

bus in

and event

batteries protection

are and

isolated the 18

battery bus d-c

incorporates through through battery and The volt an

reverse ON-OFF

connected supply busses.

isolated volts

switch.

Isolated to

battery selected the the ARM

taps system

6 and The

self-contained output the 2_ of is

diodes,

24 volt arming

isolated switch busses.

"k :L i

available

through of

position BUS switch

of the to

squib

through Isolated output

EMERG volt the

position d-c output

AUDIO be

the

associated with of the

may

also

connected the STDBY

in parallel position

the

24

standby

batteries

through

ISOL-BTRY

switch. External d-c power is supplied through the umbilical cable to capsule

DATE
I

1 November

1961,
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI REPORT ,_..T'_ i0_

REVISED REVISED,

Moo,,,,

133

circuitry. the capsule through external ments.

This power battery

is used

for pre-launch

operations

in order

to conserve

supply.

Normally

6, 12, 18 and 24 volts power diode panel,

d-c are supplied only four require-

seven inputs power

to the external

however,

supplies

are used to supply the 6, 12, 18 and 2A volt and selector switch permit the Astronaut

A d-c voltmeter battery

to read is used, from

individual with

and main bus voltages

as desired.

The d-c ammeter

the as_eter

switch

in the NORM position A zener

to indicate

d-c load current

the batteries

in the circuit. ground

diode panel

is incorporated

connecting

zener diodes between which provides voltages

and each of the Main

and Isolated equipment

24 d-c Busses spike

protection

for the transistorized

from transient

(See Figure

i0-2).

10-5. 10-6.

A-C POWER AND CONTROL Main Main Inverter a-c power is supplied by two inverters of 150 voltnamely

115 volt 400 cycle

amperes

and 250 volt-amperes.

The a-c load is divided The 250 VA inverter The main and the main a 25 d-c

into two groups

the ASCS bus and the FANS bus. the 150 VA inverter (fans inverter and the bus) inverter (ASCS bus) fuse. and supplies through is also

supplies

the ASCS bus and the 150 VA The 250 a lime VA

the FANS bus. a filter powered power is circuit from

d-c bus Powers ampere bus fuse.

through the

filter of The

25 ampere ASCS, of

The d-c Fans

controlled on the the

through Main solenoids feed fans the and

NCRM. position Panel. Fans Bus

AC B_s, the

AC Bus

switches feed

Instrument of the

outputs and the closed

FANS and Relay. of

ASCS inverters These the relays energized to

Relay through

ASCS Bus contacts

relays the

inverter ASCS busses.

output (See

_./
the Power

lO-3.)
10-7. Standby Inverter cycle a-c power is supplied by one 250 volt ampere standby

Standby

IISV _

....
v

sis

--;'-"''"
_aml

.l_m

al

PAGE REPORT MODEL

10-8 SEDR 133 104

M _,DONNELL__ (_,_,_ _,_,_

......... ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

,,

STAN0 BY !NVEP.TEP, Z50 VA

j,_ll( iMAIN I
INV ERTEP.

MAIN

150 vA
F_NS)__J

I
I

L_'"'_PLJ

zsovA

[ MAIN INSTRUMENT

PANEL FAt4S

r i

I
I
I

POWEP-, SYSTE.M CONTROL P, LAY PARCEL NO. I E

m

T_ SCS
SELECT CWITCH

l'
I
i

I I I I

1Z/26 VDC

LT (AUTO) ------o o STBY OFF

rL tl

|p

I
t

'i
I I I

J
P---O_

! --

hSCS BUS RELAY A

r--o* 1 i S I A_CS
5E ,_. D.C

Ir
I"
_ O'_D
j ,

A_CS AC BUS SW ITCH

FA-JN BUS RELAY

STaY _ OFF'

No_,_ ', o'

t-o'
FANS AC BUS SW ITCH

l
I

IA
, j

I
I _J

_--'_STAN T

DBY

I
I

INV. POWER, F.,E LAY

L.

, _: ,I T
J MAIM

...., _ _
STBY _ MAIN J

C_TcH
TIMER. DIsCONI4ECT)

zsovA

Iso v_

L i.._,v..._|,'rER =.v _L.1,_E._j FIGURE 10-3

A-C

POWER '.CONiROL
'_'_ I _11,_

.SCHEMATIC
I_11 I I

(,CAPSULES. I/o,I_.F))
PM4-5- ZI5 IB

OATE
REVlSE;D REVISED,

i November

196_
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi

R_PORT MODm.

SEDR 104 133

inverter.

The standby

inverter

will

supply

a-c power position

to either,

or both,

ASCS

and Fans A-c busses

by selecting

the STANDBY

on the respective

ASCS

or Fans Bus switch located In event respective of failure

on the mai_

instrument

panel. inverters This the action apply

of either

the 250 VA or 150 VA Main

Fan Bus relay or ASCS Bus relay energize the Standby

will be de-energized. Relay which

will automatically d-c power standby

Inverter

in turn will

from the filter

to the standby through

inverter. contacts

The a-c output

from the ASCS or Instruby

inverter

is then directed to their respective

in the de-energized light

Fans Bus Relays ment

busses.

A warning

on the Main

Panel indicates of failure

when the Standby

Inverter

is switched

into operation 10-3. )

reason

of either

of the main

inverters.

(See Figure

10-8.
/_ -4

POWER

DISTRIBUTION

i0-9.

D-C POWER DIS_I_JTION D-C power is taken from three battery separate battery groups, namely the main which operate

battery,

standby

and isolated

battery. method

Various

sub busses

from these (a) (b)

sources Main Main

and the bus separation

are as follows:

d-c bus directly 2_ V d-c antenna relay.

to the main batteries. separation bus from main bus through

separation (c) (d) (e) (f) Pre-impact Main

plus i0 minute

from main bus through SQUIB impact

impact

relay.

2_ V squib bus through main bus through

ARM SW from main bus. relay from main bus. BUS SW

Pre-impact

Audio bus from main bus or isolated (3 position, center OFF).

bus through

AUDIO

(g) (h) (i)

Isolated Standby Isolated

d-c bus directly d-c bus directly

to isolated to standby

battery.

battery. to taps on isolated battery.

6 and 18 volt Busses

directly

.........
--_ _m#" Jl _11 Jl J[ &mr &m|

ii-r_|
11i i

-
| J--_ J&m

PAGE REPORT MODEL,

10-10

Mc'DONNE :
104 -ST. LOUIS , MISSOURI ' P4P_kll_-ir%L'_'_ _ _"_._,m_

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

SEDR 133

NOTE,S
_>:!/-Y _E fN3TALLEDIN CAPSULE FOR r3,ROUND q EST_ OR FLIG, FIT _h,lAY _:,E !NST?,LLE_ IN CAPSULE,FOR GRQUN.b TESTS 3L___bONOT INSTALL Ikl CAPSULE, MAY _P_. ACTIVATE.) AND USED FOR #OWER. ._Y,._T=----...'N_ TESTS/G;'-_OUND CA_T FOR."I'HFa, THE HATCH POWE.I_"AND B4TTEeY CHARGER TE:ST,_ U

OI::F

ON

I i

i
1-24 v,

_ev
C, _4 D E.

I_e I
C (ISO0 ('..5000 (I.500 (.ISO0 (.1_00

24V

Z4V

[_EAGLE PICHER MAR 4.02B-I, MAC 45-79707-15 EAGLE PICHER 1,4AR4027-5, MAC 45-79707-21 AGLE PlCHER _AIA 4028-A, MAC 4.5-79707-19 A&LE PICHER MAR4028-8, MAC 4S-7_707-19 A&LE PIe.HER _AR4028-1_,,I'4DE4567020-5

W FI) WH) WN) WFI) WFt)

OFF

I
EAGLE PICHER MP_R EAGLE pICHER MAR _AG.LE PlCHER MAR EAGLE. PIqHF_.P,_AR, 4027C, 4027-1/ 4027A/ 4027C/

"{
MAC 45-79707-/7 MAC 45-79707-13 MAC 45-797o7-17 1"4DE 4587020-._ (SOO0 (_ooo (3o0o C3(_o W/O WH) W_) t4//4)
: \

i _ _i
i_J'

FIG 10-4- BATTERY' INTERklAL WIRING, DIAGRAM

PM 45-93A
CO

.,
II, !

llll

,P._.-'-;'.;T,r,.L
. .

__

MC, DONNE
REPORT _xE]_ 104 MODEL. 1_ put in an ambient output cycles atmosphere

DATE i November REVISED REVISED 100% oxygen. a frequency circuit The

1961

..... ,_Outs, MISSOU_I St.

....... of 160F _, " or at 80F " '_ at 5 psia with

is ll5 volts + 1.0%

a-c + 5%, single phase sinusoidal

to ground,

of 400 across

and essentially

in wave-form. the inverter

A short

the output

of an inverter

will not damage

or the wiring

involved

in short circuit.

10-14.

D-C AMMETER

0-50 AMPERE is located on the main instrument drain panel and provides the The

The d-c ammeter Astronaut basic with

an indication movement

of total

current

from all batteries.

ammeter

has a 50 millivolt across

sensitivity.

A shunt of suitable providing movement. a low resistance

resistance

is connected with

the input of the meter drop for the meter

path to ground

proper

voltage

10-15.

D-C VOLTMETER

0-30 VOLTS and its selector switch, condition are located on the main instrument

A d-c voltmeter, panel. switch Approximate

battery

can be determined

by placing

the D-C VOLTS voltages.

to the appropriate

positions

and reading

the individual

battery

lO-16.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES to the Test Configuration and if no data Capsules are

Deviations explained item, this

from data applicable paragraphs

in the following item is the

is presented

for a particula] Capsule.

same as that used on the Specification

Compliance

lO-17.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULE

NO. 8 No. 8 is the same as the Specificaas noted in the following

The Electrical tion Compliance paragraphs. lO-18.

Power System except 10-6

on Capsule

Capsule Figure

for dlfferencea for major

(See

components

installed.)

System

Description Power Supply in Capsule No. 8 consists of three 3000 watt-hour

The Capsule

_-_v_.-

.=..JJ.It,.4_.l

JI.

J_"L

llj-

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

McDOtNNEL L
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAG

10-13 SEDR | 33 104

REPORT MODEL

WATT& 1oo I ZOO I

300 400 500 _oOO 700 800 _E)O IC_)O {I00 (ZOO

SZ4.q.- WATER %EF. 30 SEC/Bo ML_q.

+. I
To-30 MIN.---_
i

_51._-

PROt%_AFAM._

"A" 5OMIL-SEC/17.5

SIP_.

PRE-LAUN.CN Z. HRS.

--

T__LE.METV<'.(-ON

I_ To-IZ MIN. m I i J &,S'S.q

|QHF /_. "_ TAPE L PHOTO

T'P, ARC_EI_VER, _8OOST BAND BEACON-ON, REC.ORb-O_ LIqHT,%Og

ST_'I'.

To-(. M,I,,i.UixA_

h_---

s _ c _,_o
"754-.o '73Z.-/ PILOT

,E_,co_ ,NXERROC_ATiON
RETKACT _o PIJL/,SEC..

l&: DI $ C.._:::_ "_ --_'7oo,8 ;:::_ "/_Z.7

PERISLOPE It, lhT. CAM. CAM.

_PUL/SF..C.. SEP. B, OU"r_.

LAUNCH .IHK
(n a/ 'X:

TWW.

%EP.

--

TOWER EBCApIE

_KT'.

+
0N C_PB. ADAPT. BOLT5

CAP. $EP, --

. l
j[4

POS_. _TS._
_O1._ PILOT PILOT 5C-ANgER INSTR. _ INST. CAM.

UMS. O_C.
PEP..IS:,COPE _ PUL/SEC. _ E'/,T. %r._t_/5OMlkL

A
O_lr ATT_ -_ 711.7 _9q.8 6_].q 67q.8 _.8 CAM, 5 PUL,/MIN. HEATERS r-AJv%. 3DPL_L/MIN. 8.5 MINI./30 MIN.

,,9

0-:
oRBIT _5 HRS.
I"%

$_-ANhIF.R5 9 _oG4-.5 I/HF

SLAVE TRANSMIT TRANSMIT P_O_AMME_ "5" CONTROL SEP. 5EACOR

FI%#'7 "

.<
o
..J 50.Z

&,-_.5 HF I "Tq_.q PRO_RAMMER REACT. WATEIW BAI_D

"h_" (C_D COMD. ONLY)

L.

>IV

_OS.q "_S.9 .'7 _ _ C (_OZ._ T.,-IO MIN Tl_ L_:8._. 5

II_"tEIW.O%A,,TIOP4, 140 BEC./30 MI_,L

_LOOO

PRE.SSL_RE

"/5_.4- PILOT(

IN.ST.

CAM.

(a PUL/$C.

%O %EC/3OMIN

#O IRE- ENTR_( .5 HRS

..... im+ _O..%F..._ F {-Sq.B I_ETRO -, ..... 1-725-% _&TI_O II_. "IU _.._.-.-I______ET_'.O
I

RK'T'%. AS.%Y. UW%I_.

(B PEAK_) SEp. DI&C.

_0

8Zq.'5 MORTAR FAIR-

PER|SCOPE

_.F-To

.0s_ -?.iK ,__ I,(o'LI.O IOK'--_-_o?.Z.'_ DR_O%U ANT. SNORKEL % MAIN CHUTE

_--IMPA.CT

{_3Z.7 _ MI'4. _,JECT _'---9JH|i

P,E_,CT, DISC.

CONT'L +

(&,O

,%EC)

RE,%. _. _'75-dr" '_"_ RE.S,

(IMPACT

I SEC) EAT (5 SEC_

_ DER t_SZ. I PE.RtSCOPE, ENIqA.

m AI,4T

I_ESCUE

AID,%

_" 30

SEC.

t ;"

POST PERIOD I?..H RS. 351.9 PROC_RAMMKR "A" IMP. IOMIN. IIO__

I
FI&URF-. IO-5

ZZ_-.9 WATER SEP.

D-C

WATT

_OUR

LOADINr_

(CAPSULES

, /0;l(o, lg _ (q)

PI'4_S-Z74

v..,_.='ii

ll./r-;-l'l

1/96

PAGE REPORT MODEL

I0-I

Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS,
-:.t'_:d_,, _lPV Ig ! I li P ! i

DATE REVISED
, ALl IN ILB

1 NOVEMBER

1961

SEDR 104 133

MISSOURI
I'% 1, I_",1_ ;imw, a I "riP' ! i _liL_

REVISED

/
_[O ,,40:: o 0

_//

\ \

DAT__ REVISED_
REVISED--

i November

1961-

main batteries, battery,

one 1500 watt-hour

Main battery, battery.

one 1500 watt-hour (See Figure

standby

and one 1500 watt-hour loads

isolated

10-7.) (1) Retroend

D-c electrical grade Seq. control, (4) Auto Landing

are supplied Capsule

through

fuses

except to the

(2) Emerg.

Separation, circuits

(3) Abort

Control,

System

A circuits

- these

incorporate two fuses operation

solid conductors in parallel for

in place of fuses. redundancy, with

S_ne of the d-c circuits switch which

utilize permits

a two position

in the normal to prevent in

(No. l) position, possible place loss of

or the emergency power during

(No. 2) position.

In addition,

an emergency,

a solid conductor

is installed

of a fuse in the emergency

(No. 2) positions (No. 1 and No. 2) - Systems A and B

of the following

circuits:

(a) (b) (c)

Retro Manual Reserve Tower

Control

chute deploy separation

control. of inherent overload protection in the inverters.

A-c loads are not fused because i0-19. D-C Power Control

Capsule normal bundles

special

instrumentation

uses two of the four main batteries. are tied back

The at

connector

plugs on the No. 3 and No. 4 main batteries Special instrumentation bundles

800A and 8013.

867 SI and 836 SI,

respectively, The main (See Figure ON-OFF

are connected 24 volt

to the No. 3 and No. 4 batteries. supply consists of only two main batteries. to the circuit diode by an

d-c Power

10-7.)

Each battery

is connected Individual

in parallel current

switch on the battery. discharge through

reverse

protection from

prevents

a faulty

or low battery. power

The 24 volt d-c power source

the two main batteries, applied

or from the external

prior to launch, iis through the secondary

to the main d-c bus.

The main d-c bus is connected

bus relay to the secondary The 1500 watt-hour

bus. is installed in the capsule to supply

standby battery

oss,^s_
O.;l SIA.;II: I

.................

%";

..L;,I "-'--"- ..2' ="_ S ' I_INOSSIIN ' SINo-rJ.S

l t_Ot II0_$

"1300H J-_lOd=l I:t

196l _I3_W:IAON t

_IVO

&,,

91-01.

DATE
REVISED REVISED

i November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT R_T)R i0_

_oom..,
a_LL , ......... ,,

133

communications The standby connected

bus battery

voltage also

and

to

act

as

standby

gower

for

the

main

system. and is

incorporates through

diode

reverse switch

current

protection

to the circuit battery

an ON-OFF diodes,

located

on the battery. d-c to the by exteraal Standswitch

Standby various

taps through Prior

supply 6, 12 and 18 volts circuits are energized diode

system busses.

to launch

these

power through by battery on the main position. somewhat

the umbilical d-c power

disconnect application This

and external

power

package. BATT

24 volt

is controlled

by the STDBY in the AUTO voltage

instrument

panel.

switch may be placed

or MANUAL to a level

In the AUTO position, below standby battery Power

a decrease

in main battery

voltage

causes

the No. i secondary normally

bus control of this These

relay to energize. relay to energize relays

is applied

through

open contacts relays.

the No. 2 and No. 3 secondary contacts which lock their

bus control

have holding

solenoids

to the main d-c bus. is applied to the

With the No. 2 and No. B control solenoids removes volt of the secondary

relays

energized 3 power Energizing

bus relays.

the secondary the standby

bus relays battery 24

voltage

from the secondary

bus and connects

output

to the main bus

in parallel

with the reduced the STANDBY

main battery

output. light of

The secondary indicating STANDBY

bus relay also energizes

D-C AUTO indicator Signal voltage

automatic

use of the standby battery. is supplied

indicative system. battery

D-C AUTO

lamp operation of this

to the instrumentation connects

The _N

position

STDBY

BATT switch

the standby

24 volt output

directly

to the main

24 volt d-c bus and through No visual

the secondary is made and of

bus relay to the secondary

24 volt d-c bus. other

indication

this use of the standby battery voltage. command circuit An emergency after umbilical power

than Astronaut

checks

of current

hold circuit separation.

is utilized To reduce

in the event cabin heating

of a "hold" the emergency hold

removes

from the secondary

and the main ASCS busses

and applies

"'_' ""'-_; :_G.,

__ _ a ,._ l _ll --_

r_,

.,_r# . ._
(
/t_n <i','.

_'Z

3,

.o

f_

70

I I I I I I I

, O_ I"I I

_0 _r

FI__ /4

E_o
"

m
r

e_ _l

o I-_"-I _" "_ _-T

_Ic_z

.....

_j

/,

ii
_g
r'.4

O_ISIA=IId 03SIA3_I _IVO

L t_OL _lO]S ..LUOd=lU

L96t }I]SW+AON

' T[_O(I_hT

81_OL

DATE
REVISED.

i November

1961

s-,-.Lou,s 3. M,sSOURI _'

to the cabin is vent squibs end as closed No. to

,,_ORV ,.,oom.
motor '_old" No. relay. of the of the

_n 133

1O4

REVISED,

DV;_T;AL
the extend The

power cuit is

periscope. from the

Cirbooster

switching

accomplished normally of the

follows. contacts 1 emergency open 2 and

signal 3 ground Power No. hold power

applied to

through the

of the hold

test from

umbilical the main hold

relay d-c

solenoid

bus

is

applied

through of No.

normally the No.

contacts No.

1 emergency relays. to the

relay open of

to the contacts

solenoids of the bus

3 emergency apply and No. power

Normally solenoids motor relay 2A volt of the

2 emergency impact open vent

hold sensor

relay relay of the remove

the

secondary Other to

relays,

to

the

extend

periscope. apply power

normally cabin

contacts and

3 emergency from the

hold main

the

squibs

Ascs bus.
10-20. 10-21. A-C Main Main, inverter is is 150 divided the

(see Figure lO-?.)

Power sad Control

Inverters volt, 150 400 volt cycle ampere bus a-c power is supplied by one 250 volt The when bus ampere a-c the load ASCS the

115

and

one

inverter. sad the fan

(See Figure bus. During

10-8.) flight

between a-c

the

ASCS the

primary ampere

load,

250 Volt the

ampere fan bus.

inverter During

powers re-entry, load.

that at

while

volt

inverter

powers

approximately the fan bus Inbus. while bus. of

300,000 feet, the fan system becomes the primary a-c

verters The the The the main are d-c switched bus d-c such that input the higher to capacity the to

Therefore, powers the the fan the

inverter feeding

supplies bus

power input

inverter the

secondary output other

supplies

power the BUS

inverter RELAY

feeding while output bus. which the is

ASCS

from

one

inverter energizes

energizes the FAN

ASCS

BUS

output then An A-C

inverter through

RELAY. to the

Inverter appropriate SWITCH be

supplied METER closes read

the

energized a spring to

bus

relays A-C

VOLT-

is provided the

with

loaded the fan

VOLTMETER sad must

normally operated to

voltmeter bus voltage.

circuit

bus

manually

ASCS

REPORT MODEL _

SEDR 10/4 . l_

.... T. LOUlS, MJssou!_! _ s

........ IL.4%.I.L,
JL' .IL./I_4L_.I.,

REVISED , REVISED

,,-,_nn,, 4L

4L.C'JkJL./-

10-22.

S..t_sadby Inverter Standby, 115 volt, 400 cycle a-c power is supplied which a-c by d-c output power INVERTER by one bus 250 volt ampere
/

inverter. the power the ASCS the BUS put standby the event ONLY

The

STANDBY

INVERTER input

switch and or

determines whether the

shall

supply shall bus in

inverter ASCS bus

voltage fan bus

voltage either SWITCH d-c

or the inverter the bus.

shall With

automatically the STANDBY

of main position, d-c The the the

failure.

in the from ASCS out-

standby The

inverter

is energized output RELAY inverter in the the

24 volts the main

secondary RELAY. from When

standby

inverter ASCS _JS

energizes the

STANDBY inverter

energized nnd

STANDBY the

removes output.

llne

applies INVERTER

standby is from

STANDBY by

switch d-c _JS from

FANS d-c

position bus.

the The

standby

ininverter

verter output removes output.

is energized energizes the main the

24

volts FAN

main The

standby FAN

STANDBY

RELAY. the

energized applies

STANDBY the

BUS

RELAY
J

inverter

output

llne

and

standby

inverter

The verter fail. This to

AUTO power

position either of the feeds

of a-e

the bus

STANDBY should

INVERTER the main the to

CONTROL inverter

SWITCH feeding bus used

allows one to

the

in-

of them de-energize, failed AUTO mode. main

Failure connects and

a main standby the during inverters main

inverter inverter to

causes input the

associated the a-c d-c bus. bus

relay by

the

inverter light Should

output

proper

The while

STANDBY in the the

A-C

illuminates both main

standby fall bus,

inverter while will in

operation automatic the fan is

automatic

mode, a-c

standby Signal

inverter, voltage

operating indicative tion

from of

the

d-c

power

bus.

STANDBY

A-C

AUTO

light

operation

supplied

to the

instrumenta-

system. No Emergency 24 volts A-C d-c is Power switch is provided for use the in No. Capsule 10.05g No. relay 8. Ininto the

stead,

connected

directly

through

MAC

231C (Rev 14 Oct. 65)

1, owber
nev,sED REV,SeO

Mc, DONNEg.
ST.LOU,S s, u,ssoum .

..o.
_e_oRv MOOre.

lo-2
SEDR 133 104

150

VA

Main D-C

Inverter. Power Distribution

10-23.

On namely busses follows. (a)

Capsule the main

No.

8,

d-c

power

is taken battery sources

from and

three

separate battery. separation battery through

battery Various method usage. secondary

groups, sub are as

battery, frcm 10-7 d-c

standby these for

isolated the bus

which See

operate Figure

and

special

instrumentation by main d-c bus

Secondary bus relay.

bus

supplied

(b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Secondary Pre-impact Main 24 V

ASCS

bus

supplied bus

by

secondary impact ARM SW

bus relay. from from

through

ELEC

PWR

RELAY.

secondary squib main from bus bus main

through SQUIB impact

through through bus or

main main

bus. bus. _JS SW

Pre-impact Audio bus

relay bus

isolated

through

AUDIO

(3 position, (g) (h) (i) Isolated Standby Isolated battery. (J) Standby battery. 10-24. See on Capsule D-C Power 6, 12 d-c d-c

center bus bus

OFF). to to busses isolated standby battery. battery. to taps on isolated

directly directly

6 and

18

volt

directly

and

18 volt

busses

directly

to taps

on

standby

Loading for graphical summary of the Primary d-c Power Loading

Figure No.

10-13 8.

10-25. The tion

TEST

CONFIGURATION Power

CAPSULE System on for for

NO.

9 No. 9 is the as noted same in the ) as the Specifica-

Electrical

Capsule differences

,ompliance

Capsule Figure

except 10-6

following

paragraphs.

(See

major

components

installed.

--

---

PAGE REPORT MODEL

10"22 SEDR 133 104

M 'DONNELjL
_---_T_.OUlS,,.MISS_I..,,,

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

(WATT._) o 8

700.8
01 ,

PROGRAMMER

50 MIL-SEC/30

5EC

-13

Cb

T0-50 _558.8 WATER _ER 30 5EC/3OMIN

TO-I2 v F" --

L _:::l?2:_.B INSTRU. CAM. _740.6 UMB. DIS.---_ UMB.DI5.---_ & PUL/SEC

& _KY CAM I0 PUL/MIN 774-.9 PERISCOPE " RETRACT ' 774.9 _::::_740.?_. PERISCOPE CAM. :3 PULJSEC TRANSMIT PYLON TWR SEe BQbT_ RK'T.

EARTH

-r,,,,,_ _.=-,::,:::_'-Lt'_:--?4?-.l _ UNF TWR. 0 01 0 0 CO 5ER I !_-&97'?I _773.5

JETT. & EECApF:

rAo _=_ ........

C/_R ADAPTI_R BOLT& POS, RKT,& UNI_ PERI5COPE EXT.

"rR-p7oo.8 RETRO RKTS ('3 PEAKS) T +50 5EC-" ..... 1-,--726.4 R_TRQ ASS'Y SER _R'_u _=u--[ RETRO UM8. DISC. = 785.5 PERISCOPE RET. _._. 1_'_-_"----787-.0 REACTION CONT. .05(_ i..._59h _6_9.2 9 HF&UNF TRANSMIT DROG E M

01

I0" ' !'_--594"5 SNORKEL.ANT.. FAIR. & MN. CHUTE ow E----J"--_(,85.1 PERISCOPE EXT. ( 5 ,_EC) -_J'--P_(,2_.I REACTION MN. DI.9,C.,BES. CONT. ((_0 SEC)

I_FOROF. SEN.,
TORU.._ BAG WHIP

E,,I'ECT,

DER & DISC.

YI_NT., M_N-

HEUUM

_ ANTENNACOVER

ANTENNa.-.

(IMR-505SEC')

0 I 478.5 PROGRAHIER

P_

_516.3 WATER

SER

.FIGL_E

I0- q: D-C

WATT1 i I

HOUR
i

LOADING(CAPSULE

NO. 8)

PM_5"-

g-09 E

r'O""-'D-"t;,

;A_-

DATE
REVISED.

1 November

1961 ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI " REPORT MOOW. _E_R 133 , 104,,

REVISED.

10-26. The

S_stem capsule

Description power supply for Capsule No. 9 is similar to that used on the

Specification i0-27. The D-C d-c

Compliance Power power Control control

Capsule.

on

Capsule

No. to

9 is

similar

to IO-A),

that

used

on for

the the

Specification following On the is

Compliance

Capsule (See

(Refer

Paragraph

except

differences. Capsule No. bus

Figure

i0-7). bus control not relays used. No's. The I, 2 and 3, and power

9 the

Secondary No's. the 1 and

Secondary connected the

relays to

2 are bus, in of

standby the

battery main

directly

Main

d-c

in parallel the "OR"

with

batteries, d-c is not well The Capsule the as

with light used. all hold except Power 10-28. 10-29.

standby or

battery automatic in the

switch

placed

position. bus to the

The

standby bus as

(AUTO),

switching position as the

the

standby standby

Main

Operation other relay controls

"ON"

of the

battery Compliance

switch

is the

same

Specification on the No.

Capsule. Compliance

operation

is the

same are

as used

Specification 2 hold relay to

additional to the A-C Main Main 115

contacts

used relay

in the from

control

electrical Power and

power Control

the

umbilical

discomnect.

Inverters volt _00 cycle a-c power a-c 250 is supplied by two inverters two the of 150 volt-

amperes the the ASCS 150

and bus VA

250 and

volt-amperes. the FANS bus.

The The

load VA

is divided inverter The and Main relay. main a

into

portions ASCS bus

namely and VA VA

supplies d-c bus

inverter inverter

supplies through is also

the

FANS

bus. circuit

powers fuse. a

the The line is

150 250 filter,

(fans inverter a 25

bus)

a filter powered

25 ampere d-c bus The

(ASCS ampere

bus) and

from

the

through Main ASCS

fuse through

the EL_

antenna 1_

separation relay.

bus

energized

the

............ "'_1_ili

ll./_ll_ll

|! it-ilil--

REPORT SEDR 10_ MODEL_ 133

..... ST, LOUIS, MISSOURi ...... C,_ _'_ _i_) [1 _ TI._._

REVISED REVISED,

(Other 150 the VA and

ASCS Main

d-c 250

loads VA

are

fed

from

the

ASCS

bus.) of

The the

outputs Fans Bus

of

the

Main and the

inverters

feed

the relays

solenoids feed the and the the

Relay

ASCS

Bus

Relay.

These

energized and

inverter closed (See

output contacts Figure

through of the

closed Standby The 250

contacts ASCS VAC Bus

of the Relay

relays to are

through fans by

normally ASCS

Power

the

busses.

i0-ii). relay

invez_ers

deactivated

antez_,za

fairing

separation

during 10-30.

descent. S_t_and_by Inverter Standby 115V The shall EMER ASCS _00 cycle INVERT by of a-c power is supplied the by one of 250 volt ampere and/or standby which

inverter. a-c bus The from the ASCS the

STDBY be A-C bus. Bus

switch the the

determines standby switch a-c

mode

operation

supplied position Standby Relay.

inverter. manually power energizes energizes the the standby inverter of

/ /

inverter A-c to

then

the

solenoid

Standby Bus The

ASCS

power the

then ASCS INV

flows a-c

through

energized

Standby

Relay's FANS

contacts position the

Power of the d-c Bus

bus. manually a-c energizes power the energlm_i the Figure

ONLY

STDBY bus. Relay.

switch

standby the

inverter of

from the

main Fan

Standby A-c to

inverter power then

then

solenoid

Standby bus

flows bus.

through (See

energized lO-n.) The either a main the feeds during main

standby

fan

relay's

cOntacts

Power

the

FANS

AUTO Position bus should causes

of the the input

the main

STDBY

INVERT

switch

allows one to of

the them

inverter fail.

to

Power of

a-c

inverter

feeding bus bus relay used The

Failure This

inverter

associated to the a-c d-c

de-energize. the A-C failed AUTO main light

connects
\

standby the

inverter output to

by

inverter illuminates Should

and

the

proper

bus. while

STDBY

standby inverters

inverter fail while

operation in

in the mode,

automatic standby

mode. inverter

both from

automatic

the

operating

dT_ _

_LT

T_

T T-_

T_

.....

'!

1.500 WAT T HOIJR BATTERY

g
13

g
0

0N-OFF WtTC_ _EQ)

-q

/
DETAIL'A"

@
@
BATTERY ON-OF-F SWITCH _N'4 E RTE_.5 PANEL. OETAIL"C RELAY5 = I .___ .... I

OFF

PWR O_F

Frl O
|

aUTO

C)

,/
/
_ (MAIN IN_TRL}_F.NT PA_L) i

I
"X3 O F,1

C 73 13

Cn -t Frl if--.
.'X3

\
s/

s /

"_..

0 m

> pl

C (..n
TO66LE DIODE "_'1 P.EI_OGRADE _ P.EC.OVERY CSA) _'_ _, . /

io
? RETROGR_,DE 5WITCH FUSE PANEL
LAUNCH, ORBIT MISCELLA_EOtJ.T;, WIISCE LL ANEOU5

/
( RECOVER'( C5 _ IOA)
ItE_CAPE CSA) (_0 _' _SA,) (SA) _ "x-'05o. '_

_,

-- _
-ACCELE'P.O_AETER ._ - "

/
/

;_ m II .-I

"u >

il

lOOK

P,.ELAY

"1

1';
;_ _ ----ANS AE. BUS F G_,_. "TEST UM_, EELA'Y m < m < > --I

.I

lOOK

___

WASH,. I?./Z.4. V LTS. OC

E_U._

<<i

__AC

WA_N,

LT.

,/

DATE
REVISED. REVISED

1 November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

p._

10-27

the

main A-C

d-c

bus,

will

power

the is

fan

a-c

bus. to

Signal the

voltage

indicative system.

of

STDBY 10-31.

AUTO

light

operation

supplied

instrumentation

D-C The d-c

Power power

Distribution distribution Capsule 10-7. on Capsule to No. 9 is the s_ne as used on the differ-

Specification ences 10-32. See on Capsule as shown D-C

Compliance on Figure Loading for

(Refer

Paragraph

10-8),

except

for

Power

Figure No.

i0-i0 9.

graphical

summary

of

the

primary

d-c

power

loading

10-33. The as the

TEST

COHF]DORATION power

CAPSUI3S system on

NO.

i0,

13

AND

16 13 and 16 are for and the same

electrical

Capsules

No.

i0,

Specification of the for primary Capsule

Compliance d-c No. power 13. )

Capsule. loading

(See on

Figure

10-5 No. I0

graphical 16, and Figure

summary No.

Capsules

10-13

iO-3_. 10-35.

INTERIOR SYST_q

LIDHTING _gSCRIPTION
i

Interior four i0-I_ fluorescent for

lighting flood and

for

the

Specification and a series of cabin of

Compliance warning system

Capsule telelights. telelights.

consists See

of Figure

lights

iocatic.1

arrangement

and

10-36.
Two left 115 V and

Cabin

Flood Li_ts
flood Astronaut. invezCer console, flood The Fans the lights lights lights are mounted for and the on bracgets cabin lights by are to is the right and from the

flourescent above the

Power _ts

supplied position "_>I_"

a-c on

Capsule the The camera

controlled positions of high

a three marged value_ and

switch 0nly" suitwattage

located and able

lef_

switch are

"L.H.

"OFF". for

cabin usage.

actinic heat

especially a low

produce

little

have

.-b_=

----

....

_w

PAGE REPORT MODEL

I0-:2,8_ SEDR 104

McDONNELLjH__o_
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
_Vlli I'llJ_lll i 18--_ l'-T'-

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

133,

/00

2OO

300

2 2j

ORBIT

OK'

_31.0 I "7"/1. 3 PROGRAMER

28<A 3 9. _

WA

TER

5ER

l-IF ,,? r O VE R Y E

F/GURE

I0:1_

D-Cw,_T_-HOU_ LO._/NG CAPSULE NO.,9)

PM45 - _55
VVI _l aal_mlll _l If'_ L-

L_.-Stl_d

1
I I I I I I I

0% - o.L

oo_l

OOtl

000_

00b

009

OOL

009 gllVM

00"3

I OOt

i 00

I DO?.

i OOI

t;t t,0t aa3s

6_'Ot

-I'_(]OW .LblOd_t:T _DYd l_nOSSll_l ' S11"103"1S

G=ISIA_I_I 03$1A'_1_i _.LVCl

L96L _I:ISW_AON

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

10-70 SEDR 13_ lO_

'

McIDONNE_ ST. LOUIS, _a_l

%_r_ MISSOURI

DATE

1 November

1961

REVISED REVISED

_.T _ _.__

mtlng 10-37.

of

four

watts Flood

each. Lights flood lights described flood OFF

nm='e 1o-15).

Photo Two

flourescent flood to has the

are in lights

mounted Paragraph and are The

on

brackets 10-35. controlled

to The by

the photo a

left flood

and

right lights

of are

the

cabin

lights cabin

identical which left

PHOTO

LIGHTS

switch, on the

an ON

and

position.

PHOTO

LIGHTS

switch

is mounted

console.

1o-38.
Warning on the main

TeZeli hts
telelights instrument are of for a connected particular telellghts ampere are and to

proviaed
left the console various or

for

various panels systems as to

capsule shown notify an 12V

systems on Figure the individual d-c or

and

are

mounted The of mal-

10-14.

telelights function Power through provided

Astronaut function. 24V d-c

system is

verifiction by on the Figure

of Capsule 10-15.

the five for

supplied shown

bus is

IbASe as or dark

A Dim-Brlght

Switch

daylight

operations.

10-39. The Specification Figuration presented Specification

TEST data

CORF_ION contained Capsule. in

CAPSULES Paragraphs fr_n in then the the 10-34 the through data 10-38 applicable paragraphs. is the same as applies to the If that to the Conis on not the

Deviations are explained item, Capsule.

Test data used

Capsules for

following item

particular

Compliance

i0-_0.

TZST
,,

CONFIGURATION
,,,

CAPSULE

NO.

1o- 1.
The, CoEpliance positions cabin

hood m ts
flood lights except (Refer to on the Capsule control No. switch 10-43. ) 8 is on No the same as No. flood the 8 Specification has "ON-OFF" are used on

Capsule, only.

Capsule photo

Paragraph

lights

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS
__

#
, MISSOURI
. " ,,

PAGE REPORT MODEL

10-31 SEDR 133 104

NOTE_
EE> [_ _AME _IOT PL_E. II_-T'_t.t.F._ OI4 CAPeJ,_LE )

.........

_vilr

Iur-iN

In_--'

PAGE ,, REPORT MODEL.

10-32 S_ l_ 104 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REVISED REVISED

Capsule i0-_2. The

No.

8. Telelights telelight Compliance the following Periscope Lending installation Capsule (Refer on to Capsule No. 8 is 10-38 the and same Figure as the 10-16),

Warning warnin6

Specification except for

Paragraph

differences. retract telelight is not is used is not used on used on on Capsule No. 8. No. No. 8 8. 8. in place 8. No. 8.

(a) (b) (o) (d) (e) (f)

The The

Bag

telelight telelight

Capsule No,

A Drogue The The Cabin Fuel

Chute

Capsule used used On on on

Pressure _antity Ready

telelight telelight telelights

is not is not are

Capsule Capsule No.

Mayday of the

and

used

Capsule

abort

lights. telelight is used on Capsule No. 8 to indicate

(g)

A recording operation of

the

tape

recorder. is used on Capsule No. 8.

(h)

Standby

d-c

Auto

telelight

lO-_3. _ST co__o_

The tion interior lighting Capsule

c_
system (Refer

_o. 9t lOt 13 A_ 16
on these Capsules 10-35 is the same i0-_) as the (See SpecificaFigure

Compliance

to Paragraphs

through

lO-I_ _

lO-15).

J'q

_'_

ILT

IF'_ T

_r_L

_mw

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

19611

Mc, DONNELL__
ST.LOUIS. _ l

__
.

.PA_E ,
REPORT MODEL

10_33, SEDR 133 104

MISSOURI

L:: :,;

P IC_.,UIEE IO-.IBI_IEIEIOP., LkC_HTS AND WARNIi',I_LIGHTS. scHE_ATIC(,cA_._I_I_i_._;)._v_._n=

li'l tvilr = "i:i-Ilrl/_lrl=ll _l Ill-I ! ii iJ I ....

m 11 -t

>

\
i --'_

g
0

g
o

1
m

[_ Nh_ME PLATE

Z F! < 0

;0 m < 0

O > -! :

19,E_CUE

MAIN

DROGUE

.OSG

JET_.

RETRO

INR.ETRO.

5 TAR]I_.

C'-A P_5--ULE

TOWER

GNt)

_O_t.q

_,ET_,0

R_,T5

t4"fR_

C_

/11
_
!__ , 2 E

_1' 5 ,o _E._,._ 1

MAYDAY

READY

RECORDING

STDBY, AC AU TO.

$'FDB"( Ex3 AU TO.

OXYGEN WAR N,

EXCE55 SUIT W AT E R

EXCE55 CABIN WAT E R

OXY EMER. F LOW

WARNING

LIGHTS

MAIN

INSTRUMENT

PANEL,.

11-I

rji_,_+_._ ._:<_,_, _,

SECTION

XI

COMMUNICATION

SYSTEM

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OPERATION .........................

eee.eeeo oeeeoeoeo el oeeeeeeee

PAGE 11-5 11- 9 11-28 11-36

SYSTEM UNITS ....................................

+++iiiiii+ii_
iiiiii.:.'-ii'i_ii.-:.-_!_ii i_
::::::::::::::::::::::::::

TEST CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES ......

iiiiiiMiiitMilttii_-_%

===================================

;:_ _iiiiiii_+:'_::!iiiiiiii_:

el e'_'_._.

_r ,"

_ +,'_V,_

"+

_111

I1_1_i_!1

I_MI,

ONION___VdWl
_ _

o
IN_/AOld30"

o W I-Q -'

O hl

_,LnH_ Nt_A_t

E:
I1:

u gI, IIglNV1 1!;0,1 g I l_VdWI I,

NOSlll_r 9N1_1_ VNN31NY

A_J.NZ-|II

.1.111_lO

llS_lO (ONIWWVZlgOZld '3_N3nO3s

Ol

H:_Nnv'i

[ 33S)

_!0:1 [-II 311_V1 NOIIY31NnWWO_

NOI/DNN:I

[
IZ W a.

NOSlll_r _V_DVd

/ \ \ /I
J, / /

_ \

NOSll,l._r
_,_0.1.

_vosn

NOIIV_'d_S illlZlO

_l[1SdV_

XI IJHF- DE:, SWITCH VOLUM LCONTROLS/_ L

_T_ANSMIT SWITCH X

A'STEONAUT'5 I_E.LMF.T (HEABSETS

I i

I I _ llfmllll_llli_ltl_<_,
I I
/ /

I _ 1

I ll_WJII IIIL--III uc_--Ju._u._u

IILILL-IIII '_ _ "

u. _H_ .sEuEcr ,.o _'\ ._

PANEL (ANT SWITCH)

HANDLE :(,M ICROPHDNE 5WITCH) "

DETAIL

A SELECTOR
_WIT_H

(STOWED)

/_

RECOVERY

ANTENNA

]
t s i t

"_'Z

. .--_ "'" ,_.___/-_

'

r-.)-IF ECOVERY ANTENNA R /--UHFIIESCENT.AND (BICONE ANTF-UI'_A'_

J
/

"--UHF Soo_'r,_MPUR_ ANTENNA ML_TI PLEXER

-.
:UMBILICAL DISCONN,F..CT _" AUDIO CONTROL PANEL SEE DETAIL k

MAIN UHF RECEIVE:RTRANSMITTER

,.. _o"_X_,_I '"_'"

CO14_IffICATION I_'NCTIONS
CALL CAPSULES).

FJRCTION

LAUNCH

ORBIT

RE-ERTRY IMPACT

POST LANDING

m_' (_,, _,_,_:,) R/_ m,' (_) _ (_) R/_ RI_

R/T -_ ._

Astronaut I Pre-Launch

Selection Selection Selection

on All Manned Capsules I ! on All Unnmnned Capsules

i
Astronaut Capsules

I
on Manned

i
Pre-Launch Selection on Unmanned Capsules _--

HF (Recovery) C_and Telemetry Receivers

-_---Al.lC_sules -All Capsules

I
Transmitter Beacons --All Capsules =-i0 Minutes After Impact

I
C and S Band -_Manned Capsules - On Continuous or Controlled by Astronaut and/or Ground. Ccmnaud

C and

S Band

Beacons

UHY Recovery H.F. Aux. Recovery

Beacon Beacon Beacon

_-U_d Capsules - On Continuous or Controlled by Ground Command I Bicone Ant. Separation

, All Capsules All Capsules

i
UHF Rescue i0 Minutes Impact Ultr. Sarah Rescue Beacon Bicone Ant. After--_-Capsules I Capsule 8 & 9 only I0_13,16,18 and 19

Unmanued Capsules - No. 's 8, 9 Manned Capsules - No. 's 10, 13,

Separation

16, 18 & 19

MCDONNE
R_-VtSEO. ST. LOUlSa. M,SSOUm _ORT

ll-5
SE_ 104

XI.
.... \

COMMUNICATIONS

SYSTEM

ii-i.

SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

ii-2.

VOICE

COMMUNICATION Is provlded ii-i). operate with volc_ communlcatlons and microphone control throughout contained the entire within the

The Astronaut mission (See Table helmet,

A dual

headset

Astronaut's voice

through

the audio 12-2).

circuits

to the selected system is

communications prior

set (See Figure cable

A capsule-pad

Luterphone

available

to umbilical

disconnect. the main KF voice communication set during separaThe main It will

HF reception launch and orbit.

is available HF voice selection

through

transmission

may be used only after capsule of the Tranmnit fairing Switch.

tion by Astronaut set is disabled be de-energized HF voice landing

of the HF position as the antenna

during

re-entry

is Jettisoned.

and replaced set mission. is available set when the and

by the recovery provides reception

HF set upon landing. and transmission,

The recovery during the post

communications phase of the

UHF reception voice setmay the main the

--f,

throughout its UHF Booster of

the

entire Amplifier.

mission

by

the

Cc_m. over

UHF this by to the by

communications be made

Transmissions is selected

"UHF" position (low power)

the

TRANSMIT switch cce_unication may be set placed

Astronaut. set, Astronaut The selected but

A backup without at any the point

UHF voice Amplifier, mission. energized

identical in operation

UKF Booster during the

transmitter operated

may be

by

operation

of

a push-to-talk "ON" position.

switch_

or by a voice

relay when the VOX switch is in the the selected transmitter will This

By speaking energized. upon landing

into the microphone, Normally to provide the selected a direction

is automatically be energized may be

UHF transmitter finder signal.

automatically automatic

feature

_J,J,; D-,_.i4T; _D; AI.

l.....

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3,

MISSOURI

RI[PORT

10_

REV,S. overridden by the Astronaut. Receivers

.................

MODm. ,

133

The Cc_mmnd communications the voice

provide

an emergency the mission

ground

station-to-capsule impact. located Power in the

voice for

channel

throughout systems

until through

capsule fuses

communications

is supplied

CQmmunications

and Ccmnunications

ASCS fuse holders

(See Figure

ii-2).

11-3.

COMMAND RECEIVERS
Two separate sets of receiver-decoder of ground capsule receivers is and auxiliary signals. circuits. through the fuses (See located Figure in 11-10). decoder units are used

for reception purpose of

and decoding various command and the

ccmnand control supplied

These

signals

are for th_

activating for the

Power the

Cc_unications

Communications

ASCS Fuse

Holders

ii-4. Telemetry to of ground voltages to transmitters are provided is picked for ccm_mieating up throughout These the telemetry voltages the are capsule capsule modified (Refer are used information in the by form coding to for the

stations. from sul_ly

Information vol_a6e suitable Section XIII divider inputs of

circuits. to this

circuits

transmitters.

Instrumentation transmission watts.

manual).

Two transmitters each having a power

of the telemetry

information,

output

of 3.3

Their frequencies frum launch, transmitters for the (See

are slightl_ until

separated. after

Transmitters impact. or

are operated outputs of

continumasly the telemetry Antenna. tion Fuse

i0 minutes

The power

are fed to either is 11-_ obtained and

the main fuses 11-11).

the UKF Recovery in the Instrumenta-

Power Holders

system Figure

fr_n

located

Figure

_-5.

z_co_s
The beacons provided in the capsule to aid tracking by ground energized stations re-entry, are

a C-Band

end

an S-Band

beacon,

a UHF recovery

beacon,

during

_,

....
tWINIi"

--

w _"lr"%
i lll*llli

!'1"
. .

! AI
...__

\ INSTRUMENTATION PACKACE"C" ,....

MAIN INSTRUMENT DETAIL A

PANEL

El

U'_ .C:

i;o

ANTENNA SWITCH

-TELEMETRY ANTENNAL MULTIPLEXER POWER TELEMETRY TRANSMITTERS SUPPLY

RL'VmED. .SVmED. --- .....

rr. Louts 3. M,ssoum

Rm:,owr ,,,or,,-

,Sg_, lOk, 133

an aux. energized finding

UEF beacon upon equil_nent land_.

energized These by the

10 rain. beacons recovery

after

impact,

and

an

HF recovery with

beacon, direction

provlde crews.

signals The U_

compatible voice

used

communications signal for of the

transmitter direction capsule

may be keyed finders.

upon landing light

to provide is installed

an additional for visual

A flashing

location

after landing. power

(See Section

IX of this manual. ) is supplied through (See Figures fuses located

Capsule

for the beacons

system

in the communications

and ASCS fuse holders.

II-_ and 11-12).

The voice with with the their wide entire of main

communications, frequencies

telemetry and types four A main re-entry

and of

beacon outputs of

receivers require antennas is must an are used be

and

transmitters, system to the fulfill major to UHF

various capabilities. mission the

antenna used for Jettisoned a compact

Therefore, requirements. During deployment. placed

types

HF-UEF antenna this antenna the

portion allow

mission.

parachute

To replace in operation.

UEF function, Upon landing,

antenna Antenna

is automatically is extended

an HF Recovery mission, C

to permit

HF operation.

Throughout

the entire

and S band antennas switching

are provided

for operation

of the radar beacons.

Antenna

and multiplexing

are Performed Power

autcmatlcally

by the RF circuitry. switching are panel.

(See Figures supplied

11-6 and 11-13). a switch-fuse

requirements on the left

for antenna console

through

located

switch-fuse

(see

11-13).

11-7. 11-8. 11-9.

OPERATION VOICE COMMUNICATIONS Audio Control and Ground outputs Inter_hone ST_em panel. This panel

HF and UEF receiver

are routed to the control

1_*Vil_lla

la,..__.

_ Jl

_ ___

PAGE REPORT MODEL

11-10 SEDR 133 104

DATE REVISED REVISED ,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

ST.LOUIS

, MISSOURI

/,

//

\\.,

\
\

==

g CC, ;,i F; C_,_- ;,iTiAL

REVISED.

ST.

LOUIS

3,

MISSOURI

REPORT...

]-0_

Revis_

Rm_R_Y_'_._

__,'_

_ I _, ,-_,- __,_, __-_ L ..... _

,_.--

MODEL

133

provides Outputs
' i

one from

volume the two

control c_and

for

HF

audio

and

one

volume to audio is

control the

for

UHF

audio. Control pass panel_

receivers of command

are

connected voice audio

Co-_unication by a low

Panel filter,

for

mixing.

Separation of

and voice

signals in the

and

amplification

resulting

done

control

(See
Communication from to The the audio signals and and to from the volume from controls, the satellite in and the interphone are audio supplied center. to the of

pad-to-the-pilot recorder amplifiers earphones recorder in relay

alarm the

tones two

clock the

the

tape

headset the

amplifiers signals The

audio them

headset

serve the

amplify

audio

feed

individual the tape

Astronaut's a path

helmet. for

de-energized audio to the

position main tape

relay

supplies

receiver

re corder.

Audio in the ' to The

from

the

microphones These to two

is

fed

to two

separate to

microphone

amplifiers output

audio

center.

amplifiers modulation is also fed

serve

amplify of the

microphone voice the by

a level

sufficient smplifer

supply output The

circuits to the are VOX

transmitters. (voice of VOX the Push

microphone relay switch

input

of

VOX use the

operated to on Talk the

circuitry). on the panel abort is

voice or "ON"

circuits by the

energized circuit

handle, in the

when

switch

instrument KF Voice HF HF

position.

ii-iO. 11-11. The designed

Communications Ccmnunications voice on main the cc_mnications a frequency pre-impact set. Switch The of 24 set is an AM receiver-transmitter 15 is MC. fed directly through tower Portion to the the EF unit

Main main to

operate from the of

approximately volt d-c is bus fed

_-_:_
Power receiver Position relay,

section of the after

transmitter the closed

2It volts of the

Transmit

and

contacts

separation of the

tower

separation.

Audio

input

to the

transmitter

.......

.,_,..a

i_

! _, ,..

P'_E.
REPORT MODEL

,,.'1_
SEDR 104 133

MCDONNE_
ST.LOUIS.
_' ".-_ m

__

D_TE
REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI

___-__

PM4S-IO'7,D

73NVd

.[N3_Nn_ISNI

NIV_

n e,1 o

I-, ld < a. 0 Id It I_ 0 Id

P_.

3
-I

..=.

Id

o
' I

__ m
/

&d

ONOHdO_31_ 0N J.3cJOV:IH) I_33H. SolI_VNO_JIS

/ f

[ )
IMPACT BICONE

;o m -,t

11 ).

pRE-i_Cr
:71 i1.1 t I ._J _4V _:: BL)S.JlI_

iillJ

u
I A i _ lie, iMPACT ......... IA|CROPHONE AUDIO J / IC TO I_I_CEIVE HF AS VOLUN_F_ DESIRED . T / SWtTCHE_ t'_lNO'i,TOt-lo-2 . ..

iT

I_

'_

A_TRON_UT_'_ tAF.LIV_ENT ('_E _. D6EI" AN{:) lY'dC RO PI40 NIE)

I 1

I I

| / .a

/ Iv

SWITCH VOICE

OR

USE

SWiTC_4

| -'_

OPE_J_TED

SER

IL_CEIVE2

m
. V'OX OFI:

iiI

IV_A_N

|NSTRUh_ENT

_:::_Ak_F..L

_,VA_

L A,E_ L _ LAN )iNC__

AFTE_

;_
TO --'_ANSMtT_ER CONTROL-H _.ECE NF AS -MICROPHONE. AL)O_O C T(3 TRANSIenT OPE2_TE Sw_'_C_ VOtC_. RIEL/_y AUDtO _ I H F RECOVERY _VEI_ VOICE 2 I_ _ELAY" I_AIC _PHO_ O_ _::_ USE _ATEO E AVAIL H F RECOVERY ANTEN N,_ A 5LE ,c_FI'E{_ LANDIN_ _VF.. VOI..U DESIR_D bAR

7o

g
m o

g
m o

I
]

.
0 z

NOTE
[_VOICF.SY VOX O_R_,TEO BWiTCH BELAY CONTROLLED

R:ECE

-'Te..A_5_TTE

R_VISED REV:sEo. unit is from the microphone either i

ST. "OUm s. MiSSOURi . amplifier through ........... in the audio

ma:ORT. _oom. center.

SE_ 133

10_

The transmitter by the

is

energized Astronaut's

automatically

the VOX circuit

or manually ll-8).

use of the push to talk connection

switch.

(See Figure

The antenna the antenna

from the set is through the bicone

the antenna

multiplexer

and

switch to either autenna

or the UHF Rescue Audio output

antenna.

HF raddatiau includ-

from the descent Lug sidetone control ll-12.

is negligible.

from the receiver, control

during

transmission

is routed to the HF volume

in the

panel. Recovery HF Ccemm_uications HF voice comnmicatioms having set is basically a lower output. upon laudimg, through the same as the main

The recovery

HF unit but with the transmitter The power the impact

input to the recovery from the audio is in the connection Audio

HF unit

is supplied Audio set.

relay,

24 volt d-c bus.

is supplied

and keying

of the transmitter The antenna HF Rescue routed center 11-13. ll-14.

same manner is through

as the maim

the recovery

dIplexer including panel

to the extended sidetome, is

antenna.

output

from the receiver, in the control

through

the HF volume

control

through

the audio

and to the headsets. UHF Voice C_icatlons Maim UHF UHF voice camumicatious set is am AM receiver-tramsmitter 299 MC. unit

The main designed output

to operate

on a frequency by a separate

of approximately _THF booster

The transmitter

is increased

amplifier. the HI-PWR position (See

Power fram the audio of the UHF Selector Figure 11-9). Switch

2_ volt d-c bus is fed through directly to the receiver

section

of the set. Power

This power

is also fed to the Transmit

Switch.

for the

tramsmitter

section

of the set is then taken

from the UHF position

of the

!1-16 .....

f3__

DATE

1 November

1_961

MODEL,, 1B3 Transmit tacts Switch. At bicone

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI .......... .,.,_, _._-_.._ .._,.,_,_" ............. antenna separation the bicone

REVISED,
1

separation

relay

con-

assume

the same function

as the UHF contacts for DF purposes.

of the Transmit Audio input

Switch thus

providing mitter

a continuous

UHF signal

to the transcenter.

portion

of the unit is energized

is from the microphone either automatically

amplifers

in the audio

The transmitter

or manually

by the Astronaut. it will be

When the HI-POWER energized

set is selected at bicone

with the UHF Selector separation to provide

Switch,

automatically equipment.

a UHF signal for direcby operation of the UHF

tion finding DF Switch

This feature

may be overriden

on the control connection

panel to the OFF or the UHF position. from the set is through and the antenna the UHF booster amplifer coax

Antenna switch,

antenna

multiplexer,

switch to either

the main bicone the to be by The

or UHF rescue voice operated

antenna.

Operation

of the microphone

switch or energizing the booster output amplifier

relay while in the UHF mode causes Transmitter

inserted

in series with the coax line. to 2 watts. The booster through Audio

is then boosted after landing.

this amplifier multiplexer bicone

is also available the antenna output

output

is connected

switch to either

the main

or the UHF rescue during

antenna.

from the receiver, control

including in the control

sidetone panel. 11-15.

transmission,

is routed

to the UHF volume

Backup UHF set is identical to the main set but of the

The Lo power USF voice communications without the booster Switch amplifier.

It may be energized Power

by Astronaut input, audio

operation input,

UHF Selector output, main UHF

to the "LO Ir_R" position. of the transmitter

receiver

and the control set. connection selecting

is in the same manner

as used for the

Antenna energized by

is routed

through

the UHF coax switch,

which

has been throu_

the "LO PO_R"

position

of the UHF Selector

Switch,

MAIN

POWER _EC EIVER.-

:UH_ TR_kN$_

VOICE iTTER

,]l_. "_

I_ICROPi-IOt4E TRA NSMITTER

AUDIO / CONTROL

30 UNF .oR_ UNF

REC'EIVE _,WITCI4

(_E] -

1"
1"
/
/

SELECT VOLUk_E-A$ TO

DEStRE

RECEIVER

AUDIO --

u.r _.NORI_.
TR_N OPERATE 5WITrN OPERA'TED

TP.ANSMIT

_
r | 1 _. -'_ _ .-_ _ /...,,I. ,.L BICOh_E. la.I_LAy _ SEP , _ 'I_--'_'_K

3G
_E J I

", MIT

5WtTCI4

- UHF _ I / I

Iit+
t
/ |

MICROPHONE OR USE VOICE RELA+ _E]

AUDIO

.u=

Z4VDG

.]
I I I I
I I

- .L+ ++,,.. _
VOLUME

TRAm+mlTTER

POWER--

o_-_o.,-i.uo_,=I --

/ b

,J _)

"
_ _ _

Hi Pw_ Ut4F DFSVVITCI-J-t,.tO,I_

ItI
flO 7.

t
"

tf
"

:-I

_&--

'

, LI
I

,,,.,,,,,,,_
-- ! ....... 0 I Q

- W

-,
:

_..o.,.,,_ i i,._ i
I-I- t 0 I Ot
laF OFF uHt=.J

.11
I

I ;

_,,_m ImstitumeNt

+_._L

/ "-I

----'------d

'

'1
,
q

,.,,'rE.,,,,,,,L/" "d
F.'--'"7 _ _

I 3 _
SWITCHE_ TO

TO
,,,.--,I

DECEIVE

(_E]

I
I

D -11

m m -t

> m

'E

UHF 5ELECT RESERVE UI-iF VOLUME-AS TO UNF

5WITCHDESIRED

T::_F.t. BtCOl_E A'V'

_P

,IK>_
TRANSMIT'TER POWER

KI

T P,ANSMIT 5WITCR-

,SELECT

I
]
S

F I

RESERVE T_AN,SMIT OPERA'_E SWITC_-IJF MICROPHONE

}1=

eI
RECEIVE_ AUDIO

_WiTcH_ USE'.'O,C_ o
DF_o N TINUOLI 5WITCI4-

'_

_l_

T R_,NSEAITTER

CONTROLI314F LO SELECT PWK Or= SwITcl4 UHF IVEE -TRAI, -NORM,. VOICE I$_ITTER

Mt CROPHO_E EE_ VOICE OPERATED RELA"( CONTROLLED BY VOW'

AUDIO --t UHF BACKUP

NOTE

SWITCH

[_

"To

REC'EIVE

AFTER

IMPACT,

AL_.O

PLACE

UNF

DE 5WITC_

TO

R/T, POS=TION

_ECE

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

11-18 SEDR-104 133

McDONNE
-,,_ST. LOUIS.,. MISSOURI "/'_'_T ...... n.,.,- _."_ _,_,_._ 4,_I.IL .iL,LJ41.JJ. ll JL JL,Z-LJ.._

DATE

1 November

1961

REVISED REVISED

the to

UHF either

booster's the Command main

coax

switch,

the

antenna

multiplexer

and

the

antenna

switch

bicone

or UHF

rescue

antenna.

11-16. The frequency maximum the

Receivers unit to 450 consists MC. twenty The of an FM receiver signal may The operate operating be in the with a

receiver-decoder range of six signal (See of of 406

received

modulated

a possible to the

audio

frequencies. which

receiver

reduces control

input

modulation

frequencies

individual

relays. Each closed with are

Figure

11-10). provides Ten contacts are the "B" are be for a normally in the open "A" or a normally

control

relay

control

channel. ten the

channels in the

provided

recelver-decoder These auxiliary channels decoder

/

an additional paralleled Command voice the by

available output of

"A"

auxiliary

decoder. and for

receiver-decoder, not disclosed the

units. Emergency through and for while d-c in

channel

assignments may

security station

reasons. to the a capsule filter Power d-c bus 18 volt relays

communications receivers. audio command Lo

had

from outputs to

ground

command in the

Receiver circuits is

are

supplied

through headset. 18 volt the

amplifier the Hi

center set

the from is

Astronaut's the isolated from

frequency for Both the power

supplied set

power bus.

frequency are set the

command routed

supplied sections

standby impact

circuits the from

through

of the

order

to

de-energize input antenna is

upon bicone to an

landing. or UHF impedance rescue match antenna which through supplies the both antenna re-

Antenna switch ceivers. and

multiplexer

X.2;,/

-17.
11-18. The

Telemetr v
Low low Frequency frequency Telemetry telemetry set is an FM transmitter operating on a fre-

quency

of

approximately

228

MC.
"_D_4T_ Lr_ _LT s_A'*,.,,L.'_*L T_ T w-_ 5T_ .LLA'.LL_J._I

,JL JLJ'IL

IlL

-_++.,r,..,_i+q+,2.,:'" r_

r:-

L t_Ol _la+l$ 6;L'LL J.hlOci'=l>.i I_II"IOSSIIN ' SlnO'I'.LS Q=ISIA':I_I

""" ___%_om_

,.,.,.w,^o., --,,

,,a,,_ 9V,_3,6 NOI.L.LN3Wn_NI

73NVd N31,'Nfi_IISNI NIV_

._. "1 r_.L::lO

,;_,,'ll_.Lg 0

F-_

H311MS

AV"/3g A_L_VS .L 3Vdlql

:L_0

NO

I )
I-O > n, > n,

U
o_

JUN!UNU
41.1n _H )

, ON=L

%O eJ_O_.U_;Od
_N_ N_l_l$Od ddO

3sn_-N3_s
/

/ I/
IL

_
"_41/ _

13Vd_l-3_d

'
S "ON

"
AlddnS

-_
:
/ L .I

{N "_-,_
__ .._J

e""'"

I-

',_

0 U_

_tV

I ;!

yI

J --7
oN

i
!

,,,v 1_ _1/,:p wwoo _, OWd.3_ I

I NO1 I-VzN]_n_sNI

I I _

J_3X]ld IJ_fi_1 [_)_] I r_

C_..._ T_

--

I(a_.sn, "_a_

V_

I
I / _I3,_od _ I = I ]9Vll0A +_ -_ .

I
I

N OI ,,I._/'_ :JdO

$O0_NIINO)

bl

-3q0H AV13_ 3'_N2-115 _ N3P_$NI 3-M '_J,,ql3 ..LS._/ _lNflO_19

_n_

_-'O

<

REVISED

_lr,

LoUIs

3, MISSOURI

REPORT

,_,

10_

_v,sED
Before supply Ground umbilical receive

,'___!F!

___._'._._._L_
telemetry

MOD,_
transmitter

IS3
and its power the energized solenoid (See Figure

drop, the low frequency

24 volts d-c from the M_in Pre-impact Relay, normally open contacts.

bus through

Test Umbilical through

This relay's is dropped.

is energized ll-ll). To silence R-F Silence

the umbilical

until

the umbilical

the

TM transmitter,

the

solenoid

of

the

Instrument

M,c_leand First

relay may be energized the GROUND TEST

through

the following house

three methods.

by poSitioning the Instrument

switch

in the block

to the "TEST" position, By a second Orbit Attitude method of

Mode and R-F Silence may be energized the silencing

Relay

will be energized. the de-energized

method Relay,

the solenoid thus causing

through

of the TM transmitters. Relay

The third

energizing open

the Instrument

Mode and R-F Silence Retro Command

is through After

the normally is

contacts

of the energized

Relay

#2.

the umbilical

dropped, through

the ground the closed

test umbilical contacts

relay

is de-energized Power

and power

is directed 11-11).

to the telemetry

supply.

(See Figure when

A LO FREQ. TLM, Position, Coded package

0N-OFF

switch located source

on the left console, to the LO FREQ. is supplied TM.

in the "OFF"

will break the Power instrumentation

information

from the instrumentation (See the

"D", and used tO frequency Section

modulate

the transmitter.

Instrumentati_

XIII of this manual). multiplexer where it is routed througk

RF power output the antenna 11-19.

is fed to the antenna

switch to the main bicone Telemetry telemetry

or UHF recovery

antenna.

High Frequency

The hi frequency 260 MC. method

set operates

on a frequency telemetry

of approximately by the same with the

The 2_ volts d-c to the hi frequency as described under the low frequency switch provided

is supplied

telemetry

description,

exception

that the ON-OFF

in the capsule

is in the form of a

REPORT MODEL.

,S_DR 10_ i'_

ST. LOUIS,

MISSOURI

REVISED REVISED

--'_ "_ ,._.... ...... -_.- ....... _"' ....

switch-fuse for the set

(HI FREQ. ), located is 24 is to from volt routed interrupt fail. a d-c separate bus and the

on

the

left

hand

switch-fuse

panel. from

Input the The

power second

telemetry supplying key on

power

supply and

operating B+

pre-impact age supply

filament the control

voltage. This the

B+ voltthe voice

through the (See

panel. in

allows the

Astronaut

circuit Figure

transmitting ll-ll). is

code,

event

communications Coded package Section RF the "D" XIII power

instrumentation to of frequency this

information modulate the

supplied

from (See

the the

instrumentation Instrumentation

transmitter.

manual). is fed to the antenna multiplexer recovery where antenna. it is routed through

output switch

antenna

to the

main

bicone

or UHF

ll-20. ll-21. The mitter double modified

Beacons C-Band C-Band Beacon beacon on is is a transponder of unit consisting 5_O0 radar to of a receiver MC. ground the The and transis are

operating pulsed for and this

a frequency compatible of

approximately the FPS-16 ground

5900 the

beacon units

with

when

type

operation. selection

Upon of the

command,

through

command Beacon will from the

receivers, Switch, then the the

or by beacon

Astronaut receiver

"CORTIN." Interrogation

position by

of the

is energized. from d-c the beacon

ground Input

radar power is

result main

in a coded

reply

transmitter. the beacon through

pre-impact receivers, ll-12. antenna the three Beacon )

24 volt or, for

bus

through

relay the

controlled Beacon

by

command (See

continuous

operation,

Switch.

Figure Beacon

connection C and

is S baud

through beacon

a phase antennas.

shifter

and

the

C-Band

power

divider 11-22.

to

S-Band

The

"S"

Band

Beacon

is a transponder

unit

consisting

of

receiver

and

trams.

C_JA'q

J.

A_-I_A_

A_MLR

_"

..r:.

"

PRE-IMPACT

g
RESCUE Aux UHF BEACON 0 I

g
0

ANTENNA SW ITCH

ANTENNAS

No_T%_,TION
UPON F_ ANTENNA RINC_ JE.TTV_ON

R_co,,E.y________

_-4_ RECOVERY ANTENNA EXTENDED

-I

_F_ON LANOINr._ C

U)

_-_

(_

?..4 - tW_PAC1" PR:E V. D-C. BUS

DtV| DER

;0 ill

"0 >

-!

PHASE SHIFTER I

PAGE

! 1-2_ 10_

Mc, DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _, _. _'__1;.____. _ 'i' _. ,_.._r_

DATE

1 November

1_1

REPORT _]_ MODEL_ 133 _Ltter. 2700 to

REVISED REVISED

(Bee 2900

Figure MC and This

Ll-12). is double is

The

unit to

operates reduce with

on

a frequency of

of

approximately

pulsed

possibilities ground based

unauthorized Radars and and a positive

interrogation. operates rejection Power (Refer to Beacon and "S" Band HF/UHF Two high at

unit

compatible

Verlort

a positive of

acceptance +- 1.8

tolerance

of

-+ 0.5

micro-seconds

tolerance circuits, paragraph antenna Beacon

micro-seconds. and reply are the same as the C-Baud Beacon.

interrogation 11-21). connection antennas. Beacon are

is through

the

S-Band

Power

Divider

to

three

"C"

11-23.

Recovery beacons while provide

recovery

combined operates for

into on

one

unit. high

One

beacon

operates Both are

on

frequency, to

the radio

other

ultra

frequency. finder

energized (See FJ.g_e The modulated relay rescue and

signals

recovery

direction

equipment.
r

Ii-12). recovery It beacon is operates by on the a frequency 12 volt RF of 8.364 bus is MC with a tone the impact the

HF

output. is

powered

standby output

through fed

energized to the

upon

landing. HF

The recovery on a

power antenna.

through

diplexer The UHF

elevated beacon by

recovery It is

operates the

frequency bus

of

211.3 _

with the

pulse fair-

modulation. img separation

powered This

6 volt

isolated

through

antenna when the the

relay. is the

circuit The switch

is energized RF to power the UHF

during is

re-entry fed through

antenna

fairing and

Jettisoned. antenna

output

antenna

multiplexer ii-2_. The tion. #2 and It the

recovery

antenna.

Auxiliary Aux. is 10 Rescue powered minute

Rescue Beacon by delay

Beacon operates 6 volt on standby relay. a frequency bus These through circuits of 243 the are MC with emergency energized pulse hold 10 modularelay minutes

the

impact

Cirri _ :_!:_i_
%:,y;

H.E I_ECOVERY

E
"3"

l TI
/
/

BEACON P4 C0VERY

TELENIETRY *A" H I,- FREQ

TI t I I
ANTENNA MULTIPLEXER

TELEMETRY 'E_" LO- F_EQ

VOICE MAI_ H,E "

RECEWER COMIViAND

RECEIVER 1CO_tMAND

I I

UNF VOICE UHF tAAIN

i UHF BACI_UPu _F_.TVOICE

Y' ii
..L
,

I.........

I UHFSEtECTOR

&

I '
I I

I
I t

II
1 I

I IAux u..H_F I I I I

Li{ [

,yCOAXIAL 5_llTr._l ANTF..NI_A FAI_IN61 {q('-_ I _}'" 4tl

f" t_=,,-,,_ ,_-*_ _A_NInSTrUMENT

BAND '

AI'ITEI_I_S

AUX.

UHF

HF ANTENN& RECOVERY

UHF

DESCENT

BICONE OFF PO$1TION AIID TWO INDIVIDUALLY FUSED _WITCH FUSE. PROVIDE5 ROSITION_ _4V. D-C BUS PRE-IMPAET

ANTENNA RESCUE

ANTENNA RECOVERY

ANTEN_

REPORT MODEL. after (see 11-25. 11-26.

SEDR 104 1_ impact. Figure The n-12). RF power is ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _r,,rt.l_ T_ lr n _ __L_... radiated from the Aux. Rescue

REVISED REVISED Beacon Antenna.

Antennas Main A biconical Bicone (HF antenna of is the located capsule mission. over the and is UHF) used This open for pre-launch, antenna end The the of the the for of is the an launch, integral recovery antenna receivers, antenna orbit part system serves and forms and of initial the antenna of HF re-

entry fairing the and

phases and

compartment the the the main

cylindrical UHF voice

a_erbody.

blconlcal command biconical lower the

receiver-transmitters, The active element

telemetry upper and the

transmitters. portion capsule II-L_'/. of the

antenna the

fairing ground

while plane

portion

of the

fairing

body _

forms Recovery

antenna.

(See Figure

If-IS).

Antenna
,:i '

A UEF It is

antenna

is

used

for

the on

final

phase

of

re-entry, of the

landing recovery is

and

rescue.

a compact

antenna The antenna the voice

located

the open when the

surface antenna the UHF the

systems Sixerected

compartment. teen and seconds serves the

is folded is

fairing recovery UHF

installed. antenna of the The from main this is

after the UHF

fairing

jettisoned

receiver-transmitters, and the and telemetry operating

portion

recovery EF voice

beacon,

command

receivers, is

transmitter. but radiation

receiver-transmltter is negligible. 11-28. The recovery (1) The Main (see Blcone

connected 11-6).

antenna

Figure and UHF

Recovery are

Antenna connected

Feed to (see the bicone antenna or the UH_

various antenna main

radio in the

systems

following

manner:

Figure

11-13). is connected to the

HF voice

receiver-transmltter

antenna

lead

antenna

multiplexer.

(2)

The IUHF Selector

Switch

determines

whether

the

hi-power

or

the

lo-power

- C,CNF:DENYiX-,.-

OAVE

i November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI REPORT

lz-2?
._.nR, Io4

UEF

receiver-traasmitter the two operating ccmmmnd This match and Lo UHF

is used. set to

It the

also antenna leads

energizes

the

EEF

coax

switch

to

connect (3) ing the (4) The

multiplexer. are connected a single to an impedance lead matchfrom

receiver enables to the

antenna

network. impedance The Hi

both

receivers

to

share

antenna

antenna

multiplexer. tranm_Itters each feed directly to the

frequency

telemetry

antenna 11-29. The radio box. the

multiplexer. Antenna antenna Multiplexer multiplexer one enables simultaneous this or is individual a radio antenna The cause operation frequency switch to of the

systems Final

using

antenna. to or the the

Effectively

Junction either is shift Jetti-

connection antenna, the antenna

antenna UHF

is through

the

biconical by

recovery

antenna. relay antenna to

antenna the

switch

operated from son. ll-30. An landing. extended the the

fairing to the UEF

separation recovery

automatic fairing

maim

antenna

upon

antenna

(See

Figure

II-13). Antenna is provided is a to permit HF radio whip Once and transmission antenna extended, the which the is and reception after

Recovery antenna The by gas

antenna pressure voice

telescoping impact.

automatically is the used recovery for

after

antenna of

HF rescue

receiver-transmitter

HI _ portion

beacon. Antenna recovery simultaneous beacon or leads are from the HF recovery to operation the voice HF recovery over the receiver-transmitter diplexer. single lead to This the and diplexer antenna. the HF allows (See

connected

individual

nm, -e ll-Z3).
ll-31. C and Three S Band Antennas antenna units are installed in the capsule structure

C and

S band

.....,..,.,,

..r" . LL',E_MTI A h

PAGE,

ii- 28

,MC'DONNE
....
--

oA,
ll

REPORT ._.T_R 104 MODEL l_ beacons.

REVISED
REVISED

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _,

_"_ _J.l._l.l, _lIT1 _r-r_ _r_,, _ ,l..IL_l.4.l. ,._ -7_3 .IL B

for the C and S-baud ference C-band

These

units

are equally unit

spaced

about the circumas a

; 7 r_\

of the conical antenna

section.

Each antenna

consists

of one helix

and one helix as an S-band

antenna. beacons helix are routed through indill-13)

Antenna vidual power

leads from the C-band dividers

and S-band

to the three associated

antennas.

(See Figure

Ii-32. 11-33.

SYSTEM AUDIO

UNITS CENTER provides trausistorized tape recorder ll-1). audio control amplifiers, circuitry a "voice operated and transmitter in a light

The audio center relay" control weight,

(VOX), an audio filter, circuitry. (See Figure unit.

All comments

are contained

foam encapsulated

Two fixed gain headset headset provided level

amplifiers

are used to bring

audio

signals

up to are
/ /

and feed the headsets the dynamic

separately.

Two fixed

gain amplifiers suitable

to increase

microphone

output

to a level

to be

used with the various A low pass audio supplied gain,

transmitters. with a cutoff for frequencies Outputs above 300 cps, filters the

filter,

from the command ccmmaud

receivers.

from the filter

is fed to a

variable The

audio amplifier. relay" is a transistorized amplifier with separate operates a

"voice operated threshold

adjustable

level and release circuit

time controls.

The amplifier control.

relay to provide the external

a grounding

for transmitter

This unit parallelJ

microphone

switch. furnishes a circuit to apply the transmitter is protected control ground

The audio center I_tential

to the various diode.

transmitters.

Each

circuit

from the rest

by a crystal

A relay is installed

in the audio

center

for supplying

Imwer

and audio

REVmEO
REVISED,

ST. LOUIS S, MmSOUm

__#"*_ _I I_'I r_eli-r I A 1__

n_ORT

_R

lO_

signals a circuit recorded

to

the to

tape

recorder. recorder

In

the

de-energized thus audio tape

condition, received recorder the by

the the

relay capsule

closes is

the

tape

input,

whenever the

instrumentation switch of closed of or

programs V0X is

operation. tape recorder the a relay

When

microphone One set

operated, now

is energized. power of circuit

relay

contacts

completes

recorder second set input. 2_

independent routes signal in with the no

instrumentation the microphone operate or

programming, amplifiers directly voltage

while to from the the

contacts The

from audio further

recorder capsule

circuits inputs

center

volt

d-c

regulation

increase.

ii-34. The signals The volume is for true the

CORTROL audio of the two HF

PANEL control various and two panel capsule UHF EF provides controls (See routed a and _ircults 11-7). individual control, T-pads the to same for the audio

receivers. are

Figure through

circuits circuits while Fixed

controls. of the two

The UEF

two

share

single volume used

volume

circults_ circuit.

separate inputs are

control for the

is provided alarm tone and

command interphone

audio

ground

circuits. contains a switch and override heylng during for the on impact panel Eeying to feature

The used the Figure with

panel the

also UHF

transmitters, telemetry

button

the

interrupt to

Hi-Frequency n-lO).

B+ supply

emergency

keying.

(Refer

11-35. The light

MAIN main

HF HF

VOICE voice

RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER set is an AM 15 receiver-transmitter MC. is (See Figure designed 11-8). circuit amplifier. using The a final as a small,

weight The

unit

operating section of

near the

receiver filter,

unit

a transistorized class B audio

crystal

crystal

diode

detector

and

%e_q_

l "l I

li_lmai

it

aE

=i

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

II-_Q S_DR J._

m

104

....

audio

amplifier The

is used

for

sidetone of the driver

during unit and

transmissions. vacuum amplifier. speech tube stages power and for the

transmitter controlled

section oscillator,

utilizes power

crystal may These Capsule provided external be

The

amplifier

modulated audio stages

up

to are

90% by also d-c,

a transistorized for sidetone. to the

amplifier

modulator. is 5 watts.

used is

Transmitter unit, Power with is

output voltage

power, by

2_ volts

supplied

regulator an

a Zener and

diode, contacts power,

trausistor of the relay

circuit. capsule

routed

through

switch

separation and the

relay

which

controls converter.

transmitter High voltage

filament from

operation is used by for

a transistorized transmitter circuit removed

power

this is

converter

power which from

amplifier. the

Antenna receiver RF

switching during

accomplished D-c

a solid is

state also

blocks the

transmission.

voltage

receiver

stages.

11-36. The The main

RECOVERY

HF

VOICE voice liem

RECEIFER-TRANSMI_I_R set in the is similar to the main set. This (See section Figure 11-8). of

HF Recovery difference controlled

transmitter and power

section. amplifier

consists output.

a crystal

oscillator

delivering

i watt

11-37.
The of an AM 297

HIGH POWER(MAIB) Am) LOW PO_

main and backup sets are

(BACKUP) b'EF VOICE E_CEIVJ_-TZ_NS_

(See mall The Figure 11-9). They unit consist

identical. as a

receiver-transmitter MC. in Transmitter by

designed output is

3 lightweight main

operating is

near

.5 watt. amplifier. is

receiver-transmitter

boosted The using

output

a final

booster unit

receiver

section controlled

of the local

a transistorlzed crystal also filter

superheterodyne and crystal speech

circuit diode amplifier,

a crystal The and

oscillator, receiver the

detector. modulator

audio provides

section

of the for

serves The

as the

sidetone

transmitter.
--..
g I A A_J4d

transmitter

section

of

(._ ir._ _T T.q= .=..,.-,,..,

't._ _.aV _k I A" & 41=F 4K4

OATE
REVISED REVISED,

i November

1961 st. LOUmS S.M'SSOUm nEPOnV _oo_ SEDR 133 power are amplifier. 104

the The

unit RF

utilizes

a crystal vacuum

controlled tubes while

oscillator, the

tri_ler

and

section

uses

modulation

circuits

transistor-

ized.

Capsule applied switch B+ to to

power, the

24 volts

d-c,

is

supplied and This

to back

the

set. an

This

voltage

is

receiver,

audio

circuits

through

external converter

transmit supplies is

an to

internal the by

power

converter. RF

transistorized Transmitter or the

voltage applied bicone

transmitter external

sections. switch

filament

voltage

also after

the

transmit

bicone

separation

relay

separation. from receiver to to a tlansmltter switching converter operation relay and is accomplished when The

Switching ground relay removes potential provides receiver

is applied antenna and

a blocking The

circuit. circuit

power

switching.

blocking

voltage.

11-38.

UHF

200STER

AMPLIFIER is used prior to 2.0 to landing The to increase power the is .5 watt also out-

A booster put able of the Main

amplifier UHF

transmitter

watts.

higher

avail-

after

landing.

Signal relay. tacts amplifier to When the and

input the output takes

to the relay Jack. the is

booster

is

routed the the

through signal relay to the feeds

a double is routed the Jack.

pole, through signal

double the

throw conthe

de-energized, Energizing

through

amplifier

output

output

11-39.
The FM receiver decoder The unit cc_aand

RECEr - CO ERS
receiver-decoder to operate control of the in is the a transistorized frequency (See is a dual range Figure conversion unit of consisting _O6 to 450 of MC, an and a

designed to operate

circuits. unit

11-10). superheterodyne

receiver

section

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

11-32 ,_EDR 1011 1"_

Mc'DONNEL L
..... ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
e

DATE

1 November

1961

REVISED REVISED

circuit. of IF, ing the the The

The

first

local

oscillator Two

is crystal of

controlled

and are

uses used

two for

stages the first mixfrom boost

frequency 78 ME

multiplication. The IF second and

sta_es

amplification is second also IF

signal. the first

local

oscillator

crystal of 10.75 Audio and the

controlled, ME. Output

with IF

giving

a resultant to the

strip

is through output

a limiter for the the

discriminator. voice channel in

amplifiers decoder

discriminator driver The in turn individual frequency channel.

co_nand ten

driver.

supplies decoder and The

decoder each operate make

channels provide

the

set. their specific relay normally

channels to

filters pole,

for

ccmmand for each

amplifiers ten relays

a double available

double

throw and

thus

normally

open

closed

contacts Capsule

for

external 18 volts

control d-c, is for

circuit used to

operation. power the set. A Zener diode

power, the

circuit,

within

unit,

is used

voltage

regulation.

11-40. An allowing The channels at which The voltage

AUXILIARY auxiliary an

E_CODERS decoder ten operates channel in the with each of the two receiver-decoder units,

additional

capability. auxiliary with the decoder exception are of identical the to the decoder

decoder of the

channels

receiver-decoder,

command

frequencies

they

operate. decoder or operates is from capsule 18 volt d-c power. No further

auxiliary regulation

increase

required.

11-_i. The slitters. 2_ volts

_=EMETRY telemetry The unit

PO_ER power is

SUPPLIES supplies

(See

Figure

ll-ll)
!

generate and

voltage uses

used

in the

telemetry Capsule

transPower,

transistorized to

crystal

diodes.

d-c a is

applied

a transistor

switching

circuit

operating

into

the

primary

of

a power

transformer.

OATE .EVmED RL_mED,

1 November

1961 ST.LOUm _ 3,MISSOUm

PAOE R_o_r Moo,rectifier d-c.

ii-33 S_nR 133 with volti0_

A full wave, age regulation,

'k

crystal

diode

is used on one secondary,

to provide

200 volts

11-42.

TELEMETRY

TRANSMITTERS transmitters are essentially identical (See Figure ll-ll).

The two telemetry They must be ground

adjusted

for an output the other

of 3-3 watts.

One set is operated 260 MC.

at approximately

228 MC while

is tuned

to approximately inputs

The transmitter circuits. Modulation

is an FM unit using signals are applied

modulation

from instrumentation which through four

to the oscillator stage.

stages of doubling tion ment

feeds a power

amplifier

All stages,

with the excepFila-

of the final doubler voltage, power

and the power

amplifier, 200 volts 24 volts

are transistorized. d-c, are obtained

6.3 volts and B+ voltage, supply. Capsule voltage power,

from the

separate
/

d-c,

is applied

to the trans-

mitter

which provides

regulation.

Ii-43.

C-BAND

BEACON transponder is a pressurized transmitter, ll-12). superheterodyne operating receiver and pulse range the

The C-Band modulated,

400 watt peak

output

in the frequency

of 5400 to 5900 MC unit

(See Figure

With the exception consists

of the magnetron, local

is transistorized. 40 MC IF amplifier cavities

o

The receiver strip, pulse

of a pre-selector, pulse amplifier

oscil-

lator,

detector,

and decoder.

Resonant

are used

for the pre-selector accepts decoder

and local

oscillator. modulates the

The transmitter transmitter output.

section

outputs

and pulse

The unit to filtered switching

contains

a power

supply for converting

capsule

24 volt d-c input Antenna

24 volt d-c and regulated, an internal

115 and 150 volts

d-c outputs.

is through

dIplexer.

PAGE REPORT MODEL iI-_.

II-_ZI. SEDR IO_ 133 S-BAND The S-Band lO00 2900 MC. _F_ACON

McDONNE
ST. I.OUI$,
_k_l_A1JL JLJt_w41.4J.

1 November REVISED REVISED

l_l

MISSOURI
1 _L A_LJI_

transponder watt peak

is a pressurized output tranmnitter Like tube. are

superheterodyne operating the C-Band in the beacon,

receiver frequency the

and

pulse of

modulated, 2700 to

range is

(See

Figure for the

ll-12). output circuits

unit

transistorized Receiver beacon which with are

except and the

transmitter

the

same local

as those

used

in the

C-Band

exception for

of the

pre-selector,

oscillator

and

transmitter

designed

S-Band

frequencies.

xx- 5.
The a UHF, The The power UHF KF

/U RECOV YZ ACON
recovery beacon

(SeeFigu
an HF, tone

-X2)
modulated, one small, with 8.364 foam a pulse MC transmitter and unit.

combines 243 beacon

pulse

modulated, of the of the with 12

MC transmitter is is a one tube

into

encapsulated coding and

section section

circuit

network. two The stage beacon is A output HF sec /

beacon tone

a transistorized supplied capsule to

crystal from a power system.

oscillator converter. The power power UNF

amplifier 6 and by

modulation from the d-c

utilizes energized full which tion wave, is

volts

d-c

power

section

applying

the

6 volt circuit stage.

a transistorized to rectify the

converter. converter the

crystal applied to

diode theUHF No the

is used

Applying is

12 volts required by

d-c for

energizes L_ volt

of the

beacon. for

power _

converter is a

the

input. supply to

M_dulation the power

section through

provided secondary

routing of

the the

12 volt power

amplifier

stages

winding

con_rter.

11-_6. The power The

AUXILIARY Aux. UHF which connected

UHF RESCUE Rescue is

_ACON consists in 6 volt a of a pulse modulated case. and has an transmitter (See output Figure of 91 and 11-12). watts.

Beacon, enclosed to the

supply unit is

foam-encapsulated standby bus

_vA*_

_e.f

ae._ A

oA_
REVISED

,! _ovember 1961
ST. LOUIS S, M,SSOUm __f-t-_._____5_v _i "----._T:;,:
_U.J__. J I .............. . ......

R_"ORT Moom.__

_]:_ 133

104

R L:/3/lSlED

11-_7.

AWI'lm_A

MJLTIPLEX_

The capsule unit

antenna frequencies

multiplexer over one of

allows line to

reception the bicone

and or

transmission UHF recovery all

of the

many The

antenna.

consists 15 and

of a number 450 MC 60 can db

filters

arranged on

so that the single

capsule line.

frequencies Each input

between channel

be multiplexed of isolation.

feed

is provided

iI-_.

RECOVERY

DIPLEXER

The transmitter pass

recovery and is HF

diplexer section to

unit of

is used

for

the

HF

recovery One low

voice pass to

receiverand the one HF high

the

recovery and 15

beacon. MC on one

filter

used

diplex

8.364

feed

line

recovery

antenna.

ll-49.
RF of

COAXIAL s_n_s
switching 24 volts RF is

(_
accomplished

s_)
with external the motor driven SPDT drives for switches. the that switch Application to the

capsule

d-c

through and

circuits circuit

appropriate

position

opens

power

position.

11-50.

BICOHE

ARTENNA

The The

capsule

is

electrically structure

divided at the

in

two

sections.

(See

Figure

ll-6). a

antenna

fairing

Junction fed

of these by 225 of the

sections cable MC the

resembles from antenna unit the

discone

antenna.

This sets.

Junction At

is center

a coaxial and 15 upper 450 MC

communications acts semble i_! :_ MC, the unit the like an

frequencies A lower dipole. composite serves reception

between frequency Between

fairing to at re108

discone "off

antenna. fed" as a

causes and

the

center

lower

limits,

behaves bicone

dipole-discone all and capsule

antenna. frequencies, within with limits the of exception the cap-

Thus of C sule and

antenna

S-bands,

allowing

transmission

system.

_"_ _,n_Vl

lll"l II'% I_"I_.I"I" ,mi . .........

| X

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

11-36 SEDR 104 133

Mc'DONNE
REVISED .....St, LOUIS,
1MISSOURL_

ll-51. Au bicone curved

BICOHE isolator antenna to allow

ISOLATOR is provided to shield The the electrical isolator is wires formed that pass through the is

fairing mounting

s_ructure. beneath

into

a tube fairing.

which

periphery

of the

antenna

11-52. The bicone UHF

UHF UHF

_ESCENT descent when

AND and the

RECOVERY recovery antenna antenna recovery

ANTERNA antenna fairing is is takes over the UHF (See functions Figure of the The

antenna and the

Jettisoned. shaped3

ll-6).

descent on

recovery top of the

a fan

vertically

polarized

monopole

located

compartment.

Ii-53.

HF Upon

RECOVERY landing, (See

ANTENNA impact circuits The initiate elevated a sequence acts for the HF recovery polarized

antenna. monopole

Figure

11-6).

antenna

as a vertically

for

HF

frequencies.

Three unit helix

antenna of

units a C and

serve

the

C and

S band

beacons. radiator

(See

Figure

11-6). mounted

Each

consists antenna.

a S band

radiator.

Each

is a cavity

ii-55. The cation

TEST data

CONFIGURATION contained in

CAPSULES Paragraphs Deviations covered as UHF in ll-i from the through this 11-54 data as applies to the to specifitest

compliance

capsule. are

applicable

configuration mainly method involve of voice

capsules such

following power

paragraphs. output,

Differences tape
. j/

things

Transmitter

pre-recorded

modulating control will not

transmitters, of C be and

sequencing S band in beacons. other

differences Certain capsule,

in transmitter items such common as the to

operation, the manned

umbilical capsule

utilized

some

dp

ir_

_v

lr:_ lr TI

!-'--"

'

REVISED.

_ro

LOUIS

3. MI_|OUIR|

REPORT

.....

ZO_

.w,s_
telemetering output and key, beacon push switch to talk modes switch, of If no umbilical

.oom.
interphone, (For operation to headset of

13_
amplifier see it

operation. reference

systems

Communications is the same as

Table the

ll-1).

is made capsule.

a particular

item,

specification

compliance

11-56.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULE

NO.

Cc_mnication Compliance therefore capsule and or Capsule data

systems except

on that to

Capsule Capsule

No. No.

8 8

are is

the

same

as the for an

Specification unmanned within mission the

intended is either through

pertaining

Astronaut by ground

control command in

progrmmned the 11-57 Command thru

remotely

controlled are

Receivers 11-67.

De-coders.

Differences

explained

paragraphs

(see Fi_res L-57.

Voice

ll-15

t_ru 11-25).

Communications for Capsule No. No. 8 8 is similar to and to in the is Specification equipped the with a 'E

Voice Compliance playback voice Figures a dual Starting the CAMERA

ccemm_nication Capsule, except

Capsule

is un-manned tape

tape

recorder

containing the NF

a pro-recorded and UHF

simulate the

Astronaut (see with

which

will

modulate and

transmitters tape as

capsule. is

11-15, track of

i1-19

11-22). The output is

This is

playback staggered

recorder shown on

provided I_I-14. mission

recording. the tape TAPE

Figure of the

recorder RECORDER

controlled in the section and

at the

beginning or the playback

by

AND

Switch

blockhouse XIII). The

additional tape

tape

record

relay

(see

Instrumentation prior to launch of tape from

recorder until 45 the the relay the in

operation tape

begins

continues

throughout time is

the_mission approximately is fed

_/_ %

depletion. Single

Duration ended

recorder the in

running

minutes. two voice turn

output

playback the audio Center.

tape center

recorder which voice

to

separate operated completes

microphone relay

amplifiers circuit in the to

energizes operated causing

Audio the tape

The

a ground

circuit

recorder

relay

thus

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

iI-_8 _ 104, 133

M_DONN__

__

._,.tguns,

MISSOUm

DATE, 1 November REVISED REVISED

1961

_,u,-_v.,_ .,,. _ _. ,._ .=_-_r.,J u _

modulation the HF and

signal UKF

to

be

routed

to

the

main to

tape

recorder

as well

as modulating

transmitters.

A push

talk

switch

is not

utilized.

20

Sec.

i00

Sec.

20

Sec.

i00

Sec.

Audio
Silence I00 Sec.

Silence

Audio F"--- Silence

Silence -----_ i00 Sec. Audio 20 Sec.

"_' Audio '_ -'7 I_-" 20 Sec.

FIGURE

11-14

PRE-RECORDED

TAPE

SEQUENCE

11-58. The signal or put until from

HF H_

Voice

Communications Tape seconds tape Recorder "on" is and will i00 transmit the playback until recorder separation Audio since is 11-20). outthe

C_unication 20

alternately the the and

seconds

"off"

blcone first. only,

pre-recorded HF Receiver

exhausted, into the

whichever main tape

occurs

is directed are not

recorder HF

headsets conducted 11-59.

amplifiers the HF

utilized. Tape

After

impact (See

Communications 11-15 and

through UHF Voice of

Recovery

Recorder.

Figures

Communications the to UHF _in Tape Recorder except by the (T/R) the is UHF similar Booster to the Specificais not

Operation tion Capsule

(refer The

Paragraph

11-I_)

Amplifier and HF to the Comm.

installed. receiver except UHF UHF

transmitter is fed into

is modulated the main tape main

playback similar

recorder to the

output that

recorder tape

T/R
,i;j

an extra audio. Switch

channel The should UHF be

inthe Voice placed

recorder set

is utilized is not

record unless

the the UHF

receiver Selector

Communications in the "UHF"

utilized to

position

prior

launch.

DF DEFEATSWITCH _x_xI?ANSM TAPE RECORDER.K][] iT SWITCH

;o
rq <

;0
rn <:

o
), -I

ill

!11 O

-RANSMIT TAPE RECORDE_ OFF I I H.E

INSTRUMENTATIONpA C K.AGE

--_

y--J
j

H_
_IPLEXER --,

/
PANEL ,\

L__ ........ co_.,o0,o

TCH -FUSE" (ANT SWITCH) RECORDER

HORIA

RESERVE

_AIN INSTRU_A[NT PANEL DETAIL A NOTES

[I_ [_ LOC_."Tf.D INSTALLED THE UHF _ORIZOI4TF,,t._.'Y BUT SELECTOR NOT OKt NORMALLY ,'SWITCH IS %_Et (CA_.

LLFLE._

SELECTOF -SWIT_:H

q). UNLESS RESERVE

OPERABLE IN THE

1 H_'RE'--_VERY
RECEIVER"

,2

i I
i /J

POSITION. [_. CAPSULE 8 HAS AN EXTRA TAPE RECORDER INSTALLED.

Tl_NS.,T

"
_,

I
I

..l

TP_NSMITTER-

BACKUP 1'RAN

UHF. _MITTE.R, . "" / C''-/_ .-"_--_'. / /_/,, / /'-"-UHF DES-'---'--C, ENT--_ANTENNA

RECOVERY

i i

'UHF

BOOST

IS

i_IIYIPLIF

i_

./

)'

\
MAIN UHF TRANSMITTER

./
PlO CENTER

ANTENNA 'iTENNA SWITCH

MULTIPLEXER

RECEIVER-

PAGE REPORT MODE[

11-40 SEDR 133 104

Mc'DONNELL__ __
ST.LOUIS.
liiee _ I 1 I i liJ

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI
lille i _i la ilk

REVISED REVISED

o_11 _-2 _

N:d
_L_

P-___

\
/

FIGURE

li-16 COMMAND

RECEIVERS

SYSTEM IN3TALLATION (:CAP3ULES 8 _ 9)

PM415-t_/_

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

PAGE

11- 411 SEDR 133 104

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI

REPORT, MODEL

/,

'

/7.[7;

FIGURE

tl'17
l/ lllil

TELEMETRY_ II I p i I,_lll_, alil

SYSTEM
kl_l,, I Iii i_ii i..

(CAPSULE% 8 _ 9)

I:_14.5.

189

PAGE REPORT MODEL

,,

11-42. SEDR 104

McDONNE_
ST.LOUIS, /'_,_ki.lE",I _V _,
I I

__
MISSOURI _Ira" p_ T' A_L_ t IMIil
I _

DATE REVISED REVISED ,,

1 NOVEMBER

1961

133

..... /

REVISED REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT MODEL

_'_T_R 1_

104

transmission the the after receiver transmitter which

and will

reception continue emlt

is to voice

available feed its

throughout output until

the

mission, tape

after

impact end

to the the The

main

recorder, tape

will

signals

pre-recorded CW signal

is depleted as a

a CW

signal signal. Taps

will

be

transmitted. Figure ll-15

also

serves

direction ll-60. HF

finder

(See

and

ll-21).

Recoverer

Recorder

HF Recovery Compliance transmitter depleted, connected Capsule will after to an

Tape

Recorder to

(T/R) Paragraph

operation ll-12), tape be

is

similar that

to

the

Specification impact tape T/R the is is

(Refer emit the a CW

except

after

pre-recorded signal will

voice

signal The

until

the

which

emitted. type

HF Recovery (See Figures

automatically

raised

whip

antenna.

ll-15

and ll-20).
ll-61. Command Receivers

The Compliance the used. main

Ground

Command

Receiver to

operation

is the

same

as the the

Specification is which the routed is into not

Capsule tape

(Refer

Paragraph of into

ll-16), the

except

audio

recorder S Band Figures

instead Beacon ll-16

Astronaut's

headset through

The

C and (See

operation and 11-22).

is controlled

command

receivers. 11-62. The as in the

Telemetr_ two telemetry transmitters Compliance is continuous perform Capsules from their (Refer to functions to in the same manner and Ii-19)

Specification operation

Paragraphs (See

11-18

except and

that

launch

impact.

Figures

11-17

11-23)

11-63.

C and

S Band

Beacons

Operation Compliance beacons

of the

and S to

Band

Beacons

is the and

same

as

the

Specification that switch both must

Capsule

(refer

Paragraphs throughout

11-21 the

ii-_2), The

except beacon

operate

continuously

mission.

73NV_

INBV_RalSNINIV_

_,<
0

> ul
E

_
I1: Id

eo

uJ _..i

4:

l.u

_J 0 O_ F" "7 0

0 Id

o D :lHn I]NV :IX ol OlOrr_

I

la.. w ,< Q,.

;0
BtCONE RELAY

::0

g
m
__ _ ANT_

g
ffl

IMPART MAIN _ il _ .el U PI_E :ItC_PACT '_4 V DC BOS

-11

TO

_ECEIVI_ HF VOLUN_E AS DES_ED

INO.I

I,A_C_OPI._ONE

AUDIO

Frl
--PTT TI_ANSMITTE_ CONTI_OL-H

i_o,z _OSITION
ANTENNA _ IO_N AN_N_

I+
Z

I IX)

+
--_ECEIVE_ AUDIO--

[_11_
1 U"I NO.Z" I AN'r_KI'NAy SW ITC_

I JEFTISON,
_ F

O
-q
IPLAYB_,C K TAPE RECORDER RELA'Y I<.

UHF SELECTOR SWITCH.IN I_ORI_

KEYED MODULkTED AND BY

"

IDISABLE I F'AIRING N_

<
rrl 'C) ,C)

PLL'(I_ACKTM_RECORDER

I;

I-----'_ -t 1 F------

N1AIN VOICE _ECEIVER TITAN

I-IF

S Iv_ITTE

+E E

FIL'PWR'K_t

_, __/o
|T J

_/

+
I_AIN INSTI2UI_ENT

('_5

TAlC

I
CON AUDIO C.EN"FEG_

I /
PA

-n

B
r,l -o (.p oo

+1
r IL

-i--

T I;2A NSI_

F3WNEL

AVA_ --RECEIVER I4E_,D _l_T SIGNAL TO NSt_ ITTE R CONT t_OL-_F AS MICROPHONE _'_L)D _O TO AUI_O---

L AE_LE LAN bINC_

AFTE;Z

RECOVERY _:ECE _VE VOLU DESIRED RECOVERY L W_E AVAt LA_>LE

ANTENNA A.FTE R

: ) 1

;o I;I I I

"o ).

Li'TRP,

T_ANSN_IT

LAIJDIN_

MODULATED
i

;I
NOTE5
[_ CAPSULE q

I IV_PACT II.RECORDER. CW E_I,_S_ON &'IE'R TKPE bEPLE.TIOI,.t RECOVERY I_ECE _VE_ _t: V01CE

RELIkY _4V D-C AUDIO BU_ 4',.

_j_

AI 3.
II_PACT

_DCAP_ULE

- "I_ANS_TTE_.

(6) '8. s33nSdv::)) _O"t.-!

V.LVQ NOI.LV,_:INN1NNO_ 3::)-Joh 3Hl'I', IL_-If, i3_lN_l_-I

z O .4 rn
U_

r_r)
CC rr"

_-I _ _

d qp,

'
I

l
r-X_ _; r" .r

'
U_E:

mm

'
'oi ' _

;;o - ',
L-o', I : '

i'-111_ .................

.J

o_

-I _c'

o
o

K
-I

<i

2,
7-o 0

P
_ ( )-'--,

==
;___
1go O n_O :7< Z_ "-O (_I_ N r_ en Z 0 _ :_ n_ -r :,_ m ,.',.,-

< _-_
I

T_

m_

F_

_.<...

m .-.._ _
r_r--

<=

_;
r" r-r --

..4
_,-13

r_

;_o

HI>r-

HI n

l_

_ ---- .:.j P_ _.

_ _1_ -_I_i:N
,._ ' _ _0 -4

_<

:_o -I
_

In

-r c_O_ -0_

m
c_)_

03

SI A3 El

_!_

11 J_ !

7"_

r I -_

i_l

I mill

_!111 i

III. I AA

h.,,a ,msa._,,_.,.,_ '

CL _OL _iO3S 9_"LL

naao_
&MOdeM, _Vd

O-=ISIA=IEI

IEIrlOSSIi_l

"slno-r.l.$

t961

_I:_gW]AON

6,

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT. MODEL

11-A_7 SEDR 133 104

,.u O <_ 0

--_

i I_b_
._L_L <_ -O I_ (_._:

_J '%P" lu Z

_,
O I.L_ ', .... :.Z]_ ,3,',I I .:

,_
_o0. 4 _-_-__,4L__u

I U._l_u

_z o

_._ _,_,_

I/_ I__

0 1% i

'Z

.'/

_.J

.i o

,i

.,1 Ill

tu
(] ''

8
No

0 O D -_

I _'_ _'B
x

r
Ill

J___<

1 I

_<[I-.q oO _s._O

V_g J ouJ rv.i

_D

z_'_l _"_01
z_l _t_Ol

__

I_--_

[--" ui
I11

13

g
gu_o

_J - opo
U

,,
0> I
U ]

UD _ ._- U iij 8._

<_ _o_
u/

_1--

u d__ J I

_o_
u_l

P_Ew I

_1 .Y
I

:i"

_0__._,O O;"ZZ_ Is,_ L ^._-_

' 0[>

_'.

F'IGUI_E I(-_ COMMAIqD I_EC_E'!VEI_$ DATA FLOW (CAP 8 (,9_

,,i _Vill I I1,,_' r--.2- l _11;" i IP._"I_I,J_

PH4S-188;I_

;t 3

:;o m
-t

"o >

'*"

l-O-

FI:ZE_

+_-_V.co._V. D-C.A_C J

_:_OVYF='I:2 TF-'c_'T

"I
_ +_'d""& _)-C T_--_T_:_. 5V, _,-C. > ] l::X_'w_'l:;2" C

cP-l_
TEST 2F-C F-I::_'A.?.LE

UI m

).
TI I':;13 _0 0 111 111 > < < -4
C)PEI2.h_'TE_5 C..O h,IT I NL_:)U%LY l::tZOl_ _Ut',4C.t-i ut,,4-rlL. tOM, II4. ,&I:TF.._. |IxAPkCT

_I_ID,_A..T _ A Z4.V. t::)-C ESU_

["6.-_"_

/I [Z_> CAR 8.

o. li

li
7_ \L_ /

/C: " . ! i _

/ i

ULTRA I"I
I BATTERY SARAH RE5CUE ULTRA [_EAGON RESCUE ANTENNA _1

SARA"I
ANTENNA 5W ITCH ANTENNAS

m Ill < < (,111 01

> ,-.t

--[_
O O

ANTENNA

_,1C ON

E_]

,in
NOT 5E_a,R_"t'E D

MUTt

PLEXE_

DESCENT -SWITCHES TO NO. "2 I:::;_OSITION UPON ANTENNA l_IN_i ,,JEC'FIBON I RE COVER

_'1

UI_F F A

Y_.....J

_L)S

AN'I'ENN_k

FA=IRII_I

I I___F/_____. I .4----Ia I RECOVERY I

] REC-0VE_Y'

F_a

5T/::,,_

BY "llC..

_. I

,zv. D-C BX..p

BUS ,Ill.

,-

IMPACTL
IMPACT _ EL/_Y

HF

RECOVERY E%TENDED LANDINB

ANTENNA UPON

I:_I_E"

I Iv"PACT

111_

._ C t.S BEACON ?4V D-C FEOM

I
'_4V. D-C Bus <i] U "" _ I

l i L.. "91"-.

GDOUND TI_A|LER CONTI2OL

COMM_AND O1_ PAD 24V D-C

"RECEIVERS Ill

"b

UMB, ILICP, L

2
I;_WER' 3 4

, c/----.J-.'
C_o %_D co,so!

Ill

>,

__

,.5-

BAND

DIVI

D E r'_..

A CONTINUOUS J BIEAC_O N CI_,AN)

I F:OWE I_

C'

lJ

UI::_N INTE 'THE

_ECEtVIN_ RRO(_AT _EA.CON A. |ON WiLL

CODED PULSES I_EP't..y CAP CA_

C01V_Iv'_ON

AND

_A.NO

ANTENN},,S

NOTES B MAIN PRE-_I_IPALT 8 SEEQkI_P_P._ PRE-tMPI_C.'[

WiTH C013E13

TRAN_JIVitTTED) I:_LSE,

W".c',,_N

[NSTP.UI"AE_T

PANEL

I'

I
I

I'I

RECOVERY

T "_ ELEk_ETRY r'A H I:-FREQ TRANSMITTER I

;0

"0

IN

ANTENNA

MULTIPLEXER.

;0 Ill < !11 0

;0 FI <

0 3, -I

_
I!1 0

0
<

o,

DATE REVISED REVISED,

Novem___D____

Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS _, MISSOURI

_A_

_--_1

R_ORT MODEL

_DR 133

104

be

placed

in

the as

"Continuous" on the

position

prior

to

launch. Capsule coding

The but for

S-Band the

Beacon

is

double
I L /

pulsed

Specification requires

Compliance ground

C-Band

Beacon

is

single

pulsed

which

different

interrogation.

(seeFi e
ii-6_.

ii-24).
UEF Rescue not ultra Beacon have the and Antenna UHF Rescue Beacon is installed, however unit, Figure

Auxiliar_ Capsule No.

8 does an

Aux.

it

is

equipped by

with bicone

Sarah

Rescue and

Beacon

which

a self-contained (See

energized

antenna

separation

operation

is automatic.

ii-65.

Antennas

The Compliance 11-66.

antennas Capsule

used

on

Capsule to

No.

are

the

same

as the

Specification

(Refer

Paragraphs

11-25

thru

11-31).

Main Capsule

Instrument No. 8 does

Panel not use a tone generator.

11-67.

Special

Instrumentation

Capsule an extra

No.

8 is tape pallet extra

equipped recorder. and tape to

with

special tape

instrumentation recorder supply is

and

incorporates in the special for

capsule

This of is

located and seven the

instrumentation recording. control panel The

consists recorder XIII

a power controlled

channels

through ).

communicati@ns

(Refer

Section

Instrumentation.

11-68.

_ST Capsule

CONFIGURATION No. 9 is the as noted

CAPSULE same in

NO.

9 Specification Compliance 11-71. Capsule (see except 11-15

as the

for

differences

Paragraphs

11-69

through

Figures

t rough11-25).
11-69. Voice Ccurunications

Voice Compliance

communications Capsule except

for

Capsule

No. tape

9 is

similar is

to

the

Specification to simulate the

a playback

recorder

installed

_J_::V:D=;;Y_AL

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

l ] -5? ,?_EDR 1OL_ 13B REVISED _**_T,, LOUIS, MISSOURI

Astronaut's installed 11-70.

voice, to provide

as

in

Capsule

No.

8.

A Special control.

Instrumentation (Refer to

Relay Paragraph

is 11-57).

playback

tape

recorder

C and Operation

S Beacons of the C and to S Band Beacons is the and same as the Specification that the both "Continuous"

Compliance beacons are

Capsule on

(Refer

Paragraphs The beacons

11-21 switch

ii-22), be

except in

continuous.

must

placed

position 11,71.

prior

to

launch. UHF Rescue not Beacon have the and Antenna UHF Rescue Beacon is a installed, self however, unit_

Auxiliary Capsule No.

9 does

Aux.

it

is equipped by

with bicone

an Ultra antenna

Sarah

Rescue and

Beacon,

which is

contained (See

energized

separation

operation

automatic.

Figure

11-25).

ii-72.

TEST

CONFIGURATION on

CAPSULES

NO.

i0, 13 to

13 and

AND 15

16 are the 11-1 same thru as the 11-54).

Communications Specification

Capsules Capsule

No. I0, (Refer

Compliance

Paragraphs

12-1

S_CTJON

Xl_

NAVIGATIONA.L

AIDS

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE GENERAL PERISCOPE ............................................. .......................................... ................................ ....................

PAGE 12-4 12-4 12-14 12-17 12-18 ....... 12-18 12-18 12-26 12-27 12-27

SATELLITE CLOCK EARTH PATH ALTIMETER

INDICATOR

........................................... ACCELEROMETER ............................... ................

LONGITUDINAL HAND COMPUTER

ATTITUDE
:::::::::::::::

RATE INDICATOR AID

NAVIGATIONAL

KIT ................... ...... ._ ................

TEST CONFIGURATION
.................. ;!iiiiiiiii!i!_!_iii!
i i :

::'::, ':i:.

PAGE REPORT MODEL,

12-2 $EDR 104

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI

REVISED REVISED

13 3

CC_ .". F ' _ "- "''_-'_" '

CAUTION
I. ALLOW 5 M_NUTE_ COOLIN_ TIk_E FOR MOTOR AFTEt E/kC_ ETEND-RETRACT CYCLE Z, IN_URE MOTOR _% '_TOPPED I_ CYCLE BEFORE RE_ERS_ EXTE_D-RE_RACT

-.-

WARNING
INSURE ENGAGE LEVER UP BEFORE PERISCOPE POWER APPLIED.
II "

UMBILICAL (REF.)

FIGUR

I?.-IPER_SCOPL
_ ,_llr I RI I

ASSEmbLY

(SHEET I: OF2)

PM4,5-110C-I

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

"

MCDONNELL ,>_
ST.LOUIS,

__

PAGE REPORT MODEL

12-3 SEDR 104

MISSOURI

___"

133

_.TURAL

FIGURE 12-'i ERISCOPF.. P ASSEMBLY (_)HEE'T OF 2) 2

Dk445-

__O-;:'

PAGE REPORT MODEl

12-_ SEDR 133 101_

MCDONNE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, __ ,_,_ _T _..-, MISSOURI _ ....
irl

REVISED

XII.

NAVIGATIONAL

AIDS

AND

INSTR_S

!/

12-1.

GENERAL
,,, ,

Normally factors however, altitude, proper

the

Astronaut to his

will or

not

find

it necessary In the the and

to

compute the need

any

of the arise,

relative the

flight

landing. with all data, flight.

event

should to

Astronaut

is provided and phase

equipment to attain

required and

compute the

course,

velocity for each

landing of the

maintain

attitude

12-2.

PERISCOPE The periscope 100

DESCRIPTION is a compact The navigational consists assembly, is mounted instrument of three the designed major lower to withstand The

loads display (See

up to

G's. the

periscope housing

assemblies: housing so that door

assembly, 12-1.) may be

upper

and in

assembly. the objective in the

Figure

The extended

periscope and The

the

capsule

cartridge bottom

retracted and

through closing

a periscope of of the the

opening door is

of the

capsule. with the

opening and

periscope objective

synchronized means begins the of

extension link.

retraction

cartridge

by

a mechanical the

Periscope

progra_ning, the capsule the time

during and

a normal booster are

mission, still and on

with

periscope capsule capsule during again

extended

while

pad.

Upon until extended

umbilical separation. orbit. retracted. for the

disconnect, At this seconds

periscope the

retracts

remains and

retracted remains the

periscope

extends

Thirty

after

retro-package feet

separation, the impact. sequence left and MAN

periscope

is

At approximately time Just and remains to

10,000 extended if

altitude,

periscope Following is

is extended umbilical the

last and

thronghout the "HOLD" on the has AUTO

disconnect periscope RETRACT

prior

launch,

initiated, console

will SCOPE

automatically telelight and

extend. a switch

Located which

hand

is the

-i'Ir

....

_v_,

_ _AD_,

_ l_

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNEL_L __ -_
ST.LOUIS , MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

12-5 SEDR 104 '133

REVISED REVISED

;ROLL

- T,

KNOB

FIGU_'E:]Z'Z T_.I_cSC--OPE DISPLAY (,SHEET iI OF"7--SHEETS)

i

PM4$-II

ZA'I

PAGE. REPORT MODEl

i

12_!6 SEDR i , 104

133i

Mc, DONNE_
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

7
P-t P-i ,--._

4 I L

o/

\o

J_
,-,

oX

5*

LEFT

ROLL

CAPSULE

LEVEL

EXAMPLE

NO.1.

EXAMPLE

NO.2.
:'4

r---'-i

O/ ,_

i-t ' i-i i-t -q-4

Nw
CAPSULE 5MALLEND PITCHED 5 Q BELOW ORI_IT

0\<

'0

p_. ATTITUDE CAPSULE_ IN _ETROGIRADE ATTITUDE

E_AMPLE

NO. ,_.

EXAM F:::)LE NO. 4-.

FIGUI:2E IZ-?_ PEQISCOPE

- _-p ,L . I .....

DISPLh,_(

(SNEF_.T.
--

2 OF 2)

pH4.5- tlZ- 7-

RL'VlS_O

.....

ST. :.OUlS 3, MISSOUm

RmPORV SEDR 104

positions. separation,

If the periscope the RETRACT SCOPE

does not retract telelight will

_0 seconds go on. The

after

retro-package

switch is then placed The following position retro of the sun

in the MAN position navigational relative angle,

and the periscope

is retracted concerning pitch,

manually.

information

can be obtained Drift, altitude,

the capsule's

to the earth:

roll,

true vertical, bearings

field of view of the earth-sky

camera

and relative

and moon.

12-3.

DISPLAY

ASSEMBLY assembly (See Figure reticles, 12-1 and 12-2) attitude image includes the following: for It pro-

The display Scales,

indicators,

altitude

reticles

and the controls pilot

their manipulation, is mounted at

earth image,

horizon

and the retract

light.

the top of the upper with a visual

housing indication

assembly.

The display

assembly and

vides the Astronaut attitude cators relative

of the capsule's

altitude

to the earth. for obtaining

It also provides bearings relative

him with the necessary to the sun and moon. of the image bordering

indiWhen the

and scales

the earth altitude

is centered reticles

in the display,

the portion horizon.

will depict represents

the earth's a vertical erection

The center

of the view spherical

(crossline earth

reticle)

line to the center

of the

(see Figure

12-3).

Image

is such that the horizon

and straight

down views are true. 12-_. True Vertical In the true optically and Optlcal Vertical (see Figure 12-3), as compared to the is perpendicular is optically down at l_ _-

vertical

attitude

vertical

attitude, the center

the longitudinal of the spherical

axis of the capsule earth. The capsule is pitched

to a line through vertical degree with

respect

to the earth

when the capsule

nose

amgle.

_ . ..

w W,m

i_.JL--|_l

mR.

.....

Jl. |f'_im

PAGE, REPORT MODEL

12-8 SEDR 104

MCDONNE
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

133

bJ D _f

0 O-

0 _d k:v

oY"
, co

..J cJ _z Ld ;> bJ FJ

C)_C

_uJ.<
"iV)

Q_

J ,f

o
O-

0_ Ig _d O>

FI_L_R,r-

Z-3 VEHICLE
_,,,,,, ,,., ,,,_ .,,- --,,..-
vvila al.,IL---i_

ATTITUDES
I g#'_ L

PM4-5-Z_3

REVISED
REVISED

ST. OUIS L 3,MISSOURI

REPORT,EDR S
MODEL 10_

10_

12-5.

Altitude When the be capsule is in by the optically of the vertical altitude which altitude to attitude, mechanism. a square the altitude of the

capsule includes display Turning and the also knob

may

determined pairs the of

means

This within

mechanism the circular

four area, the

altitude knob moves

reticles, and the the

form

altitude knob scale change inner

indicator change the To until

(see size

Figure of the

12-2). square

altitude the to the

reticles

rotates Is turned within the

of the the square

altitude size of

indicator. the by square the on

determine the The earth's

altitude, image is

inscribed read below center the tion from the of

formed The the

reticles. the earth's

altitude

is then

altitude is

indicator. indicated area. is by The

point

surface appears by

vertically at a the

capsule the

crossline

reticle is

which

display of which

crossline by

reticle the reticle

illuminated knob. The

lamp, indicais of lO0

brightness range

controlled 250

altitude mechanism the range lOO

extends to

from

50 to altitude within

nautical

miles.

The miles at

altitude within

calibrated to 140

indicate miles, +50

within +lO

+5 nautical miles

nautical and within

nautical at

altitudes l_O

below

nautical

miles 12-6.

nautical

miles

altitudes

above

nautical

miles.

Pitch The pitch may

and Roll and roll degree by of the of capsule the with respect to its (see of optical vertical 12-5)

attitude The

be

approximated the

use

altitude form at

mechanism each an side

Paragraph altitude

distauce square

between is

parallel to

curves a 5-degree

which

the of

reticle miles. square to the

equivalent is off fore

angle be

altitude to

ll5

nautical reticle relative image. left

If the so that 180 and

vehicle both the

pitch, and on the the it

it will aft drift

impossible curves are be

adjust

the

reticle scale)

(reticle to

curves the to earth

0 positions is off in

tangent impossible To

If the and

vehicle

roll, tangent

will to the

similarly earth

make the

the

right

reticle

curves

image.

determine

approximate

--_AL

,,-, ,-_z-_l-_

i A !

REPORT MODEL
F

SEDR I_ .

10_ -"$T:"_UI$,, ,_MlUQU_I_. _,,, C/___._.__T_W_.TTT._.T.

REVISED REVISED

pitch either by

angle, the

the fore

reticle or aft

square (depending amount

is

adjusted upon the the

so that direction opposite

the

horizon

image inner lles The of the same the

lles reticle inside degree

across curve
i[

of pitch) horizon 1 and one edge 2).

approximately inner

the reticle by

same

that

the of

opposite pitch image outer pitch 12-7. is

curve comparing the inner

(see Figure the curve roll

12-2,

Sheets the

estimated across The

distance with the

that

side

horizon and as

extends curve. angle. Drift Vehicle

distance

between Im the

inner manner

approximate

angle

is determined

drift face

is determined of i). the drift

by plate

reference covering is under in

to

five

parallel

drift

reticles area (see knob. scale

etched Figure A clear covers

on

the

the

circular by means plate. of

display of the The

12-2 3 Sheet plastic plus and

The scale

drift

plate

rotated the

drift drift To The

drift minus the the

is mounted of is

drift

5 degrees periscope drif_

drift set for

increments power

one

degree.

determine naut then

drift, rotates power

high

magnification. of the capsule The line

Astro-

knob

until to

the

ground the of the

track drift center

in the of the

central capsule to the

high

view

appears by the

parallel

lines. drift

drift with

is then drift

indicated

position

respect

scale. An_le reticles retrograde from with provide attitude the an indication of whether To at or not the proper of be capsule retro115
: 7::_

12-8.

RetroGrade The retrograde proper

is

in

the angle

prior

to re-entry. attitude of the display lower

achieve an

grade

starting aud

optically drift at the an angle,

verticle the

altitude must to

nautical down until

miles the

zero image

nose

capsule

pitched three area

horizon

bottom across

of the the

is taugent of the

the

retrograde (see Figure

reticles 12-2_

which Sheet

form

arc

half

display

2).
LT_ LT-_ 1LT 5r_ T _ _ ..... _

-... vJ._

A" A_A_i,

A A_L

DAT_

REVm_D. REV,SED

Srr.'--_ "'-'0" MmSOUm "_LOUlS, 3 ....

R_POnV MODm..

_g 133

104

12-9.

Sum-Moon A ring

Index sun-moon index scale, used to indicate the circular rotated relative bearings of

shaped

sighted

objects,

is mounted

so as to frame

display

area

(see Figure

12-23 Sheet l). control. indicator,

The index ring is mauually scale is calibrated sighting of the from

by means

of a finger-grlp A sum index is mounted at

The index

zero to 360 degrees. bearings, A moon

which enables position

on the sun to obtain index scale.

the zero degree which enables position

sun-moon

index

indicator,

sighting

on the moon index

for bearings 3 is mounted Bearings located

at the 180 degree index directly

of the sun-moon

scale.

are read off the sun-moon on the display assembly

scale at the sun-moon

bearing

index mark

in front of the Astronaut. 12-10.

.+

Earth-Sky

Camera reticles

View located at the right center of the display area give is

Four camera the approximate included 12-11.

outline

of the field-of-view equipment (see Figure

of the earth-sky 12-2, Sheet 1).

camera which

in the capsule Orbit Velocity

The crossllne (see Figure passes 12-2,

reticle Sheet 1).

is used to aid in the computing A stopwatch reticle. is started second

of orbital

velocity

as the first checkpoint

check-point passes time, under the orbit

under the crossline reticle,

When the

the crosslime velocity

the watch

is stopped. the

With this elapsed hand computer.

is computed

by employing

satellite

12-12.

UPPER HOUSI_D

ASSEMBLY assembly mirrors, will incorporate the following functional comchange

The upper housing ponents: control valve, housing Two periscope mechanism, a desiccator purging

a filter

installation,

a magnification a housing

a manual assembly

extension-retraction which includes

control,

exhaust the

the housing

intake valve and

valve.

_-"_""'"_"'*''!
_ll ma

i,=_'llll

'ql

il

A I,
.__

PAGE, REPORT MODEL_

_,2-_2 SEDR l,_ 104 St. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

I November

19(31

12-i3. The earth's 12-14. The neutral to

Periscope mirrors image Filters upper density the a at

Mirrors are so situated in the to upper the housing assembly (see Figure as to present the

a convenient

angle

observer

12-_).

housing filter. desired system on the

assembly The filter

contains are

a clear, mounted

a red, in

a yellow which

and can rack

a medium be rotated

filters in the

a rack The of

position

optical cables upper

path. by means

filter the

is manually selector Figure to the 12-1,

driven which Sheet optical 12-15.

through is located 2).

of pulleys left side

and

filter (see

of the

housing filters

assembly with

I of

Detents

accurately

position

the

respect

path. Ma_ification Chan6e optic Control is capable about 2). Control mechanism (see system Figure which enables 12-1, the Sheet to objective i of the 2). gear cartridge The box to of high and low magnification. magnification The

The change changer 12-16. The be

periscope

system

in magnification (see Manual manual and Figure

is brought Sheet

by manipulation

of the

12-1,

I of

Extension-Retraction extension-retraction retracted manually gear housing the

extended of

mechanism and motor

consists drive The

a manually of is the

driven lower by

couples

assembly gear system

assembly

through

a manually right place

operated of the

clutch. upper

driven The

ratchet

handle

on the up to

side it in For The

housing position latic_, arm will

assembly. and the pushed manual

ratchet to

handle it

is pulled in the be

operating manual ratchet manipupawl

down engage the

place

stowed down

position. position.

lever

will

in the (see

determine kit).

direction

of motion

instructions

affixed

to naviga-

tional

aid

12-17.

Intake

and Exhaust and exhaust

Valve valve without (see Figure the passage 12-1, Sheet 2 of 2) allows the

The intake upper housing upper intake exceeds housing housing.

to "breathe"

of dirt to the inside of the valve body to which cabin pressure air to the upper removed the

The intake valve tube

is mounted

in an intake

end of a desiccant that inside through

is attached. housing'

When the ambient valve admits

the upper

the intake

a desiccant

(silica gel).

Moisture

and dirt

is thus

from the entering components. an attachment

gas.

air to minimize valve

condensation

and dust deposits

on optical an inlet and

A purging

(see Figure

l, Sheet housing

2 of 2) provides assembly

point when purging

the upper

with dry nitrogen

12-18.

LOWER HOUSING

ASSEMBLY assembly consists items of a structural are mounted limit shell housing the shell:

The lower housing objective cartridge.

The following motor,

on the structural

Extension-retraction illumination 12-19. assembly

gear box,

lower

switch assembly

and a reticle

(see Figure

12-1,

Sheet

2 of 2).

Objective

Cartridge cartridge houses the objective 12-4). lens, power change lens and shell.

The objective the collective A connecting lens

(see Figure

It is mounted cartridge

inside

the structural

link between in unison

the objective

and the periscope

door allows cartridge

the door to move (see Figure 12-20.

with the telescopic

motion

of the objective

12-1). and Collective Lens a wide field through of view (approximately lens, 180).

Objective

Wide-angle Light gathered the first

objective

lens provides

by the objective

lens passes 12-_).

the collective

where

image is formed

(see figure

MCDONNE
REPORT MODEL 12-21. SF.,DR'lOb.. 1,_,_ Power Chaz_e change Lens lens (see Figure 12-4) can be moved in and out of the linkage periscope is actuated operation ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI '_-_Jr% 117 T_T:_ _,T T ...... REVISED REVISED

The power optical

path by means

of a mechanical changer

linkage.. 12-1).

The mechanical For low power path; while

by the magnification the power operation, change lens

(see Figure

is moved

out of the optical

for high power

the lens is moved

into the optical

path.

12-22.

SATELLITE

CLOCK satellite clock is an electro-mechanical display timing device

The specification located

above and to the right of the periscope indicate time of day, TIME The watch.

assembly.

The satellite and RETRO-

clock will GRADE wound upper grade, drum TIME

FROM LAUNCH,

TIME TO RETROGRADE

(see Figure

12-5).

time

of day will be reflected wound watch

by a manually in the )
_J

spring-driven left-hand

movement

The manually clock.

is located

corner

of the satellite Time

Time From Launch,

Time To RetroThe

and Retrograde will

will be displayed time

on drum counters

(digidial). The time digidial

counters

indicate

in hours, minutes

and seconds.

elements be

will move

in one step increments. located

The Time To Retrograde right-hand

will

supplemented clock,

by a telelight, which will

in the upper 5 minutes

corner

of the in

satellite addition initiated matically button

illuminate an aural

prior

to retrograde headset clock

time; is

to the telelight, i0 seconds started prior

signal to the Astronaut's time. The satellite Should

to retrograde

is autoa push

by 28V d-c power at liftoff. above and adjacent altitude

this not occur,

switch

is provided

to the clock to allow sensor) manually.

the Astronaut

to energize time

the clock

(aud maximum

The retrograde time can or remotely time, the

is normally

computed

and set prior to flight, (retrograde Ten minutes

but the retrograde reset handle)

be manually set through

changed

by the Astronaut

time

the cce_nand receivers.

prior to retrograde

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961 PAGE. REPORT MODEl

12'15 SEDR 104

ST.LOUIS.

MISSOURI

133

DISPLAY

ASSEMBLY

DRIFT

LINE

PLATE

UPPER

HOUSING

ASSEMBLY

FIELD MIRROR

LENSES

MIRROR

FILTERS

LOWER

HOUSING

ASSEMBLY

ERECTOR OBJECTIVE CARTRIDGE

LENS

COLLECTIVE

LENS

POWER

CHANGE

LENS

OBJECTIVE

LENS

FIGURE

12-4

OPTICAL

SYSTEM

SATELLITE

PERISCOPE

PM45-262

PAGE REPORT MODEL

12-16
SEDR 133 104 ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

' POSITION

RELATIVE

TO

EARTH

IEARTH
TIME OF DAY

PATH

INDICATOR

ELELIGHT

,'TYP .)

TIME

P_SET

HANDLE

SATELLITE

CLOCK

I FIGURE

12-_5 i EARTH

PATH

INDICATOR

AND

SATELLITE

CLOCK

PM4._-II3E

VVl

11

ni.tl---,I

l/'_i,IL-

DAT_, ,i November
RV|SI[D, RVISD

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAG_ mm=ORV, MOmta.

12-17 SEDR 10b, 133

satellite

clock transmits and assures retrograde

a signal to the ASCS to start horizon rate gyro operation time, in preparation points

scanners

operating

continuously Upon reaching initiating digidials

for retro

sequence. close,

a set of contact

within

the clock

the retrograde provide outputs

sequence.

Time From Launch

and Retrograde

Time

for telemetering.

12-23.

EARTH

PATH INDICATOR indicator (see Figure 12-5) consists of a spherical to indicate powered which map

The earth path

(globe) of the earth gimballed position capable mately under the capsule. of running 3.85 (i) (2) (3) (4) (5) inches 20 hours

and rotating

in a manner

ground and is

The indicator without

is spring motor The globe,

re-windlng.

is approxifeatures:

in diameter,

will display

the following

geographical

All continents All bodies The sixteen All islands All known of water largest having having rivers major major dimensions of 300 statute miles

of the world of 500 statute miles separated dimensions from continents less than 500 circle. by .020 dots.

dimensions clusters

islands

or island

by 300 statute statute (6) (7) miles

miles

and having major

shall be identified cities

by an .020 diameter are identified

The fifty largest 15 latitude

of the world

and longitude

lines are presented

and numbered. to wind the spring motor

Controls and to adjust

are provided

on the face of the indicator adjust axis. orbit inclination

the orbit time,

and to slew the globe area is displayed being the point orbital as a of impact. position is

about the earth and the orbital rectangle and the luminous area

The touchdown

dot inside

of the rectangle ahead

The landing

is 3040 nautical as indicated by cabin

miles

of instantaneous

above the earth externally

by the four ring bullseye. floodlights.

The instrument

lighted

T.L;4Fi_V.i,iT;AL

PAGE

12-18

Mc'DONNE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _,-_r%]%TW_Tw-_W_T.n. T REVISED

REPORT

S_nR Ina

MODEL_ i_

12-24. The Section i00,000 pressure four

ALTIMETER altimeter I for feet, is visually It indicates is a at a external pressure above sea level. from Static connects conical to (See 0 to

location.) with a marker from

single

revolution and

type,

calibrated (SNORKEL). which capsule

I0,000

(MAIN) located the

20,000

obtained ports

centrally around

plenum small by end

chamber of the

static

spaced

equally is

section.

The

instrument

lighted

externally

cabin

floodlights.

12-25. The sealed to of are

LONGITUDINAL accelerometer

ACCELEROMETER is a self-contained I for range unit which The 0 to the is housed in a hermetically is designed

inclosure.

(See

Section in the per

location.) 0 to -9 and to

accelerometer +21 face g units of the

indicate 32.2 three feet

acceleration per second One

(acceleration accelerometer The

second). will

Attached indicate

pointers. two pointers

pointer memory the

instantaneous One memory negative which which

acceleration. will record The

remaining positive memory tion left

are and

pointers. will

pointer

acceleration pointers will are of

other

record device

acceleration. will is maintain located

incorporate reset the by means

a ratchet of a

a deflecin the lower

until hand

they corner

reset

knob

accelerometer.

12-26. The circular problems. top fixed

HAND

COMPUTER hand computer (see to Figure the 12-6), Astronaut physically in solving fixed resembling navigation disc, is a small in the a

satellite slide The disc map orbital

rule,

is provided consists

aid

computer and a

of three

discs; disc.

a basic The to

rotating The

intermediate may be

computer orbital

stowed

Astronaut's velocity, for

case. angle,

computer true

used

find

tangential speed, is and as

drift, and
d_

ground

speed,

indicated

ground

multiplication,

division

proportions.
ink ?LT _ T lr'k lr_ _v r_r_ v

Operation
*

of the

computer

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

M 'DONNELL '
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE, REPORT MODEL

12-19

'_ HAND COMPUTER SATELLITE

USI_ NUM_RStN (")

(_

'

FIGURE

12.-8

Z_,NE)

CO_P_TF-.Q.

Pk445 - 115

PAGE

12-20 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI -_ _',-,,"_"_'r_ **'_ REVISED ...._ REVISED

REPORT SED: lo4

MODEL_ 1,3_

follows 12-27. A. To

: Orbital compute Tangential orbital miles) the time Velocity velocity are when ground distance, as altitude

tangential and on time scale

(nautical (a) (b) Set Read scale (c) Read on

I.

(minutes) B opposite velocity

known, ground

proceed

follows: on scale minute A. on

the

distance miles

orbital

tangential the

in nautical

per

C opposite orbital

altitude. velocity altitude in knots (at 6.0 (nautical on scale miles B). per hour)

tangential the

scale

A opposite

Sample Given: ground time

Problem

distance

= = =

2880

nautical

miles

(N.M.)

12 minutes 120 N.M. velocity velocity in N.M. in N.M. per per minute hour. and

alt it ude Re quired : Orbital orbital Operation: (I) Set the time

tangential tangential

12

(1.2)

minutes N.M. on

on

scale A.

opposite

the

ground

distance (2) Read at (3)

2880

(2.88)

scale

orbital on the

tangential altitude taagential altitude

velocity scale. velocity scale

248.39

N.M./min.

on

scale

120

Read

orbital

14,903.4 (at 6.0 on

N.M./hr. scale B).

on

scale

opposite
Be

12Oon

v//

To

compute

orbital sad

tangential altitude

velocity in nautical

when

angular are

position known,

in degrees, as

time

in minutes

miles

proceed

follows:. (a) Set the time on scale B opposite angular position on scale A.

...... rr-,--- .... TIA

'-

REVISED.

ST,

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

RKPORT,

SEDR

10_

REVISED

.........

MODEL.

133

(b)

Read

orbital

tangential

velocity

in nautical

miles

per minute

(N.M./rain.) on scale D.
i

(c)

Read

orbital

tangential

velocity

in N.M./hr.

on scale A opposite

altitude II. Sample Given : angular time altitude Required :

on altitude

scale

(at 3.6

on B scale).

Problem

position

= = =

48 degrees 12 minutes 120 N.M. tangential velocity velocity in N.H./min. and orbital

Orbital

tangential Operation : (1) Set the time 12

in N.M./hr.

(1.2) rain. on scale B opposite

angular

position

48 degrees (2) (3) Read orbital

(4.8) on scale A. tangential taugentlal velocity velocity 248.39 N.H./min. 14,903.4 N.M./hr. on scale D.

Read orbital opposite

on scale A

120 on the altitude tangential velocity

scale

(at 3.6 on scale B). speed in nautical miles

Ci

To compute per minute

orbital

when ground

(N.H./min.)

and altitude

in nautical

miles

are kno_ra, proceed

as follows :
t

(a)

Set the altitude on the scale A.

zero

(0) on the E scale opposite

the ground

speed

(b)

Read

orbital

tangential

velocity

on scale

A opposite

altitude

on

scale E. IIl. Sample Given: ground speed = 239.6 N.M./rain.

i

Problem

PAGE

12-22 104 _'_ REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI .',,,..._ REVISED .... .....

REPORT _..oI_ MODEL. 133

altitude Required Operation: (i) Set :

= Orbital

120

N.M. velocity in N.M./min.

tangential

altitude (2.396) the

zero

(0)

on

scale on

opposite A. 248.00 E.

the

ground

speed

239.6 (2) Read

N.M./min.

scale

orbital altitude

tangential 120 N.M.

velocity on scale

N.M./min.

on

scale

opposite

NOTE Conversion ground but orbit ground on of orbital is the Set tangential same as the on velocity above scale to

speed

procedure E opposite read altitude

in reverse. tangential speed E. on

altitude on

velocity scale

scale

A then (0)

A opposite

zero

scale

Orbital To compute

_le orbital proceed angle as scale when grotmd distance in nautical miles (N.M.)

is known, (a) Set

follows: B opposite the degree index mark (located at 1.67)

1.O A

of

of the (b) I. Read Sample Given ground :

scale. angle on the A scale opposite the distance on the B scale.

orbital Problem

distance

2880

N.M.
,L/',

Required: Operation: (1) Set of

Corresponding

orbital

angle

1.O the A

of

B scale

opposite

degree

index

mark

(located

at

1.67)

scale.

DATE R_VlSED RF-.'VISD

November

1961

MCDONNELL .
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE

12-23 104

Rm_o,_T _oR MOOre. 133

(2)

Read

equivalent

orbital

angle

of 48 degrees

on scale A

opposite

the distance

2880 NOTE

(2.88) N.M.

on the B scale.

The procedure ground known.

is the when

same for finding the orbital angle is

distance

Set 1.O on B scale opposite on A scale then opposite the equivalent

degree to any ground

index mark degree

on the A scale is read

distance
B.

on the B scale. and orbital inclination are known,

To Calculate proceed

orbital

angle

when latitude

as follows: NOTE

,k,

The G scale plain used

has two sets of numbers. increasing drift clockwise_ while

The are

numbers,

for computimg

the numbers

in parenthesis, are used (a) (b) If. Set zero Read

increasing

counterclockwise, angle. on F scale. inclination on F scale.

for cc_puting opposite

orbital latitude

(0) of G scale augle

orbital

on G scale opposite

orbital

Sample Given: ground orbital

_roblem

latitude inclination Orbital

= = angle

14 degrees 30 degrees

29 minutes

_j

Required: Operation:

(1) (2)

Set zero Read

(0) of G scale amgle

opposite

latitude

14 29' om F scale. orbital inclina-

orbital

(30) on G scale opposite

PAGE

12-24 REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI "-_v _ _ _,.._._,_, tion 30 on F scale. when orbital angle and orbital inclination are known, REVISED

REPORT SFZ)R lO4 MODEL_ IBB

C.

To compute proceed (a) (b)

latitude

as follows : angle on G scale opposite on F scale opposite when zero orbital inclination on F scale.

Set orbital Read

latitude

(0) on G scale. and orbital angle are known,

De

To compute proceed

angle of inclination

latitude

as follows: (O) of G scale opposite inclination latitude on F scale. orbital angle on G scale.

(a) (b)
12-29.
A.

Set zero Read

orbital

on F scale

opposite

Drift drift when orbital in degrees inclination, per minute orbital angle in degrees and

To compute orbital (a)

velocity

are known 3 proceed

as follows:
4

Set the orbital tion

angle on the G scale opposite

the angle

of inclinaJ

on the F scale. the drift in the lower window opposite the orbital angular

(b)

Read

velocity I. Sample Given: orbital orbital orbital

on the I scale.

Problem

inclination angle angular Drift velocity

= =

32 0O _/min.

Required: Operation: (I)

Set orbital inclination

angle 0 on the G scale on the F scale. 1.897 in lower window

opposite

32 angle

of

(2)

Read drift velocity

opposite

4 orbital

angular

on the

I scale.

_J_'A

JLJLJJL_I"

JL_IL]L_

REVISED

ST.

L.OUIS

3,

MISSOURI

RI[PORT

SEDR 101r 133

REVISED 12-30. A. Orbital Ground orbital Speed ground

._

MO0_.

To compute

speed, we must velocity

first

find the effective

component ground

of the earth's speed.

tangential

and then add it to the indicated velocity orbital component,

To find the earth's Orbital

tangential

the following tangential proceed

must be known: velocity

inclination,

angle

and the earth's is available,

at the equator.

When the above

information

as follows : NOTE In the following G scale nation. (a) Set the orbital degrees) (b) Read presentations, the F and to their desig_

is not used according

They are to be used as directed. on the G scale opposite 90 degrees (zero)

Imclinatlon

on the F scale. component of earth's tangential velocity on the A scale on the B scale.

effective

opposite (c) Orbital

the earth's ground

tangential

velocity

at the equator

speed will

be indicated

ground

speed plus effective

component I. Sample Given: earth's orbital orbital

of earth' s tangential

velocity.

Problem

tangential inclination angle ground

velocity

at the equator

= = =

15 ..../rain.
30 degrees 0 degree

indicated

speed ground speed.

..M./min.

"4
Required : Operation : Orbital

(1)

Set the orbital orbital angle

inclination

30 degrees (90 degrees)

on the G scale

opposite

zero degrees

on the F scale.

t#1_/i_iF

i1.11_il

l*

le,r_-

PAGE REPORT

12-26 S_ 104

,MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

1 November

l C_l

REVISED. REVISED

MODEL_ I,,_

(2)

Read 12.99

effective (1.299)

component N.M./mln. at

of on the

earth's the A

effective opposite (1.5)

tangential the

velocity

scale 15

earth's on the B

tangential scale.

velocity

equator

N.M./min.

(3)

Orbital plus or

ground

speed-component

indicated of

ground

speed

(240

N,M./min.) (12.99)

effective

earth's

tangential

velocity

252.99

N.M./min. NOTE Effective orbital purposes for any earth velocity for is all constant; practical constant

ground can given

speed also be

considered

orbit.

12-31. The cating panel. The are unit

ATTITUDE-RATE Attitude-Rate located designed

INDICATOR indicator approximately to indicate is a three at the axis top and angular of rate rate the of and main change attitude instrument of attitude. around and which indi-

system It is is

center the of

attitude

a composite a roll

arrangement attitude Section of

consisting a yaw 1-15).

a rate

indicator indicator indicator

positioned

indicator, I, Figure pointer

attitude The

a pitch display to the

attitude three pointer pointers All not rate Each

indicator

(see The

rate

will

pointers. of the

rate

roll

is the The pitch rate

pointer of yaw

which and

is parallel rate of pitch

roll

attitude towards completely

indicator. the yaw and

are

pointed are

attitude The of

indicators of one

respectively. component The will

components necessitate indicator transducer

interchangeable. or by replacement rate, an

failure

recalibration is activated consists of

allied rate

components. and and yaw rate

attitude-

pitch

roll

transducers. These

a gyroscope,

amplifier

a demodulator.

J._
___ImmJeiOMbm_

A A_ILJIm

REVISED

ST.

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

REPORT.

SERE

lO_

REVIs_o

Moo_

133

components input

function

together

to produce

a d-c output

signal proportional

to the

rate of change

of attitude.

12-32.

NAVIGATIONAL

AID KIT aid kit consists board. of a neoprene coated nylon case, a binder below assembly check by

The navigational assembly

and a computer display

It is mounted 12-1,

to the periscope 1 of 2).

directly

the circular consists lists,

area

(see Figure cards.

Sheet

The binder

of a number of

index

The index that

cards

will be used to file

rate

cards and navigational capsule mission.

charts

shall be provided Items are attached retention

as required

the particular assembly: pencil

The following pencil

to the binder The

Pencil

holder,

mechanical

and nylon

springs.

holder

is fabricated pencil

from neoprene

coated nylon assembly

and is sewn to the case. by means of a nylon assembly to

The mechanical retention

is secured

to the binder

spring. coated

A nylon

retention

spring also

secures which

the binder

the neoprene hand computer

nylon case. 12-4),

A computer forms

board,

is constructed

from the

(see Figure

a part

of the navigational

aid kit.

12-33.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

12-34. 12-35.

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

8, 9, i0, 13 AND 16

General 8, 9, I0_ 13 and 16 are fundamentally will exist panel the same as the specification of the various instruments. are

Capsules capsule.

Some differences

in the location

(See Section
/,r ,

I for instrument

illustration. )

Other

differences

enumerated 12-36.

in the following

paragraphs.

Periscope 8 periscope system will not incorporate periscope retract switch. a RETRACT Capsules Before SCOPE telellght 9_ 13 and 16 will ground operation

Capsule

and the associated have provisions

MAN-AUTO

for telemetering

periscope

door closure.

vvx_.

m_awa

,mm

zm

mkm

REPORT MODEL. of kit

_DR 133

104

ST. LOUIS,

MISSOURI

REVISED REVISED

---L'_ .NF'_
observe 12-1). been operational Equipment to

E N,_.
attached upper of to

periscope, (see Figure 9 has

instructions in the

the

navigational assembly camera in

aid

periscope installation

housing an

Capsule (see 12-37. The and

removed

faciliate

internal

Figure

12-7).

Altimeter altimeter foot used in to Capsule indicate Along 8, 9, i0, the 13 and 16 have markings and main at the 20,00C

I0,000

levels

when the feet and

snorkel edge psia of

valves the

parachute, dial starting follows:

respectively at 0 feet 15 and

will

actuate.

outer are

instrument which

advancing i0,000

to 28,000 feet i0

indications feet 5 psia.

are

as

0 feet 12-38.

psia,

psia

28,000

Longitudinal Capsules 8 and vary

Accelerometer 9 will each not have memory pointer on or a reset planned mechanism. (See The Section I

location for

may

with

capsule )

depending

mission.

instrument Hand Only

panel Compute.r

illustration.

i2-39.

manned

capsules

will

be

equipped

with

the

hand

computer.

12-40.

Attitude-Rate

Indicator NOTE

External capsules On Capsule at except 9, -43

appearance for the color

of attitude-rate of pointers of the and display

indicator as follows: mates

display

is

the

same

for

all

pitch

dial

with

the

zero

pitch

rate

index On

degrees. 8, i0, at 13 and 16, the pitch dial of the display mates with the zero

Capsules rate

pitch 12_41.

index

-34 Aid

degrees. Kit not contain a navigational aid kit.

Navigational Capsules 8,

9 and

13 will

i,i

mil

.....
i

_wJk

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

M_'DONNE__
ST.LOUIS,

__

PAGE REPORT MODEL

12_29 SEDR 133 104

MISSOURI

(_ f

,_"_"%_ ""d) _ f

UPPER

PERISCOPE ASSEMBLY

HOUSING

%..

CLOCK---...._
\4 __

t+_7_-,__

,
MIRROR LENS j

............ _,__+_-_:

+ ,_,,_+

WINDOW

ASSEMBLY

"

"

" _/

ll_'_""_r+..._mr+....+.

LO_/E

R PE pj SC O p_ ASSEMBLY

HOUSlNG

FIGURE

12-7

INTERNAL

PERISCOPE

CAMERA

(CAPSULE

9 ONLY)

PM45-272

CC.;-;;_..JT:AL

13-1

SECTION

XII

INSTR UMENTATION

SYSTEM

TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

TITLE SYSTEM SYSTEM SYSTEM

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::

PAGE DESCRIPTION OPERATION MONITORING ........................... ....... ..................... . ........................... CONTROL ............ ... 13-4 13-4 13-4 13-24 13-25 13-29 13-55

SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION

iiiiii!!ii_'i_@
================================

INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM

RECORDING

UNITS ........................................ .........................

, ili!ii!iiiiiiiiii!i!!iiiiiiiiiiiiN
,iiiii!!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiii!,_
_..j1

TEST CONFIGURATION

:_iii_!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiii!iiiiiiiiii :i!: iliiii!!!ilililiili!

t -:. .. ================================================ ========================================

_;::''

8_AIl. _il]l

llpIIIl_.lmi ll_i--i I

tool I i/_l

I.

I I-

H_IIM9 NOZIaOH / / "--_"/_ V _ /--(Hglld) _I3"NU)5 / NOZIaOH/ /--_nma

11B17 NI_V_ (dM3 _11:/ i37NI J.tn S') (_anSSB_d _l_f

_3_NOIJ.N310d NOIIOV_ HOkld

i.i.i
I.Ii,I

--HDI'/_C 11"I]

/,_

----_:-_

,_old3_

Sg3_d 7'_ _l_d _0

0 Z n I.I,I n Id

N051113C I',ll_'lN

/
/

(S3)V-W) 7V)Id_I) SOION370S, 70_1N0) NO(13V3B ISnBH1-MO'I fSlJVTd 9 IV3M_) S_ION3IO_ 70_JIN03 1Sfl_IHI-IH

=)

"3"_

7'# (_ N _Vt

7 CrdlNO_) _:m_C_N_LL.

NOII_V_ "_:_r_--_l_ "

o 70_I140") _OSti3C V_3 J.%_.% BY13J_ _3J,._3h_il

J._o IILl I_

C]N_

_43MF_7 ,_VTa_ Hor_nv7 _70N_H 1_09V

j._o

$ 'ore xo@ C]N'_

,_
If.

w
If:

C
_i

DATE

, ,,

, I NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNELL_L __ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

,,

,13-3 SEDR 133 104

REVISED .REVISED
_'11 .....

/
/

':<}}.

--,_-_,,;.;, ;T-, -;4T ;A.L _

PAGE, REPORT MODEL.

1B-_ _EDR 133 lOl_ ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

i November

1961

XIII.

INSTRUMENTATION

SYSTEM

13-1.

SYSTEM The

DESCRIPTION system consists coupled of with the the major components as and and shown other on pickup of data to on a

instrumentation These

Figure devices the

13-1. provide

components of

various

transducers condition

a means as well as and

monitoring

physical and

reactions The radiated recorded

Astronaut is

capsule applied

conditions to the

systems

performance. and also

so obtained ground tape are and

coded for in the and

telemetry and

transmitters it is

stations recorder

immediate capsule

analysis for

evaluation; study the and

subsequent to record

interpretation. facial readings

Cameras

installed to provide

so positioned

Astronaut's instrument for

expressions on the main control

a chronological Provisions not

record are also for

of the

instrument over some

panel. components

provided continuous

automatic

programmed

intended

operation.

13-2.

SYSTEM The

OPERATION system to the is completely until automatic in after operation landing during system These from impact, flight is by the

instrumentation is applied certain

time

power

capsule may be

lO minutes or

however, either into are

components

controlled The control 13-3,

interrogated

the three

Astronaut groups,

or ground

command.

instrumentation and recording. and 13-63.

divided groups

namely_

monitoring, in paragraphs

three

treated

individually

13-59

13-3.

MONITORING Instrumentation monitoring and samples operations are consists of of sampling units signals and values of pressures, throughout voltages The temperathe

tures, capsulej tional

conditions these to the

various into and

functions of

converted pressure

composed being

proporproper-

temperature,

conditions

measured.

MAC

231C

(Eev

14

Oc +. GG)

DAT

I November

i_I

___s'r. Lou,s s, MJssoum .....................

_'_' ms,owr Hoom.

IB-5 SEDR 104 133

R_VlSED ..... RWmEO.

tlonal

voltages

are calibrated

within

common maximum signals

and minimum

ranges

to pro-

vide zero to full scale readings.

/

These

are then

channeled High "A".

into either Frequency The

or both

of the two commutators which

(electronic

switches)

designated Package

and Low Frequency, majority Each

are located

in Instrumentation

of the signals

are fed to both samples train

"HF" and "LF" Commutators Channels, combining The pulse

for redundancy. the signal train from the 10.5 Kc

commutator pulses

continuously into a pulse

its input

voltage

for each

commutator.

HF Com_Atator voltage pulse

and the LF Commutator subcarrier

is applied

to separate

but identical voltage of this

controlled

oscillators,

where

the changing The output

of the and other and

train vary the frequency controlled oscillators

of the oscillators. driven by aero-medical

voltage

information

are mixed signals are

used to modulate
, \

the telemetry

tram_mltters.

The HF Commutator while

telemetered signals

through

the high frequency set.

transmitter

the LF Commutator signals recorder are in the

use the low frequency

Both

the HF and LF Commutator and recorded on a tape

also converted capsule. Figure that

to pulse duration

signals

13-2 is a block

diagram

showing

the parameters Point

of the instrumentation with a brief

is monitored

as well as the Commutator given

assignments 13-_ through

explanation 1S-4.

of each parameter Electrical

in paragraphs

13-58.

Capsule Capsule

Power system 1S-2. instrumentation consists of monitoring the

electrical

power

circuit 13-5.

illustrated

on Figure

400 cps Monitor ASCS and fan bus ll5 volt Package a-c is applied thru two 115/6.3 outputs volt transformers are rectified, as a zero to 120 volts

in Instrumentation filtered three

"A" and '_". to being volt

The secondary applied

and attenuated

prior

to the commutators represents

volt d-c signal.

A three

signal

(full scale)

PAGE,

13,_6

Mc'DONNELj_ _
104 ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI v v i ! n 8 IltW mines 1 |

__
| _J_lk Ikm

DATE

1 NOVEMBER

1961

REPORT MODEL

SEDR 133

REVISED REVISED

I
_H

hi
l;'r=C-TI _,_.N D E _'l _'r'T _.. t-a U O:r 0 _. I i

IVELOC,T'_ i1 s_._o__

I _-_'_-'_

_ICONE

_w LT _t_'TENNA

_ECE_T_CL5

_)E$C6NT _NTE_N

_,

T _J:_, N% K^. IT'T

E 0

VOICE

G%',4_,LS

LANDIN_

FIGURE.

15-

Z.

bI_NI_OI_Ik_GIlN,ST_UMEt/TATION

BLOCK

DI/_GP,

AM-(C,_PSULE5

ie_)

a,Jml..n l

_l

I1"_=

MAC 231C

(Roy

14 Oct.

55)

ovemberl l

Mc, DONNELL

1 -7

for each bus. 13-6. D-C Current D-c current ammeter. This amplitude is sensed by the shunt lead for the instrument batteries panel and senses when 50

shunt is in the negative current. The voltage This voltage

of all capsule

total battery amperes

across

the shunt

is 50 millivolts

are flowing.

is applied

to two d-c amplifiers A three volt

in package level (full is

"C" which amplifies scale) represents applied

it to a zero to three 50 amperes battery

volt level.

current.

The output

of one amplifier is applied

to the HF Commutator,

and the other

amplifier

output

to the

LF Comnutator. 13-7. D-C Voltage The 24 volt d-c monitor in package "A". Voltage circuit is made up of a voltage divider network to

from the main pre-lmpact signal (full scale)

24 volt d-c bus is applied represents 30 volts

this divider. The 18 volt monitored 13-8.

A three volt

bus voltage.

d-c isolated voltage

bus and the 18 volt d-c standby divider networks located

busses

are similarly

through

in the '_" package.

Standby

Inverter inverter on signal is obtained through normally open contacts of the main to an

The standby of the standby inverters attenuator

inverter

relay.

This relay energized,

energizes 2_ volts

when either

fails.

With the relay

d-c is applied output

in the power and control is applied

relay box.

Attenuator

(2.2 volts

d-c, nominal) 13-9.

to the commutators. Supplies instrumentation consists of the monitor

Instrumentation Instrumentation

Power power

supplies

circuits supplies.

for the 3 volt d-c reference, (See Figure 13-2. )

zero reference,

and 7 V 400 cps power

YVlll

|ia/l_mll

illl_q

PAGE,,, REPORT

17-8 SEDR 10_ ..........

MCIDONNE_

__ ST:'_OUIS-, _MtSSQURL.

DATE 1 November-1961 REVISED

13-10. The ometer It is a

Three 3 volt

Volt d-

Reference reference power pick-ups. supply to supp17 The fr_n the furnishes power the 24 suppl7 volt excitation is bus. and serves located The for all in output as a potentipackage from reference the "A"

type zener

instrumentation diode is si_l.. applied regulated

power full 13-11.

supply scale Zero The zero

directly

cumautators

Volt

Reference si6nal power supply is slsnal output. ground This and signal is is also also the return applied to for the the 3

reference

volts c_utat 13-12.

d-c

reference ors. Seven Volt 400

400 cps with

cps Power the and is supply fur_Lshes element to the level. 2_ volts a zero excitation amplifiers. to three for the input supply bridge output This si_l transistorized volt 400 eps outzero (full

The circuits is to rectified, three

volt

utilized

resistance attenuated to

Power volt level. volt is the 7 a

filtered volt signal a which located 7

applied output on

cazmutators. The d-c power to

A three supply

scale) Power put. 13-13.

represents inverter It is

volt operates

provide

in On

package

"A".

Calibration Calibration

ON instrmnentation scale and zero switch the scale in f_l in applied volts The d-c the scale Package to the is

consists calibration telemetry calibrate "C". ca_utators. applied of the

of

circuit s_ls. is

which 1_ds_ placed is of the

monitors is to "FULL 24

presence present SCALE" volts (2.8 calibrate on the d-c or

of

the the

full

cunm_d trailer

when "ZERO" is volts

CALIBRATION position. to an

When attenuator is 24 network.

cc_nand The output When a different

present, the

applied d-e, is

attenuator zero scale point d-c,

naeLinal) present,

command same

to

input (1.5 volts

attenuator

output

attenuator

nce_mal)

f_ lr't _T lr_ lr "ri T_ ",_',"-" -

MAC

231C

(l_v

14

Oct.

S)

1Novem r
REVISED

Mc, DONNEg
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REpoRT,

13-9
SF_R 10)-t -

RWISE=

-_-

MO.m.

133

is applied

to the commutators..

Thus,

an upper

scale

signal signal signals

indicates indicates energize

presence presence relays The

of the full scale calibrate

L !

command command.

and a half-scale These command

of the zero which apply '_" and

scale calibrate calibrate

signals function while

to numerous

other

instrumentation from a ground

channels. station

"Z" calibrate receivers

may be initiated

through

the command 13-i_.

in orbit.

Static

Pressure instrumentation consists of a potentiometer type transducer with 3 volts

Static

pressure

which is operated

by static pressure. power

The potentiometer

is excited output

d-c from the instrumentation proportional

supply and wiper A three volt

voltage

is inversely is representa-

to static pressure.

signal

(fUll scale)

tive of 0 psia. 13-15. Environmental Control System instrumentation supply consists of circuitry which

Environmental monitors primary

control

system

and secondary cabin pressure

oxygen

pressures,

suit inlet

air pressure

and temperature, 13-16.

and temperature

and coolant

quantity.

Suit 0 2 Partial pressure

Pressure is sensed by a transducer to a pressure in the Astronaut's gage on the suit# the panel.

02 partial signals

are amplified

and transmitted to the

instrument

The signals Package

are also applied

"HF" and "LF" commutators to PAM and PDM signals. are recorded

in Instrument The PAM signals tape

"A" where they

are converted

are telemetered recorder. 13-17. Oxygen

to ground

and the PDH signals

on the capsule

Supplies oxygen supply pressures are sensed by pressure area. picks One potentiometer off a value for instru-

Primary actuated operates

and secondary

dual potentiometers a panel indicator

in the environmental while the other wiper

.....

_-L,-P!

A!

PAGE .... 13-10 REPORT MODEL. _nR l_ lo_

Mc, DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI --- C___. ___T__T_ ___T_ ____.T

DATE

November

l_l

REVISED REVISED ,

mentatlon. is applied wiper

Wiper from output

voltage 3 volt

output d-c

is

linearly

proRortional power of and zero

to

pressure. The psi zero with supply

Excitation to 3.00 100%

the

instrumentation range

supply. to 7,500

volt meter

represents Outputs applied to

a pressure from both the

0 to

indications. are

primary

secondary

oxygen

pressure

transducers 13-18. Suit Suit in the

commutators.

Inlet air

Temperature temperature line. is sensed by two resistance varies input element transducers with amplifier amplifier output to the LF

inlet inlet

suit

air

Transducer is part of

resistance a bridge (full of

proportionally circuit from One is to an

temperature. in is is package

Each "A".

transducer zero to

The of HF

three

volt range

scale)

output lOOF. output

the

representative applied to the

a temperature Commutator;

35 to amplifier

amplifier applied

the

other

C ommut at o r. 13-19. Suit Inlet Pressure

Suit transducer volts d-c

inlet which from with

air

pressure

instrumentation actuated. power to three and is The

consists

of

a potentiometer is excited voltage output with

type 3 varies

is pressure the

potentiometer and wiper

instrumentation The to zero 15

supply volt

output

linearly a pressure 13-20.

pressure. of zero

(full

scale)

represents

range

psia

applied

to both

commutators.

Cabin Cabin

Pressure instrumentation in package "C". consists The of a potentiometer is type pressure 3 volts

pressure installed the

transducer d-c from

potentiometer and to of wiper three zero

excited output scale)

with is

instrumentation to cabin

power

supply zero range

voltage volt to 15

linearly output

proportional from 13-21. the wiper Cabin Cabin

pressure.

The

(full psia.

represents Air

a pressure

Temperature is sensed by two platinum resistance wire transducers

air

temperature

MAC

231C

(Eev 14 Oct

55)

l ovember
REVISED
REVISED

Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT

l -ll
_EDR lO_

_____

Hoo"

,133

mounted

in

package Each in is package

"A". of the "A".

Transducer transducers The of HF zero

resistance is to part

varies of volt range

proportionally input scale) to

with to from an the

temperature. amplifier amplifier outputs 13-22.

a bridge (full of

circuit output

three

representative applied to the

a temperature and LF

zero

200F.

Amplifier

are

Commutators.

Coolant Coolant

Quantity is measured fr_n the by sensing tank. the This pressure bottle the of the oxygen five bottle hundred of the oxygez

quantity water As

used pounds

to

force

coolant quantity

supplies

pressure. with by three Wi_r in

coolant

decreases, in oxygen

confined

volume

increases excited pressure.

i

a resulting volts output d-c is

decrease from the

pressure. power LF

A pressure supply

potentiometer oxygen an

instrumentation to the HF and

monitors and through to three

applied the

Commutators

attenuator volt (full at

package

"A" to

coolant of is zero 480

quantity to 100%

indicator. coolant

Zero

scale) 100%

covers coolant psi. Control

a range quantity

quantity. at 0%

Oxygen coolant

pressure quantity 13-23.

psi,

oxygen

pressure

is 230 Reaction

STstem instrumentation supply pressure consists and of monitors hand for automatic position.

Reaction and manual

control

system control

reaction

Astronaut

control

13-2_.

Horizon Horizon

Scanner instrumentation ignore signals system monitors for each two for the pitch outputs. infra-red Scanners Scanners scanning are are on units conand roll horizon

scanner and

scanner The to

outputs horizon pitch from

of these identical The

scanner and launch but roll

utilized

provide

reference re-entry the

signals. at which phase

Horizon the

tinuously, by to the the O.05g ASCS

until during

time the

de-actlvated are applied to

relay attitude

orbital

reference

signals

gyros

only

upon

command

from

the

programmer.

(Refer

"--'_"_i
Ill !! !_1 ! i ii

A!
ii

PAGE

13-12 104

l%4c, DONNE
ST. LOUIS, -I"L _,T_ T*_ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED

REPORT SEDR MODEL. 133

Table

13-i. )

The The

signals and

that roll

are

applied

to

the

gyros

are

monitored d-c. to

by

instru-

mentation. signals output are which an

pitch to

signals

range

between to the

+ lO volts provide HF

These 2.68 The volt

applied

a biased to

attenuator channels

card of

a zero

is coupled output a

separate of + 35 . sweeps sun

Commutator.

signals

represent

range scanner of the

Occasionally red tion devices, of this

across introduces supplies

the

sun.

Since voltage.

the To

scanners prevent to the

are

infra-

sweeping voltage,

the

error an type

utilizaASCS. This

scanner as an

"ignore" of signal to the

signal by HF

"ignore" Pitch half level 13-25.

signal and signal

is monitored roll ignore

on-off are

instrumentation. Commutator only. full A scale

ignore scale

signals presence the roll

applied

represents presence of

of the ignore

pitch signal.

ignore

signal

and

indicates Attitude Attitude

instrumentation and yaw The attitudes. synchros for power capsule signals to the

consists Each are

of

telemetry

channels out of

which a

monitor

capsule

pitch,

roll

attitude by the is

is read

syachro

actuated control

potentlometer. system. Excitation

driven

automatic by along

stabilization the three

potentlometers Signal Pitch range of

furnished varies

volt

d-c

instrumentation function to -190 . is with Yaw

supply. attitude. cover separate and a

voltage and +70 of of

a multiple a range the

slope of +130

roll to HF

signals -250 .

cover Each of

attitude After retro-

signals grade

applied

channels

and

LF

Commutators. the

assembly

Jettison

energizing inoperative. and

a O.05g At this

relay, time,

potentiometersignals to the are re-

positioning removed linquished 13-26. from

synchros the

become

attitude are applied

commutators

attitude

rate

signals

commutator Rate

channels.

Attitude

Attitude

rate

instrumentation

utilized

signals

from

rate

gyros.

The

gyros

LAG

231C

(Eev

14 Oct. 55)

oA_
REVISED REVISED

i November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

paG= R=Pom'.

13-13 SEDR 10_

are level per pitch rates

part

of

the

attitude a rate

rate level

indicating of decreasing are to

system.

A zero second LF

to

three to

volt

signal 40 Roll,

represents second. and are yaw

40 per

increasing

Attitude rates to no

rate are the longer

signals

applied

to the channels.

Commutator. In addition, data )

assigned channels

separate

attitude when

applied data is

normally

occupied to

by

attitude 13-25.

attitude 13-27. The capsule

generated. System system flight. is the Solenoids

(Refer

Paragraph

Reaction reaction

Control control in a

solenoids These

control

the can

thrust be

Jets

used

for or

stabilization When

solenoids

energized is

manually through the

automatically. an attenuator is

solenoid "C" by a to

energized, HI_ and LF

24 volts

d-c

applied of

in package represented to

Commutators. channel.

Each This

twelve signal in the

solenoids is presented ASCS 13-28. The in

separate

commutator from the

on-off

instrumentation

circuitry

amplifier-calibrator

system. Supply monitor Pressures circuits A helium - H202 for source As reaction of 2050 control psi supply pressures to expel the are identical per-

operation. frum

is utilized is expelled, decreases.

hydrogen

oxide of the

a bladder. increases change in

hydrogen helium

peroxide pressure The

confined

volume

helium this

and

A pressure with

po_entiometer three volts to is both

senses from

pressure. power an

potentiometer Wiper to psi an output

is excited voltage

the

instrmaentation and psi. through

supply.

is applied range on

commutators 600 to 2200

attenuator of is 2050

indicator.

Transducer of 600 100%

A pressure peroxide reading

provides at

a reading

the

indicator. pressure. 13-29.

Hydrogen Indicator

exhausted

approximately is approximately

psi. 0%.

helium

at this

pressure

Hand Astronaut

Control hand control position is monitored by three potenticmeters. The

C:::7:::;.T:--L

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

' 13-1_ ,q_.T_ 1 Oh l_

,MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE REVISED REVISED

I November

i_61

wipers volts

of these from the Zero roll and to

potentiometers instrumentation to three volt

are

driven supply level

by

linkage

to

the to

hand excite

control. the control Wiper

Three

power signal and

is utilized represents +

potentimovement outputs

ometers. in the are

13 hand yaw plane.

pitch both

planes

+ lO movement

in the

applied

commutators.

13-30.

Capsule Capsule

Acceleration instrumentation mutually provide consists axes. volt d-c (Nx) of circuitry Three which monitors into of

acceleration along package along The the "D" the

acceleration stalled in

perpendicular zero to three

accelerometers proportional (Ny) axes

outputs and

acceleration the capsule.

longitudinal

(Nz)

lateral are linear

normal

accelerometer d-c signal. zero

outputs The to

with axis

a zero

acceleration covers normal and

providing a range lateral a zero a zero to three of

a 1.5 + 30g

volt to

longitudinal volt

accelerometer The

provide

three in two

output

signals. During between between launch

axes to to

accelerometers volt volt signals Sensor sensor rocket posigrade d-c signal signal are

operate

ranges.

and

re-entry orbit, zero

three three volt

represents represents applied to

accelerations accelerations the commutators.

-+ _g. + 0.Sg.

During These

13-31. The during firing. cation lO

Velocity velocity

is designed firing firing and

to

measure

separation during

velecity

increase rocket with appliof

posigrade During of

velocity

decrease

retrograde will, after

the

integrating for 1.5

accelerometer + _ seconds time the This value the

24 volt + 1.5 be

signal, has

integrate been

a velocity velocity is applied to

ft/sec. will HF

ft/sec, for

reached. six

At this

msximum signal

signal to the

held LF

approximately as a zero of

(6) minutes. volt from by

and the

Commutators

to three capsule be

and

is used

determine Lug

separation firing,

velocity integration

the

preceding of

stage.

Durd-c

retrograde

will

started

application

a 24 volt

MAC

231C

(Rev

14

Oct.

_5)

,,o,
ST._" _7"'_'aOUm --_'--0" S, MnSSOUm _ORT $_DR 104 integrate maximum velocity for 22 + 2 seconds after a velocity

REVlSEO.

signal

and will

of 2_0 + 40 ft/sec, or until impact.

has been

reached.

The signal

will be held for 30 minutes the 240 ft/seco sensor relay

The integrating 24 volts

accelerometer d-c power timer;

will also actuate

relay which through

wlll direct

to the Telemetry

velocity

a four and eight minute various

the timer

in turn directs a signal composed These timed

the 24 volt of three together

power through different

slze resistors

to produce each.

values

Of four minutes signals

duration

signals

with the velocity determine 13-32.

are applied impact

to the HF and LF Commutators

to be used to

the approximate Structural

area of the capsule.

Temperatures instrumentation consists of monitor circuits for

Structural ablation telemetry 13-33. shield,

temperature

outer skin and inner

skin temperatures

as well as inverters,

transmitters Ablation Shield

and retro-rockets. Temperatures are monltored through the telemetry system.

The ablation Four transducers have a temperature

shield temperatures are embedded range from

in the inner

face of the shield.

The transducers resistance

zero to 2000 degrees

F. wlth a nominal

of lO0 ohms Is attenuated

at 70F.

Input power

of 7 V d-c 400 cps applied upon the transducer Into two identical the voltage

to the transducers The output

to a value dependent is directed in package

resistance.

from the transducers to each emplifler)

smpllflers Is converted

(two transducers and amplified The

"A" where

to a zero to 3 V d-c signal and applied amplifiers 13-34. are "R" and "Z" calibrated Skin Temperature

to the telemetry

commentators. command.

at intervals

from ground

Outer

Outer welded tions.

skin temperature surface

is sensed by two resistance of the outer varies skln shingles

element

transducers and aft locaEach of

to the inside Transducer

In forward

resistance

proportionally

wlth temperature.

PAGE REPORT MODEL_ these "C". tive

i_-16 n1_nn io_ i_ transducers is part of a bridge volt input circuit to an amplifier in package is representaST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REVISED

The zero to three of a temperature

(full scale) outpu_

from the amplifier

range of -65 to 2200F. is applied

The out1_at from the amplifier to the HF Commutator. The forward

associated transducer 13-35.

with the aft transducer amplifier output

is applied

to the LF Commutator.

Inner Skin Temperature is sensed by two resistance end aft positions. Each of these in package "A". element transducers resistance is pert of volt range

Inner skin temperature adhering varies to the inner

skin in forward with temperature. to an amplifier

Transducer transducers

proportionally input circuit output

a bridge

The zero to three of a temperature

(full scale)

from the amplifier

/

is representative associated transducer

of 0 to 300F. is applied applied 13-36. The

The output of the amplifier

/

with the aft transducer amplifier output is

to the LF Commutator.

The forward

to the HF Commutator. Inverter Temperatures main 250 VA inverter temperatures F. transducer change are monitored is attached through externally is

150 VA and the system.

the telemetry on each

A zero to 300 degrees resistance change

inverter.

The transducer

of 133 ohms to 2_0 ohms

representative of 7 volts pendent

of a temperature applied

from zero to 300 degrees. is attenuated

Input power de-

400 cycles

to the transducers which

to a value by the

upon

the transducer the inverter. in package

resistance, The output

in turn is controlled

temperature,of an amplifier

from the transducer is converted

is directed and amplified

into to a
.

"A", where the voltage

zero to 3 volt

d-c signal and applied at intervals

to the telemetry from ground

commutators.

The ampllflez

is "R" and "Z" calibrated 13-37. Telemetry

command.

Tran_nltter

Temperatures transmitter temperatures are monitored through the

Both HF and LF telemetry

MAC

331C (P,_v 14 0_...

66)

DATE

NOVember

1_1

____i_j_

_p,_4_

PAGE

I_'17

R_|SE:D

telemetry to The that 13-38. The The and of paragraph

system. 13-36) of

The and the is

transducers ere attached

are

the

some

as on

used each as

on

the

inverters

(refer

externally is the

telemetry for the

transmitter. except

processing the

temperature located Temperature temperature same as used of the in

signal

same

Inverters

amplifier Retro-Rocket retro-rocket is to

"E" package.

is monitored on the some the

through

the

telemetry to

system. 13-36)

transducer is the cemented

the the

inverters

(refer

paragraph The

surface is "E"

lower as for

retro-rocket the invaders

case. except

processing the

temperature is located

signal in

that

amplifier 13-39.

package.

Aercmedlcal Aercmedlcal instrumentation signals_ Pressure system transducer, cuff is attached which pressure. The to the consists (_) of (1) an occludin source_ to the The pressure provide Astronaut's signal and transmitted which by pulse source 150 cycles blood is the the 6 and cuff, (5) (2) a a pulse consists and body of monitor circuits for electro-

cardiograph, 13-_O. The sensor_ system. suit the and cuff

respiration Blood

temperature.

Astronaut blood (3) The

pressure

differential occluding

pressure externally

control pressure between transducer oxy6en during the the 2.3

Astronaut's pressure is a of a small

contains and to the the

a transducer capsule Astronaut's sufficient The system cabin skin.

measures

differential sensor is

attached bottle the

separate operation

containing mission. to a

oxygen measures electrical

pressure_ then Hi applied and Lo

converts to

pressure Kc voltage

corresponding oscillators

controlled

telemetry

transmitters. The calibrate blood signal pressure system from may be put into operation or by the either by an "R" a

initiated

ground

c_maand

Astronaut

actuating

REPORT MODEL_

_xEDR 104 133

ST. LOUIS, ...........

MISSOURI

REVISED REVISED.

"start" seconds from rate sensor ential through and the then relay The minimum indicates pulse the to

switch

on the

instrument the

panel. to

In either pressurize the The

case, to 4.4

a 24 vdc psi

pulse

of

five pressure

duration, pressure 0.75 is psi

causes source. in

system

differential off at

After

pressurizing 22 seconds. suit

system output and

bleeds signal mixed

a linear the pulse differis routed

approximately the in a

from with

routed

through signal and Hi

pressure

disconnect manner. two 2.3

the

pressure a relay to the

superimposing to the

This

combined located the

signal in signal EE_

relay and Lo in

contacts telemetry order of 150 the mv with to

Kc VCO's Directing Kc VCO's

"D" package, through signals. a signal The maximum

transmitters. share the 2.3

is necessary first

with

the

appearance of

signal while

indicates the last peak

systolic occurrence amplitude

pressure of of the 150

with pulse my.

peak

amplitude

diastolic is

pressure 1 volt of

a minimum

pressure Upon

peak. the cycle the system time the will remain will at rest (below If the 6+1 minutes switch on 3/4 psi

completion for lO

pressure) is manually

seconds,

after

which

cycle will

repeat. for

system or the

(Astronaut) lO panel. cycles A EEG

initiated, unless on

operation

continue by when the the

approximately instrument 13-_l.

manually the panel

interrupted indicates

"stop" system

light

is operating.

Astronaut

Electrocardiograph the puts right Signals controlled telemetry Astronaut's Astronaut's from side the right

signals and left are

are side, applied

obtained and to on two

_from the

four

transducers and in chest Kc to are lower "D"

attached chest. The (left the

to outand

upper

transducers to one

amplifiers and to their lower the

package to Kc and

paired the

amplifier are in 2.3

and

upper

paired and the 1.7 Hi

other).

from

amplifiers

then turn Kc

directed apply

2.3

voltage Lo the

oscilators, transmitters. EI_S and blood

which The

outputs signals

VCO's outputs.

input

divided

between

pressure

CCrJY.'DX;_Ti_,.

_c

zslc (_v 14 o__ ss) 1961 srr.-oum s. Mmsoum ._om" __.._R ;L04

DATE 1 November
REVISED REVISlED_

.,.. .......................
Respiration Rate breathing rate and depth inside is monitored

.oo ,

13-42.

The Astronaut's system. A thermistor

through

the telemetry to the pro-

is mounted

the Astronaut's

helmet,

adjacent

microphone. portionally proportional

Input power

of 3 vdc applied resistance

to the thermistor

is attenuated which in turn is

to the changing to the magnitude

of the thermistor,

of the Astronaut's

respiration.

The respiration The changing the transistor to two

rate is determined output output voltage signal

by the frequency

of the Astronaut's the bias

breathing.

of the thez_istor is then applied

varies

of a transistor; card

through

a calibrate

in "E" package, The output

1.3 Kc voltage is then applied

controlled

oscillators

in "D" package.

of the VCO's The calibrate A

to the Hi and Lo frequency of interrupting the

_mlemetry transmitters. signal for "R" and

card provides potentiemeter 13-43.

a means

"Z" calibrate.

in the electronic

assembly

provides

an adjustment

for sensitivity.

Astronaut

Body Temperature is sensed by a element rectal temperature probe. The probe is

Body temperature a 1490 + _ circuit, amplifier represents

ohm thermistor

which

is utilized

as one leg of a bridge The output of each

which

forms the inputs to two d-c amplifiers. to the telemetry range commutators.

is applied

The zero to 3 vdc output Both amplifiers are "R" and

a temperature by ground System

of 95 to 108 C.

"Z" calibrated 13-44.

command. Normal Launch consists of monitor command, type circuits for

Sequence

Normal tower rocket

launch

sequence

instrumentation retrograde signals

release, assembly

capsule

separation, These

attitude

and retrograde and each

Jettison.

are -all on-off

functions

is applied 13-45.

to the HF and LF Commutators. Clock clock utilizes time potentio-_ters to provide electrical These signals potenti-

Satellite

The satellite representative

of elapsed

from launch

and retrograde

time.

REPORT _DR MODEL. 933 ometers outputs seconds, hours. time

104
.....

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI __ " from the instrumentation in signals 0 to 1 hour,

REVISED REVISED power supply. The

are excited

with three volts of time

for each type

are divided

representative 0 to lO hours

of O to 10 and 0 to 30 for each

0 to 1 minute, Wiper output

O to lO minutes,

is linearly

proportional

from zero to three

volts

span.

Wiper outputs ELAPSED TIME

are applied from LAUNCH of time

to the HF and LF Commutators. and also EVENT capsule

InstrumentaElapsed to lift-

tion monitors time

TIME of retrograde. in motion. devices Prior

from launch

is the length

has been

off, elapsed indicate portional elapsed signals

time will be zero. Output

Instrumentation for elapsed

recording

also will pro-

zero time. to time.

signals

time therefore voltage,

are directly for example,

As time increases

so will output 5 minutes

time

recorded

by clock is lO hours,

and 10 seconds.

Output

will then be as shown below: SATELLITE CLOCK OUITUTS FOR i0 HOURS, 5 MINUTES, iO SECONDS, AFTER LAUNCH TIME POTERTIOMETERS WIPER TRAVEL 100% 100% 50% i00_ 100% is pre-set prior to lift-off. this time IN _ SIGNAL VOLTAGE 3 Volts 3 Volts 1.5 Volts 3 Volts 3 Volts After signal retrograde

POTENTIOMETERS 0 0 O 0 0 i0 Hours 1 Hour i0 Minutes 1 Minute i0 Seconds of retrograde

Event time time has been throughout during

set, instrumentation

will receive

continuously at any time When retrothis For

the mission.

Event time of retrograde the Astronaut the mission, voltage

can be changed command. will

the mission

by either during output

or by ground Instrtmentation

grade time change example,

is changed Signal

receive time.

also.

is proportional

to retrograde 5 minutes

if retrograde

is set to commence

at 20 hours,

and 5 seconds,

MAO DA'r_

_31C

(l_v

14 Oct.. 5_)

ST'. LOUIS

3. MlSSOUR|

remora" MOO,--

s_R 133

lO4

instrumentation

will be receiving SATELLITE CLOCK

the

signal voltage FOR RETR0-FIRE

outputs

as shown below:

OUTRYI_

AT 20 HOURS,

5 _3V_ES
TI_ POTERTIOMETERS O 0 0 0 O iO Hours 1 Hour i0 Minutes 1 Minute i0 Seconds

A_D 5 SECONDS
SIGNAL VOLTJ_E 3 Volts

POTENTIOMETERS WIPER TRAVEL 100% 1OO% 50% l_ 50% IN _

3 Volts 1.5 Volts 3 Volts 1.5 Volts

13-46.

Tower Separation separates and applies from the capsule, three volts the No. 3 tower separate This sensor signal

When the tower relay de-energlzes is present 13-47.

d-c to the commutators.

for the remainder Separation

of the mission.

Capsule

When the capsule

separates

from the booster, sensor relay is applied

a limit

switch

closes

and relay

causes the No. 1 capsule is energized remains 13-48.

separation

to energize. to both

While

this

a three volt d-c signal for the remainder Attitude attitude co_nand

commutators.

This relay

energized Retrograde

of the mission.

The retrograde clock runs out. bypass

signal normally by ground This

occurs

when the retrograde of a the

It may also be caused panel.

command

or by operation present until

switch on the instrument rocket assembly

signal remains

retrograde level

is Jettisoned volts.

(approximately

90 seconds).

Signal

is approximately

three

Normally

open contacts

of the retrograde to route the signal

attitude

ccmnnand relay in retrograde

relay box No. 2 closes

to the HF and LF Commutator.

PAGE REPORT MODEL_,

1_-22 S_DR 133 lO_ -REVISED ST. LOUIS, _'_._.T_*L-_ MISSOURI _':"_'_'_,._..._, REVISED, ,

13-49. The occurs grade

Retrograde retrograde

Rocket rocket

Assembly fire

Jettison at five second intervals. clock rumout The first fire

occurs

thirty interlock The

seconds is

after

reception in the ASCS.

of retrograde

if the

retro-

closed rocket retrograde

retrograde of the of box

assembly fire

Jettison signal.

signal The signal

occurs is

60 routed

seconds through

after

the

initiation open grade when

normally in retro-

contacts relay the

the No.

retrograde 1. This

rocket

assembly

separation by limit the O.05g is

sensor switches

relay which The

relay

is energized away out.

close remains at normally

retrograde until the A d-c of

assembly O.05g signal relay

is blasted drops

from (The

capsule. relay

relay

energized lO,O00 open 13-50.

relay of to

de-energizes through

feet. ) contacts

approximately the HF and LF

3 volts

applied

this

Commutators.

Emergenc Emergency

Y Escape escape

Sequence instrumentation consists of Mayday abort and tower

sequence

escape 13-51.

rocket Mayday The Mayday by is

fire

signal

monitors.

signal abort to

is produced signal. the KF

by

the the

Mayday relay

alarm energized,

relay. three

This

relay d-c

is

energized (nominal) is and present orbit

any

With and LF

volts

applied the box

Commutators. The

Once Mayday

initiated, alarm relay

this is

signal in launch

for relay

remainder No. 4.

of the

mission.

13-52.

Astronaut Instrumentation

's Abort

Switch to signal monitor is an abort to signal both originating from the

is provided Handle; Rocket rocket sad orbit this

Astronaut's 13-53. The fire relay Tower

Abort

applied

commutators.

Escape escape launch

tower in

signal relay

is

obtained No. 2.

from This

the

emergency remains

escape

rocket

box

relay

energized

_.,_v

_,,.m

_..a..J4/_4.'_l

JI. Jl.,Z'lkJL,I

_XAC

2310 (P_v 14 Oct

55)

DAVE
REVISED REVISED

I November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _R_R 104

,._

Moore.

133

,,

for HF

less and LF

than

one

second to

but

a capacitor a signal

is

connected level

across than

the

input

to for

the

Commutators 30

maintain

of more

O. 3 volt

approximately 13-54. Landing Landing deploy and

seconds. System Sequence consists antenna to of monitor fairing. the HF and toggle circuits These LF for signals chute are Main chute

system Jettison three chute

instrumentation and volts release and

of the are

approximately and reserve

applied are

Commutators. switches when a limit comes box. in the the

deploy

signals from the

obtained operate is

from

compartment. deploy. the chute The

Lanyards main chute

chutes signal

these

switches through signal

chutes in

Jettison The

obtained release

switch the

compartment.

antenna relay

fairing

from

antenna

fairing

separation

in the

communications landing system

relay

This remain

relay on until

\\

is energized impact. 13-55. O.05G

through

a limit

switch.

All

signals

Relay of 0.056 the of relay relay the a d-c is operation energized sensor is consists or of an on-off The type relay signal may

Instrumentation which be indicates by

whether operation

de-energlzed. the to command the HF

energized the

0.05g signal

or by applied

receiver. and LF Commutators.

When 13-56.

relay Drogue

is energized Chute deployment sensorj to

Drogue the relay drogue and

chute chute is

is monitored a set of

by

a three

volt on the

signal antenna

controlled separation

by

through both

contacts

applied

commutators.

13-57.
The HF and

Landing Bag
landing bag operation through and is monitored two Door sets by a voltage signal signal limit applied switches. to the

LF

Commutators

of unlock

13-58. The

Periscope periscope

Retract retract

Closure the voltage applied to the retract

si_monltors

J_,;.;';

D_.;.T:AL

PAGE REPORT

13-24
McIDONNE_ SEDR 104 ST. LOUIS, __ MISSOURI _ DATE 1 November REVISED REVISED 1961

MODEL
relay. attenuator is While in the periscope "C" to is retracting,

24 volts

d-c

is

applied to the

through

an

package three

both

commutators.

Input

level

commutators

approximately

volts.

INSTRUMENTATION

CONTROL

SYSTEM

13-60. The seconds. +3 volts. duration a. between quency the

C_ing signals applied to the are HF and LF Commutators pulses are with sampled amplitude oscillators once every -i 0.80 and

Commutator These modulation The 10.5 band Kc

outputs are

square to

wave voltage

between and

pulses

applied

controlled

pulse

converters. of by to the the IRIG voltage controlled pulse The are oscillators an_litude frequency to are the are varied This freof

frequencies Kc + 6-3/4_

commutated Channel oscillators 12.

signals. modulated two mixers.

corresponds voltage

outputs

10.5 b.

controlled pulse

applied signals reshape

Commutator modulation to the obtain tape

amplitude The

modulation converters wave

also

applied

to

pulse

duration wave-shapes applied c. and 2.3

converters. pulse recorder. aeromedlcal controlled frequency Channels 5,

pulse

amplitude are then

duration

trains.

These

wave

trains

to

Amplified Kc voltage in to center IRIG

signals

are

coupled A zero

to to

pairs full

of

1.3

Kc,

1.7

Kc a

oscillators. of + 6-3/4%. 6 and 7The

scale bands

signal of the are

causes

deviation correspond mixers. d. combined. signal tape

The

frequency

oscillator= to

oscillator

outputs

applied

In the Mixer as

mixers, A also

the

commutated a signal

outputs from

and the

the

aercmedlcal

signals

are (This in

accepts

compensating to is indicate applied

oscillator. fluctuations to the tape

serves speed. )

a reference composite

during signal

data from

evaluation each mixer

The

MAC

_IC

{l_v 14 Oct. _)

DATE:]-

November

1961

PAGer

1_-'_

R_VlSE_

ST.LOUlS S,MISSOUm

RIPO_r

SEDR 10_

Moo..
recorder, 13-61. the ground test umbilical and a telemetry transmitter.

i33

Transmission testing and control of the instrumentation checks system is provided through

Ground

the umbilical

receptacle. Radiating

Non-radiating checks

can be performed through

to evaluate llnk.

system operation. Refer 13-62. to Section

are performed

the telemetry

XI for further Control

information

regarding

telemetry.

Instrumentation

The instrumentation to its own and other (See Figure a. mission

k i

system controls equipment

and programs

(see Table

13-1) power

systems

by means

of mode

relays and programmer.

13-3. ) scanners are powered at regular intervals during the

The ASCS horizon to provide The water

reference extractor

signals

for the capsule

gyros. system is also

b.

in the environmental during panel phases

control

programmed c.

at regular

intervals

the mission. observer camera operates at a high and

The pilot

and instrument various

low rate of speed during d. Calibration readings, This

of the mission. for maximum readings and Z-callbrate instrumentation dur-

voltages,

R-calibrate

for minimum circuits. ing orbit. e.

are supplied periodically to launch

to the monitoring commaud

is done prior

and by ground

at intervals

The X and Y axes accelerometer until landing.

ranges These

are + 4 g from launch ranges are changed range

until

orbit

and from retro command the capsule the mission.

to +_ 0.Sg while

is in orbit.

The Z axis acceler_neter

is + 30g throughout

13-63.

INS_U_EATION

RECORDING

(see Figure of

13-3). recorder and two cameras.

Recording

instrumentation

consists

a tape

:=

;:.-: :'__L:TIAL

TABLE 13-1. Before Umb Separation CAMERA ASTRONAUT-PRIMATE i frame/ 12 Sec. Umb.EJ.to Cap Sep + 60 Sec. 6 frames/ Sec.

INSTRUMENTATION Tr.to Retro Jettison

PROGRAMMING
F m _m

Cap. Sep. Plus 60 Sec.to Tr..

Retro Jett. to .OSG

05G to Ht. Shld. Deploy

Ht. Shld. onward

Mayl)ay onward
!

9-13-16-18-19

I frame/12 6 frames Sec.,Except per Sec. 6 frames/ i Sec. every 30 Min.

i frame per 12 Sec.

per Sec.

per 12
Sec.

frame s per Sec

I
Slow Fast

INSTRUMENT PANEL OBSERVER CAMERA 9, 13, 16,18,19 PERISCOPE CAMERA 8, 9 EARTH AND SKY OBSERVER CA_/_A CAPSULE 8, 9 HORIZON SCANNER

Slow IF/2 Sec.

Fast 6 FPS

Slow,Except Fast fast 30 Sec. every 30 Min 1800 frames* per hour

.........................

............

f .................

i0 frames iI0 frames per Min. _per Min. !

i0 frames per Min.

i0 frames per Min.

iO frame_ i0 frames per Min. per Min.

operating

O_erati_

i8.5 ran/
30 Min.

OFF at Re-entry 30 Sec/ 30 Min.

ECS WATER EXTRACTOR 16,18,19 PLAYBACK 8, 9,13,

1
TAPE On until tape depletion at 35.Sec./180 Sec. with 90 Min. stagger. >
m

RECORDER 8-9
INST. PANEL OBSERVER CAMERA

6 F?S

6 n_

18oo _PH

6 FPS

6 FPS

6 FPS

6FPS

t-i

:L"

MAC

231C

(Rev

14

Oct.

55)

November
R_vlsEo ._IsED 13-64. Ta_e Recorder

_MC, DONNE
s'r.-oms s. MiSSOUm

,..
_m-o_-r Moo_

1 -2"r
._.nR :1o_ 133

A low power, recording. modulation channels

lightweight

tape

recorder

provides

seven

channels

for data duration to

Mixer A output, and HF Commutator

voice _m,_cations, pulse duration

LF Commutator, signals recorder

pulse

modulation The tape

are applied operates

i, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, respectively. ascent and descent, the recorder speed

continu-

ously during orbit.

and is on 1 mlmute is turned is 1-7/8

and off 3 minutes any voice

during

In addition,

on during inches

transmission

from the capsule. 13-65. Instrumen_

Recorder

per second.

Panel Camera camera is installed is mounted in the capsule to observe the main head

A 16 millimeter instrument panel.

This camera

to the left of the Astronaut's The camera is supplied

and views the panel d-c from the capsule also applying

from over his shoulder. power system. Operation

2_ volts by trips

of the camera clutch.

is controlled Each pulse

2_ volt d-c power exposing one frame,

pulses

to the camera

the shutter, The camera

and advances

the film

for the next

exposure. of

operates

at a high

speed of 6 frames The Instrument Power

per second Observer through

and a low speed Camera contains

One frame every two seconds. 450 feet of 16 millimeter Mode relay and programmer power pulses;

Panel

film.

is applied

an Imstrumentatloa which produce the

and internal

camera programmers during ascent,

necessary speeds 13-66.

these

are supplied

descent

and orbit at

shown on Table Astronaut

13-1.

Camera camera mounted the Astronaut. pulse voltage. behind the lower left corner of the main 24 volt at a high The

A 16 millimeter instrument

panel views

This camera The Astronaut

is also camera

supplied operates

d-c power and trigger

speed of 6 frames per second camera normally contains

and a low speed

of 1 frame film.

every

12 seconds.

250 feet of 16 millimeter

Internal

clock, time

PAGE REPORT MODEL

13-28 SEDR 133

_Vliln allm,_l---n I B_e--lknm_

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

104

ST.LOUIS,

MISSOURI

_f,T_O

_F.P.

t:3.ELAY

I_A

LANb_kI_

BAG

2
P_,E- t_PACT 8U3

UNLOCK LthA_TSWITC_

I
,L

F'I_URE

15-5

CAMERAS

AND

TAPE

_ECORDE_

CONTROL

CIP_UIS_CAP._ULE_:/_O,L_,I_/8,J_)

vvnSi .,,_VL_

iikOkmlq =,,.*..,,m.,*+_aa+mU_ _

I/'_

l-

51". LOUIS

3, MISSOURI

correlation
instrument as the the shown on

is included
panel Table observer 13-1.

within

the camera.
Camera and

Operation
speeds are

is similar
supplied can from be at

to that
varying

of the
rates through to

camera. The cameras

tape

recorder circuits

controlled

umbilical umbilical

during provide

6round

checkout. of

Return component

these

components

indications

operation.

13-67.
Not

SPECIAL INSTRUMENTATION
applicable to a manned capsule.

13-68.

SYSTEMtmZTS

13-69.

TRANSDUCERS
type transducers The wiper are connected across instrumentation 3 Wiper

Potenti_neter Volt d-c power. voltage 13-70.

is activated

by the action

to be measured.

is then proportional Control Stick Motion

motion

to the action. Potentlometers

into rotary potenticmeter movement. One

Control

stick

is translated

potenticmeter
13-71. The Satellite

is

provided
Clock clock

for

each

axis

of

motion.

Potenticmeters (refer to Section XII) utilized potenticmeters to

satellite

indicate seconds, 13-72.

elapsed

time from launch O-lO minutes, Su_l_

and time to retrograde 0-I hour, Helium

outputs

for O-10

O-1 minute, Manual

and O-lO hours. Potentlometers the wiper of each

and Automatic

Pressure

Helium potentlometer 13-73.

supply pressure, transducer

2250 psig maximum,

actuates

to a resistance

position

proportional

to the pressure.

Attitude

Potentlcmeters (refer to Section roll and yaw. 17) provides wiper synchro actuation of

The ASCS potentlometers to the capsule

calibrator for pitch, attitude

Each

output

is then proportional

for that axis.

....

--e

....

--...

PAGE

13-qO

MCDONNE
REVISED ._Sty, LOUIS, MISSOURI ,_,.,,., .,..,..., -',-,I .= *.c_..=._ REVISED

REPORT SRJ)R lO4

MOOa_ Z33
13-74. Main Each low and Reserve bottle linear Oxygen pressure element is

Pressure actuates used for to

Potentiometers a dual operate potentiometer a panel transducer. while A a higher

oxygen

resistance

is used oxygen

indicator Wiper

resistance are

linear

element to applied

instrumentation.

voltage

outputs

proportional

pressure. and Coolant Quantity Pressure

13-75.

Static Pressure; Potentiometers Each pressure

Suit

Pressure

transducer Pressure and

is used ranges psia

to

provide 0-15 coolant

a linear psia for

output static

proportional pressure, 0-15

to

the psia

applied for

pressure. pressure

are for

suit

0-500

quantity

pressure.

13-76.

Respiration Pilot breathing depth while

Rate

and

Depth

Thermistor mounted to in the helmet the microphone is area.

actuates

a thermistor by the

Respiration actuated 13-77.

is determined rate

extremes the

which of

thermistor

breathing Element elements

determines

frequency

actuation.

Resistance Resistance

Transducers are used to to measure its temperatures. The resistance of the are of of

the

element on

varies the

proportionally

temperature. temperature as an purpose

Mounting

element small, the capsule

depends

application. Other

Stick-on elements llst each are

surface mounted the

elements part

lightweight structure. and resistance (a) (b) (c) (d) 1B-78. The

units. The

integral and

following ranges Skin for

indicates transducer.

approximate

temperature

Outer

Temperature:

-65 to -55 to 35 to 0 to

2200F

Ablation Suit Cabin Body body

Temperature: Temperature: Temperature:

lO00F lOOF - 249 - 216 to to 300 ohms

Inlet Air

200F

316

ohms.

Temperature temperature

Transducer transducer is a rectal temperature pickup which con-

COy

F,D

MAC

231C

(B.ev

14

Oct,.

55)

DATE

November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAGE

13-31

REVISED

REPORT

SEDR

104

REVISED.

.oow.
of a thermistor imbedded in sealing compound at the end of

133
a flexible

sists

pigtail. 13-79. The voltage manual. D-C Current Shunt used for This the instrument is panel in ammeter Section also XI supplies of this

shunt for

resistance

instrumentation.

shunt

discussed

13-80.

Electrocardio_raph Cardiac activity These is

Pickups sensed by are four 3 one attached half with wires inch silver leading square, stainless steel

wire to

screens.

electrodes Small the

metalized to the

adhesive

the

Astronaut's

body. complete

connecting

Astronaut's

suit 13-81.

disconnect, Oxygen The 02

circuit. Transducer are used to convert voltage pressure. 02 partial range of pressures 0-3 V

Partial

Pressure

Partial

Pressure with

transducers high level psi

to d-c

signal output

compatible is

telemetry. oxygen

The

representative

of 0-6

partial

13-82.

TAPE A low

RECORDER lightweight of recorded i, HF tape data. VCO recorder At the is used present in the capsule to make availare

power,

able as

7 channels

time

channel

assignments c_ications; Tape speed is is

follows: 5, ips, of LF

Channel

mixer Channel

output; 7, HF

Channel Commutator

3, voice PDM. Tape

Channel 1-7/8 feet

Commutator to mylar and for

PDM; 15

convertible wide reel

ips

by

a modification The tape

kit.

capacity of

4800

inch

base

tape. reel drive. break.

transport A d-c switch amplifiers 7 utilize package

consists

a capstan through interrupt in

drive 3 supply reduction recorder the in unit the

take-up capstan the tape 3. in

mechanism. A limit

motor

is used, to

gearing, power for

is provided are

should

Record 5 and

incorporated

Channels

i and

Channels

amplifiers

incorporated

comratators

located

instrumentation

"A".

Mc, DONNE
REPORT ,-_DR 104. MODEL- 133 _, STj LOUIS, MISSOURI _,tj,_._.t" xa.,, -',_', ,.,-s.J_" REVISED REVISED

"1 Nnv_mher'

] <:k_]

13-83. The panel These 13-84.

INSTRUMENTATION "C" package

PACKAGE incorporates

"C" units of various and of making following functions into one compact

allowing various Cabin Cabin

convenience sub-units Pressure are

of mounting discussed

electrical paragraphs.

connections.

in the

Transducer the wiper from is of the a lO,O00 "A" ohm potentiometer is applied to the located across cabin the pressure. in

pressure

actuates Three

the

"C"

package.

volt's d-c output

package

potentiometer. 13-85. The mounting monitors. printed for Topic

Wiper Cards

voltage

then

proportional

instrumentation of the Each circuit,

package

utilizes amplifiers,

a unique power

method suppliers,

of

construction attenuators mounted at the

and and on a

transistorized unit consists

of card card

the with

necessary printed

component connector 3 with a thin to

parts contacts the

dielectric The side

bottom

plug-in

insertion. contacts is and to

is ghen

covered with

exception of

of base resin. in a

connector This 100% "Topic

mounting

edges,

layer insure of

epoxy

coating oxygen Cards"

used

provide and to

moisture improve

protection,

operation components. base

atmosphere are and

mechanical

rigidity side

These contact

package

mounted circuit

in boxes

providing

rails,

receptacles 13-86. Two maximum other card D-C

printed

inter-connections. Cards

Current

Amplifier are d-c. the LF used One

amplifiers of 3 volts for

to

bring

the is The

d-c used

current for the

shunt HF

voltage

up

to

a the

amplifier

Commutator transistorized

while and

is used mounted.

Commutator.

amplifiers

are

13-87.

Respiration Relays mounted the

Rate on

and

De_th card

Calibration allow and "R" and depth

and

Attenuator

Card of the relay is signal supplied

this

"Z" calibration One

supplied

frcm

respiration

rate

transducer.

CONFILL':NT2 ..

MAC

2310

(Bey 14 O_

55)

DAVE
REVISED REVISED

i November

1961

!DONNE ,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI RII[PORT

! -BS
SEDR

104

MOm_

133

for

"R"

calibration the normal are also

and circuit

one

for

"Z"

calibration. the for

Energizing voltage of 24

the to volt

desired the d-c

relay

breams

and on

applies the card

calibration attenuation

commutators. voltages

Resistors to

mounted

proportloaal Voltage Resistors,

voltages Monitor

compatible Cards and

with

the commutators.

13-88.

capacitors control

circuit

isolating

crystal

diodes

are

used

to

attenuate voltage Each

reaction and

solenoid voltage

valve prior

energizing to

voltages, to is

standby the

battery

periscope circuit

retract output,

application d-c,

cca_u_ators. to both

attenuator

a maximum

of

3 volts

applied

commutators. 13-89. Horizon Scanner Card

The scanner prior

horizon roll and

scanner pitch

amplifier signals, to HF and

card and

provides pitch

circuitry ignore

for

processing and

the

roll

signals launch the

"Z" calibrate orbit the

to being are ASCS In

applied operating

LF Commutators. however, timed scanner by

During during

and

scanners to the

continuously; are

orbit

signals in to

applied "C" the KF

and

the

c_mmutators the

the

programmer signal is

located applied

package. commutator.

addition,

horizon

slaving

13-9o. The specific scope 13-91. The power operate is

PR_ programmer intervals. contains The switch contacts is mounted which operate control side circuits of the for peri-

progra, ner

on the

forward

housing. A - Section programmer applied the to used the for orbital missions electronic consists controlled of two sections. When

progremmer,

timers

continuously

following

contacts:

.......... _VI'qlF

| JS,,_&&,dlRI

It

| i ,il4"_lS,M

PAGE

13-'_4

Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
IL_v J, 1 I. JLJLP

DATE

1 November

1961

REPORT SEDR 10_ MODEL 133

REVISED REVISED,

CONTACTS WAFER i. 2. 3. SECTION

CLOSED RATE
u

DURATION 30 Seconds

Water Extraction Full Scale Calibrate

1 per 30 minutes See Table See Table 13-2 13-2

5 Seconds 5 Seconds

Zero Calib.

13-92.

B - Section of the programmer is energized through the command receiver-

The B Section decoders signal,

and the electronic as follows :

timers to provide

full scale

and zero calibrate

CONTACTS WAFER SECTION

le

CLOSED RATE On Command On Command

DURATION 3 Seconds 3 Seconds

Full Scale Calibrate Zero Calibrate

2.

13-93.

INSTRUMENTATION

PACKAGE

"A" units of various functions into one panel.

The "A" package These 13-9_. sub-units

also incorporates

are discussed

in the following Transducers

paragraphs.

Cabin Air Temperature resistance

A platinum ture changes 300 ohms. transducers commutators. 13-95. Filament

wire is used to measure

cabin

air temperature. resistance

Tempera-

frcm 0 to 200F cause the element element forms a part

to change

from 200 to Two

The resistance are used

of an amplifier

circuit.

in conjunction

with two amplifiers

to supply

signal to both

Transformer transformer is used to step down ll5 volts "A" and "C". 400 cps capsule power

A filament to 6.3 volts

for use In packages

/'_

jr%

I_T

1_

lr

lr-i

117 _v

n_Llr.-Jl-,I.d_

....

MAC

231C

(Rev 14 Oct. 55)

DATe
REVISED.

i November

1961 $1". LOUlS 3, .ISSOUR' *

PAng R[PORT _OOU.

I_-_ SEDR 13_

, 10A

R_VlSED

13-96.

Topic

Cards

The amplifiers 13-97. The and cabin in

instrumentation and power

package supplies.

"A"

also

utilizes

the

Topic

Card

principle

for

Resistance same air type

Element amplifier

Amplifier is used

Cards for heat shield Each outer skin, is suit of inlet dual each air

temperature to

transducer the cps

signals. two is

amplifier used the to

channel of

design

order

accommodate volts, is 400 applied each the

transducers supplied a bridge circuit from

measure

type

temperature. supply. transducer to vary This

Seven voltage

resistance in each voltage voltage diodes,

element amplifier. in the change to are scale a

power The circuit

across bridge

circuit causes the

associated proportionally across output

with to

transducer and is The

temperature. using from

This crystal each

appears maximum to the

a transformer of 3 volts Two

rectified, two outputs card

d-c. relays

amplifier full also

supplied and zero for

commutators. of each

on each Calibration

amplifier

allow are

calibration each 13-98. channel.

channel.

potentiometers

provided

Resistance Resistance

Element element

A-C

Power

Supply

Card require 7 volts, power 400 cps a-c. The Capsule In-

amplifier applied to

circuits

power, verter, supplies circuit.

24

volts

d-c, zener

is

a transistorized voltage

inverter. transistor

using a

dlode-translstor output output, which

regulation by an

and

switching,

7 volt The

a-c

is monitored 3 volts

attenuator, is applied

rectifier to the

monitor

a maximum

d-c,

commutators. 1S-9R. Two temperature the Body Temperature Amplifier d-c to Cards are used d-c the to increase prior as the to output of the to instru-

transistorized transducer These

amplifiers

a maximum

3 volt are of

level same

application used in

commutators.

amplifiers

type

those

REPORT aEDR lOLl MODEL 1_ mentation 13-100. package Signal

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI -- C'_v_?;_==_E?_-'_I_:._i P "C" for d-c current amplification. Card

REVISED REVISED,,

Condition

and D-C Su_l_

This Topic Card provides Filament transformer output

four functions

in the instrumentation circuit.

system.

is applied

to a monitor

This circuit indicating trans-

attenuates former circuit 3 volt

and rectifies

to provide power,

a maximum

3 volt d-c signal

operation.

Capsule

24 volts

d-c, is applied

to an attenuator circuit. This 24

which provides output Is them

a 3 volt d-c output applied

for the monitoring as a monitor

to the commutators condition which limit

of the main

volt d-c bus voltage. vides meter attenuator These

The signal resistors involve fuel

and d-c power current

supply card also proindicator

flow in the panel oxygen

circuits.

circuits

the maln and reserve

supply pressures, quantity circuit.

the automatic 13-101.

and manual

supply pressures

and the coolant

HF and LF Cc_mutator-Ke_er-Record

Amplifiers for commutatlng portion transducer data is a

Two units are provided and supplying 90 x l_, solid input

in the "A" package

PDM and PAM outputs. state device which

The commutator samples

of each unit

sequentially,

88 channels

of signal signal l_ times a

information. Each

The output

produced

is a pulse

amplitude

modulated

wave train.

0 to 3 volts d-c input to the commutator The PAM wave train output

is sampled

per second per IRIG standards. buffer stage to a PAM/PDM which produces

is fed through applied

converter.

The PDM output of directly

is then driving

to a record head

amplifier

a signal capable

the recorder a gating

in the capsule which

tape recorder. a master pulse

The PAM output and negative

is fed through pedestal pulses

circuit automatic

introduces

to operate

decom_utation

equipment

in the ground the positive

station.

A power

supply is incorporated required in the circuits

in the unit to provide

and negative

voltages

CC, L :IDZ,.

MAC

231C

(Eev 14 Oc_

55)

1 ovember
REVISED R_,SE_

Mc, DONNELL
slr'. LOUlS 3, MISSOUm .... RE_OR7. _OOL

13.37
SEDR 104 133

13-102.

INSTRUMENTATION

PACKAGE

"D"

The to signals

primary capable are

function

of

the

"D" the

package telemetry package

is to

convert

capsule

informatlon and

of modulating contained

transmitters. to complete

Transducers information

amplifiers circuits. 13-103.

also

in the

capsule

Accelerometers accelerc_eters lon61tudinal, a d-c output are mounted and in the normal to "D" packs_e accelerations 3 channels of and of used the to determine Each

Three "the unit static gives

lateral which is

capsule.

applied Cards E_D

each

commutator.

13-104. Four increases 13-105.

Electrocardlo_ram amplifiers the are

Am_llfler used output for to the

transducer peak to

inputs. peak

Each

amplifier

transducer

a 3 volt

signal.

Oscillators

The

"D" package data.

supplies The

sub-carrler is tape

oscillators associated recorder. The

to with The

allow the HF

two

channels

of high

instrumentation frequency with the the

A channel and

commutator, is

telemetry low

transmitter telemetry

B channel

associated describe

frequency

transmitter.

following

paragraphs

sub-carrler

oscillators. Oscillator of a tape, Card the recorded recorder is of Topic signal speed. Card from A this oscillator shift and is indicates

13-106.

Cc_nsatlm_ playback to in cps. detect speed. Output

During monitored a change at 3125

changes The

in tape

frequency

oscillator

construction

operates

level

is adjustable. Oscillator voltages shift are (V. C. O. 1 Cards applied to to running given
H

13-107.

Voltage

Controlled data

Instrumentation causing oscillator

the the

sub-carrler input

oscillators The filter.

frequency

proportional of a free are

amplitude. and

transistorized The oscillator

oscillator functions
i

consists and

multlvibrator below:

frequencies

PAGE

13-38 REVISED ST. LOUIS, ........... MISSOURI REVISED

REPORT _DR 104

MODEL l_

(i) C_mel

A
- 10.5 kc

Commutator

Right side (+) Ekg V.C.O. 2.3

Left Lower Upper side Chest Chest (Comm) Ekg V.C.O. V.C.O. 2.3 1.7 Kc Kc 1.7 Kc 1.3 Kc

(+) Ekg. (Co=m) rate

Ekg. and

V.C.O.

Respiration Compensating

depth

- V.C.O. Kc

oscillator

- 3.125

(2) c_el
Commutator Right Left Lower Upper Side Side Chest Chest - 10.5 (+) Kc 2.3 Kc Ec Kc 1.7 - V.C.O. Supply converted combines are to the 6 volt d-c for use by the subKc 1.3 Ec

l_.kg V.C.O. Ekg V.C.O. V.C.O. Ekg and

(Comm)

2.3 1.7

(+) Ekg (Coma) rate

V.C.O. depth

Respiration 13-108. Mixer

Amplifier 24

Card volts

Power d-c, is

Capsule carrier Solid

power,

oscillators. state components

A mixer for

circuit

sub-carrier on one

oscillator Topic Card.

outputs.

these

circuits

combined

13 -109. 13-110.

CAMERAS Instrument Panel Observer Camera by the application a special of a special drive motor,

A standard self contained motor

camera slow and

is modified fast

programmer and film by

and

housing. when

Slow the

operating camera is 450

of the and feet

shutter relay

mechanism is

transport the

begins

capsule

tape of

record

de-energized

block-house.

Full

capacity

16 millimeter

film.

DATE REVISED REVISED

I NOVEMBER

1961

Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS.

__
MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

"13-39 .SEDR 104 133

:D _.;-, ,'7-I-A-L

_, _Q_:::.::;i_::i:::: i_:_TE_/A`RSEM_LY:

_: :::::::.:_.LEN_ cmP_::_i:::: M_::_7-iNE

_SSEMaLY::::_iii::ii::iiiii::i::i::_: YEU.0W

i ::i:ii_iiiiiiill C0V_.I: _i

!i ii !!iiiiiiiili!i? i!i!,iiii!iiiiii i_:! ?iil!i i !iiii!i !I

i!i

<7

" :;_

FIGURE13-#
._lil_lh. VVI_il

EARTH

AND:SKY

:OBSERVER CAMERA
| I l,l"_ I,-,-

PM45-1g&

llllllllllklllLllllll lll_m,---ll

PAGE

13-140

__Z ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

1 November

1961

REPORT SRDR 1o4 MODEL 10;4 Table 13-2..

Instrumentation (High Level 0-3

Commutator Volt. )

Point

Assignment

9
BY ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM 12 12 _l' 12 12 41 LF HF LF ]IF

l0 LF

16
BY LF

18V Isol Bus 18V Stby Bus Fans A-C Bus

41

41

41

41

33 77

33 77 42 62 63

41

41

ASCS A-C Bus D-C Current Standby Standby Inverter Batteries ON ON

42
62 63

42
62 63

42
62

42
62

42
62 63 63

42
62 63 63

42 62 63 63 26

63

63

ASCS Slovlng 24 Volts D-C

63 26 83

63 83

83

83

83

83

83

83

INSTRUMENTATION SUPPLIES

POWER

3V D-C Reference 0%' (Zero) Reference

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

7V, _0CPS

STATIC

__

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

v_zol

(co_ o_z)

A 5 49 64 27 716_ 6464

6_

6_

6_

6_

6_

6_

EBVIRORME_TAL

CONTROL

S_t

I_%et

Pre=sure

l_resm_z_

9
t

MAC

SIC

(P_v I_ Oc_

56)

OATE, ! November
REVISED REVISED

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

._s=, ._o_ MOO=

13-41 SEDR 104 133

_IT:
Table 13-2. Instrumentation

D__._ITIAL.,.
Commutator Point

Assignment

(HighLevel 0-3 Volt.) 8

HF ENVIRONMEA_AL CONTROL SYSTEM (Cont 'd.) Cabin Temp. Suit Inlet Air Temp. 11 Reserve 02 Supply Pressure Cabin Pressure Coolant Quantity 82 84 82 84 11 11 i0 I0 i0 i0 i0 LF HF

(Cont'd.)
i0

9
LF EF

16
LF HF LF

i0

10

10

i0

i0

ii

11

11

11

ii

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

82 84 6

82 84 6

82. 82 84 6 84 6

82

82 8_

82 8_ 6

82 84 6

sult 02 Partlal P_sm=_

RERCTICm

COWI_OL

SYSTEM

Reaction Pre,msre Reac_i_

Cont. (Auto.) Cont. Supply

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

4o
Control P_sltl_s

_o

_o

_o _o

23
Pitch Taw

23 24 25

23

23

24 25

X Axis

is _s
43 13

13 _s
43 13

73 73
X Azle

73 73

13 &3 73

43 13 73

13 _3

43 13

73 73

7_ 74
15 15 45 45

14 4_

7_

7_

PAGE

1_-42

REPORT SEDR 104 MODEL i_

"" n_

D ONNE__._

%6_'_

DATE 1 REVISED

November

1961

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

Table 13-2.

Instrumentation

Commutator

Point

Assignment

(ugh Level 0-3 Volt.) (Cont'a.) 8

HF ACCELERATION LF

9
HF

i0 LF HF

13
LF HF

16
LF

z Axis (cont,_.)

STRUCTURAL

_ERATURE 19 Shield Temp. 2O 21 2O 21 21 21 23. 19 19 2O 19 2O 19 2O 21 19 2o 21 2o 21 2O 21 21 21 2O 2O 19 19

Heat Sink Ablation

Outer Skin Temp. Inner Skin Temp. 25OVA 15OVA Inverter Inverter Temp. Temp.

AEROMEDICAL EKD

DATA
@

l.T&
2.3Kc VCO's Respiration

1.T&
2.3 Kc VCO's

Z.T& 2.3Kc
YCO's

1,7 &

2.3_
YCO's

1.3 Kc
VCO's Body Temperature

1.3 Kc
VCO' s

1.3 Kc
VCO's

1.3 Kc
VCO 's

O.OSG

RELAY

87

87

87 87

87 87

87 87

87 87

HORIZON

SCANNER

Pitch, Output Roll Output Pitch Ignore

86 88 25

86 88 25

4o 88 88

86 88 85

88 86 85

S5

MAC

231C (_v

14 0f.

5S)

oAr i November
REVISED RL=V|SED,

i_61
ST. LOUIS 3. MI_._OURI

Moore. Table 13-2. Instrumentation Commutator Point

133

Assignment

(HighLevel 0-3 Volt. )

8
KF HORRIZON (Cont 'd) Roll SCANNER 12 HF

(Cont'a.)
lO

9
LF HF

13
LF HF LF

16

Ignore

59

59

85

85

85

ATTITUDE Pitch Roll

16 17 88 18

86 88 17 18

16 %16

16 17

16 17

16

86

17

17

Yaw

18 % 18

18% 18

18

18

ALTI_N/DERATE Pltch AB S S S 85 16

2.3Kc
VCO 's Roll AB

16

16

16

16
S s

85

1.7Kc
VCO's Yaw AB

17

17

17

86

17
s S

17 86

1.3Kc
VCO's

18

88 18

18 88

RCS CONTROL

SOLENOIDS

Pitch High Up Pitch High Down Pitch Low Up

k

65 66
67

65 66
67

65 66 67 68
69

65 66 67 68
69

65 66
67

65 66
67

65 66 67 68 69 70 76

65. 66 67 68 69 7o 76

65 66 67 68 69 7o 76

65 66 67 68 69 7o 76

Pitch Low Down Roll Roll High CW High CCW

68
69

68
69

68
69

68
69

70 76

70 76

7o 76

70 76

7o 76

70 76

Roll Low CW

:3;ir;D:;.7;A;

PAGE

13-I_4

REPORT
MODEL

_DR
133

ZO4

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

Table

13-2.

Instrumentation

Commutator

Point

Assignment

(High Level

0-3 Volt.)

(Cont'd).

8
HF
RCS CONTROL SOLENOIDS

10

16
LF HF LF

LF

HF

(Cont ) 'a.
Roll Yaw Yaw Yaw Yaw Low High High Low Low CCW Left Right Left Right

77 77

77 77

77 77

?7 77

77 77

78 78

78 78

78 78

78 78

78 78

80 80 81 81

80 80 81 81

8o 8l

8o 8l

80 8o 81 81

8o 81

8o 81

SATELLITE

CLOCK

_lapsed

Time)
i0 Seconds

26 26 28 28 29 29 30 30 3l 3l

26 28 28

26 28 29

26 28 29

26 28 29 30 31 32

26 28 29 30 31 32

i Minute i0 Minutes

29 29 30 30 3l 3l

i Hour I0 0 Hours - i0 Seconds

30 30 3l 3l

3e 32

32 32

32 32

SATELLITE

CLOCK

(Retrograde

Time)
i0 Seconds

33 33 34 34 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38

33 33 34 34 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38

33 34 35 36 37

33 34 35 36 37

33 34

33 34

1 Minute i0 1 I0 0 Minutes Hour Hours - i0 Seconds

35 35
36 36

37

37

38

38 38

_gY.FIDEr:TIA_

MAC

'_31C (Rev

14 Oct,,

55)

DATE.
REVISKD REVISED

i _ovember

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi

PAGt

i_-_5

RmP,oi_-r. SEDR 104 MO.m. 133

Table 13-2.

Instrumentation Commutator Point Assignment (High Level 0-3 Volt. ) (Cont 'd.)

8
HF INTERIM CLOCK LF HF

9
LF HF

lO LF HF

13
LF HF

16
LF

0 - lO Seconds

26 31 33 28 32 34 29 37 35 30 38 36

31 33 26 32 34 28 37 35 29 38 30 36

O - lOO Seconds

0 - lO00 Seconds

0 - i0,0OO

Seconds

TR

TIMER

NORMAL

LAUNCH

SEQUENCE

Sync Pulse Sync Pulse Tower Release Capsule Retro Separation Cored.

89 90 _6 47 48 46 47 48 46 47 48 53 5o 51 52 53 52 53 52 53 46 47 48 53 5o 51 52 53 53 53 52 53 53 53 _,7 47 46 47 48 53 50

89 90 46 47 48 53 50 _6 47 48 53 46 47 48 53

Attitude

Retro Rkt. Assy.Jett. Retro Rkt. No. 1 Fire 50 2 Fire Fire

53
50

Retro Rkt.No. Retro Rkt.No.3

5e 53

Ret ro Rk%. As sy.Jett.

EMERGENCY

ESCAPE

SEQUENCE

Pilot Abort

59

59

_9

59

59

59

PAGE REPORT MODEL_

13 -46 SEDR 104 1]_

Mc'DO1NNELL __
ST. LOUIS,
IL.,_.JJ.'q A AJILJJF,_.I.I

DATE

i November

i_61

REVISED MISSOURI
.IL JLA'3L'_L4

REVISED,

Table

13-2.

Instrumentation

Commutator

Point

Assignment

(alghLevel0-3 Volt.) (Cont'd.)

8
_F EMERGENCY ESCAPE (Cont' d. ) May Tower Day Escape Rocket SEQUENCE LF EF

9
LF HF

lO LF

13
LF KF

16
LF

60 61

60 61

6o 61

6o 61

6o 6].

6o 6l

60 61

60 61

60
61

60
61

LANDING

SYSTEM

SEQUENCE Deploy.

Drogue Antenna Main Main

Chute

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58

54 55 56 57 58 5l

54 55 56 57 58 5l

Release Deploy Jettison Deploy

Chute Chute

Reserve Landing

Chute Bag

PERISCOPE INTEGRATING

RETRACT ACCELEROMETER

7_

72

72 52 50

72 52 50

72

72

72

72

;/_

_._re,_

a_SOR
TOTAL

PRINATE ANIMAL R.

REACTION RESPONSE H. Switch Switch Switch

-_-

Center L. H.

_--

59 --4 m__

Pos.

Identification

COMMAND CHANNEL PARACHUTE

RECEIVER SIG. COMPT.

ALL

5
PRESS

--- 25

CgNYIDZ;_TIA,_-

MAC

231C

(_v

14 Oct,. 5s)

OATS, I November

1961

]VIC'DONNEL LST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

m,A@,r m_m1" ,4oo-',

13-47 SEDR IO_ 133

Table

13-2.

Instrumentation Commutator Point Assignment (High Level 0-3 Volt. ) (Cont 'd.)

8
HF ROLL TO YAW COM' D LF KF

9
I/

l0 HY LF

13
KF LF HF

16 LF

(m Gain)
ROLL TO YAW COM'D (Lo Gain) YAW TORQUER HEAT SHIELD SIG. CAVITY PRESS

27

27

_9 71 25

49 71-

TELEMETRY MONITOR

INTERROGATION

85

85

_o

Not Ccmmutated With O.05G Relay De-Energized Energized and Retrograde Cosmratator Commutator Assembly Jettisoned

S. Kr. IF.

With O.05G Relay High Frequency Low Frequency

T/M Transmitter T/M Transmitter

=J. ;.7"; D _.;4T;A L

F! ;0

> "B

2
g

;0

;0

g
0

g
0

1
-ROLL ERROR , '_W TORQUE OEMOOULATOR YAW CON'TI_. L Mo'ri oN POTENTIOMETER PITCH CONTROL MOTION POTENTIOMETER o, PARTIAL PRE_.Ua._ RESER_VE CHUTE DEPLOY LIMIT (_ul'r _ILET All_ PRESSL)RF.) TR,qNSDUCER (.SUIT INLET RIR TF_.,MR) M[IIN CHUTE DEPLOY LIMIT 3WlTr.H

rf L

"L

X,Y,Z

ACCELE

P_OMET

EIK%

"RA

< iii_
m o 111 13

INSTRUMENTATION PACKAOE _B" -"lAW PJkTE o <

m

DETECTOR
INSTRUMENTATION

,_//

RECORDER VOICE AND TELEMETERING PDM-COIvlIvt A (HI FRE_.) PDM-COMM. B (LO FREQ.)

I i

i /
j
i. /

'
I

/
/ I

',

> m

HOLDER (INSTRUMENTATION) COOLANT QUANTITY TR/kNSbI3CER

_
o

PAGE

17-5o ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI ..: _-_l'_ _T_ x w'_ _T_ %_][_ ... _. Commutator REVISED REVISED Point Assignments

REPORT_ SEDR, 104

MODEL
Table

13_
13-3.

Special Instrumentation Parameters (Low Level - 3MV to 13MV Ref. )

Capsule Pole Nomenclature

#1
Chart. Chart. i 2 i 2 Chan.

#2
Chan.

Zero Scale (-3MY)

Full Scale (13MV)

Ref. Junction Temp 60F to lO0F Ref. Junction 70F to 90F Temp

T/M "A" Transmitter Zll2 UEF Power Amp.

ZLO6.5
Near Batt. Zl05

4"

"S" Band Beacon Zl07.5 Envlr. Area Zl17.5

H.F. Voice Transmitter Cabin Air Temp ZlO1.5 7 7

"C" Band Beacon Cabin Air Tamp Z145.5 Outlet Inlet

7 8 9
lO

8 9
i0

8 9
i0

8 9
lO

Heat Exchanger Heat Exchanger H_O_

Line, Conical ll ii ii ll

sec_. (Auto)
H209 Line, Conical

sec_. (man)
Solenoid Valve 24"

12

12

12

12

ZlTO.5

13

13

13

13

MAC

$31C

(l_v

i40c_

_;

DArE 1 November n_VlSED Rsv,sm:

1961

I_I)0NN__ ........ _.-_ ST.UOUm S.M,SSOU_, _ _

rAG,, REPORT Moo=

.1.3-51 . SEDR 104 133

Table

13-3.

Special Instrt..entation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 3_ to 13MV Ref. ) (Cont 'd.)

Point

Assignments

Capsule Pole Nomenclature H202 Line to 24" Chamber

_1
Chan. Chan.

Chin. Cm,_.
14 15 16 14 15 16

14 15 16

14 15 16

_0 2 Tank(Man) _o 2 T_
cap) L/O Auto System Roll
Solenoid L/O Auto ti202 Line Comp. Valve System Roll

(Auto)
(Blkh'd

Heat Shield

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

Recovery

(_er _in)
Inner Skin Below Reaction Control Jets Recovery Comp (Int.

20

20

20

2O

21

21

21

21

Structure )
Recovery Comp (Inner

22

22

22

22

skin)
Ablation Ablation Parachute Parachute Parachute Shield Shield (inbd) (inbd)

23 24 25 26 27 28

23 24 25 26 27 28

23

23

24 25 26 27

24 25 26 27

Comp. Z179 Ccmp. Z179 Camp. (Outer

28

28

Parachute

Comp.

(Outer

Emerg Egress (Outer Edge) Parachute

Hatch

29
(outer __

29

29

29

Comp

30

30

30

::Y:____.':T' f.L

PAGE

13-52

Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE 1 November REVISED REVISED

1961

REPORT SEDR lO4 MODEL_ 133

Special Instrumentation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 3MV to 13MV Ref. ) (Cont 'd.)

Point

Assignments

Capsule Pole Nomenclature Parachute Comp (Outer Chan. Chan.

13
Chart. Chan.

Skin) Lx
Emerg Egress Hatch (Outer Edge) Conical Section Sides Outer Skin

69

69

31

31

31

31

z154.5 zA54.5 z_54.5 Z_26.5 zi17.0

T7 Lx TF Ty

32 33 34 35

32

33 34 35

32 33 34 35

32 33 34 35

Emerg Egress (Percussion Ignitor) Conical Section Sides Outer Skin

36

36

36

36

Z126.5 By
Z126.5 By

37 38

37 38

37 38

37 38

Conical Section Sides Outer Skin

zao7. ZI07 ZI07 Za07

Ty By Lx Lx

39 4o 41 42

39 4o 41 42

39 40 41 42

39 40 41 42

Tower to Capsule Retaining Ring (Top) Tower ing to Capsule Retain-

43

43

43

43

(Bottom)
45 45

44

Tower to Capsule Retaining Ring (Bottom) Window Outside Inner Pane of

45

46

46

46

46

Ablation Shield Mid.25 Glass Fiber Mid.25 Glass Fiber

47 48

47 48

47 48

47 48

MAC

231G

(Rev

14

Oct.

55)

DAVE
REVISED

I November

1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi

PA_Rm_o_rr

13-53 SEDR 104

REV|SED

MODL
Special Instrumentation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 355/ to 13}47 Ref. ) (Coat 'd.) Point

..... 133
Assignments

Table 13-3.

ii )
Capsule Nomenclature Inbd Surface Inbd Surface Hat Sect. of Glass of Glass

Pole

#1
Chan.

#2
Chan.

#l
49 50

13

__ #_
Chan.

Chem.

49 50

49 50

49 50

(Bottom)

#12 str.

51

51

51

51

HatSect.(Bottom) #12 _r.

R.H. Console Z126. 5

52

52

52

52

Hat Sect.

(Side)

#12 _r.
T/MXmitterPwr

53

53

supply
Hat Sect. #12 Str. Between Beacons (Top)

53

53

54

54

54

54

C&S Band

Hat Sect. (Bottom) #24 Sir. Hat Sect. (Bottom) #24 Sir.
Transmitter Hat Sect. Equipment (Side)

55

55

55

55

56

56

56

56

#24 sir.
Hear Calibrator

57

57

H20 Tank
/! ;,

57
(Top)

57

_.[T:"TJ .

Hat Sect. #24 Str. Near

58

58

58

58

Inverters

Left Side Window (Bolt)

59

59

59

59

......

""

_'-"T'|

PAGE, REPORT

1_-_4 SEDR 104

Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

i November ,

1961

REVISED REVISED,

MODEL_ 133

Table

13-3.

Special Instrumentation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 3MV to 13MV Ref. ) (Cont 'd. )

Point

Assignments

Capsule Pole Nc_enclature Left Side Window

13
#I Chan.

' #l
Chart. Chsa.

_2
Chart.

(Inner Pa_e)
React ion Control Thrust Chamber Auto Auto 24# l#

6o

60

6o

6o

61

62
63

61 62 63

61 62 63

61 62 63

Man 24#
L/O Auto Catalyst L/O Auto System Roll Bed L.H. System Bed Roll

64

64

64

64

Catalyst Heat

L.H.

65

65

65

65

Shield Bolts Scanner Scanner (Outer (Inner (Outer Can (Outer Skin)Lx (Pitch) (Roll) Skin) Skin) Skin)

Attaching Horizon Horizon Ant. Ant. Ant. Drogue

66

66

66

66
/ J

6?

67

70 67

70 67

Comp. Comp. Camp. Chute

68 7o 71

68 7o ?_

69

69

Parachute Ant. Ant. Retro Comp. Camp.

Comp.

?l

71

(Inner (Outer

Skin) Surface) 72 72

72

72

Rocket

Package

z88 _ z88 _ Z88 _

Retro Retro Rocket Rocket

xo XR X5
(Right) (Bottom)

?3 75

?3

73

73

74
75

74
?5

74
75

76
77

76
77

76
77

76
77

_MAC

231C

(Rev

14

Oct,.

55)

OATE._._
REVISED.

November

1961

MCDONNELL, ,,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

PAG--

13-55

R,_PORT"aEDR ,_O_
MO0_. 133

REVISED

Table 13-3.

Special

Instrumentation

Parameters

Commutator

Point

Assignments

(Low Level - 3 MY to 13MY Ref.)

(Cont'd.)

Capsule Pole Nomenclature Retro Rocket Adapter Sides Outer Skin z79.5 LX Z79.5 By Z79.5 Ty Cap. to Adapter Retaining Ring Adapter Retaining Ring Cover Cap. to Adapter Explosive Bolt Escape Escape Tower Z257 Tower (Left Leg) Bolt (Exp.Bolt)

13 Chart. Chart.

78

79

79

8o 81

80 81

79 8o 81

79 80 81

82

82

82

82

83

83

83 84 85 86 87 88

83

8_ 85 86
87

84 85 86
87

8_ 85 86 87 88

Pylon Explosive Stability 13-111. Wedge

88
Observer Camera

88

Astronaut

The mechanism instrument

of the Astronaut camera.

observer

camera

is the same as that of the

panel observer

13-I12.

TEST

CONFI_ION

CAPSULES

13-113. 13-i14_

TEST CONFIGURATION S_stem Descriptiom

CAPSULE

NO. 8

Instrumentation Capsule unmanned

on Capsule

No. 8 is similar except that

to the Specification

Compliance for an does

(Refer to Paragraph (orbital) Major mission components

13-1)

Capsule

No. 8 is intended to the Astronaut 13-5.

and therefore installed

data pertaining

not apply.

are shown on Figure

PAGE

13-56 10_ "

.MC'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

DATE

1 November

1961

REPORT aEDR MODEL. 1_3

REVISED REVISED

13-115.

S_stem

OEe ration on Capsule and No. 8 is similar is either to the Specification or ground Compliance controlled.

Instrumentation Capsule 13-116. except is

unmanned

operation

automatic

Monitoring

Instrumentation is the 13-3 same as the Specification as noted Compliance in Paragraph while

Monitoring Capsule 13-117 Table 13-117. The This bus is relay voltage applied is (Refer through 13-2 lists

instrumentation to Paragraphs Figure commutator

through shows

13-58) the

except

13-136. the

13-6 point

various for

parameters each

monitored

assignments

parameter.

Standby standby

Battery batteries, if the ON, signal comes from switch the is secondary in AUTO bus relay and No. 2.

energizes is below to an

STANDBY Wlth

BATTERY the C.

position d-c volts

main

18 volts.

relay

energized,

2_ volts (2.8

(nominal) d-c

attenuator to the

in package commutators. System

Attenuator

output

nominal) 13-118.

applied

Environmental

Control

Environmental the Specification that the

Control Compliance emergency Control

System

instrumentation (Refer and to 02

on

Capsule

No.

8 is the through is not

same

as

Capsule oxygen System

Paragraphs partial

13-16

13-22) monitored.

except 13-119.

supply

pressure

Reaction

Reaction Specification control 13-120.

Control

System

instrumentation (Refer to

on

Capsule

No.

8 is except

the

same

as

the hand

Compliance are not

Capsule

Paragraph

13-23)

that

the

positions

monitored.

Acceleration acceleration along three instrmmentation mutually throughout consists of circuitry The to launch which and monitors re-entry 13-30. )

Capsule acceleration signal range

perpendicular the flight.

axes. (Refer

is utilized

Paragraph

DATE REVISED . REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

M 'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI

PAGE REPORT MODEL

13-57

SEDR 133

104

"A" ELECTRICAL fJ POWER SYSTEM CAPSULE RECTIFIER AMPLIFIERS AND

COMMUTATOR O-3VINPUTS D--C

J_

CONVERTER PDM INSTRUMENTATION: POWER SUPPLIES RECTIFIER _ AND ATTENUATOR PULSE AMPLITUDE

MODULATION

I VIBRATION SOUND LEVEL i j_ ATTENUATOR PRESSURE STATIC DATA ANALYZER

CONTROLLED 10.5KC VOLTAGE OSCILLATOR

J I I I !

COMPENSATING OSCILLATOR

ATTENUATOR J MIXER "A"

HI

FREQ

TELEMETRY TRANSMITTER

EN V_O:NT_N CALIBRATION ON

TA L AMPLIFIERS i CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 2.3KC VOLTAGE

ACCELERATION 1.7KC VOLTAGE J J 81CONE ANTENNA

CONTROLLED --_ AMPLIFIERS OSCILLATOR

T
J

1.3KC r r REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM

VOLTAGE

CONTROLLED OSCI LLATOR

V
q

J SWITCH ANTENNA

AMPUFt_S

PULSE

DURATION

i
DESCENT ANTENNA

MODUI.ATION

AMPUFIERS,

RECORDER

I
J _:i AL MF_GA ENC I E Y

R ATTENUATORS ATTENUATOR

1.3KC VOLTAGE TAPE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR MULTIPLEXER _-J)

CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 2jKC VOLTAGE TRANSMITTED 1. AND VOICE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 2.3KC VOLTAGE , f L v J TELEMETRY LOW FREQ. TRANSMITTER J_ RECEIVED SIGN_,LS

I co _2_7_

i
LAUNCH SEQUENCE i

MIXER

"5"

J_

J SEQUENCE / !' LANDING SYSTEM

CONTROLLED 10.5KC VOLTAGE OSCILLATOR LSE AMPLITUDE,

oo::,o
t
0-3V D<

g_%_TON
MONITOR j J

_ESSURE
HEAT SHIEW CAVITY PRESSURE

CONVERTER J

..,,-co,._. I T IN.ITS /
\ IN_'Si FIGURE!3.6 _ , MONITORING

_cooiNG
INSTRUMENTATION
" VVlIIF lii..,BL.--ll

AND CO"TROL_'--'=_ \,,

BLOCK
|" _llm l Ff=_T.i,

TRANSMISSION

DIAGRAM-CAPSULE

8 _

REPORT 8.EDR 104 MODEL 133 13-121. Structural _ Temperature

ST. LOUIS, MISSOUR! C_.t_:_'_"_,_,.._.

REVISED REVISED

Structural Compliance 13-122.

temperature

instrumentation

is similar

to the Specification 13-38. )

Capsule.

(Refer to Paragraph

13-32 through

Attitude rate

Rate signals are not commutated controlled in Capsule No. 8. These signals

Attitude are applied

to the voltage

subcarrier

oscillators compliance

that are utilized capsule. A 0 volt a an

for electrocardiograph signal level represents

signals

in the specification rate.

a zero attitude per second per second.

A -1.5 volt signal

represents

decreasing increasing oscillators. applied to a biasing 13-123.

rate of 6 degrees rate of 6 degrees

and a plus 1.5 volt Pitch

signal represents to the 2.3 Kc. Yaw rate is

rate is applied

Roll

rate is applied

to the 1.7 Kc. oscillators. Pitch and roll signals

the 1.3 Kc. oscillators. circuit

are routed through

'

to set up the proper Compartment compartment

center

frequency Cavity

signal level.

Parachute

and Heat Shield pressure

The parachute Capsule 13-124.

and the heat

shield

cavity pressure

on

No. 8 is instrumented Landing System

and monitored

on the HF and LF Commutators.

Sequence instrumentation capsule on Capsule No. 8 is the same as that clr-

Landing

system

sequence

for the specification cuitry signal

compliance

(refer to Paragraph Gone Relay Relay

13-54) except

is added to monitor is obtained

the Betro

Rocket

#i, #2, and #3. These

This are Abort

from relays

in Retrograde

Box #2.

signals

monitored Systems 13-125.

on the KF and LF Commutators. are not monitored Instrumentation on Capsule Control system controls

The Landing

Bag and Astronaut's

No. 8.

The instrumentation its own and other a. The

and programs

(See Table

13-I)

power

to

system equipment. viewing from capsule window Operates at I0

earth and sky camera

jr=,ir,.,ib,,L...-,,v,.,,,._.,v-,,_
_ _,_1t, ,J.,L,F,,IL,_dlll

_v
,I. ,A,_"IL IIj

..

DATE

A.N_V.M.ER , n =: ,,

1961

Mc'DONNELjL __ _r_
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI

PAGE. REPORT, MODEL

13-59 SEDR 104 133

REVISED REVISED

SEE TABLE. PROGRAMMER

t3,-Z POR TIMING

I I
J
_g.c TAPI= F_E-I M_'ACt" D-C. _.U5 MAiN RDERI

rC
I

I
I
I

PR.E -IMPACT 34V D-C BUS 5_CONO_Ry 1

I
I
I

-rAPF.

R_C.ORO

ON'

LtO.M'I"

CAMERA REC.oI_oER

_ID

_h;_ SWl-rCH

EARTH FILM

ANO 5V_y W 1"f14 DR.AW_.

CAMERA

;kISTRU_NT _NE.L. Flt..M wFrHoR,_WL

CAMEI_._ I.._,Gh"T

_'r_.O_UT

OR.

P_<_r_o_P.

_.IC_H_"

UMG_LIC.AL COhl N P..c:*'lr I_, 0

i ''=

I
i ,

I
PROVISI(_I5 FOR AST _:ON/_,UT IN_-r_UI_ENT I_ANEI. -AMIERA GAM5R_

..___

._L

_-I'
ANO _'Y
CAMER._ l

I
(

11r

i November

1961

REPORT MODEL.

SEDR 104 133

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI ..._'"_.'.,_"x"=_ _ --',"=_,'_LL=----_ ..............._

REVISED REVISED

frames
bo

per

minute

throughout camera panel

the

mission. at 180 frames at 360 per minute per throughout minute mission the

The The

periscope instrument

operates camera

C. mission. d. Z-calibrate umbilical 13-126.

operates

frames

during

Calibration for zero

voltages; readings, just

R-calibrate are to supplied launch.

for

percent the

full block

scale house

readings before the

and

from

is dropped, Recordin_

prior

Instrumentation consists of a tape Capsule recorder No. 8 and and three cameras. camera The is

Recording Astronaut installed. 13-127. The the Tape tape

instrumentation camera Figure

observer (See

is omitted 13-7.)

from

a periscope

Recorder recorder used on Capsule No. (Refer 8 is the to same as the recorder except the used the ca

Specification is 151 inches

Compliance P/S. XI and

Capsule

Paragraph Recorder

13-64), to

tape

speed voice 13-128.

Also Table

a Playback 13-1) is

Tape

simulate

Astronaut'

(See

Section

installed.

Cameras No. usual 8, being an unmanned Panel vehicle, Camera (See is Figure does not use as an Astronaut as an is observer Earth and

Capsule camera. Sky from Camera the The

Instrument

installed, 13-5).

well

and capsule S_ecial

a Periscope programmer.

Camera.

Programming

received

13-129. A sists a nine ments

Instrumentation instrumentation package is used in Capsule five supply. amplified the capsule No. 8. The tape package recorder measureto A conand

special of fuse

blocks,

special case

instrumentation with points tape associated on the recorder

relays, power capsule, or to

track

channel are taken tracks

amplifier from on

Vibration and

various package

applied

separate

the

tape

recorder.

--_......#_._

a.

A4L2a/dl_

JL JL_kJL4--

MAC

231C

(Rev

14,

Oct.

55)

OAVE
RI_/ISKD

i l_ovember 1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI

rA_tt,
R_o_r

13-61
8EDR 104

RE:V|SD

MO._
are recorded as follows:

133

total of nine tracks

P.a. llet Tape Recorder

i_ _

Ca_st_le Ta_e Recorder Track Track 2 Package "B" Noise Level

Track Track Track

2 Z123 Ring

Longitudinal

3 Web at LXl2 4 Instrument Panel Tangential Compartment

4 Z123 Ring Radial 6 Shingle 7 Escape Strain Gage Tower

Track Track

Track 6 Z123 Ring Track 13-130. 7 Parachute Units

System

The system units Compliance Paragraphs a. _L b. c. d. e. f. Capsule

used on Capsule as noted

No. 8 are the

same as the Specification paragraphs. (Refer to

except

in the following

13-68 and 13-69. ) and Reserve Oxygen Pressure Potentiometers are not instrumented

Main

Respiration Control

rate and Depth

Potentiometers

are not monitored

Stick Potentiometers Transducers Pickups

are not monitored are not used

Body Temperature Electrocardiogram Tape Recorder

are not used compliance capsule.

is the same as specification 13-82. ) Transducers

(Refer to Paragraph 13-131.

Sound Level and Vibration and amplifier

A microphone pickup.

are located

in the B package

for sound

level

A piezo-electric/diap_

type microphome range

is used to pick

up a pressure

level of lO0 to l_O db with a frequency gain, transistorized network, used with pickup, buffer a data amplifier consists

of 37 to 9600 cps. matching

The variable stage, filter is

of am impedance Amplifier crystal

Stage and final analyzer.

amplifier.

output, is used

3 volts

R_,

A piezo-electric range

as a vibration is used

measuring

a frequency

of lO to 2000 cps.

The tramsducer

in com_ctioa

with vibration

amplifier.

v_n

Is

mlimwm_a_

aa_

Mc, DONNEL L
REPORT MODEL. SEDR i_ i0_ ST. LOUIS, _,z_ MISSOURI * ,._L_:r" *" z.u_J._

DATE REVISED

i November

1961

REVISED.

13-132.

Vibration

Amplifier

and

Data

Analyzer to increase the and output of the vibration

A transistorized transducer 13 -133. The specific of wafer to a level

amplifier compatible

is used with an

accoustical

vibration

analyzer.

Programmer programmer intervals contacts. timers Section contains of time. When switch The is contacts for which operate No. 8 control circuits of one electronic for

unit

Capsule to the

consists the

section con-

power

applied the

programmer wafer

trolled Wafer i 2 3

continuously Duration 30 ii0 90 llO Seconds

operate

following Rate

contacts. Function

I Per 6 Per i0 Per

30

Min.

Water Instr. Earth

Extractor Panel & Sky Camera Camera

Milliseconds Milliseconds Milliseconds Package output "C"

Second Minute Second

3 Per

Periscope

Camera

13-13_. The voltage with Roll

Instrumentation horizon to keep system and scanner the

amplifier pitch

card and

in package roll signals

"C"

provides limits

a bias compatiblq the card.

horizon

scanner

within

other ignore

components. pitch ignore

Calibrate signals from are launch "A" "A" of the "B" "B"

control Jumpered to

relays through

are

installed card.

on The

the

Horizon

Scanners 13-135. The Capsule 13-136. The package (Refer a.

operate

continuously

re-entry.

Instrumentation instrumentation except for the

Package package removal Package in

is the body

same

as the

Specification amplifier card.

Compliance

temperature

Instrumentation components "D" to in used

package

of

Capsule

No.

8 are for

the

same

as

in

the

specification 13-102. Change )

compliance

capsule

except

the

following

units.

Paragraph Attitude

Rate

Filter
__/_/'_lLTT'?ITT'%lf_lLVlSqlT ._=4.,_r 4. I

and

Calibrate
--

Cards
--

.A

._.._.r,.A.&,

.._

41.,_LJL.4

MAC

231C

(Rev

14

Oct

55)

1 No
REVISED

ber

Mc, DONNEg,
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI

,...
REPORT.

13-63
_DR 104

R_V,S_D Attitude amplifier pitch, provide change cards. rate filter Three

t-*_'-__ and calibrate change cards

........ Homa. replace

133

the electrocardiograph They are for

attitude

rate cards

are used.

roll and yaw parameters. for application

The cards

associated to these

with pitch channels.

and roll rate The yaw rate

of calibrate and also

signals contains oscillator

card provides frequency

this function

a bias battery

to set up center zero degrees

on the voltage

controlled

when yaw rate equals

per second. b. Voltage Controlled Oscillator Cards No. 8 are similar (Refer to Paragraph instead to those 13-107. ) used in the attitude

The oscillator specification rate signals

cards used compliance are applied

in Capsule capsule.

However,

to the oscillators

of aeromedlcal in the following

signals. list.

Oscillator

functions

and frequencies

are indicated

HF Commutator
/

KF Commutator Yaw Rate Roll Rate Pitch Rate Compensating LF Ccv_nutator LF Commutator Yaw Rate Roll Rate Pitch Rate
'\ : _j!

output

is applied

to the 10.5 Kc oscillator.

Is applied is applied

to the 1.3 Kc oscillator. to the 1.7 gc oscillator. to the 2.3 Kc oscillator. frequency is 3.125 Kc.

is applied

Oscillator

output

is applied

to the 10.5

Kc oscillator.

is applied is applied

to the 1.3 Kc oscillator. to the 1.7 Kc oscillator. to the 2.3 Ec oscillator.

is applied

13-137. 13-138.

TEST CONFIGURATION S_stem Description

CAPSULE

NO. 9

The instrumentation Compliance Capsule

system

on Capsule

No. 9 is similar

to the Specification will be

(Refer to Paragraph

13-1)

except that the capsule

o ,,,

m_

ii

Ii

XI

g
m o

g
m o

m Z 0 <
m

I
I '
I

INSTRUMENTATIOn" PACKAGE'_"7

I"
m I

ETER.

RECORDER VOICE AND TELEMETERING PDM- COMM. A(ttI_,H FREQ) PDM- COMM. B (.LOWFREQ)

'

3 _

> m

I_ADIAI' DETECTOR

PAGE REPORT MODEL

13-66 _EDI_ 13_ 104 ST. LOUIS, _'_ _, *" z MISSOURI _ . .

DATE

i November

1961

,_

REVISED

unmanned Astronaut's 13-139.

and

special

instrumentation components

pallet installed

and are

primate shown

couch on

replaces 13-8.

the

couch. Monitoring

Major

Figure

j:---\

Instrumentation differs from for while the Specification occupancy. 13-2 lists Compliance Figure the 13-9 Capsule shows point

Monitoring in the that Capsule

Instrumentation No. 9 is

instrumented diagram form

primate Table

parameters for

in block all

commutator the

assignments tion

telemetered are

instrumentation. in Paragraphs

Deviations 1S-l_O

from through

Specifica)

Compliance Standby

Capsule Battery No. 9 the

explained

13-157.

13-140.

In Capsule main or d-c bus,

standby with the

battery the main to

power

is

connected The bus

directly d-c

to auto

the light

in parallel switching of

batteries. the main

standby

automatic

standby Pallet Pallet array 13-3.

is not

used.

13-141. The Couch. parameters Figure 1B-3. recorded ampere 13-142. The pressure The power the

Special Special The

Instrumentation Instrumentation contains on an

is of

installed for the

in place

of the

Astronaut's the various on

pallet as listed and values a tape and

circuits of

instrumenting sensors are the are

Table

Location for

indicated on

13-11 The on

the

point

assignments by each Power by

each is

parameter by is -

listed

Table and 150 volt-

measured recorder.

sensor for

encoded pallet "ON"

multicoder from the

the

obtained "OFF"

inverter Blood

controlled

a multicoder

switch.

Pressure

Oscillograph recorder, is mounted by its which records the the venous and arterial blood Pallet. The to

oscillograph-tape of the chimpanzee is powered by of the an

beside self

Special

Instrumentation wet-cell battery. is

oscillograph is controlled

own, ON-OFF

contained,

external

switch. blood

A transducer pressure in

attached to

Solar-Plexis These

chimp, are

which

converts an

values Instrument

electrical Package "A",

signals.

signals

routed

through

amplifier

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

McDONNE__
ST.LOUIS,

__
MISSOURI

PAGE. REPORT MODEL

13-67 SEDR 133 104

-LC .... ,.,,,

, ,....,,, ,'w r-..,

.f'?-\

"

PAGE REPORT MODEL

13;'68 SEDR 133 104,

Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS,
_ "_,,uJ i,,,/

DATE REVISED REVISED

1 NOVEMBER

1961

MISSOURI
L-

TA_E _.ECO_.bE

CAMEP, A AN(::) TAPE

TAPE _ECOROE_ IMPACT MAiN

PP.ED:C._,US

P.ETIRO - P.ECOV E RY Z4V D-C BUS I

I
I::::_,ECOI:_D P,EL AY E _, CAMERA ANO TAPE

_-_l SCOPE CAMERA _.4V MAIN D- C _U5

CAMERA At_D TAPE _E.CG_E)E _ SW_TCH "ON" L_GNT

EA_.TN A_D SKY CAMERA _LM XN _T_ b_ AWAL L_GMT

PERt 5COPE CAMERA _'_,M W|T_D_AYVAL

-/l{- .%E._. TABLE PROQ_AMER

_,3-?TI MIt_G

T
COMBINEb, C_IVES THE CAPSULE 9 qOt4F!C_U_ATION.OF

PER|_COPP.

CA_E_A

E.A_:_,TH At4O

_KY

CAMERA

FIGURE

_3-10CAMERA5

AND

TAPE

RECOP,

DE_.

CONTg,

OL

C_RCLI|T

CCAPSULE.'9)

p t_l IM =' I--- I"l =' I. __''JL-_l-"-_ --. in II-T-

1 NOVEMBER DATE

1961

M;DONNELL
ST.LOUIS, "-_Vl _qll lug,,,, MISSOURI i'qFI A I

PAGE,

13-_69

REVISED

REPORT

SEDR

104

REVISED

MODEL

133

ITEM / 2 3 4 5 6

DESCRIPTION ' RETRO ROCKET PACKACE _ETEO ADA_1ER SLOES - OUTER SKIN RETRO ROCKET RETRO ROCKEt PACKAGE EXPLOSIVE BOLl .06 AND .E FIBERGLASS Z88.0 BOLT ZIC,4,5 ZIO0,O ROCKET - RIG_) Z79.S Z88.0 zsl 6

LOCATION RX RX XO RX33 XO XO XO XO LX LXI LXI8 XO XO rY BY YO TY3

ABt_.TION SHIELD - BETWEEN RETRO ROCKET PACKAGE

_Y
TY TY TY TY2

HEAl SHtELDATTACH POINT CAPSULE IO ADAPTER EXPLOSIVE 0 It 12 13 14 IS _6 t7 IS 19 2O El 22 23 24 25 26 27 29

H202 lANK. AUTOMATIC CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTER SKIN ADAPTER SIDES - OUTER SKIN ABLA1ON SHIELD - BETWEEN CABIN AIR IEMPERATURE ?]AT SECTION - 124 STRINGER, .06 & .2 FIBERGLASS 9 OTTO*_

Z104, 5 ZI07.0 Z79.5 ZIDI.5 z127.0 ZI26.5 Z127.0 {7 V2 o) ZI27.0 zl27,0 Z107.0

_o
TY TY TY IY

CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUIER S KIN HAT SECTION - #E4 STRINGER, TOP, fIAT SECTION I_T SECIIOH. CONICAL WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW L/O IJO AUTO AUTO - 124 STRINGER, e24 STE_NGER. SIDE BOTTOM

TY

SECTION - BOLT - INSIDE - ZNNEA

SLOES - OUTER SKIN OF OU?ER PANE PANE

LX

SYSTEM ROLL - F'_O2 LINE SYSPEM eOLL. SOLENOID VALVE SYSTEM ROLL.CATALYS T BED (L. H.I

Z_Oe. 8 ZIIO.2 ZII4.0 Zl26,5 Z154. 5 Zt54.S (AUIO t24I Z178.0 ZITO.5 Zi78.0 Z179.O ZI84.6 zlTa.O ZI_.6 Z)91 Z_.l Z191 Z}79,0 Z184.6 ZI84.6 ZI85.7 Zl78.0 Zl;7.0 ZI 7"/.0 Z168.5 z_.o Z_45.5 Zl2/,0 ZI27.0 ZI27.0 Zl27,0 z126

LX LX LX

DYI BYI 9YI 1_f

I_#O AUIO

H202 LtNE CONICAL SECTION - AUTOMATIC CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTER SKiN CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTER SKIN RFJ_CTION SOLENOID CONTROL TOF THRUST CHAMBER VALVE 24 I J3. - TOP

IX XO XO LX XO IX IX6 XO XO xo RX5 RX85 XO LX.5 xo _2 xO xo TY_3 TY TY BY YO By BY 8Y _Y BY T_ TY YO BY12 _Y BYE.5 BY BYI3 BY BY BY

31 32 33 34 5 6 37 3e 39 40 41 42 _3 ,W 45 46 47 48 49 _0 _I 52

PARACHUte CONTROL COMPARTMENT REACTION THRUST - OUTEe SKIN TOP CHAMBEX TOWER TO CAPSULE RETAINING RING (TOP) FARACHUTE R_COVERY ANTENNA HORIZON ANTENNA ANIENNA _ECOVERY PYLON PYLON IOWE_ TC_R COt,APARTMENT - OUTER SKIN

(AUTO

01)

COt_PART_ENT INTERNAL SleUCIUKE COMPA_Tt_ENI INNER SKiN SCANNER (ROLE) CO_AelMENI COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT BOLT _OLT COVER RING (SOTIOM) RING - BOTTOM Lm Oute_ iNNER SKIN SKIN (_OTTOM)

EXFLOSIVE EXPLOSIVE IO CAPSULE TO CAPSULE

RETAINING REIAINING

PARACHUTE

COMPARTMENT

SIDE

INNER SKIN BENEAIH JET SUPPCeT RECOVERy COMPAeTMeNI tNNEe SKIN H202 LiNE - TOP 24 LB. CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTEe CABIN AiR TEMP_RAIUXE HAT SECTION HAl SECTION BOITOM BOTTOM SKIN

- 7 _/_" #)2 SInINGER = J12 STRINGE_

SS 5_ 57 se

HAP SECTION SIDE - r_2 STR_NGER HAT SECTION IOP - _12 StrINGER CONiC._L SECTION SIDES - OUTEe _EAI HEAl EXCHANGE _XCHANG_R TECIION REIA_NING REIA_N_NG SHIELD SHIEL_ (OUTLET) 0NLEI) SIDES - OUTER RING X_NG COV_

SKIN

XO

CONICAL _OAFtEe AD_PIER

SKJN

Z107.0 Z)04.5 ZI04.5 HONEYCO_ z_.0

XO XOxo

BY OY _2

61 62

ABLATION A_LATION RETEO RETeO

- SHIELD INBOARD SURFACE eETWEEN.2FtBEeGU_SS AND _REIRO ROCKET

sY xO eY BY 0Y TY2 TY_ t_" TY3 TY

ROCKET ROCKEt

PACKAGE PACKAGE

- 9OTT(_) Z/%5 Z79.5

65 66 67 _

AOAPTER SIDES - OUTE_ SKIN ABLATION S}IIE LI)o SHIELD iNbOArD HEAl SHIELD - BULKREAO CAP ESCAPE TOWER ESCAPE TOWER ABLATION REACTiON

SURFACE

RX33 Z257.0 zt(_.s Zl 7S.O Z104.5 Z_2_.S ZI23.O Z_46,_ IGNITEe. TOP ZIEB.5 ZI07.S Z124,25 Z147.25 xO LX RX33 IX XO

SHIELD BEIWEEN,2 FIBERGLASS!AND'HONEYCOM CONTROE THRUST CHJU_ER -TOP (MANUAL e24 - _AI_UAL CONICAL SECTION MANUAL

7Z _3 74 _5 7_

HE_ z TANK _O2 UNE

EMERGENCY E_ERGENCY EMEeG_NCY S _ND

EGeESS HATCH EGRESS HATCH EGeESS HATCH -

OUTER EDGE OUTE_ Em3E PERCUSSION

BFACON

_0 81 82 83 B4

EGRESS HATCH EG_SS HATCH TM TRANSMITTER TM TRANSMITTER )N'_AERTE R INVERTER

FIGURE

13- 11 THERMOCOUPLE

LOCATIONS

(CAPSULE

9)
P/A4_-2'JEA ,

PAGE,

1_-_0 REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _ REVISED

REPORT _EDP, 104 _.MODEL, 1-_._.

where

the

signal

strength These

is

sufficiently are not

increased to Cavity cavity

to the

be

recorded

on the

oscillograph. 13-143. The the puts HF of

signals

telemetered Shield shield are for

ground.

Parachute parachute and LF

Compartment compartment

aud and The

Heat heat

pressure by

is monitored the

on out-

Commutators. are liaear

pressures 3 volts

measured

transducers, range of 0-15

which

from

0 to

a pressure

psia.

13-144. The a. b. c. 13-145. A Yaw converter to

Inactive following Control Abort Landing Yaw

Parameters circuits Stick are not monitored on Capsule No. 9:

Position

Switch Bag Converter is installed on Capsule No. 9ASCS The fumctlon of the signals are

Data

Data is to

Converter provide

calibrated for the to

conversion Telemetry the "Roll

of the

slaving, Two d-c

output signals

compatible which Also a-c

input are a third signal

signals

Commutators. to Yaw-Low Gain"

produced Gain". Torquing" Torquer" low-gain signals lo-gain, rate, and volts 13-146. The LF for

proportional d-c of signal the yaw ASCS

and

"Roll to the

to Yaw-Hi 'Maw

is produced calibrator, is the

waich and

is proportional is designated by 1.75 volts

as the output

"Yaw for all the three

signal. signal is 0-3 -lO the to

Zero and volts 1.5

attitude for

represented hi-galn yaw and

volts and

signal. commands of 6.5

Meter -45

ranges to

for

d-c

represents hl-gain

45 degrees

for

lO degrees torquer The volts

for

-6.5

to

degree/minute on 400

slaving both cps the HF 3.0

yaw

signal. Yaw d-c Data

These

signals is the

are powered capsule

telemetered by ll5V

Commutators. d-c and 23.5

Converter from

a-c,

supplied

power

circuits.

Horizon horizon

Scanners scanners are instrumented on both HF and LF Commutators.

DATm
REVISED

1 November

1961

W, ONNE , D
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI

PAGE

13-71

REPORT

_nR

] 02

REVISED

MO._
Retro Rocket Firing - Velocity Sensor instead,

l_

13-147.

The velocity
i

sensor

is not instrumented,

each of the three

Retro-

Rocket 13-148.

firing

signals

are applied

to the KF and LF Commutators.

Body Temperature is monitored and applied to the EF and LF

The chimp body temperature Commutators. 13-149. Command Receiver receivers

The cammand 13-150.

all channel

signal is instrumented

on Capsule

No.

9.

Aeromedical instrumentation Capsule on Capsule No. 9 is the same as that through for the except data

Aeromedical Specification that

Compliance

(Refer to Paragraphs

13-39

13-43),

since a primate

is being

used the scale factors EED transducers

for EED and respiration

C_

are different 13'151.

and only three

are used on the primate.

Primate

Instrumentation couch is mounted on the special reactions the primate instrumentation and response. instrumentation pallet and is No.

The primate instrumented 9 is assigned differently

to monitor

the prlmate's mission,

Since Capsule is programmed

to a specific

than

other primate panel assembly units,

test capsules. and a liquid unit

The primate feeder. consists

Programmer

consists panel con-

of an electronic

The instrument of six symbols

tains three display blue disc display, display Three

the left-hand

and a cyan disc

the center unit has six symbols, unit has six symbols, for primate mounted near

a yellow

disc and a white

and the rlght-hand

a red disc and green with each

disc display.

switch levers

are provided

actuation, the left

switch closure A pellet

recorded dispenser

on a four digit counter is mounted on the panel

switch lever.

and will dispense, rlght-hand

on command

of a 28 volt pulse, A

reward pellets liquid

through

a hole in the lower in the vicinity

corner of the panel.

dispenser

is mounted

of the right-hand

side of the animal's

I November

1961

head.

It will by

dispense animal's

a drink lips. fuse response

of

liquid is

when

actuated for

by the

a 28 volt prlmate's

pulse couch

and from recordrecorded the

triggered the er and special relay.

the

Power block during

supplie_ the

instrumentation The animal's as listed functions

through the

special program

instrumentation sequences is

various

telemetered of test

on Table the

13-2. must

The

programmed and

psychomotor are as follows: TIME

presents

sequence

animal

perform

TEST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. RS-CS TO DRL TO FR TO - Regular Time Out reinforcement of low rates and classified shock avoidance

15 min. 2 min. 5 rain. 2 rain.

Differential Out ration Out Position Perceptual

- Time Fixed

reward

5 min. 5 rain.

- Time

I_PM/NRPM

and

Negative

reinforcement

monitoring of of symbols l, -3 X symbols 36 combinations the are has out over). and required telemetered 5 rain.

(a) (b) 8. TO

18 18

Combinations Combinations Out (Note:

- Time

If the

last

completed elapsed and A description data a. is RS-CS (1) (2) as of the tests in the the

before the

5 minutes time is

remaining program they

entire sequence

starts occur

follows: (time 15 rain.). The telemetered through of left outputs indication are of as follows:

Program

identification response

shock.

Cumulative

lever.

(3)

Cyan

blue

light

on

and

duration.

,,,,CL'F.'DZT_TIAL C

DATE
REVISED REVISED

i November

1961

Mc'DONNE
Er.
_--_r_=vlii

pAG_II

13-73 104

LOUIS

3, MISSOURI
ii_i--i_l i l/'lill

REPOR_ SEDR

MOO , 133

(4)
bl

C_ative (Time 2 rain.)

response

of

right

lever.

TO

No displays. Telemetered output s :

(i) (2) (3) (4)

Co

Identification Cure. response Cure. response Cure. response

(zero input to TM) of left lever of center of right lever lever

(mime 5
Green light before feeder seconds another in right display right hand unit is activated. a green light If animal waits appears beside 20 seconds

pulling

lever,

the liquid 20

and a drink may be obtained. time

If R/H lever

is pulled

before

span, the animal must wait for a drink. outputs :

an additional

20 seconds

for

opportunity

Telemetered (1) (2) (3) (4)

d8

Program

identification left and center levers

Cum. response Liquid

feeder actuation right lever

Cure. response

TO

(Time 2 min.)

NO display.

e.

(Time5
Yellow center pellet light in center display unit is activated. dispenser If animal presses and he gets a

lever 50 times, the pellet as a reward. Telemetered

is actuated

outputs :

(1) (2) (3)

Program

identification of left lever of center lever

Ck_m. response Cure. response

..... _i_li.ollr

"ill_ll llli

I_PI .

=.

/_l' /I

"_

REPORT SEDR 104 MODEL_ 133 _

ST. LOUI,S ,.. MI$$OIJRI_,.. _: _: _ _ _: T :._ _

REVISED REVISED

(4)
f.

Cure. response

of

right

lever

(a:ime 2 sin. )

g. (t Line 5 rain. )

NRPM

mode

of

operation are allowed If no after

- If correct The lights

lever then

is

pulled, on

15

seconds new

of

time-out and there

results, is odd five PRPM 20

,lights

out. for lever 20

come

with

display sets occur answer

seconds

another or wrong

decision. lever

Correct

lever shocks

beneath every is made. a pellet reward

display. seconds mode of

is pulled_ until the two odd

second - The either

decision lever

time,

correct display

operation of

beneath other which

provides in no

reward. and

Depression 15

of the after s:

levers

results

provides

second

time-out

same

display

appears.

Telemetered (1) (2) (3) (4) h. Ten green 13-152. Program identifier of of of left center right the

output

Cure. response Ctnm. response Cure. response minutes light after appears

lever lever lever nipple the on the to liquid obtain feeder a drink. is armed and the

impact

allowing Control

chimp

Instrumentation

Instrumentation fication power Compliance Table

Control Capsule for

Circuitry except the for

for the

Capsule

No.

9 is which

similar provides

to

the

Speci-

progra_ner

controlled

(See (a)

13-1)

following system

circuits. water extractor is supplied a 30

The pulse The

environmental every

control

second (b) Capsule.

30 minutes. Camera is the same as ia the Specification Compliance

Instrument

(c) ten times (d) tion

The Earth and Sky Observer per minute, The Primate during

Camera

is provided

a 90 millisecond

pulse,

the entire Camera

flight. the same as In the Specifica-

Observer

is programmed

Compliance (e)

Capsule. Camera is provided a llO millisecond pulse, 30 times is per

The Periscope re-entry

second

during

aud 1800 times

per hour while

in orbit.

The camera

operable (f) 13-158.

only when the periscope '_" & "Z" calibrate Recording

is extended. Compliance Capsule.

is the same as the Specification

Instrumentation Instrumentation (See Figure Instrument 13-11) Camera consists of a tape

Capsule recorder Camera graphs

No. 9 Recording

and four cameras,

the tape recorder,

and Astronaut (See Parato view the

are the same as used 13-65 and 13-66), A 70 millimeter

in the Specification that the Astronaut and Sky observer

Compliance Camera camera a field

Capsule is adjusted

except Earth

primate. vation window. camera system.

is mounted

at the obserthe The

window.

This camera

is sighted to record is superimposed and pulsing

of view through

The image of a timer is supplied Each pulse

on one corner voltage

of each frame. power

24 volt power operates

from the capsule

the shutter, Trigger

exposing

one frame

and transporting

the

film for the next of lO per minute Capsule No. 9.

exposure.

pulses

are applied

to the camera camera

at the rate is used on as

by the programmer. The camera is mounted

In addition,

a periscope

inside the periscope, by an observer

to view the earth

it would be seen through is applied to the camera,

the periscope,

inside the capsule. (See Figure (See Table

Power 13-10. ) 13-1. )

only when the periscope

is extemded. programmer.

Pulses 13-15_.

for the camera System Units

are supplied

from the capsule

System Compliance

Units in Capsule Capsule,

No. 9 are the

same as used 13-68 through

om the Specification 13-81), except the units

(Refer to Paragraphs

_l_i/

lJlm/L--'l

_1

I,'m

PAGE REPORT MODEL.

1._-76 _--D_ ]-33 l N_.

MCDONNEL L
ST._:LOUIS,

C-__

DATE l REVISED REVISED

November

1961

MISSOURI ....

added 13-155.

in

Paragraphs Yaw Yaw Data Data

13-155 Converter Converter and

thru

13-157.

The

is summing the

a small

compact

unit The

consisting is mounted 13-8.)

of transformers, in the lower

demodulators, section 13-156. The Camera to of the

relays capsule

circuitry. periscope.

unit Figure

near

(See

Periscope Periscope

Camera Camera used on Capsule camera No. 9 is the same as the Instrument (Refer

except

that the 13-110. )

periscope

is mounted

inside

the

periscope.

Paragraph Blood blood

13-157. The The The

Pressure pressure also vented

Oscillograph oscillograph has in at a the a consists of a motor mounted timer with main and is and the tape recorder.

oscillograph battery is

self-contained same manner of as

battery the per

recorder. The

capsule's minute on,

batteries. on to continuous launch,

oscillograph from it is the time

operates the off,

speed

8 inches switch is

recorder's after

power

turned

prior

until

turned

landing.

13-158. 13-159. The fication 13-2 for

TEST

CONFIGURATION

CAPSULES

NO.

I0,

13

AND

16.

General Instrumentation Compliance commutator on Capsules (Refer to No. lO, 13 and 16 is thru the same ) as the (See SpeciTable

Capsule point

Paragraphs )

13-1

13-110.

assignments.

MAC

231CL

(27

APR

59)